Service Manual Agilent Technologies 83620A/22A/23A/24A/30A

®
Advanced Test Equipment Rentals
www.atecorp.com 800-404-ATEC (2832)
E stablished 1981
Service Manual
Agilent Technologies
83620A/22A/23A/24A/30A/40A/50A
Synthesized Sweepers
Serial Number Prefixes:
This manual applies to any instrument with the following model number and serial number prefix combinations. You may have to
modify this manual so that it applies directly to your instrument version. Refer to the “Instrument History” chapter.
Agilent Technologies 83620A/22A/24A
3420A, 3250A, 3245A, 3213A, 3145A
Agilent Technologies 83623A
3420A, 3339A, 3250A, 3245A, 3213A, 3145A
Agilent Technologies 83630A
3420A, 3250A, 3245A, 3213A, 3145A, 3143A, 3101A
Agilent Technologies 83640A
3420A, 3339A, 3250A, 3245A, 3213A, 3145A
Agilent Technologies 83650A
3420A, 3250A, 3245A, 3213A, 3145A, 3143A, 3052A
Part Number: 08360-90049
Printed in USA
November 1995
© Copyright 1997-2000 Agilent Technologies, Inc.
Notice
The material contained in this document is provided “as is”, and is subject to being changed, without notice, in future editions.
Further, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, Agilent disclaims all warranties, either express or implied with
regard to this manual and to any of the Agilent products to which it pertains, including but not limited to the implied warranties
of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose. Agilent shall not be liable for errors or for incidental or consequential
damages in connection with the furnishing, use, or performance of this document or any of the Agilent products to which it
pertains. Should Agilent have a written contract with the User and should any of the contract terms conflict with these terms,
the contract terms shall control.
Questions or Comments about our Documentation?
We welcome any questions or comments you may have about our documentation. Please send us an E-mail at
[email protected].
ii
Notice
Hewlett-Packard to Agilent Technologies Transition
This manual may contain references to HP or Hewlett-Packard. Please note that HewlettPackard's former test and measurement, semiconductor products and chemical analysis
businesses are now part of Agilent Technologies. To reduce potential confusion, the only
change to product numbers and names has been in the company name prefix: where a
product name/number was HP XXXX the current name/number is now Agilent XXXX. For
example, model number HP 8648 is now model number Agilent 8648.
Contacting Agilent Sales and Service Offices
The sales and service contact information in this manual may be out of date. The latest
service and contact information for your location can be found on the Web at:
http://www.agilent.com/find/assist
If you do not have access to the Internet, contact your field engineer. In any correspondence
or telephone conversation, refer to your instrument by its model number and full serial
number.
Printed in USA
July 2004
Certification
Hewlett-Packard Company certies that this product met its published
specications at the time of shipment from the factory. Hewlett-Packard
further certies that its calibration measurements are traceable to the United
States National Institute of Standards and Technology, to the extent allowed
by the Institute's calibration facility, and to the calibration facilities of other
International Standards Organization members.
Warranty
This Hewlett-Packard instrument product is warranted against defects in
material and workmanship for a period of one year from date of shipment.
During the warranty period, Hewlett-Packard Company will, at its option,
either repair or replace products which prove to be defective.
For warranty service or repair, this product must be returned to a service
facility designated by Hewlett-Packard. Buyer shall prepay shipping charges to
Hewlett-Packard and Hewlett-Packard shall pay shipping charges to return the
product to Buyer. However, Buyer shall pay all shipping charges, duties, and
taxes for products returned to Hewlett-Packard from another country.
Hewlett-Packard warrants that its software and rmware designated by
Hewlett-Packard for use with an instrument will execute its programming
instructions when properly installed on that instrument. Hewlett-Packard does
not warrant that the operation of the instrument, or software, or rmware will
be uninterrupted or error-free.
Limitation of Warranty
The foregoing warranty shall not apply to defects resulting from improper or
inadequate maintenance by Buyer, Buyer-supplied software or interfacing,
unauthorized modication or misuse, operation outside of the environmental
specications for the product, or improper site preparation or maintenance.
NO OTHER WARRANTY IS EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED. HEWLETTPACKARD SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE.
Exclusive Remedies
THE REMEDIES PROVIDED HEREIN ARE BUYER'S SOLE AND
EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES. HEWLETT-PACKARD SHALL NOT BE
LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT,
TORT, OR ANY OTHER LEGAL THEORY.
Assistance
Product maintenance agreements and other customer assistance agreements are
available for Hewlett-Packard products. For any assistance, contact your nearest
Hewlett-Packard Sales and Service Oce.
c Copyright Hewlett-Packard Company 1995
All Rights Reserved. Reproduction, adaptation, or translation without prior
written permission is prohibited, except as allowed under the copyright laws.
1400 Fountaingrove Parkway, Santa Rosa CA, 95403-1799, USA
Safety Notes
The following safety notes are used throughout this manual. Familiarize
yourself with each of the notes and its meaning before operating this
instrument.
WARNING
Warning denotes a hazard. It calls attention to a procedure
which, if not correctly performed or adhered to, could result in
injury or loss of life. Do not proceed beyond a warning note until
the indicated conditions are fully understood and met.
CAUTION
Caution denotes a hazard. It calls attention to a procedure
that, if not correctly performed or adhered to, would result in
damage to or destruction of the instrument. Do not proceed
beyond a caution sign until the indicated conditions are fully
understood and met.
v
General Safety Considerations
WARNING
vi
These servicing instructions are for use by qualified personnel
only. To avoid electrical shock, do not perform any servicing
unless you are qualified to do so.
The opening of covers or removal of parts is likely to expose
dangerous voltages. Disconnect the instrument from all
voltage sources while it is being opened.
The detachable power cord is the instrument disconnecting
device. It disconnects the mains circuits from the mains
supply before other parts of the instrument. The front panel
switch is only a standby switch and is not a LINE switch.
The power cord is connected to internal capacitors that may
remain live for 5 seconds after disconnecting the plug from its
power supply.
This is a Safety Class I product (provided with a protective
earthing ground incorporated in the power cord). The mains
plug shall only be inserted in a socket outlet provided with a
protective earth contact. Any interruption of the protective
conductor, inside or outside the instrument, is likely to
make the instrument dangerous. Intentional interruption is
prohibited.
For continued protection against fire hazard replace line fuse
only with same type and rating (F 5A/250V). The use of other
fuses or material is prohibited.
CAUTION
Always use the three-prong ac power cord supplied with this
instrument. Failure to ensure adequate earth grounding by
not using this cord may cause instrument damage.
Before switching on this product, make sure that the line
voltage selector switch is set to the voltage of the power
supply and the correct fuse is installed. Assure the supply
voltage is in the specied range.
This product is designed for use in Installation Category II
and Pollution Degree 2 per IEC 1010 and 664 respectively.
Ventilation Requirements: When installing the product in a
cabinet, the convection into and out of the product must not
be restricted. The ambient temperature (outside the cabinet)
must be less than the maximum operating temperature of the
product by 4 C for every 100 watts dissipated in the cabinet.
If the total power dissipated in the cabinet is greater than
800 watts, then forced convection must be used.
Before Applying Power
Verify that the product is congured to match the available main power source
per the input power conguration instructions provided in this manual.
If this product is to be energized via an autotransformer make sure the
common terminal is connected to the neutral (grounded side of the mains
supply).
vii
viii
Preface
This manual provides service information for the HP 8360 Series Synthesized
Sweepers.
Manual Conventions
4Front-Panel Key5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Softkey
Screen Text
This represents a key physically located on the instrument.
This indicates a \softkey," a key whose label is determined by
the rmware of the instrument.
This indicates text displayed on the instrument's screen.
ix
Instruments Covered By This Manual
This manual applies to instruments having a serial number prex listed on the
title page (behind the \Documentation Map" tab). Some changes may have to
be made to this manual so that it applies directly to each instrument; refer
to Chapter 12, \Instrument History", to see what changes may apply to your
instrument.
A serial number label (Figure 0-1) is attached to the instrument's rear panel.
A prex (four digits followed by a letter), and a sux (ve digits unique to
each instrument), comprise the instrument serial number.
Figure 0-1. Typical Serial Number Label
This manual applies to HP 8360 synthesized sweepers having a model number
and serial number prex listed on the title page (behind the \Documentation
Map" tab). Some changes may have to be made to this manual so that it
applies directly to each instrument; refer to Chapter 12, \Instrument History"
in this manual to see what changes may apply to your instrument.
Compliance
This instrument has been designed and tested in accordance with IEC
Publication 348, Safety Requirements for Electronic Measuring Apparatus, and
has been supplied in a safe condition. The instruction documentation contains
information and warnings which must be followed by the user to ensure safe
operation and to maintain the instrument in a safe condition.
x
Sales and Service Offices
Hewlett-Packard Sales and Service Offices
US FIELD OPERATIONS
Headquarters
California, Northern
California, Southern
Hewlett-Packard Co.
19320 Pruneridge Avenue
Cupertino, CA 95014
(800) 752-0900
Hewlett-Packard Co.
301 E. Evelyn
Mountain View, CA 94041
(415) 694-2000
Hewlett-Packard Co.
1421 South Manhattan Ave.
Fullerton, CA 92631
(714) 999-6700
Colorado
Georgia
Illinois
New Jersey
Texas
Hewlett-Packard Co.
24 Inverness Place, East
Englewood, CO 80112
(303) 649-5512
Hewlett-Packard Co.
2000 South Park Place
Atlanta, GA 30339
(404) 955-1500
Hewlett-Packard Co.
150 Green Pond Rd.
Rockaway, NJ 07866
(201) 586-5400
Hewlett-Packard Co.
5201 Tollview Drive
Rolling Meadows, IL 60008
(708) 255-9800
Hewlett-Packard Co.
930 E. Campbell Rd.
Richardson, TX 75081
(214) 231-6101
EUROPEAN FIELD OPERATIONS
Headquarters
Hewlett-Packard S.A.
150, Route du Nant-d'Avril
1217 Meyrin 2/Geneva
Switzerland
(41 22) 780.8111
France
Hewlett-Packard France
1 Avenue Du Canada
Zone D'Activite De Courtaboeuf
F-91947 Les Ulis Cedex
France
(33 1) 69 82 60 60
Germany
Hewlett-Packard GmbH
Hewlett-Packard Strasse
61352 Bad Homburg v.d.H
Germany
(49 6172) 16-0
Great Britain
Hewlett-Packard Ltd.
Eskdale Road, Winnersh Triangle
Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 5DZ
England
(44 734) 696622
xi
Hewlett-Packard Sales and Service Offices (continued)
INTERCON FIELD OPERATIONS
Headquarters
Hewlett-Packard Company
3495 Deer Creek Road
Palo Alto, California, USA
94304-1316
(415) 857-5027
Hewlett-Packard Australia Ltd. Hewlett-Packard (Canada) Ltd.
31-41 Joseph Street
17500 South Service Road
Blackburn, Victoria 3130
Trans-Canada Highway
(61 3) 895-2895
Kirkland, Quebec H9J 2X8
Canada
(514) 697-4232
Australia
Canada
China
Japan
Singapore
China Hewlett-Packard Company
38 Bei San Huan X1 Road
Shuang Yu Shu
Hai Dian District
Beijing, China
(86 1) 256-6888
Taiwan
Hewlett-Packard Taiwan
8th Floor, H-P Building
337 Fu Hsing North Road
Taipei, Taiwan
(886 2) 712-0404
xii
Hewlett-Packard Japan, Ltd.
1-27-15 Yabe, Sagamihara
Kanagawa 229, Japan
(81 427) 59-1311
Hewlett-Packard Singapore (Pte.) Ltd.
150 Beach Road
#29-00 Gateway West
Singapore 0718
(65) 291-9088
Contents
1. Equipment Required
HP 83620A/22A Required Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . .
HP 83623A/24A Required Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . .
HP 83630A Required Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HP 83640A Required Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HP 83650A Required Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2. Performance Tests
How to Use This Chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operator's Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operation Verication Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Automated Performance Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equipment Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Test Record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Test Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calibration Cycle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operation Verication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1. Self-tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2. Power Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3. Power Flatness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4. Maximum Leveled Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PERFORMANCE TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1. Internal Timebase: Aging Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2. Swept Frequency Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3. Frequency Switching Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CW Frequency Switching Time (Across Bandswitch Points)
Stepped Sweep Frequency Switching Time (Within a
Frequency Band) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-2
1-9
1-16
1-23
1-30
2-1
2-2
2-2
2-2
2-2
2-3
2-3
2-3
2-3
2-4
2-4
2-5
2-5
2-5
2-7
2-8
2-12
2-22
2-23
2-24
Contents-1
Frequency List Frequency Switching Time (Across
Bandswitch Points) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4. Power Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5. Power Flatness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Low Band Power Flatness . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
High Band Power Flatness . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Millimeter Band Power Flatness > 20 GHz and 40 GHz
Millimeter Band Power Flatness > 40 GHz . . . . . . .
6. Maximum Leveled Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7. External Leveling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8. Spurious Signals (Harmonics & Subharmonics) . . . . . .
Harmonic Measurement < 20 GHz . . . . . . . . . .
Harmonic Measurement 20 to 26.5 GHz . . . . . . . .
Harmonic Measurement 26.5 to 40 GHz . . . . . . . .
Harmonic Measurement 38 to 50 GHz . . . . . . . . .
Harmonic/Subharmonic Verication Procedure < 20 GHz
Harmonic/Subharmonic Verication Procedure > 20 GHz
9. Spurious Signals (Non-Harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fixed Spurious Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Low Band Oset Spurious Signals . . . . . . . . . . .
Low Band Mixer Spurs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10. Spurious Signals (Line-Related) . . . . . . . . . . . .
11. Single Sideband Phase Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12. Pulse Modulation On/O Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . .
13. Pulse Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rise and Fall Times . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pulse Leveling Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
14. Pulse Performance (Alternate Procedure) . . . . . . . .
Rise and Fall Times < 20 GHz . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pulse Leveling Accuracy < 20 GHz . . . . . . . . . .
Rise and Fall Times > 20 GHz . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pulse Leveling Accuracy > 20 GHz . . . . . . . . . .
15. Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough . . . . . . . . .
System Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Video Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Low Band Video Feedthrough . . . . . . . . . . . .
Video Feedthrough > 2 GHz . . . . . . . . . . . . .
16. AM Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contents-2
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
2-25
2-28
2-31
2-32
2-33
2-33
2-33
2-34
2-37
2-40
2-41
2-43
2-45
2-46
2-47
2-48
2-50
2-51
2-53
2-54
2-56
2-60
2-65
2-68
2-68
2-73
2-76
2-76
2-81
2-83
2-85
2-87
2-89
2-90
2-91
2-95
2-96
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
Low Band < 2 GHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
High Band > 2 GHz and < 20 GHz . . . . . . .
High Band > 20 GHz { Doubler Engaged . . . .
AM Bandwidth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AM Dynamic Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Normal AM Dynamic Range . . . . . . . . . .
Deep AM Dynamic Range . . . . . . . . . . .
FM Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
External FM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Internal FM (Option 002 only) . . . . . . . . .
FM Bandwidth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Find Quadrature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DC FM Flatness (Unlocked) . . . . . . . . . .
Maximum FM Deviation . . . . . . . . . . . .
DC FM (100 Hz) (Using HP 8111A or HP 8116A)
AC FM (at 100 kHz) (Using HP 3325A) . . . . .
Internal Pulse Accuracy (Option 002) . . . . . .
Modulation Meter (Option 002) . . . . . . . . .
3. Adjustments
How To Use This Chapter . . . . . . .
Menu Maps . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equipment Required . . . . . . . . .
Cautions And Warnings . . . . . . . .
List of Adjustments . . . . . . . . . .
1. 10 MHz Standard . . . . . . . . .
Accuracy Versus Adjustment Interval .
An Alternate Method . . . . . . .
2. Fractional-N VCO . . . . . . . . .
3. Fractional-N Reference and API Spurs
125 kHz Reference Spur Adjustment .
API 1 Spur Adjustment . . . . . .
API 2 Spur Adjustment . . . . . .
4. Sweep Ramp . . . . . . . . . . . .
5. Sampler Assembly . . . . . . . . .
200 MHz Loop VCO Tune Check . .
Sampler Match Adjustment . . . .
200 MHz Loop Gain Adjustment . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
2-96
2-99
2-101
2-104
2-107
2-109
2-110
2-114
2-114
2-116
2-118
2-121
2-122
2-124
2-125
2-126
2-131
2-133
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
3-1
3-1
3-2
3-2
3-4
3-5
3-9
3-10
3-11
3-13
3-14
3-16
3-16
3-18
3-19
3-20
3-21
3-22
Contents-3
IF Gain Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6. YO Driver +10V Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7. YO Driver Gain and Linearity . . . . . . . . . . . .
8. YO Loop Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9. Amplier/Multiplier Adjustments . . . . . . . . . .
Adjustment Help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oset and Gain Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . .
Adjusting to the Center of the Passband . . . . . .
SRD Bias Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Single Band Delay Compensation Adjustments . . .
Setting the Fastest Sweep Time . . . . . . . . . .
Sweep Speed Related Adjustments . . . . . . . .
YTM Bandcross Delay Terms . . . . . . . . . .
General Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
YTM Gain Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Band 1 Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Band 2 Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Band 3 Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Band 4 Adjustment (HP 83630A/40A/50A only) . .
Band 5 Adjustment (HP 83640A/50A only) . . . .
Band 6 Adjustment (HP 83640A/50A only) . . . .
Band 7 Adjustment (HP 83650A only) . . . . . . .
Multi-band Amplier/Multiplier Delay Compensation
Band 4 Multi-band Amplier/Multiplier Delay
Compensation (HP 83630A/40A/50A only) . . .
Verication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10. Amplier/Filter Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adjustment Help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oset and Gain Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . .
Squegg Clamp Calibration Constants . . . . . . .
Adjusting for the Center of the Passband . . . . .
Single Band Delay Compensation Adjustments . . .
Setting the Fastest Sweep Time . . . . . . . . . .
Sweep Speed Related Adjustments . . . . . . . .
YTF Bandcross Delay Terms . . . . . . . . . . .
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Amplier/Filter Oset and Gain Adjustment . . . . .
Contents-4
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
3-22
3-24
3-26
3-29
3-31
3-32
3-32
3-32
3-32
3-32
3-33
3-33
3-33
3-33
3-34
3-39
3-39
3-40
3-41
3-43
3-44
3-44
3-45
3-46
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
3-47
3-48
3-49
3-50
3-50
3-50
3-50
3-51
3-51
3-51
3-51
3-54
3-58
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
Band 1 Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Band 2 Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Band 3 Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Band 4 Adjustment (HP 83630A/40A/50A only) . .
Band 5 Adjustment (HP 83640A/50A only) . . . .
Band 6 Adjustment (HP 83640A/50A only) . . . .
Band 7 Adjustment (HP 83650A only) . . . . . . .
Auto Tracking Verication . . . . . . . . . . . .
Single-Band Amplier/Filter Delay . . . . . . . .
Band 1 Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Band 2 Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Band 3 Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Band 4 Adjustment (HP 83630A/40A/50A) . . . .
Band 5 Adjustment (HP 83640A/50A only) . . . .
Band 6 Adjustment (HP 83640A/50A only) . . . .
Band 7 Adjustment (HP 83650A only) . . . . . . .
Multi-band YTF Delay . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Band 4 Multi-band YTF Delay (HP 83630A/40A/50A
only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operation Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Low Power SRD Bias . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Modulator Oset and Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ALC Power Level Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Low Band ALC Power Accuracy Adjustment . . . . .
High Band Power Accuracy Adjustment . . . . . . .
Power Flatness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Low Band Power Flatness . . . . . . . . . . . . .
High Band Power Flatness . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Millimeter Band Power Flatness . . . . . . . . . .
AM/FM DAC Oset and Gain (Option 002) . . . . .
AM Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AM Oset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Log AM Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Linear AM Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AM Delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FM Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Square Wave Symmetry . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
High Band Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
3-58
3-61
3-63
3-65
3-67
3-68
3-68
3-69
3-72
3-73
3-74
3-75
3-76
3-76
3-77
3-78
3-79
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
3-82
3-83
3-84
3-86
3-91
3-93
3-95
3-97
3-98
3-98
3-99
3-100
3-102
3-103
3-103
3-104
3-106
3-109
3-112
3-112
Contents-5
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
Low Band Adjustment . . . . . . . . . .
AM Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . .
A. A10 Jumper . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B. A8 Jumper . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FM Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . .
A. A11 Jumper . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B. A8 Jumper . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Modulation Generator Flatness (Option 002)
External Trigger Edge Selection . . . . . .
Triggering on the Leading Edge . . . . . .
Triggering on the Trailing Edge . . . . . .
Volts/GHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4. Calibration Constants
Denition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Memory Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Working Data . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Protected Data . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Default Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checksum Verication . . . . . . . . . . .
Calibration Constant Password . . . . . . .
Entering a Password . . . . . . . . . .
Disabling a Password . . . . . . . . . .
Setting a Password . . . . . . . . . . .
Bypassing the Password . . . . . . . . .
Changing Working Data Calibration Constants
Saving Working Data Calibration Constants .
Loading Protected Data Calibration Constants
Loading Default Data Calibration Constants .
Calibration Constant Descriptions . . . . . .
5. Automated Tests
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Setting Up the System . . . . . . . . . . .
Hardware Requirements . . . . . . . . .
Operating System Requirements . . . . .
Installing the Software . . . . . . . . . . .
Disk Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contents-6
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
3-113
3-114
3-115
3-116
3-117
3-118
3-119
3-120
3-123
3-124
3-124
3-125
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
4-1
4-2
4-2
4-2
4-2
4-3
4-3
4-4
4-4
4-5
4-5
4-6
4-7
4-7
4-8
4-8
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
5-1
5-2
5-2
5-2
5-3
5-3
Make Working Copies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installing the Program onto a Hard Disk . . . . . . .
Operating from a Floppy Disk . . . . . . . . . . .
Running the Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Conguration Limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Loading the Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reporting Software Bugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AUTOMATED PERFORMANCE TESTS . . . . . . .
1. Step Attenuator Flatness Test . . . . . . . . . . .
2. Power Flatness and Accuracy Test . . . . . . . . .
AUTOMATED ADJUSTMENTS . . . . . . . . . . .
1. Step Attenuator Flatness Adjustment . . . . . . . .
2. YO Delay Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3. ADC Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4. Power Flatness Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . .
Utilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1. Front Panel Emulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2. Calibration Constants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3. Self-Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4. Power Sensor Conguration and Calibration Factor File
Loading Sensor Calibration Factors . . . . . . . . .
To Load Sensor Cal Factors: . . . . . . . . . . .
Menu Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6. Menu Maps
ALC Menu . . .
Frequency Menu
Marker Menu . .
Modulation Menu
Power Menu . .
Service Menu . .
Sweep Menu . .
System Menu . .
User Cal Menu .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
5-3
5-3
5-4
5-4
5-4
5-4
5-6
5-7
5-7
5-9
5-12
5-12
5-14
5-15
5-16
5-19
5-19
5-22
5-22
5-23
5-23
5-23
5-27
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
6-3
6-5
6-7
6-9
6-11
6-13
6-15
6-17
6-19
Contents-7
7. Disassembly and Replacement Procedures
Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Panel Disassembly and Reassembly . . . . . . .
Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description and Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1. Preliminary Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2. Front Panel Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3. A3 Front Panel Processor Removal . . . . . . . . .
4. A21 Alphanumeric Display Removal . . . . . . . .
5. A2 Source Module Interface Removal . . . . . . . .
6. RPG1 Rotary Pulse Generator Removal . . . . . . .
7. J1 RF Output Connector Removal . . . . . . . . .
8. Front Panel BNC Connectors Removal . . . . . . .
9. A1 Keyboard Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10. Display Filter Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11. A1 Keyboard Reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . .
12. Front Panel Reassemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Panel Disassembly and Reassembly . . . . . . . .
Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description and Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1. Preliminary Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2. B1 Fan Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3. Rear Panel BNC Connectors Removal and Aux Output
Disconnection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4. J1 RF Output Connector Removal (Option 004) . . .
5. Rear Panel Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6. A23 10 MHz Reference Standard Removal . . . . . .
7. T1 Transformer Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8. A19 Rear Panel Interface Removal . . . . . . . . .
9. Voltage Selector Switch Removal . . . . . . . . . .
10. Fuse Housing Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11. FL1 Line Filter Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12. Option 004 BNC Connectors Removal . . . . . . .
RF Deck Disassembly and Reassembly . . . . . . . . .
Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description and Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1. Preliminary Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2. Lift Up the RF Deck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contents-8
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
7-3
7-4
7-4
7-4
7-6
7-8
7-11
7-12
7-13
7-14
7-15
7-17
7-18
7-21
7-22
7-25
7-26
7-26
7-26
7-28
7-29
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
7-31
7-32
7-34
7-36
7-37
7-38
7-40
7-42
7-43
7-44
7-45
7-45
7-45
7-47
7-47
3. A20 RF Interface Removal . . . . . . . . . .
4. Microcircuit Removal . . . . . . . . . . . .
Motherboard Disassembly and Reassembly . . . .
Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description and Procedure . . . . . . . . . .
1. Preliminary Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2. Front Panel Removal . . . . . . . . . . . .
3. J1 RF Output Connector Removal (Front Panel)
4. J1 RF Output Connector Removal (Option 004)
5. Rear Panel Removal . . . . . . . . . . . .
6. Major Assemblies Removal . . . . . . . . .
7. RF Deck Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8. Motherboard Removal . . . . . . . . . . .
8. Post{Repair
9. Replaceable Parts
Module{Exchange Program . . . . . . . .
Replacement Information . . . . . . . . .
Ordering Information . . . . . . . . . . .
How to Order Parts . .. Fast! . . . . . . .
10. Preventive Maintenance
How to Clean the Fan Filter . . . . . . . .
How to Clean the Display Filter . . . . . .
How to Replace the Line Fuse . . . . . . .
How to Replace the CPU Battery (A15BT1) .
Removal/Replacement . . . . . . . . . .
Connector Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11. Option Retrots
Add Attenuator (Add Option 001) . . . . .
Delete Attenuator (Delete Option 001) . . .
Add Modulation/Generator (Add Option 002)
Delete Keyboard/Display (Add Option 003) .
Add Keyboard/Display (Delete Option 003) .
Rear Panel RF Output (Add Option 004) . .
Front Panel RF Output (Delete Option 004) .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
7-52
7-54
7-70
7-70
7-70
7-72
7-74
7-76
7-78
7-79
7-81
7-83
7-85
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
9-1
9-2
9-2
9-2
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
10-2
10-4
10-5
10-7
10-7
10-9
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
11-3
11-4
11-5
11-6
11-6
11-7
11-8
Contents-9
1 Hz Capability (Add Option 008) . . . . . . . .
MATE Compatibility (Add Option 700) . . . . . .
Rack Mount Slide Kit (Add Option 806) . . . . . .
Rack Flange Kit Without Handles (Add Option 908)
Extra Manual Set (Add Option 910) . . . . . . .
Rack Flange Kit With Handles (Add Option 913) . .
12. Instrument History
How to Use Instrument History . . . . . . . . .
Change F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A10 ALC Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Change E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough . . . . .
Change D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A20 RF Interface Assembly . . . . . . . . .
Rear Panel Fan Assembly . . . . . . . . . .
B1 Fan Assembly Removal . . . . . . . . .
Change C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Amplier/Filter Adjustment . . . . . . . . .
A30 Directional Coupler . . . . . . . . . . .
Change B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Change A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15. Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough . . . .
System Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . .
Video Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Low Band Video Feedthrough . . . . . . .
High Band Video Feedthrough . . . . . . .
Millimeter Band Video Feedthrough > 20 GHz
Index
Contents-10
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
11-9
11-9
11-10
11-10
11-11
11-11
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
12-1
12-3
12-3
12-5
12-5
12-11
12-11
12-11
12-13
12-15
12-15
12-15
12-27
12-29
12-30
12-31
12-33
12-33
12-37
12-37
Figures
0-1.
2-1.
2-2.
2-3.
2-4.
2-5.
2-6.
2-7.
2-8.
2-9.
2-10.
2-11.
2-12.
2-13.
2-14.
2-15.
2-16.
2-17.
2-18.
2-19.
2-20.
2-21.
2-22.
2-23.
2-24.
2-25.
2-26.
2-27.
2-28.
Typical Serial Number Label . . . . . . . . . . .
Internal Timebase: Aging Rate Test Setup . . . . .
Swept Frequency Accuracy Test Setup . . . . . . .
Video Signal on the Oscilloscope . . . . . . . . .
Frequency Switching Time Test Setup . . . . . . .
Power Accuracy Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Flatness Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maximum Leveled Power Test Setup . . . . . . .
External Leveling Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . .
Spurious Signals (Harmonic) Test Setup < 20 GHz .
Spurious Signals (Harmonics) Test Setup > 20 GHz .
Spurious Signals (Non-Harmonic) Test Setup . . . .
Spurious signals (Line-Related) Test Setup . . . . .
Single Sideband Phase Noise Test Setup . . . . . .
Pulse Modulation On/O Ratio Test Setup . . . .
Pulse Performance Test Setup . . . . . . . . . .
Pulse Envelope Displayed Over 5 Divisions . . . . .
Widened Pulse Envelope . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pulse Performance Test Setup < 20 GHz . . . . . .
Signal Level between RF Power O and On . . . .
Pulse Performance Test Setup >20 GHz . . . . . .
Video Feedthrough Test Setup . . . . . . . . . .
Measuring Maximum Voltage from the Baseline Video
Feedthrough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AM Accuracy Test Setup Low Band . . . . . . . .
AM Accuracy Test Setup < 20 GHz . . . . . . . .
AM Accuracy Test Setup > 20 GHz . . . . . . . .
AM Bandwidth Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . .
AM Dynamic Range Test Setup . . . . . . . . .
FM Accuracy Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
x
2-9
2-12
2-16
2-22
2-28
2-31
2-34
2-37
2-40
2-43
2-50
2-56
2-61
2-65
2-68
2-72
2-73
2-77
2-80
2-83
2-88
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
2-93
2-97
2-99
2-101
2-104
2-108
2-114
Contents-11
2-29.
2-30.
2-31.
2-32.
3-1.
3-2.
3-3.
3-4.
3-5.
3-6.
3-7.
3-8.
3-9.
3-10.
3-11.
3-12.
3-13.
3-14.
3-15.
3-16.
3-17.
3-18.
3-19.
3-20.
3-21.
3-22.
3-23.
3-24.
3-25.
3-26.
3-27.
3-28.
3-29.
3-30.
3-31.
3-32.
3-33.
3-34.
FM Bandwidth Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maximum FM Deviation Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . .
Pulse Accuracy Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Modulation Meter Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10 MHz Standard Adjustment Setup . . . . . . . . . .
10 MHz Standard Adjustment Location . . . . . . . . .
Accuracy Versus Adjustment Interval . . . . . . . . . .
A4L1 Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fractional-N Reference and API Spur Adjustment Setup . .
Fractional-N Reference and API Spurs Adjustment Locations
FL2 Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sampler Match Adjustment Locations . . . . . . . . . .
IF Gain Adjustment Location . . . . . . . . . . . . .
YO Driver +10V Reference Adjustment Location . . . . .
YO Gain and Linearity Break Points . . . . . . . . . .
YO Gain and Linearity Adjustment Locations . . . . . .
Switch and Adjustment Locations . . . . . . . . . . . .
Amplier/Multiplier Adjustments Setup . . . . . . . . .
A12 Assembly Potentiometer Locations . . . . . . . . .
Single-Band Delay and Risetime Compensation . . . . . .
Multi-Band Delay and Risetime Compensation . . . . . .
Amplier/Filter Adjustments Setup . . . . . . . . . . .
XA10J2 Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A12 Assembly Potentiometer Locations . . . . . . . . .
Low Power SRD Bias Adjustment Setup . . . . . . . . .
A9R105 Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Modulator Oset and Gain Adjustment Setup . . . . . .
ALC Power Level Accuracy Adjustment Setup . . . . . .
A10R125 Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Flatness Adjustment Setup . . . . . . . . . . . .
A8R111 and A8R105 Adjustment Locations . . . . . . .
AM Accuracy Adjustment Setup . . . . . . . . . . . .
A10R35 and A10R39 Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AM Delay Adjustment Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AM Delay Adjustment Location . . . . . . . . . . . .
FM Gain Adjustment Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FM Gain Adjustment Location . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Square Wave Symmetry Adjustment Setup . . . . . . . .
Contents-12
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
2-120
2-124
2-131
2-133
3-6
3-7
3-9
3-11
3-14
3-15
3-20
3-21
3-22
3-24
3-26
3-27
3-29
3-34
3-42
3-52
3-53
3-54
3-55
3-63
3-84
3-85
3-86
3-91
3-94
3-97
3-100
3-102
3-104
3-106
3-108
3-109
3-111
3-112
3-35.
3-36.
3-37.
3-38.
3-39.
3-40.
3-41.
5-1.
5-2.
7-1.
7-2.
7-3.
7-4.
7-5.
7-6.
7-7.
7-8.
7-9.
7-10.
7-11.
7-12.
7-13.
7-14.
7-15.
7-16.
7-17.
7-18.
7-19.
7-20.
7-21.
7-22.
7-23.
7-24.
7-25.
7-26.
7-27.
7-28.
7-29.
A10 Jumper Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A8 Jumper Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FM Input Impedance Jumper Locations . . . . .
A8 Jumper Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Modulation Generator Flatness Adjustment Setup
External Trigger Edge Selection Location . . . .
A12S1 Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Step Attenuator Flatness Test Setup . . . . . .
Step Attenuator Flatness Adjustment Setup . . .
Cable Routing Locations . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Panel Disassembly Flowchart . . . . . . .
Front Edge Trim Strip . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Panel Screw Locations . . . . . . . . . .
Front Panel Coaxial and Ribbon Cable Locations .
Front Panel Processor Cables . . . . . . . . . .
Display Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Source Module Interface Removal . . . . . . . .
RPG Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removing RF Output Connector (Front Panel) . .
Front Panel BNC Locations . . . . . . . . . .
Keyboard Assembly Removal . . . . . . . . . .
Keypad and Anti-rock Sheets . . . . . . . . . .
Display Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Keyboard Reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Keyboard Assembly Screw Locations . . . . . .
Rear Panel Disassembly Flowchart . . . . . . .
B1 Rear Panel Fan Assembly . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Panel BNC Connector Locations . . . . . .
Removing RF Output Connector . . . . . . . .
Rear Panel Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Panel Cable Locations . . . . . . . . . .
Reference Standard Mountings . . . . . . . . .
Transformer Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A19 Rear Panel Interface Removal . . . . . . .
Voltage Selection Switch Removal . . . . . . . .
Fuse, Line Filter, and Ground Wires . . . . . .
Rear Panel Fuse Housing . . . . . . . . . . . .
Line Filter Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
3-115
3-116
3-118
3-119
3-120
3-123
3-126
5-8
5-13
7-3
7-5
7-7
7-9
7-10
7-11
7-12
7-13
7-14
7-15
7-17
7-19
7-20
7-21
7-23
7-24
7-27
7-30
7-31
7-32
7-34
7-35
7-36
7-37
7-39
7-40
7-41
7-42
7-43
Contents-13
7-30.
7-31.
7-32.
7-33.
7-34.
7-35.
7-36.
7-37.
7-38.
7-39.
7-40.
7-41.
7-42.
7-43.
7-44.
7-45.
7-46.
7-47.
7-48.
7-49.
7-50.
7-51.
7-52.
7-53.
7-54.
7-55.
7-56.
7-57.
7-58.
7-59.
7-60.
7-61.
7-62.
9-1.
9-2.
Option 004 BNC Connectors Removal . . . . . . . . . . .
RF Deck Disassembly Flowchart . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removing RF Output Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . .
W51 RF Cable Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RF Deck in the Service Position . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A20 RF Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RF Deck Cable Locations { HP 83640A/50A . . . . . . . .
RF Deck Cable Locations { HP 83640A/50A Option 001 . . .
RF Deck Cable Locations { HP 83640A/50A Option 006 . . .
RF Deck Cable Locations { HP 83640A/50A Options 001 and
006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RF Deck Cable Locations { HP 83620A/22A/30A . . . . . .
RF Deck Cable Locations { HP 83620A/22A/30A Option 001
RF Deck Cable Locations { HP 83620A/22A/30A Option 006
RF Deck Cable Locations { HP 83620A/22A/30A Options 001
and 006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RF Deck Cable Locations { HP 83623A . . . . . . . . . .
RF Deck Cable Locations { HP 83623A Option 001 . . . . .
RF Deck Cable Locations { HP 83624A . . . . . . . . . .
RF Deck Cable Locations { HP 83624A Option 001 . . . . .
RF Deck Cable Locations { HP 83623A/24A Option 006 . . .
RF Deck Cable Locations { HP 83623A/24A Options 001 and
006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RF Deck Screw Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Motherboard Disassembly Flowchart . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Edge Trim Strip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Panel Screw Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Panel Coaxial and Ribbon Cable Locations . . . . . .
Removing RF Output Connector (Front Panel) . . . . . . .
Removing RF Output Connector (Option 004) . . . . . . .
Rear Panel Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Panel Cable Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Major Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
W51 Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Motherboard Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Motherboard Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Module Exchange Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Major Assemblies (1 of 4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contents-14
7-44
7-46
7-48
7-49
7-51
7-53
7-55
7-56
7-57
7-58
7-59
7-60
7-61
7-62
7-63
7-64
7-65
7-66
7-67
7-68
7-69
7-71
7-73
7-74
7-75
7-76
7-78
7-79
7-80
7-82
7-83
7-85
7-86
9-4
9-5
9-2.
9-2.
9-2.
9-3.
9-3.
9-3.
9-3.
9-3.
9-3.
9-3.
9-3.
9-3.
9-3.
9-3.
9-3.
9-3.
9-3.
9-3.
9-3.
9-3.
9-4.
9-5.
9-6.
9-6.
9-6.
9-7.
9-8.
9-9.
9-10.
9-11.
9-12.
9-13.
9-14.
9-15.
10-1.
10-2.
10-3.
12-1.
Major Assemblies (2 of 4) . . . . . . . . .
Major Assemblies (3 of 4) . . . . . . . . .
Major Assemblies (4 of 4) . . . . . . . . .
Cables (1 of 17) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cables (2 of 17) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cables (3 of 17) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cables (4 of 17) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cables (5 of 17) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cables (6 of 17) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cables (7 of 17) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cables (8 of 17) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cables (9 of 17) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cables (10 of 17) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cables (11 of 17) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cables (12 of 17) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cables (13 of 17) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cables (14 of 17) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cables (15 of 17) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cables (16 of 17) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cables (17 of 17) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Panel Hardware . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Panel, Casting and Keypad . . . . . .
Front Panel, Attaching Hardware (1 of 3) . .
Front Panel, Attaching Hardware (2 of 3) . .
Front Panel, Attaching Hardware (3 of 3) . .
Rear Panel Hardware . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Panel Fan Assembly . . . . . . . . .
Bottom View, Attaching Hardware . . . . .
Top View, Attaching Hardware . . . . . . .
Left Side View, Attaching Hardware . . . . .
Right Side View, Attaching Hardware . . . .
RF Deck Right Side View, Attaching Hardware
RF Connector and Attaching Hardware . . .
Chassis Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removing the Fan Filter . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing the Line Fuse . . . . . . . . . .
A15BT1 Battery Location . . . . . . . . .
Amplier/Multiplier Adjustments Setup . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 9-6
. 9-7
. 9-8
. 9-14
. 9-15
. 9-16
. 9-17
. 9-18
. 9-19
. 9-20
. 9-21
. 9-22
. 9-23
. 9-24
. 9-25
. 9-26
. 9-27
. 9-28
. 9-29
. 9-30
. 9-37
. 9-39
. 9-40
. 9-41
. 9-42
. 9-43
. 9-46
. 9-48
. 9-49
. 9-51
. 9-52
. 9-53
. 9-55
. 9-56
. 10-3
. 10-6
. 10-7
. 12-55
Contents-15
Tables
1-1.
1-2.
1-3.
1-4.
1-5.
2-1.
2-2.
2-3.
2-4.
2-5.
2-6.
2-7.
2-8.
2-9.
2-10.
2-11.
2-12.
2-13.
2-14.
2-15.
2-16.
2-17.
2-18.
2-19.
2-20.
2-21.
2-22.
Required Equipment for HP 83620A/22A . . . . . . . . .
Required Equipment for HP 83623A/24A . . . . . . . . .
Required Equipment for HP 83630A . . . . . . . . . . . .
Required Equipment for HP 83640A . . . . . . . . . . . .
Required Equipment for HP 83650A . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operation Verication Form . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Swept Frequency Accuracy Instrument Settings . . . . . . .
Additional Instrument Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Additional Instrument Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Additional Instrument Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Additional Instrument Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CW Frequency Switching Time Settings . . . . . . . . . .
Power Accuracy Frequencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Start and Stop Frequencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Corresponding YO Frequency Ranges and RF Output
Frequencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Corresponding YO Frequency Ranges and RF Output
Frequencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Determining the Actual Spur Frequencies . . . . . . . . .
Low Band Spurious Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Spectrum Analyzer Frequencies and Line Spur Frequencies and
Harmonics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Phase Noise Measurement System Parameters . . . . . . .
Frequency Setting for Phase Noise Measurements . . . . . .
Pulse On/O Center Frequencies . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Synthesizer Frequencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Synthesizer and LO Frequencies . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Risetime and Falltime Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Low Band Video Feedthrough Frequencies . . . . . . . . .
Power Level Conversions to Volts Peak . . . . . . . . . .
Contents-16
1-2
1-9
1-16
1-23
1-30
2-6
2-15
2-17
2-18
2-19
2-20
2-24
2-29
2-41
2-42
2-45
2-52
2-54
2-58
2-63
2-64
2-66
2-69
2-78
2-84
2-91
2-94
2-23.
2-24.
2-25.
2-26.
2-27.
2-28.
2-29.
2-30.
2-33.
2-34.
2-35.
2-36.
2-37.
3-1.
3-2.
3-3.
3-4.
3-5.
3-6.
3-7.
3-8.
3-9.
3-10.
4-9.
4-10.
4-11.
5-1.
5-2.
5-3.
5-4.
8-1.
9-1.
9-2.
9-3.
9-4.
9-5.
Millimeter Band Video Feedthrough Frequencies . . . . . .
Synthesizer Frequencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Meter Readings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RF Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Synthesizer Frequencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Synthesizer Frequencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DC FM Test Pass-Fail Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FM Deviation Frequencies and Settings . . . . . . . . . .
Test Record for HP 83620A and 83622A . . . . . . . . .
Test Record for HP 83623A and 83624A . . . . . . . . . .
Test Record for HP 83630A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Test Record for HP 83640A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Test Record for HP 83650A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Summary of Fractional-N Reference & API Spurs Adjustment
Calibration Constant Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Start and Stop Frequencies (GHz) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Amplier/Filter Calibration Constants and Default Values . .
Frequency Ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ALC Oset Calibration Constant Default Values . . . . . .
Center Frequencies and Calibration Constants . . . . . . .
ALC Calibration Constants and Default Values . . . . . . .
Power Level and Calibration Constant Adjustment . . . . .
Power Level and Calibration Constant Adjustment . . . . .
Calibration Constant Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hardware Conguration Cal Constants #463 and #464 . . .
Assemblies and Corresponding Cal Constant ID Numbers and
Revisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Required Binaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Test Equipment Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Test Equipment Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Synthesizer Hardkey Emulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adjustments and Performance Tests Required After Repair or
Replacement of an Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reference Designations and Abbreviations . . . . . . . . .
Major Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Panel Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Panel, Casting and Keypad . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-95
2-106
2-110
2-112
2-115
2-122
2-126
2-129
2-135
2-143
2-151
2-159
2-167
3-13
3-36
3-48
3-56
3-71
3-87
3-90
3-93
3-94
3-95
4-10
4-33
4-35
5-2
5-7
5-13
5-20
8-1
9-3
9-9
9-31
9-38
9-39
Contents-17
9-6.
9-7.
9-7.
9-8.
9-9.
9-10.
9-11.
9-12.
9-13.
9-14.
9-15.
9-16.
12-1.
Front Panel, Attaching Hardware . . . . . .
Rear Panel (1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Panel (2 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Panel Fan Assembly . . . . . . . . .
Bottom View, Attaching Hardware . . . . .
Top View, Attaching Hardware . . . . . . .
Left Side View, Attaching Hardware . . . . .
Right Side View, Attaching Hardware . . . .
RF Deck Right Side View, Attaching Hardware
RF Connector and Attaching Hardware . . .
Chassis Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Miscellaneous Replaceable Accessories . . . .
Rear Panel Fan Assembly . . . . . . . . .
Contents-18
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 9-40
. 9-44
. 9-45
. 9-47
. 9-48
. 9-50
. 9-51
. 9-52
. 9-54
. 9-55
. 9-57
. 9-58
. 12-13
1
Equipment Required
HP 8360
Required Equipment 1-1
HP 83620A/22A
HP 83620A/22A Required Equipment
Table 1-1 Required Equipment for HP 83620A/22A
Instrument
Critical Specications
Recommended
Model
Use1
Spectrum
Analyzer
HP 8566B2
Frequency Range: 10 MHz to 20 GHz
Frequency Span: 0 Hz, 100 Hz to 20 GHz
Amplitude Range: +20 to 0100 dBm
Resolution Bandwidth: 10 Hz to 3 MHz
Video Bandwidth: 10 Hz to 3 MHz
Log Fidelity: 60.1 dB/dB over 0 to
80 dB display (61.0 dB maximum)
Video Output: DC voltage proportional
to vertical position of trace on display
Capable of phase locking to external
10 MHz reference
Swept Frequency
Accuracy (P)
Spurious Signals
(Harmonic) (P)
Spurious Signals
(Non-harmonic) (P)
Spurious Signals
(Line Related) (P)
Pulse Modulation On/O
Ratio (P)
AM Dynamic Range (P)
FM Accuracy (P)
Maximum FM Deviation (P)
Fractional{N Reference
and API Spurs (A)
FM Gain (A)
Square Wave Symmetry (A)
Analog
Oscilloscope
A vs B Sweep Mode
Vertical Sensitivity: 5 mV/Div
Bandwidth: 100 MHz
HP 1740A/
HP 54600B
Amp/Mult Adjustments (A)
Amp/Filt Adjustments (A)
HP 83620/
HP 8340A/B2
Pulse Performance-Alt (P)
AM Accuracy (P)
Local
Oscillator
(Synthesized
Sweeper)
Spectrum
Analyzer with
Tracking
Generator
Frequency Range: 20 Hz to 10 MHz
HP 3585A/B
AM Bandwidth (P)
FM Bandwidth (P)
Controller
4 Mbyte RAM
BASIC 5.1
HP-IB
HP 9836/HP 9920/
HP 310/HP 320
Step Attenuator Flatness (AP)
Power Flatness and
Accuracy (AP)
Step Attenuator Flatness (AA)
YO Delay (AA)
ADC (AA)
Power Flatness (AA)
1 A { Manual Adjustment AA { Automated Adjustment AP { Automated Performance Test
P { Manual Performance Test
2 Recommended model is part of the microwave test station.
1-2 Required Equipment
HP 83620A/22A
HP 8360
Table 1-1. Required Equipment for HP 83620A/22A (continued)
Instrument
Critical Specications
Use1
Recommended
Model
Software
No Substitute
(Shipped with synthesizer)
HP P/N 08360-10001
Step Attenuator Flatness (AP)
Power Flatness and
Accuracy (AP)
Step Attenuator Flatness (AA)
YO Delay (AA)
ADC (AA)
Power Flatness (AA)
DVM
Range: 050 to +50 VDC
Accuracy: 60.01%
Input Impedance: 10 M
HP 3456A2 /
HP 3457A
External Leveling (P)
AM Accuracy (P)
AM Bandwidth (P)
AM Dynamic Range (P)
FM Bandwidth (P)
Modulation Meter (P)
Low Power SRD Bias (A)
AM Accuracy (A)
AM Delay (A)
ADC (AA)
Digitizing
Oscilloscope
Dual Channel
Bandwidth: DC to 300 MHz
Input Impedance: 1 M
and 50
Vertical Sensitivity: 5 mV/Div
Horizontal Sensitivity: 50 ns/Div
Trigger: Event Triggerable
HP 54110A/
HP 54111D2 /
HP 54222A
Internal Timebase: Aging
Rate (P)
Swept Frequency
Accuracy (P)
Frequency Switching Time (P)
Pulse Performance-Alt (P)
Pulse Modulation Video
Feedthrough (P)
FM Bandwidth (P)
Internal Pulse Accuracy (P)
10 MHz Standard (A)
Modulator Oset and Gain (A)
Modulation Generator
Flatness (A)
Digitizing
Oscilloscope
3 dB Bandwidth: 20 GHz
DC Voltage Accuracy: 60.4% of full
scale 62 mV
Trigger Sensitivity DC to 100 MHz:
40 mV p-p
Trigger & Timebase Jitter:
2.5 ps + 5E05 x delay setting
Time Interval Accuracy:
10 ps 60.1% of reading
Channel Input Reection:
5% for 30 ps risetime
HP 54124T
Pulse Performance (P)
1 A { Manual Adjustment AA { Automated Adjustment AP { Automated Performance Test
P { Manual Performance Test
2 Recommended model is part of the microwave test station.
HP 8360
Required Equipment 1-3
HP 83620A/22A
Table 1-1. Required Equipment for HP 83620A/22A (continued)
Instrument
Critical Specications
Recommended
Model
Use1
Oscilloscope
Probes
Division Ratio: 1:1
HP 10437A
Internal Pulse Accuracy (P)
Oscilloscope
Probes
Division Ratio: 10:1
HP 10431A
Swept Frequency
Accuracy (P)
Frequency Switching Time (P)
Pulse Modulation Video
Feedthrough (P)
Amp/Mult Adjustments (A)
Amp/Filt Adjustments (A)
Modulator Oset and Gain (A)
Pulse
Generator
Pulse Width: 50 ns
Rise Time: 10 ns
Frequency: 10 Hz to 5 MHz
HP 8112B/HP 8116A2 Pulse Performance (P)
Pulse Modulation Video
Feedthrough (P)
Function
Generator
Frequency Accuracy: 65 x 1006
Amplitude Accuracy
100 kHz to 1 MHz: 60.1 dB
100 kHz to 20 MHz: 60.4 dB
> 16 V p-p
HP 3325A/B
AM Accuracy (P)
AM Dynamic Range (P)
FM Accuracy (P)
Maximum FM Deviation (P)
Modulation Meter (P)
AM Accuracy (A)
AM Delay (A)
FM Gain (A)
HP 8111A/HP 8116A/ Maximum FM Deviation (P)
HP 8175A
Function
Generator
Amplitude Range:
Power Meter
Power Range: 1 W to 100 mW
Accuracy: 60.02 dB
HP 436A/
HP 437B/
HP 438A
Power Accuracy (P)
AM Dynamic Range (P)
Amp/Filt Adjustments (A)
ALC Power Level
Accuracy (A)
AM Accuracy (A)
Power Meter
Power Range: 1 W to 100 mW
Accuracy: 60.02 dB
HP 437B
Power Flatness (P)
Power Flatness (A)
1 A { Manual Adjustment AA { Automated Adjustment AP { Automated Performance Test
P { Manual Performance Test
2 Recommended model is part of the microwave test station.
1-4 Required Equipment
HP 83620A/22A
HP 8360
Table 1-1. Required Equipment for HP 83620A/22A (continued)
Instrument
Critical Specications
Recommended
Model
Use1
Power Meter
Power Range: 1 W to 100 mW
Accuracy: 60.02 dB
HP 438A
Power Flatness and
Accuracy (AP)
Power Flatness (AA)
Step Attenuator Flatness (AA)
Step Attenuator Flatness (AP)
Power Sensor
Frequency Range: 10 MHz to 2.3 GHz
Power Range: 1 W to 100 mW
HP 8482A
Power Flatness (P)
Power Flatness (A)
Step Attenuator Flatness (AP)
Power Flatness and
Accuracy (AP)
Step Attenuator Flatness (AA)
Power Flatness (AA)
Power Sensor
Frequency Range: 50 MHz to 20 GHz
Power Range: 100 pW to 10 W
HP 8485D
Step Attenuator Flatness (AA)
Step Attenuator Flatness (AP)
Power Sensor
Frequency Range: 50 MHz to 20 GHz
Power Range: 1 W to 100 mW
HP 8485A
Power Accuracy (P)
Power Flatness (P)
AM Dynamic Range (P)
Amp/Filt Adjustments (A)
ALC Power Level
Accuracy (A)
Power Flatness (A)
AM Accuracy (A)
Power Flatness and
Accuracy (AP)
Power Flatness (AA)
Step Attenuator Flatness (AA)
Step Attenuator Flatness (AP)
Attenuator
Attenuation: 30 dB
HP 11708A
Step Attenuator Flatness (AA)
Step Attenuator Flatness (AP)
Measuring
Receiver
Frequency Range (tuned):
2.5 MHz to 1.3 GHz
Range: 0 dBm to 0127 dBm
Relative Power Accuracy: 60.5 dB
AM
Rates: 20 Hz to 100 kHz
Depth: to 99%
Accuracy: 61% of reading 61 count
HP 8902A2
AM Accuracy (P)
60.05 dB at 50 MHz
1 A { Manual Adjustment AA { Automated Adjustment AP { Automated Performance Test
P { Manual Performance Test
2 Recommended model is part of the microwave test station.
HP 8360
Required Equipment 1-5
HP 83620A/22A
Table 1-1. Required Equipment for HP 83620A/22A (continued)
Instrument
Critical Specications
Recommended
Model
Use1
Phase Noise
Measurement
System
Frequency Range (carrier):
0.01 to 18 GHz
Sensitivity:
< 070 dBc at 100 Hz oset
< 078 dBc at 1 kHz oset
< 086 dBc at 10 kHz oset
< 0107 dBc at 100 kHz oset
Oset Frequency Range:
100 Hz to 2 MHz
Amplitude Accuracy:
62 dB to 1 MHz oset
HP 3048A
Single Sideband Phase
Noise (P)
Frequency
Standard
Frequency: 10 MHz
Stability: > 1 x 10010 /yr
HP 5061A/HP 5071A
Internal Timebase: Aging
Rate (P)
10 MHz Standard (A)
Microwave
Amplier
Frequency Range: 1.5 to 18 GHz
Leveled Output Power: 16 dBm
HP 8348A
FM Bandwidth (P)
Preamplier/
Power
Amplier
Frequency Range: 100 kHz to 1.3 GHz
Preamplier Gain: 25 dB
Power Amplier Gain: 22 dB
HP 8447F
Pulse Performance-Alt (P)
Pulse Modulation Video
Feedthrough (P)
Delay Line
Discriminator
1 meter of coax or
Mixer
Frequency Range: 1 GHz to 20 GHz
(Norda 4817)
FM Bandwidth (P)
semirigid cable
HP P/N 0955-0307
Pulse Performance-Alt (P)
AM Accuracy (P)
FM Bandwidth (P)
Power Splitter Frequency Range: 10 MHz to 20 GHz
HP 11667B
FM Bandwidth (P)
Crystal
Detector
Frequency Range: DC to 20 GHz
Maximum Input: 200 mW
Polarity: Negative
HP 33330D
External Leveling (P)
AM Bandwidth (P)
Attenuator
Frequency Range: 10 MHz to 20 GHz
Maximum Input Power: 300 mW
Attenuation: 6 dB
HP 8493C Opt 006
Pulse Performance-Alt (P)
Pulse Modulation Video
Feedthrough (P)
1 A { Manual Adjustment AA { Automated Adjustment AP { Automated Performance Test
P { Manual Performance Test
1-6 Required Equipment
HP 83620A/22A
HP 8360
Table 1-1. Required Equipment for HP 83620A/22A (continued)
Instrument
Critical Specications
Use1
Recommended
Model
Attenuator
Frequency Range: 10 MHz to 20 GHz
Maximum Input Power: 300 mW
Attenuation: 10 dB
HP 8493C Opt 010
Power Accuracy (P)
Spurious Signals
(Harmonic) (P)
Pulse Performance (P)
Pulse Performance-Alt (P)
AM Accuracy (P)
FM Bandwidth (P) (2)
Amp/Mult Adjustments (A)
Amp/Filt Adjustments (A)
Step Attenuator Flatness (AA)
Step Attenuator Flatness (AA)
Attenuator
Frequency Range: 10 MHz to 20 GHz
Maximum Input Power: 300 mW
Attenuation: 20 dB
HP 8493C Option 020
Maximum Leveled Power (P)
Pulse Performance (P)
3.7 GHz Low
Pass Filter
HP P/N 9135-0191
Pulse Modulation Video
Feedthrough (P)
130 MHz
Bessel Low
Pass Filter
Pulse Modulation Video
K & L Microwave
5LL30-130/BT2400/BP Feedthrough (P)
500 MHz Low
Pass Filter
Mini-Circuits
SLP-550
Tool Kit
No Substitute
Invertron
Capacitor
1000 pf
Pulse Modulation Video
Feedthrough (P)
HP P/N 08360{60060
California
Instruments 501TC
Spurious Signals
(Line Related) (P)
HP P/N 0160-4574
External Leveling (P)
1 A { Manual Adjustment AA { Automated Adjustment AP { Automated Performance Test
P { Manual Performance Test
HP 8360
Required Equipment 1-7
HP 83620A/22A
The following list of adapters and cables is provided for convenience. They may
be used in equipment setups for performance tests or adjustments.
SMA (m) to SMA (m) adapter
1250-1159
SMA (f) to SMA (f) adapter
1250-1158
SMB (m) to SMB (m) adapter
1250-0669
SMB (f) to SMB (f) adapter
1250-0672
SMB tee (f) (m) (m)
1250-1391
3.5 mm (f) to 3.5 mm (f) adapter
3.5 mm (f) to N-type (m) adapter
2.4 mm (f) to 2.92 mm (f) adapter
2.4 mm (f) to 2.4 mm (f) adapter
2.4 mm (m) to 3.5 mm (f) adapter
5061-5311
1250-1745
1250-2187
1250-2188
11901C
BNC (f) to BNC (f) adapter
BNC (m) to BNC (m) adapter
BNC (f) to SMA (m) adapter
BNC (f) to SMB (m) adapter
BNC tee (m) (f) (f)
1250-0080
1250-0216
1250-1200
1250-1237
1250-0781
SMB (f) to BNC (m) exible cable
SMA semi-rigid cable 2 feet
BNC cable
HP-IB cable 2 meters
85680-60093
08340-20124
8120-2582
HP 10833B
1-8 Required Equipment
HP 83623A/24A
HP 8360
HP 83623A/24A Required Equipment
Table 1-2. Required Equipment for HP 83623A/24A
Instrument
Critical Specications
Recommended
Model
Use1
Spectrum
Analyzer
HP 8566B2
Frequency Range: 10 MHz to 20 GHz
Frequency Span: 0 Hz, 100 Hz to 20 GHz
Amplitude Range: +20 to 0100 dBm
Resolution Bandwidth: 10 Hz to 3 MHz
Video Bandwidth: 10 Hz to 3 MHz
Log Fidelity: 60.1 dB/dB over 0 to
80 dB display (61.0 dB maximum)
Video Output: DC voltage proportional
to vertical position of trace on display
Capable of phase locking to external
10 MHz reference
Swept Frequency
Accuracy (P)
Spurious Signals
(Harmonic) (P)
Spurious Signals
(Non-harmonic) (P)
Spurious Signals
(Line Related) (P)
Pulse Modulation On/O
Ratio (P)
AM Dynamic Range (P)
FM Accuracy (P)
Maximum FM Deviation (P)
Fractional{N Reference
and API Spurs (A)
FM Gain (A)
Square Wave Symmetry (A)
Analog
Oscilloscope
A vs B Sweep Mode
Vertical Sensitivity: 5 mV/Div
Bandwidth: 100 MHz
HP 1740A/
HP 54600B
Amp/Mult Adjustments (A)
Amp/Filt Adjustments (A)
HP 83620/
HP 8340A/B2
Pulse Performance-Alt (P)
AM Accuracy (P)
Local
Oscillator
(Synthesized
Sweeper)
Spectrum
Analyzer with
Tracking
Generator
Frequency Range: 20 Hz to 10 MHz
HP 3585A/B
AM Bandwidth (P)
FM Bandwidth (P)
Controller
4 Mbyte RAM
BASIC 5.1
HP-IB
HP 9836/HP 9920/
HP 310/HP 320
Step Attenuator Flatness (AP)
Power Flatness and
Accuracy (AP)
Step Attenuator Flatness (AA)
YO Delay (AA)
ADC (AA)
Power Flatness (AA)
1 A { Manual Adjustment AA { Automated Adjustment AP { Automated Performance Test
P { Manual Performance Test
2 Recommended model is part of the microwave test station.
HP 8360
Required Equipment 1-9
HP 83623A/24A
Table 1-2. Required Equipment for HP 83623A/24A (continued)
Instrument
Critical Specications
Recommended
Model
Use1
Software
No Substitute
(Shipped with synthesizer)
HP P/N 08360-10001
Step Attenuator Flatness (AP)
Power Flatness and
Accuracy (AP)
Step Attenuator Flatness (AA)
YO Delay (AA)
ADC (AA)
Power Flatness (AA)
DVM
Range: 050 to +50 VDC
Accuracy: 60.01%
Input Impedance: 10 M
HP 3456A2 /
HP 3457A
External Leveling (P)
AM Accuracy (P)
AM Bandwidth (P)
AM Dynamic Range (P)
FM Bandwidth (P)
Modulation Meter (P)
Low Power SRD Bias (A)
AM Accuracy (A)
AM Delay (A)
ADC (AA)
Digitizing
Oscilloscope
Dual Channel
Bandwidth: DC to 300 MHz
Input Impedance: 1 M
and 50
Vertical Sensitivity: 5 mV/Div
Horizontal Sensitivity: 50 ns/Div
Trigger: Event Triggerable
HP 54110A/
HP 54111D2 /
HP 54222A
Internal Timebase: Aging
Rate (P)
Swept Frequency
Accuracy (P)
Frequency Switching Time (P)
Pulse Performance-Alt (P)
Pulse Modulation Video
Feedthrough (P)
FM Bandwidth (P)
Internal Pulse Accuracy (P)
10 MHz Standard (A)
Modulator Oset and Gain (A)
Modulation Generator
Flatness (A)
Digitizing
Oscilloscope
3 dB Bandwidth: 20 GHz
DC Voltage Accuracy: 60.4% of full
scale 62 mV
Trigger Sensitivity DC to 100 MHz:
40 mV p-p
Trigger & Timebase Jitter:
2.5 ps + 5E05 x delay setting
Time Interval Accuracy:
10 ps 60.1% of reading
Channel Input Reection:
5% for 30 ps risetime
HP 54124T
Pulse Performance (P)
Oscilloscope
Probes
Division Ratio: 1:1
HP 10437A
Internal Pulse Accuracy (P)
1 A { Manual Adjustment AA { Automated Adjustment AP { Automated Performance Test
P { Manual Performance Test
2 Recommended model is part of the microwave test station.
1-10 Required Equipment
HP 83623A/24A
HP 8360
Table 1-2. Required Equipment for HP 83623A/24A (continued)
Instrument
Critical Specications
Recommended
Model
Use1
Oscilloscope
Probes
Division Ratio: 10:1
HP 10431A
Pulse
Generator
Pulse Width: 50 ns
Rise Time: 10 ns
Frequency: 10 Hz to 5 MHz
HP 8112B/HP 8116A2 Pulse Performance (P)
Pulse Modulation Video
Feedthrough (P)
Function
Generator
Frequency Accuracy: 65 x 1006
Amplitude Accuracy
100 kHz to 1 MHz: 60.1 dB
100 kHz to 20 MHz: 60.4 dB
> 16 V p-p
HP 3325A/B
Swept Frequency
Accuracy (P)
Frequency Switching Time (P)
Pulse Modulation Video
Feedthrough (P)
Amp/Mult Adjustments (A)
Amp/Filt Adjustments (A)
Modulator Oset and Gain (A)
AM Accuracy (P)
AM Dynamic Range (P)
FM Accuracy (P)
Maximum FM Deviation (P)
Modulation Meter (P)
AM Accuracy (A)
AM Delay (A)
FM Gain (A)
HP 8111A/HP 8116A/ Maximum FM Deviation (P)
HP 8175A
Function
Generator
Amplitude Range:
Power Meter
Power Range: 1 W to 100 mW
Accuracy: 60.02 dB
HP 436A/
HP 437B/
HP 438A
Power Accuracy (P)
AM Dynamic Range (P)
Amp/Filt Adjustments (A)
ALC Power Level
Accuracy (A)
AM Accuracy (A)
Power Meter
Power Range: 1 W to 100 mW
Accuracy: 60.02 dB
HP 437B
Power Flatness (P)
Power Flatness (A)
Power Meter
Power Range: 1 W to 100 mW
Accuracy: 60.02 dB
HP 438A
Power Flatness and
Accuracy (AP)
Power Flatness (AA)
Step Attenuator Flatness (AA)
Step Attenuator Flatness (AP)
1 A { Manual Adjustment AA { Automated Adjustment AP { Automated Performance Test
P { Manual Performance Test
2 Recommended model is part of the microwave test station.
HP 8360
Required Equipment 1-11
HP 83623A/24A
Table 1-2. Required Equipment for HP 83623A/24A (continued)
Instrument
Critical Specications
Recommended
Model
Use1
Power Sensor
Frequency Range: 10 MHz to 2.3 GHz
Power Range: 1 W to 100 mW
HP 8482A
Power Flatness (P)
Power Flatness (A)
Step Attenuator Flatness (AP)
Power Flatness and
Accuracy (AP)
Step Attenuator Flatness (AA)
Power Flatness (AA)
Power Sensor
Frequency Range: 50 MHz to 20 GHz
Power Range: 100 pW to 10 W
HP 8485D
Step Attenuator Flatness (AA)
Step Attenuator Flatness (AP)
Power Sensor
Frequency Range: 50 MHz to 20 GHz
Power Range: 1 W to 100 mW
HP 8485A
Power Accuracy (P)
Power Flatness (P)
AM Dynamic Range (P)
Amp/Filt Adjustments (A)
ALC Power Level
Accuracy (A)
Power Flatness (A)
AM Accuracy (A)
Power Flatness and
Accuracy (AP)
Power Flatness (AA)
Step Attenuator Flatness (AA)
Step Attenuator Flatness (AP)
Attenuator
Attenuation: 30 dB 60.05 dB at 50 MHz HP 11708A
Measuring
Receiver
Frequency Range (tuned):
2.5 MHz to 1.3 GHz
Range: 0 dBm to 0127 dBm
Relative Power Accuracy: 60.5 dB
AM
Rates: 20 Hz to 100 kHz
Depth: to 99%
Accuracy: 61% of reading 61 count
HP 8902A2
Phase Noise
Measurement
System
Frequency Range (carrier):
0.01 to 18 GHz
Sensitivity:
< 070 dBc at 100 Hz oset
< 078 dBc at 1 kHz oset
< 086 dBc at 10 kHz oset
< 0107 dBc at 100 kHz oset
Oset Frequency Range:
100 Hz to 2 MHz
Amplitude Accuracy:
62 dB to 1 MHz oset
HP 3048A
Step Attenuator Flatness (AA)
Step Attenuator Flatness (AP)
AM Accuracy (P)
Single Sideband Phase
Noise (P)
1 A { Manual Adjustment AA { Automated Adjustment AP { Automated Performance Test
P { Manual Performance Test
2 Recommended model is part of the microwave test station.
1-12 Required Equipment
HP 83623A/24A
HP 8360
Table 1-2. Required Equipment for HP 83623A/24A (continued)
Instrument
Critical Specications
Recommended
Model
Use1
Frequency
Standard
Frequency: 10 MHz
Stability: > 1 x 10010 /yr
HP 5061A/HP 5071A
Internal Timebase: Aging
Rate (P)
10 MHz Standard (A)
Microwave
Amplier
Frequency Range: 1.5 to 18 GHz
Leveled Output Power: 16 dBm
HP 8348A
FM Bandwidth (P)
Preamplier/
Power
Amplier
Frequency Range: 100 kHz to 1.3 GHz
Preamplier Gain: 25 dB
Power Amplier Gain: 22 dB
HP 8447F
Pulse Performance-Alt (P)
Pulse Modulation Video
Feedthrough (P)
Delay Line
Discriminator
1 meter of coax or
Mixer
Frequency Range: 1 GHz to 20 GHz
(Norda 4817)
FM Bandwidth (P)
semi-rigid cable
HP P/N 0955-0307
Pulse Performance-Alt (P)
AM Accuracy (P)
FM Bandwidth (P)
Power Splitter Frequency Range: 10 MHz to 20 GHz
HP 11667B
FM Bandwidth (P)
Crystal
Detector
Frequency Range: DC to 20 GHz
Maximum Input: 200 mW
Polarity: Negative
HP 33330D
External Leveling (P)
AM Bandwidth (P)
Attenuator
Frequency Range: 10 MHz to 20 GHz
Maximum Input Power: 300 mW
Attenuation: 6 dB
HP 8493C Opt 006
Pulse Performance-Alt (P)
Pulse Modulation Video
Feedthrough (P)
Attenuator
Frequency Range: 10 MHz to 20 GHz
Maximum Input Power: 300 mW
Attenuation: 10 dB
HP 8493C Opt 010
Power Accuracy (P)
Spurious Signals
(Harmonic) (P)
Pulse Performance (P)
Pulse Performance-Alt (P)
AM Accuracy (P)
FM Bandwidth (P) (2)
Amp/Mult Adjustments (A)
Amp/Filt Adjustments (A)
Step Attenuator Flatness (AA)
Step Attenuator Flatness (AA)
Attenuator
Frequency Range: 10 MHz to 20 GHz
Maximum Input Power: 300 mW
Attenuation: 20 dB
HP 8493C Option 020
Maximum Leveled Power (P)
Pulse Performance (P)
1 A { Manual Adjustment AA { Automated Adjustment AP { Automated Performance Test
P { Manual Performance Test
HP 8360
Required Equipment 1-13
HP 83623A/24A
Table 1-2. Required Equipment for HP 83623A/24A (continued)
Instrument
Critical Specications
Recommended
Model
Use1
Pulse Modulation Video
Feedthrough (P)
3.7 GHz Low
Pass Filter
HP P/N 9135-0191
130 MHz
Bessel Low
Pass Filter
Pulse Modulation Video
K & L Microwave
5LL30-130/BT2400/BP Feedthrough (P)
500 MHz Low
Pass Filter
Mini-Circuits
SLP-550
Tool Kit
No Substitute
Invertron
Capacitor
1000 pf
Pulse Modulation Video
Feedthrough (P)
HP P/N 08360{60060
California
Instruments 501TC
Spurious Signals
(Line Related) (P)
HP P/N 0160-4574
External Leveling (P)
1 A { Manual Adjustment AA { Automated Adjustment AP { Automated Performance Test
P { Manual Performance Test
1-14 Required Equipment
HP 83623A/24A
HP 8360
The following list of adapters and cables is provided for convenience. They may
be used in equipment setups for performance tests or adjustments.
SMA (m) to SMA (m) adapter
1250-1159
SMA (f) to SMA (f) adapter
1250-1158
SMB (m) to SMB (m) adapter
1250-0669
SMB (f) to SMB (f) adapter
1250-0672
SMB tee (f) (m) (m)
1250-1391
3.5 mm (f) to 3.5 mm (f) adapter
3.5 mm (f) to N-type (m) adapter
2.4 mm (f) to 2.92 mm (f) adapter
2.4 mm (f) to 2.4 mm (f) adapter
2.4 mm (m) to 3.5 mm (f) adapter
5061-5311
1250-1745
1250-2187
1250-2188
11901C
BNC (f) to BNC (f) adapter
BNC (m) to BNC (m) adapter
BNC (f) to SMA (m) adapter
BNC (f) to SMB (m) adapter
BNC tee (m) (f) (f)
1250-0080
1250-0216
1250-1200
1250-1237
1250-0781
SMB (f) to BNC (m) exible cable
SMA semi-rigid cable 2 feet
BNC cable
HP-IB cable 2 meters
85680-60093
08340-20124
8120-2582
HP 10833B
HP 8360
Required Equipment 1-15
HP 83630A
HP 83630A Required Equipment
Table 1-3. Required Equipment for HP 83630A
Instrument
Critical Specications
Recommended
Model
Use1
Spectrum
Analyzer
HP 8566B2
Frequency Range: 10 MHz to 22 GHz
(26.5 GHz with external mixers)
Frequency Span: 0 Hz, 100 Hz to 22 GHz
Amplitude Range: +20 to 0100 dBm
Resolution Bandwidth: 10 Hz to 3 MHz
Video Bandwidth: 10 Hz to 3 MHz
Log Fidelity: 60.1 dB/dB over 0 to
80 dB display (61.0 dB maximum)
Video Output: DC voltage proportional
to vertical position of trace on display
Capable of phase locking to external
10 MHz reference
Swept Frequency
Accuracy (P)
Spurious Signals
(Harmonic) (P)
Spurious Signals
(Non-harmonic) (P)
Spurious Signals
(Line Related) (P)
Pulse Modulation On/O
Ratio (P)
Pulse Performance-Alt (P)
AM Dynamic Range (P)
FM Accuracy (P)
Maximum FM Deviation (P)
Fractional{N Reference
and API Spurs (A)
FM Gain (A)
Square Wave Symmetry (A)
Analog
Oscilloscope
A vs B Sweep Mode
Vertical Sensitivity: 5 mV/Div
Bandwidth: 100 MHz
HP 1740A/
HP 54600B
Amp/Mult Adjustments (A)
Amp/Filt Adjustments (A)
HP 83620/
HP 8340A/B2
Pulse Performance-Alt (P)
AM Accuracy (P)
Local
Oscillator
(Synthesized
Sweeper)
Spectrum
Analyzer with
Tracking
Generator
Frequency Range: 20 Hz to 10 MHz
HP 3585A/B
AM Bandwidth (P)
FM Bandwidth (P)
Controller
4 Mbyte RAM
BASIC 5.1
HP-IB
HP 9836/HP 9920/
HP 310/HP 320
Step Attenuator Flatness (AP)
Power Flatness and
Accuracy (AP)
Step Attenuator Flatness (AA)
YO Delay (AA)
ADC (AA)
Power Flatness (AA)
1 A { Manual Adjustment AA { Automated Adjustment AP { Automated Performance Test
P { Manual Performance Test
2 Recommended model is part of the microwave test station.
1-16 Required Equipment
HP 83630A
HP 8360
Table 1-3. Required Equipment for HP 83630A (continued)
Instrument
Critical Specications
Recommended
Model
Use1
Software
No Substitute
(Shipped with synthesizer)
HP P/N 08360-10001
Step Attenuator Flatness (AP)
Power Flatness and
Accuracy (AP)
Step Attenuator Flatness (AA)
YO Delay (AA)
ADC (AA)
Power Flatness (AA)
DVM
Range: 050 to +50 VDC
Accuracy: 60.01%
Input Impedance: 10 M
HP 3456A2 /
HP 3457A
External Leveling (P)
AM Accuracy (P)
AM Bandwidth (P)
AM Dynamic Range (P)
FM Bandwidth (P)
Modulation Meter (P)
Low Power SRD Bias (A)
AM Accuracy (A)
AM Delay (A)
ADC (AA)
Digitizing
Oscilloscope
Dual Channel
Bandwidth: DC to 300 MHz
Input Impedance: 1 M
and 50
Vertical Sensitivity: 5 mV/Div
Horizontal Sensitivity: 50 ns/Div
Trigger: Event Triggerable
HP 54110A/
HP 54111D2 /
HP 54222A
Internal Timebase: Aging
Rate (P)
Swept Frequency
Accuracy (P)
Frequency Switching Time (P)
Pulse Performance-Alt (P)
Pulse Modulation Video
Feedthrough (P)
FM Bandwidth (P)
Internal Pulse Accuracy (P)
10 MHz Standard (A)
Modulator Oset and Gain (A)
Modulation Generator
Flatness (A)
Digitizing
Oscilloscope
3 dB Bandwidth: 26.5 GHz
DC Voltage Accuracy: 60.4% of full
scale 62 mV
Trigger Sensitivity DC to 100 MHz:
40 mV p-p
Trigger & Timebase Jitter:
2.5 ps + 5E05 x delay setting
Time Interval Accuracy:
10 ps 60.1% of reading
Channel Input Reection:
5% for 30 ps risetime
HP 54124T
Pulse Performance (P)
Oscilloscope
Probes
Division Ratio: 1:1
HP 10437A
Internal Pulse Accuracy (P)
1 A { Manual Adjustment AA { Automated Adjustment AP { Automated Performance Test
P { Manual Performance Test
2 Recommended model is part of the microwave test station.
HP 8360
Required Equipment 1-17
HP 83630A
Table 1-3. Required Equipment for HP 83630A (continued)
Instrument
Critical Specications
Recommended
Model
Use1
Oscilloscope
Probes
Division Ratio: 10:1
HP 10431A
Pulse
Generator
Pulse Width: 50 ns
Rise Time: 10 ns
Frequency: 10 Hz to 5 MHz
HP 8112B/HP 8116A2 Pulse Performance (P)
Pulse Performance-Alt (P)
Pulse Modulation Video
Feedthrough (P)
Function
Generator
Frequency Accuracy: 65 x 1006
Amplitude Accuracy
100 kHz to 1 MHz: 60.1 dB
100 kHz to 20 MHz: 60.4 dB
> 16 V p-p
HP 3325A/B
Swept Frequency Accuracy (P)
Frequency Switching Time (P)
Pulse Modulation Video
Feedthrough (P)
Amp/Mult Adjustments (A)
Amp/Filt Adjustments (A)
Modulator Oset and Gain (A)
AM Accuracy (P)
AM Dynamic Range (P)
FM Accuracy (P)
Maximum FM Deviation (P)
Modulation Meter (P)
AM Accuracy (A)
AM Delay (A)
FM Gain (A)
HP 8111A/HP 8116A/ Maximum FM Deviation (P)
HP 8175A
Function
Generator
Amplitude Range:
Power Meter
Power Range: 1 W to 100 mW
Accuracy: 60.02 dB
HP 436A/
HP 437B/
HP 438A
Power Accuracy (P)
AM Dynamic Range (P)
Amp/Filt Adjustments (A)
ALC Power Level
Accuracy (A)
AM Accuracy (A)
Power Meter
Power Range: 1 W to 100 mW
Accuracy: 60.02 dB
HP 437B
Power Flatness (P)
Power Flatness (A)
Power Meter
Power Range: 1 W to 100 mW
Accuracy: 60.02 dB
HP 438A
Power Flatness and
Accuracy (AP)
Power Flatness (AA)
Step Attenuator Flatness (AA)
Step Attenuator Flatness (AP)
1 A { Manual Adjustment AA { Automated Adjustment AP { Automated Performance Test
P { Manual Performance Test
2 Recommended model is part of the microwave test station.
1-18 Required Equipment
HP 83630A
HP 8360
Table 1-3. Required Equipment for HP 83630A (continued)
Instrument
Critical Specications
Recommended
Model
Use1
Power Sensor
Frequency Range: 10 MHz to 2.3 GHz
Power Range: 1 W to 100 mW
HP 8482A
Power Flatness (P)
Power Flatness (A)
Step Attenuator Flatness (AP)
Power Flatness and
Accuracy (AP)
Step Attenuator Flatness (AA)
Power Flatness (AA)
Power Sensor
Frequency Range: 50 MHz to 26.5 GHz
Power Range: 100 pW to 10 W
HP 8485D
Step Attenuator Flatness (AA)
Step Attenuator Flatness (AP)
Power Sensor
Frequency Range: 50 MHz to 26.5 GHz
Power Range: 1 W to 100 mW
HP 8485A
Power Accuracy (P)
Power Flatness (P)
AM Dynamic Range (P)
Amp/Filt Adjustments (A)
ALC Power Level
Accuracy (A)
Power Flatness (A)
AM Accuracy (A)
Power Flatness and
Accuracy (AP)
Power Flatness (AA)
Step Attenuator Flatness (AA)
Step Attenuator Flatness (AP)
Attenuator
Attenuation: 30 dB
HP 11708A
Measuring
Receiver
Frequency Range (tuned):
2.5 MHz to 1.3 GHz
Range: 0 dBm to 0127 dBm
Relative Power Accuracy: 60.5 dB
AM
Rates: 20 Hz to 100 kHz
Depth: to 99%
Accuracy: 61% of reading 61 count
HP 8902A2
Step Attenuator Flatness (AA)
Step Attenuator Flatness (AP)
Phase Noise
Measurement
System
Frequency Range (carrier):
0.01 to 18 GHz
Sensitivity:
< 070 dBc at 100 Hz oset
< 078 dBc at 1 kHz oset
< 086 dBc at 10 kHz oset
< 0107 dBc at 100 kHz oset
Oset Frequency Range:
100 Hz to 2 MHz
Amplitude Accuracy:
62 dB to 1 MHz oset
HP 3048A
60.05 dB at 50 MHz
AM Accuracy (P)
Single Sideband Phase
Noise (P)
1 A { Manual Adjustment AA { Automated Adjustment AP { Automated Performance Test
P { Manual Performance Test
2 Recommended model is part of the microwave test station.
HP 8360
Required Equipment 1-19
HP 83630A
Table 1-3. Required Equipment for HP 83630A (continued)
Instrument
Critical Specications
Recommended
Model
Use1
Frequency
Standard
Frequency: 10 MHz
Stability: > 1 x 10010 /yr
HP 5061A/HP 5071A
Internal Timebase: Aging
Rate (P)
10 MHz Standard (A)
Microwave
Amplier
Frequency Range: 1.5 to 26.5 GHz
Leveled Output Power: 16 dBm
HP 8348B
FM Bandwidth (P)
Preamplier/
Power
Amplier
Frequency Range: 100 kHz to 1.3 GHz
Preamplier Gain: 25 dB
Power Amplier Gain: 22 dB
HP 8447F
Pulse Performance-Alt (P)
Pulse Modulation Video
Feedthrough (P)
Delay Line
Discriminator
1 meter of coax or
Mixer
Frequency Range: 1 GHz to 26.5 GHz
(Norda 4817)
FM Bandwidth (P)
semi-rigid cable
HP P/N 0955-0307
Pulse Performance-Alt (P)
AM Accuracy (P)
FM Bandwidth (P)
Power Splitter Frequency Range: 10 MHz to 26.5 GHz
HP 11667B
FM Bandwidth (P)
Crystal
Detector
Frequency Range: DC to 26.5 GHz
Maximum Input: 200 mW
Polarity: Negative
HP 33330D
External Leveling (P)
AM Bandwidth (P)
Amp/Mult Adjustments (A)
Attenuator
Frequency Range: 10 MHz to 26.5 GHz
Maximum Input Power: 300 mW
Attenuation: 6 dB
HP 8493C Opt 006
Pulse Performance-Alt (P)
Pulse Modulation Video
Feedthrough (P)
Attenuator
Frequency Range: 10 MHz to 26.5 GHz
Maximum Input Power: 300 mW
Attenuation: 10 dB
HP 8493C Opt 010
Power Accuracy (P)
Spurious Signals
(Harmonic) (P)
Pulse Performance (P)
Pulse Performance-Alt (P)
AM Accuracy (P)
FM Bandwidth (P) (2)
Amp/Mult Adjustments (A)
Amp/Filt Adjustments (A)
Step Attenuator Flatness (AA)
Step Attenuator Flatness (AA)
1 A { Manual Adjustment AA { Automated Adjustment AP { Automated Performance Test
P { Manual Performance Test
1-20 Required Equipment
HP 83630A
HP 8360
Table 1-3. Required Equipment for HP 83630A (continued)
Instrument
Critical Specications
Recommended
Model
Use1
HP 8493C Option 020
Maximum Leveled Power (P)
Pulse Performance (P)
3.7 GHz Low
Pass Filter
HP P/N 9135-0191
Pulse Modulation Video
Feedthrough (P)
130 MHz
Bessel Low
Pass Filter
Pulse Modulation Video
K & L Microwave
5LL30-130/BT2400/BP Feedthrough (P)
500 MHz Low
Pass Filter
Mini-Circuits
SLP-550
Attenuator
Tool Kit
Frequency Range: 10 MHz to 26.5 GHz
Maximum Input Power: 300 mW
Attenuation: 20 dB
No Substitute
Invertron
Pulse Modulation Video
Feedthrough (P)
HP P/N 08360{60060
California
Instruments 501TC
Spurious Signals
(Line Related) (P)
Capacitor
1000 pf
HP P/N 0160-4574
External Leveling (P)
Microwave
Amplier
Frequency Range: 2 to 8 GHz
Leveled Output Power: +16 dBm
HP 11975A
Spurious Signals
(Harmonic) (P)
Pulse Performance-Alt (P)
Harmonic
Mixer
Frequency Range: 20 to 26.5 GHz
HP 11970K
Spurious Signals
(Harmonic) (P)
Pulse Performance-Alt (P)
K{Band Coax
Adapter
WR42 to APC 3.5 mm (f)
K281C
Spurious Signals
(Harmonic) (P)
Pulse Performance-Alt (P)
1 A { Manual Adjustment AA { Automated Adjustment AP { Automated Performance Test
P { Manual Performance Test
HP 8360
Required Equipment 1-21
HP 83630A
The following list of adapters and cables is provided for convenience. They may
be used in equipment setups for performance tests or adjustments.
SMA (m) to SMA (m) adapter
1250-1159
SMA (f) to SMA (f) adapter
1250-1158
SMB (m) to SMB (m) adapter
1250-0669
SMB (f) to SMB (f) adapter
1250-0672
SMB tee (f) (m) (m)
1250-1391
3.5 mm (f) to 3.5 mm (f) adapter
3.5 mm (f) to N-type (m) adapter
2.4 mm (f) to 2.92 mm (f) adapter
2.4 mm (f) to 2.4 mm (f) adapter
2.4 mm (m) to 3.5 mm (f) adapter
5061-5311
1250-1745
1250-2187
1250-2188
11901C
BNC (f) to BNC (f) adapter
BNC (m) to BNC (m) adapter
BNC (f) to SMA (m) adapter
BNC (f) to SMB (m) adapter
BNC tee (m) (f) (f)
1250-0080
1250-0216
1250-1200
1250-1237
1250-0781
SMB (f) to BNC (m) exible cable
SMA semi-rigid cable 2 feet
BNC cable
HP-IB cable 2 meters
85680-60093
08340-20124
8120-2582
HP 10833B
1-22 Required Equipment
HP 83640A
HP 8360
HP 83640A Required Equipment
Table 1-4. Required Equipment for HP 83640A
Instrument
Critical Specications
Recommended
Model
Use1
Spectrum
Analyzer
Frequency Range: 10 MHz to 22 GHz
(40 GHz with external mixers)
Frequency Span: 0 Hz, 100 Hz to 22 GHz
Amplitude Range: +20 to 0100 dBm
Resolution Bandwidth: 10 Hz to 3 MHz
Video Bandwidth: 10 Hz to 3 MHz
Log Fidelity: 60.1 dB/dB over 0 to
80 dB display (61.0 dB maximum)
Video Output: DC voltage proportional
to vertical position of trace on display
Capable of phase locking to external
10 MHz reference
HP 8566B2
Analog
Oscilloscope
A vs B Sweep Mode
Vertical Sensitivity: 5 mV/Div
Bandwidth: 100 MHz
HP 1740A/HP 54600B Amp/Mult Adjustments (A)
Amp/Filt Adjustments (A)
Local
Oscillator
(Synthesized
Sweeper)
Swept Frequency
Accuracy (P)
Spurious Signals
(Harmonic) (P)
Spurious Signals
(Non-harmonic) (P)
Spurious Signals
(Line Related) (P)
Pulse Modulation On/O
Ratio (P)
Pulse Performance-Alt (P)
AM Accuracy (P)
AM Dynamic Range (P)
FM Accuracy (P)
Maximum FM Deviation (P)
Fractional{N Reference
and API Spurs (A)
FM Gain (A)
Square Wave Symmetry (A)
HP 83620/
HP 8340A/B2
Pulse Performance-Alt (P)
AM Accuracy (P)
Spectrum
Analyzer with
Tracking
Generator
Frequency Range: 20 Hz to 10 MHz
HP 3585A/B
AM Bandwidth (P)
FM Bandwidth (P)
Controller
4 Mbyte RAM
BASIC 5.1
HP-IB
HP 9836/HP 9920/
HP 310/HP 320
Step Attenuator Flatness (AP)
Power Flatness and
Accuracy (AP)
Step Attenuator Flatness (AA)
YO Delay (AA)
ADC (AA)
Power Flatness (AA)
1 A { Manual Adjustment AA { Automated Adjustment AP { Automated Performance Test
P { Manual Performance Test
2 Recommended model is part of the microwave test station.
HP 8360
Required Equipment 1-23
HP 83640A
Table 1-4. Required Equipment for HP 83640A (continued)
Instrument
Critical Specications
Recommended
Model
Use1
Software
No Substitute
(Shipped with synthesizer)
HP P/N 08360-10001
Step Attenuator Flatness (AP)
Power Flatness and
Accuracy (AP)
Step Attenuator Flatness (AA)
YO Delay (AA)
ADC (AA)
Power Flatness (AA)
DVM
Range: 050 to +50 VDC
Accuracy: 60.01%
Input Impedance: 10 M
HP 3456A2 /
HP 3457A
External Leveling (P)
AM Accuracy (P)
AM Bandwidth (P)
AM Dynamic Range (P)
FM Bandwidth (P)
Modulation Meter (P)
Low Power SRD Bias (A)
AM Accuracy (A)
AM Delay (A)
ADC (AA)
Digitizing
Oscilloscope
Dual Channel
Bandwidth: DC to 300 MHz
Input Impedance: 1 M
and 50
Vertical Sensitivity: 5 mV/Div
Horizontal Sensitivity: 50 ns/Div
Trigger: Event Triggerable
HP 54110A/
HP 54111D2 /
HP 54222A
Internal Timebase: Aging
Rate (P)
Swept Frequency
Accuracy (P)
Frequency Switching Time (P)
Pulse Performance-Alt (P)
Pulse Modulation Video
Feedthrough (P)
FM Bandwidth (P)
Internal Pulse Accuracy (P)
10 MHz Standard (A)
Modulator Oset and Gain (A)
Modulation Generator
Flatness (A)
Digitizing
Oscilloscope
3 dB Bandwidth: 40 GHz
DC Voltage Accuracy: 60.4% of full
scale 62 mV
Trigger Sensitivity DC to 100 MHz:
40 mV p-p
Trigger & Timebase Jitter:
2.5 ps + 5E05 x delay setting
Time Interval Accuracy:
10 ps 60.1% of reading
Channel Input Reection:
5% for 30 ps risetime
HP 54124T
Pulse Performance (P)
Oscilloscope
Probes
Division Ratio: 1:1
HP 10437A
Internal Pulse Accuracy (P)
1 A { Manual Adjustment AA { Automated Adjustment AP { Automated Performance Test
P { Manual Performance Test
2 Recommended model is part of the microwave test station.
1-24 Required Equipment
HP 83640A
HP 8360
Table 1-4. Required Equipment for HP 83640A (continued)
Instrument
Critical Specications
Recommended
Model
Use1
Oscilloscope
Probes
Division Ratio: 10:1
HP 10431A
Pulse
Generator
Pulse Width: 50 ns
Rise Time: 10 ns
Frequency: 10 Hz to 5 MHz
HP 8112B/HP 8116A2 Pulse Performance (P)
Pulse Performance-Alt (P)
Pulse Modulation Video
Feedthrough (P)
Function
Generator
Frequency Accuracy: 65 x 1006
Amplitude Accuracy
100 kHz to 1 MHz: 60.1 dB
100 kHz to 20 MHz: 60.4 dB
> 16 V p-p
HP 3325A/B
Swept Frequency
Accuracy (P)
Frequency Switching Time (P)
Pulse Performance-Alt (P)
Pulse Modulation Video
Feedthrough (P)
Amp/Mult Adjustments (A)
Amp/Filt Adjustments (A)
Modulator Oset and Gain (A)
AM Accuracy (P)
AM Dynamic Range (P)
FM Accuracy (P)
Maximum FM Deviation (P)
Modulation Meter (P)
AM Accuracy (A)
AM Delay (A)
FM Gain (A)
HP 8111A/HP 8116A/ Maximum FM Deviation (P)
HP 8175A
Function
Generator
Amplitude Range:
Power Meter
Power Range: 1 W to 100 mW
Accuracy: 60.02 dB
HP 436A/
HP 437B/
HP 438A
Power Accuracy (P)
AM Dynamic Range (P)
Amp/Filt Adjustments (A)
ALC Power Level
Accuracy (A)
AM Accuracy (A)
Power Meter
Power Range: 1 W to 100 mW
Accuracy: 60.02 dB
HP 437B
Power Flatness (P)
Power Flatness (A)
Power Meter
Power Range: 1 W to 100 mW
Accuracy: 60.02 dB
HP 438A
Power Flatness and
Accuracy (AP)
Step Attenuator Flatness (AP)
Power Flatness (AA)
Step Attenuator Flatness (AA)
1 A { Manual Adjustment AA { Automated Adjustment AP { Automated Performance Test
P { Manual Performance Test
2 Recommended model is part of the microwave test station.
HP 8360
Required Equipment 1-25
HP 83640A
Table 1-4. Required Equipment for HP 83640A (continued)
Instrument
Critical Specications
Recommended
Model
Use1
Power Sensor
Frequency Range: 10 MHz to 2.3 GHz
Power Range: 1 W to 100 mW
HP 8482A
Power Flatness (P)
Power Flatness (A)
Power Flatness and
Accuracy (AP)
Step Attenuator Flatness (AA)
Power Flatness (AA)
Step Attenuator Flatness (AP)
Power Sensor
Frequency Range: 50 MHz to 40 GHz
Power Range: 1 W to 100 mW
HP 8487A
Power Accuracy (P)
Power Flatness (P)
AM Dynamic Range (P)
Amp/Filt Adjustments (A)
ALC Power Level
Accuracy (A)
Power Flatness (A)
AM Accuracy (A)
Square Wave Symmetry (A)
Accuracy (AP)
Step Attenuator Flatness (AP)
Power Flatness (AA)
Step Attenuator Flatness (AA)
Power Sensor
Frequency Range: 50 MHz to 40 GHz
Power Range: 100 pW to 10 W
HP 8487D
Step Attenuator Flatness (AA)
Step Attenuator Flatness (AP)
Attenuator
Attenuation: 30 dB 60.05 dB at 50 MHz
HP 11708A
Measuring
Receiver
Frequency Range (tuned):
2.5 MHz to 1.3 GHz
Range: 0 dBm to 0127 dBm
Relative Power Accuracy: 60.5 dB
AM
Rates: 20 Hz to 100 kHz
Depth: to 99%
Accuracy: 61% of reading 61 count
HP 8902A2
Step Attenuator Flatness (AA)
Step Attenuator Flatness (AP)
Phase Noise
Measurement
System
Frequency Range (carrier):
0.01 to 18 GHz
Sensitivity:
< 070 dBc at 100 Hz oset
< 078 dBc at 1 kHz oset
< 086 dBc at 10 kHz oset
< 0107 dBc at 100 kHz oset
Oset Frequency Range:
100 Hz to 2 MHz
Amplitude Accuracy:
62 dB to 1 MHz oset
HP 3048A
AM Accuracy (P)
Step Attenuator Flatness (AA)
Step Attenuator Flatness (AP)
Single Sideband Phase
Noise (P)
1 A { Manual Adjustment AA { Automated Adjustment AP { Automated Performance Test
P { Manual Performance Test
2 Recommended model is part of the microwave test station.
1-26 Required Equipment
HP 83640A
HP 8360
Table 1-4. Required Equipment for HP 83640A (continued)
Instrument
Critical Specications
Recommended
Model
Use1
Frequency
Standard
Frequency: 10 MHz
Stability: > 1 x 10010 /yr
HP 5061A/HP 5071A
Internal Timebase: Aging
Rate (P)
10 MHz Standard (A)
Microwave
Amplier
Frequency Range: 1.5 to 26.5 GHz
Leveled Output Power: 16 dBm
HP 8348A
FM Bandwidth (P)
Preamplier/
Power
Amplier
Frequency Range: 100 kHz to 1.3 GHz
Preamplier Gain: 25 dB
HP 8447F
Pulse Performance-Alt (P)
Pulse Modulation Video
Feedthrough (P)
Delay Line
Discriminator
1 meter of coax or
Mixer
Frequency Range: 1 GHz to 20 GHz
(Norda 4817)
Power Amplier Gain: 22 dB
FM Bandwidth (P)
semi-rigid cable
HP P/N 0955-0307
Pulse Performance-Alt (P)
AM Accuracy (P)
FM Bandwidth (P)
Power Splitter Frequency Range: 10 MHz to 26.5 GHz
HP 11667C
FM Bandwidth (P)
Crystal
Detector
Frequency Range: DC to 40 GHz
Maximum Input: 200 mW
Polarity: Negative
HP 33330E
External Leveling (P)
AM Bandwidth (P)
Amp/Mult Adjustments (A)
Attenuator
Frequency Range: 10 MHz to 40 GHz
Maximum Input Power: 300 mW
Attenuation: 6 dB
HP 8493C Opt 006
Pulse Performance-Alt (P)
Pulse Modulation Video
Feedthrough (P)
Attenuator
Frequency Range: 10 MHz to 40 GHz
Maximum Input Power: 300 mW
Attenuation: 20 dB
HP 8490D Option 020
Maximum Leveled Power (P)
Pulse Performance (P)
Attenuator
Frequency Range: 50 MHz to 40 GHz
Maximum Input Power: 300 mW
Attenuation: 20 dB
HP 8490D Option 010
Power Accuracy (P)
Spurious Signals
(Harmonic) (P)
Pulse Performance (P)
Pulse Performance-Alt (P)
AM Accuracy (P)
FM Bandwidth (P) (2)
Amp/Mult Adjustments (A)
Amp/Filt Adjustments (A)
Step Attenuator Flatness (AA)
Step Attenuator Flatness (AA)
1 A { Manual Adjustment AA { Automated Adjustment AP { Automated Performance Test
P { Manual Performance Test
HP 8360
Required Equipment 1-27
HP 83640A
Table 1-4. Required Equipment for HP 83640A (continued)
Instrument
Critical Specications
Recommended
Model
Use1
Pulse Modulation Video
Feedthrough (P)
3.7 GHz Low
Pass Filter
HP P/N 9135-0191
130 MHz
Bessel Low
Pass Filter
Pulse Modulation Video
K & L Microwave
5LL30-130/BT2400/BP Feedthrough (P)
500 MHz Low
Pass Filter
Mini-Circuits
SLP-550
Tool Kit
No Substitute
Invertron
Pulse Modulation Video
Feedthrough (P)
HP P/N 08360{60060
California
Instruments 501TC
Spurious Signals
(Line Related) (P)
Capacitor
1000 pf
HP P/N 0160-4574
External Leveling (P)
Microwave
Amplier
Frequency Range: 2 to 8 GHz
Leveled Output Power: +16 dBm
HP 11975A
Spurious Signals
(Harmonic) (P)
Pulse Performance-Alt (P)
AM Accuracy (P)
Mixer
Frequency Range: 26.5 to 40 GHz
HP 11970A
Spurious Signals
(Harmonic) (P)
Pulse Performance-Alt (P)
Mixer
Frequency Range: 20 to 26.5 GHz
HP 11970K
Spurious Signals
(Harmonic) (P)
Pulse Performance-Alt (P)
K{Band Coax
Adapter
WR42 to APC 3.5 mm (f)
K281C
Spurious Signals
(Harmonic) (P)
Pulse Performance-Alt (P)
R{Band Coax
Adapter
WR28 to APC 2.4 mm (f)
R281A
Spurious Signals
(Harmonic) (P)
Pulse Performance-Alt (P)
1 A { Manual Adjustment AA { Automated Adjustment AP { Automated Performance Test
P { Manual Performance Test
1-28 Required Equipment
HP 83640A
HP 8360
The following list of adapters and cables is provided for convenience. They may
be used in equipment setups for performance tests or adjustments.
SMA (m) to SMA (m) adapter
1250-1159
SMA (f) to SMA (f) adapter
1250-1158
SMB (m) to SMB (m) adapter
1250-0669
SMB (f) to SMB (f) adapter
1250-0672
SMB tee (f) (m) (m)
1250-1391
3.5 mm (f) to 3.5 mm (f) adapter
3.5 mm (f) to N-type (m) adapter
2.4 mm (f) to 2.92 mm (f) adapter
2.4 mm (f) to 2.4 mm (f) adapter
2.4 mm (m) to 3.5 mm (f) adapter
5061-5311
1250-1745
1250-2187
1250-2188
11901C
BNC (f) to BNC (f) adapter
BNC (m) to BNC (m) adapter
BNC (f) to SMA (m) adapter
BNC (f) to SMB (m) adapter
BNC tee (m) (f) (f)
1250-0080
1250-0216
1250-1200
1250-1237
1250-0781
SMB (f) to BNC (m) exible cable
SMA semi-rigid cable 2 feet
BNC cable
HP-IB cable 2 meters
85680-60093
08340-20124
8120-2582
HP 10833B
HP 8360
Required Equipment 1-29
HP 83650A
HP 83650A Required Equipment
Table 1-5. Required Equipment for HP 83650A
Instrument
Critical Specications
Recommended
Model
Use1
Spectrum
Analyzer
Frequency Range: 10 MHz to 22 GHz
(50 GHz with external mixers)
Frequency Span: 0 Hz, 100 Hz to 22 GHz
Amplitude Range: +20 to 0100 dBm
Resolution Bandwidth: 10 Hz to 3 MHz
Video Bandwidth: 10 Hz to 3 MHz
Log Fidelity: 60.1 dB/dB over 0 to
80 dB display (61.0 dB maximum)
Video Output: DC voltage proportional
to vertical position of trace on display
Capable of phase locking to external
10 MHz reference
HP 8566B2
Swept Frequency
Accuracy (P)
Spurious Signals
(Harmonic) (P)
Spurious Signals
(Non-harmonic) (P)
Spurious Signals
(Line Related) (P)
Pulse Modulation On/O
Ratio (P)
Pulse Performance-Alt (P)
AM Accuracy (P)
AM Dynamic Range (P)
FM Accuracy (P)
Maximum FM Deviation (P)
Fractional{N Reference
and API Spurs (A)
FM Gain (A)
Square Wave Symmetry (A)
Analog
Oscilloscope
A vs B Sweep Mode
Vertical Sensitivity: 5 mV/Div
Bandwidth: 100 MHz
HP 1740A/
HP 54600B
Amp/Mult Adjustments (A)
Amp/Filt Adjustments (A)
HP 83620/
HP 8340A/B2
Pulse Performance-Alt (P)
AM Accuracy (P)
Local
Oscillator
(Synthesized
Sweeper)
Spectrum
Analyzer with
Tracking
Generator
Frequency Range: 20 Hz to 10 MHz
HP 3585A/B
AM Bandwidth (P)
FM Bandwidth (P)
Controller
4 Mbyte RAM
BASIC 5.1
HP-IB
HP 9836/HP 9920/
HP 310/HP 320
Step Attenuator Flatness (AP)
Power Flatness and
Accuracy (AP)
Step Attenuator Flatness (AA)
YO Delay (AA)
ADC (AA)
Power Flatness (AA)
1 A { Manual Adjustment AA { Automated Adjustment AP { Automated Performance Test
P { Manual Performance Test
2 Recommended model is part of the microwave test station.
1-30 Required Equipment
HP 83650A
HP 8360
Table 1-5. Required Equipment for HP 83650A (continued)
Instrument
Critical Specications
Recommended
Model
Use1
Software
No Substitute
(Shipped with synthesizer)
HP P/N 08360-10001
Step Attenuator Flatness (AP)
Power Flatness and
Accuracy (AP)
Step Attenuator Flatness (AA)
YO Delay (AA)
ADC (AA)
Power Flatness (AA)
DVM
Range: 050 to +50 VDC
Accuracy: 60.01%
Input Impedance: 10 M
HP 3456A2 /
HP 3457A
External Leveling (P)
AM Accuracy (P)
AM Bandwidth (P)
AM Dynamic Range (P)
FM Bandwidth (P)
Modulation Meter (P)
Low Power SRD Bias (A)
AM Accuracy (A)
AM Delay (A)
ADC (AA)
Digitizing
Oscilloscope
Dual Channel
Bandwidth: DC to 300 MHz
Input Impedance: 1 M
and 50
Vertical Sensitivity: 5 mV/Div
Horizontal Sensitivity: 50 ns/Div
Trigger: Event Triggerable
HP 54110A/
HP 54111D2 /
HP 54222A
Internal Timebase: Aging
Rate (P)
Swept Frequency
Accuracy (P)
Frequency Switching Time (P)
Pulse Performance-Alt (P)
Pulse Modulation Video
Feedthrough (P)
FM Bandwidth (P)
Internal Pulse Accuracy (P)
10 MHz Standard (A)
Modulator Oset and
Gain (A)
Modulation Generator
Flatness (A)
Digitizing
Oscilloscope
3 dB Bandwidth: 50 GHz
DC Voltage Accuracy: 60.4% of full
scale 62 mV
Trigger Sensitivity DC to 100 MHz:
40 mV p-p
Trigger & Timebase Jitter:
2.5 ps + 5E05 x delay setting
Time Interval Accuracy:
10 ps 60.1% of reading
Channel Input Reection:
5% for 30 ps risetime
HP 54124T
Pulse Performance (P)
Oscilloscope
Probes
Division Ratio: 1:1
HP 10437A
Internal Pulse Accuracy (P)
1 A { Manual Adjustment AA { Automated Adjustment AP { Automated Performance Test
P { Manual Performance Test
2 Recommended model is part of the microwave test station.
HP 8360
Required Equipment 1-31
HP 83650A
Table 1-5. Required Equipment for HP 83650A (continued)
Instrument
Critical Specications
Recommended
Model
Use1
Oscilloscope
Probes
Division Ratio: 10:1
HP 10431A
Pulse
Generator
Pulse Width: 50 ns
Rise Time: 10 ns
Frequency: 10 Hz to 5 MHz
HP 8112B/HP 8116A2 Pulse Performance (P)
Pulse Performance-Alt (P)
Pulse Modulation Video
Feedthrough (P)
Function
Generator
Frequency Accuracy: 65 x 1006
Amplitude Accuracy
100 kHz to 1 MHz: 60.1 dB
100 kHz to 20 MHz: 60.4 dB
> 16 V p-p
HP 3325A/B
Swept Frequency
Accuracy (P)
Frequency Switching Time (P)
Pulse Performance-Alt (P)
Pulse Modulation Video
Feedthrough (P)
Amp/Mult Adjustments (A)
Amp/Filt Adjustments (A)
Modulator Oset and
Gain (A)
AM Accuracy (P)
AM Dynamic Range (P)
FM Accuracy (P)
Maximum FM Deviation (P)
Modulation Meter (P)
AM Accuracy (A)
AM Delay (A)
FM Gain (A)
HP 8111A/HP 8116A/ Maximum FM Deviation (P)
HP 8175A
Function
Generator
Amplitude Range:
Power Meter
Power Range: 1 W to 100 mW
Accuracy: 60.02 dB
HP 436A/
HP 437B/
HP 438A
Power Accuracy (P)
AM Dynamic Range (P)
Amp/Filt Adjustments (A)
ALC Power Level
Accuracy (A)
AM Accuracy (A)
Power Meter
Power Range: 1 W to 100 mW
Accuracy: 60.02 dB
HP 437B
Power Flatness (P)
Power Flatness (A)
Power Meter
Power Range: 1 W to 100 mW
Accuracy: 60.02 dB
HP 438A
Power Flatness and
Accuracy (AP)
Step Attenuator Flatness (AP)
Power Flatness (AA)
Step Attenuator Flatness (AA)
1 A { Manual Adjustment AA { Automated Adjustment AP { Automated Performance Test
P { Manual Performance Test
2 Recommended model is part of the microwave test station.
1-32 Required Equipment
HP 83650A
HP 8360
Table 1-5. Required Equipment for HP 83650A (continued)
Instrument
Critical Specications
Recommended
Model
Use1
Power Sensor
Frequency Range: 10 MHz to 2.3 GHz
Power Range: 1 W to 100 mW
HP 8482A
Power Flatness (P)
Power Flatness (A)
Power Flatness and
Accuracy (AP)
Step Attenuator Flatness (AA)
Power Flatness (AA)
Step Attenuator Flatness (AP)
Power Sensor
Frequency Range: 50 MHz to 50 GHz
Power Range: 1 W to 100 mW
HP 8487A
Power Accuracy (P)
Power Flatness (P)
AM Dynamic Range (P)
Amp/Filt Adjustments (A)
ALC Power Level
Accuracy (A)
Power Flatness (A)
AM Accuracy (A)
Power Flatness and
Accuracy (AP)
Step Attenuator Flatness (AP)
Power Flatness (AA)
Step Attenuator Flatness (AA)
Power Sensor
Frequency Range: 50 MHz to 50 GHz
Power Range: 100 pW to 10 W
HP 8487D
Step Attenuator Flatness (AP)
Step Attenuator Flatness (AA)
Attenuator
Attenuation: 30 dB
HP 11708A
Measuring
Receiver
Frequency Range (tuned):
2.5 MHz to 1.3 GHz
Range: 0 dBm to 0127 dBm
Relative Power Accuracy: 60.5 dB
AM
Rates: 20 Hz to 100 kHz
Depth: to 99%
Accuracy: 61% of reading 61 count
HP 8902A2
Step Attenuator Flatness (AA)
Step Attenuator Flatness (AP)
Phase Noise
Measurement
System
Frequency Range (carrier):
0.01 to 18 GHz
Sensitivity:
< 070 dBc at 100 Hz oset
< 078 dBc at 1 kHz oset
< 086 dBc at 10 kHz oset
< 0107 dBc at 100 kHz oset
Oset Frequency Range:
100 Hz to 2 MHz
Amplitude Accuracy:
62 dB to 1 MHz oset
HP 3048A
60.05 dB at 50 MHz
AM Accuracy (P)
Step Attenuator Flatness (AA)
Step Attenuator Flatness (AP)
Single Sideband Phase
Noise (P)
1 A { Manual Adjustment AA { Automated Adjustment AP { Automated Performance Test
P { Manual Performance Test
2 Recommended model is part of the microwave test station.
HP 8360
Required Equipment 1-33
HP 83650A
Table 1-5. Required Equipment for HP 83650A (continued)
Instrument
Critical Specications
Recommended
Model
Use1
Frequency
Standard
Frequency: 10 MHz
Stability: > 1 x 10010 /yr
HP 5061A/HP 5071A
Internal Timebase: Aging
Rate (P)
10 MHz Standard (A)
Microwave
Amplier
Frequency Range: 1.5 to 26.5 GHz
Leveled Output Power: 16 dBm
HP 8348A
FM Bandwidth (P)
Preamplier/
Power
Amplier
Frequency Range: 100 kHz to 1.3 GHz
Preamplier Gain: 25 dB
Power Amplier Gain: 22 dB
HP 8447F
Pulse Performance-Alt (P)
Pulse Modulation Video
Feedthrough (P)
Delay Line
Discriminator
1 meter of coax or
Mixer
Frequency Range: 1 GHz to 26.5 GHz
(Norda 4817)
FM Bandwidth (P)
semi-rigid cable
HP P/N 0955-0307
Pulse Performance-Alt (P)
AM Accuracy (P)
FM Bandwidth (P)
Power Splitter Frequency Range: 10 MHz to 50 GHz
HP 11667C
FM Bandwidth (P)
Crystal
Detector
Frequency Range: DC to 50 GHz
Maximum Input: 200 mW
Polarity: Negative
HP 33330E
External Leveling (P)
AM Bandwidth (P)
Amp/Mult Adjustments (A)
Attenuator
Frequency Range: 10 MHz to 50 GHz
Maximum Input Power: 300 mW
Attenuation: 6 dB
HP 8490D Opt 006
Pulse Performance-Alt (P)
Pulse Modulation Video
Feedthrough (P)
Attenuator
Frequency Range: 10 MHz to 50 GHz
Maximum Input Power: 300 mW
Attenuation: 20 dB
HP 8490D Option 020
Maximum Leveled Power (P)
Pulse Performance (P)
Attenuator
Frequency Range: 50 MHz to 50 GHz
Maximum Input Power: 300 mW
Attenuation: 20 dB
HP 8490D Option 010
Power Accuracy (P)
Spurious Signals
(Harmonic) (P)
Pulse Performance (P)
Pulse Performance-Alt (P)
AM Accuracy (P)
FM Bandwidth (P) (2)
Amp/Mult Adjustments (A)
Amp/Filt Adjustments (A)
Step Attenuator Flatness (AA)
Step Attenuator Flatness (AA)
1 A { Manual Adjustment AA { Automated Adjustment AP { Automated Performance Test
P { Manual Performance Test
1-34 Required Equipment
HP 83650A
HP 8360
Table 1-5. Required Equipment for HP 83650A (continued)
Instrument
Critical Specications
Recommended
Model
Use1
Pulse Modulation Video
Feedthrough (P)
3.7 GHz Low
Pass Filter
HP P/N 9135-0191
130 MHz
Bessel Low
Pass Filter
Pulse Modulation Video
K & L Microwave
5LL30-130/BT2400/BP Feedthrough (P)
500 MHz Low
Pass Filter
Mini-Circuits
SLP-550
Tool Kit
No Substitute
Invertron
Pulse Modulation Video
Feedthrough (P)
HP P/N 08360{60060
California
Instruments 501TC
Spurious Signals
(Line Related) (P)
Capacitor
1000 pf
HP P/N 0160-4574
External Leveling (P)
Mixer
Frequency Range: 26.5 to 40 GHz
HP 11970A
Spurious Signals
(Harmonic) (P)
Pulse Performance-Alt (P)
Microwave
Amplier
Frequency Range: 2 to 8 GHz
Leveled Output Power: +16 dBm
HP 11975A
Spurious Signals
(Harmonic) (P)
Pulse Performance-Alt (P)
AM Accuracy (P)
Mixer
Frequency Range: 20 to 26.5 GHz
HP 11970K
Spurious Signals
(Harmonic) (P)
Pulse Performance-Alt (P)
Mixer
Frequency Range: 40 to 50 GHz
HP 11970Q
Spurious Signals
(Harmonic) (P)
Pulse Performance-Alt (P)
K{Band Coax
Adapter
WR42 to APC 3.5 mm (f)
K281C
Spurious Signals
(Harmonic) (P)
Pulse Performance-Alt (P)
1 A { Manual Adjustment AA { Automated Adjustment AP { Automated Performance Test
P { Manual Performance Test
HP 8360
Required Equipment 1-35
HP 83650A
Table 1-5. Required Equipment for HP 83650A (continued)
Instrument
Critical Specications
Recommended
Model
Use1
R{Band Coax
Adapter
WR28 to APC 2.4 mm (f)
R281A
Spurious Signals
(Harmonic) (P)
Pulse Performance-Alt (P)
Q{Band Coax
Adapter
WR22 to APC 2.4 mm (f)
Q281A
Spurious Signals
(Harmonic) (P)
Pulse Performance-Alt (P)
1 A { Manual Adjustment AA { Automated Adjustment AP { Automated Performance Test
P { Manual Performance Test
1-36 Required Equipment
HP 83650A
HP 8360
The following list of adapters and cables is provided for convenience. They may
be used in equipment setups for performance tests or adjustments.
SMA (m) to SMA (m) adapter
1250-1159
SMA (f) to SMA (f) adapter
1250-1158
SMB (m) to SMB (m) adapter
1250-0669
SMB (f) to SMB (f) adapter
1250-0672
SMB tee (f) (m) (m)
1250-1391
3.5 mm (f) to 3.5 mm (f) adapter
3.5 mm (f) to N-type (m) adapter
2.4 mm (f) to 2.92 mm (f) adapter
2.4 mm (f) to 2.4 mm (f) adapter
2.4 mm (m) to 3.5 mm (f) adapter
5061-5311
1250-1745
1250-2187
1250-2188
11901C
BNC (f) to BNC (f) adapter
BNC (m) to BNC (m) adapter
BNC (f) to SMA (m) adapter
BNC (f) to SMB (m) adapter
BNC tee (m) (f) (f)
1250-0080
1250-0216
1250-1200
1250-1237
1250-0781
SMB (f) to BNC (m) exible cable
SMA semi-rigid cable 2 feet
BNC cable
HP-IB cable 2 meters
85680-60093
08340-20124
8120-2582
HP 10833B
HP 8360
Required Equipment 1-37
HP 83650A
2
Performance Tests
How to Use This Chapter
This chapter contains the following procedures:
Operation Verication Tests : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 2-4
Performance Tests : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 2-7
1. Internal Timebase: Aging Rate : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 2-8
2. Swept Frequency Accuracy : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 2-12
3. Frequency Switching Time : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 2-22
4. Power Accuracy : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 2-28
5. Power Flatness : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 2-31
6. Maximum Leveled Power : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 2-34
7. External Leveling : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 2-37
8. Spurious Signals (Harmonics & Subharmonics) : : : : : : : : : : : : 2-40
9. Spurious Signals (Non-Harmonic) : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 2-50
10. Spurious Signals (Line-Related) : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 2-56
11. Single Sideband Phase Noise : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 2-60
12. Pulse Modulation On/O Ratio : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 2-65
13. Pulse Performance : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 2-68
14. Pulse Performance (Alternate Procedure) : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 2-76
15. Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 2-87
16. AM Accuracy : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 2-96
17. AM Bandwidth : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 2-104
18. AM Dynamic Range : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 2-107
19. FM Accuracy : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 2-114
20. FM Bandwidth : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 2-118
21. Maximum FM Deviation : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 2-124
22. Internal Pulse Accuracy (Option 002) : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 2-131
23. Modulation Meter (Option 002) : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 2-133
Step Attenuator (see Chapter 5).
HP 8360
Performance Tests 2-1
Use the procedures in this chapter to test the electrical performance of the
synthesizer. These tests do not require access to the interior of the instrument.
The synthesizer must warm up for at least one hour before the electrical
specications are valid.
Menus
Fold-out menu maps are located in Chapter 6. Some menus have more than
one page of softkeys. Select the more softkey to view the next page of softkeys.
more is not included in the keystrokes given in these procedures.
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Note
In all cases where you are instructed to preset the synthesizer,
use the factory preset mode only.
Operator's Check
For assurance that most of the internal functions of the instrument work
(without testing for specications), see \Operator's Check," in the User's
Handbook .
Operation Verification Tests
To meet the needs of most incoming inspections
(80% verication), and provide reasonable assurance that the instrument
works, see the \Operation Verication" section of this chapter.
Automated Performance Tests
The automated performance tests available at time-of-shipment are included in
Chapter 5.
2-2 Performance Tests
HP 8360
Equipment Required
The equipment required to perform the tests in this chapter is listed in
Chapter 1. You may use any equipment that meets the critical specications
given.
Test Record
Test records are supplied at the end of this chapter. Use a test record
when you perform a full calibration of your synthesizer. This form provides
a tabulated index of the performance tests, their acceptable limits, the
measurement uncertainty of each test, and a column to record actual
measurements.
There is more than one test record. Be sure you use the one designated
(at the top) for your synthesizer.
Test Sequence
Perform the tests in the order that they appear.
Calibration Cycle
Perform the tests in this chapter at least once every 24 months.
HP 8360
Performance Tests 2-3
Operation Verification
The following procedures meet the needs of most incoming inspections
(80% verication), and provide a reasonable assurance that the instrument is
functioning properly. Do these procedures in the order given.
The operation verication form is supplied at the end of the procedure. Use
the form to record the pass/fail results of an operation verication.
1. Self-tests
1. Perform the full self-tests contained in the instrument rmware. No
additional test equipment is required. Press 4SERVICE5 Selftest (Full) .
The synthesizer executes a series of self-tests. When completed, the
following message is displayed if all the tests passed:
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
ALL SELF-TESTS HAVE PASSED!
2. Record Pass on the operation verication form and continue to the next
test, \Power Accuracy".
If the synthesizer fails one or more self-tests, a dierent message is displayed
listing the most independent test that failed and a reference to the best
entry point into the Troubleshooting manual. Record Fail on the operation
verication form and see the Troubleshooting manual. After repair, repeat
operation verication from the beginning.
2-4 Performance Tests
Operation Verification
HP 8360
2. Power Accuracy
1. Follow the procedure for this performance test given in this chapter.
2. If the synthesizer passes this test, record Pass on the operation verication
form and continue to the next test, \Power Flatness".
If the synthesizer fails, record Fail on the operation verication form
and then follow the \In Case of Diculty" instructions given for this
performance test. After repair, repeat operation verication from the
beginning.
3. Power Flatness
1. Follow the procedure for this performance test given in this chapter.
2. If the synthesizer passes this test, record Pass on the operation verication
form and continue to the next test, \Maximum Leveled Power".
If the synthesizer fails, record Fail on the operation verication form
and then follow the \In Case of Diculty" instructions given for this
performance test. After repair, repeat operation verication from the
beginning.
4. Maximum Leveled Power
1. Follow the procedure for this performance test given in this chapter.
2. If the synthesizer passes this test, record Pass on the operation verication
form. Operation verication is completed.
If the synthesizer fails, record Fail on the operation verication form
and then follow the \In Case of Diculty" instructions given for this
performance test. After repair, repeat operation verication from the
beginning.
HP 8360
Performance Tests 2-5
Operation Verification
Table 2-1. Operation Verification Form
Date
Customer
Tested By
Firmware Revision
Test Facility
Model
Serial Number
Options
Test
1.
2.
3.
4.
Results (Pass/Fail)
Self-Tests
Power Accuracy
Power Flatness
Maximum Leveled Power
2-6 Performance Tests
Operation Verification
HP 8360
PERFORMANCE TESTS
HP 8360
Performance Tests 2-7
1. Internal Timebase: Aging Rate
Description and Procedure
This procedure checks the accuracy of the internal timebase. The time required
for a specic phase change is measured both before and after a specied
waiting period. The aging rate is inversely proportional to the absolute value of
the dierence in the measured times.
The overall accuracy of the internal timebase is a function of:
TBC
6AR 6TE 6LE
where:
TBC = timebase calibration
TE = temperature effects
AR = aging rate
LE = line effects
After the timebase is adjusted, the timebase frequency should stay within the
aging rate if the following things happen:
The timebase oven does not cool down.
The instrument keeps the same orientation with respect to the earth's
magnetic eld.
The instrument stays at the same altitude.
The instrument does not receive any mechanical shock.
If the timebase oven cools (the instrument is disconnected from AC power),
you may have to readjust the timebase frequency after a new warmup cycle.
Typically, however, the timebase frequency returns to within 61 Hz of the
original frequency.
Note
The internal timebase can be tested after reconnecting AC
power for 10 minutes, but for best accuracy, test again after the
instrument has been on or in standby condition for 24 hours.
2-8 Performance Tests
Internal Timebase: Aging Rate
HP 8360
Frequency changes due either to a change in orientation with respect to the
earth's magnetic eld, or to a change in altitude, usually go away when the
instrument is returned to its original position. A frequency change due to
mechanical shock usually appears as a xed frequency error.
1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-1. Preset all instruments and
let them warm up for at least one hour.
Note
If the oscilloscope does not have a 50
input impedance,
connect channel 1 through a 50
feedthrough.
Figure 2-1. Internal Timebase: Aging Rate Test Setup
Equipment
Digitizing Oscilloscope
Frequency Standard
HP 8360
HP 54111D
HP 5061A
Performance Tests 2-9
Internal Timebase: Aging Rate
2. On the oscilloscope, adjust the external triggering for a display of the
10MHz REF OUTPUT signal from the synthesizer:
Channel 1:
Display
Volts/Division
Input Coupling
Input Impedance
On
120 mV
dc
50
Channel 2:
Display
Off
Timebase:
Time/Division
Delay
Delay Reference
Sweep
5 ns
0 s
At center
Trig'd
Trigger:
Trigger Mode
Trig 3 Level
Trigger Src
Input Impedance
Input Coupling
Edge
100 mV
Trig 3
50
dc
Display:
Display Mode
Real time
3. Monitor the time and the display. Note the time required for a 360 phase
change: T1 =
(s)
(h)
4. Wait 3 to 24 hours. Note how long you waited: T2 =
(s)
5. Repeat step 3. Record the phase change time: T3 =
2-10 Performance Tests
Internal Timebase: Aging Rate
HP 8360
6. Calculate the aging rate as follows:
Aging Rate = (1 cycle/10 MHz) (1/T1 0 1/T3) (24 hours/T2)
Example:
T1 = 351 seconds
T2 = 3 hours
T3 = 349 seconds
= (1 cycle/10 MHz) (1/351s
= 1.306x10 11 per day
0
0 1/349s) (24h/3h)
7. Enter the aging rate on the test record.
Note
If the absolute frequency of the standard and of the timebase
oscillator are extremely close, you can reduce the measurement
time (T1 and T3) by measuring the time required for a phase
change of less than 360. In step 6, change 1 cycle to 0.5 cycle
for 180, or 0.25 cycle for 90.
Related Adjustments
10 MHz Standard
In Case of Difficulty
1. Ensure that the instruments have warmed up long enough and that
environmental conditions have not changed throughout the test.
2. If the frequency standard and the internal standard are very dierent
in frequency, the time required for a 360 phase shift is too short for an
accurate measurement. If the 360 phase shift takes less than two minutes,
perform the \10 MHz Standard" adjustment.
3. Refer to the Troubleshooting manual.
HP 8360
Performance Tests 2-11
Internal Timebase: Aging Rate
2. Swept Frequency Accuracy
Description and Procedure
With the synthesizer in swept mode, the spectrum analyzer is set to zero span
at the measurement frequency. As the synthesizer sweeps through the spectrum
analyzer frequency setting, a signal is generated on the spectrum analyzer's
video output that is input to the oscilloscope.
The synthesizer's TRIGGER OUTPUT, used to trigger the oscilloscope, is
a series of 1601 pulses, evenly spaced during the sweep. The oscilloscope is
triggered on the pulse that represents the desired measurement frequency, and
the spectrum analyzer is tuned to display the video output on the oscilloscope.
1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-2. Preset all instruments and
let them warm up for at least one hour.
Figure 2-2. Swept Frequency Accuracy Test Setup
2-12 Performance Tests
Swept Frequency Accuracy
HP 8360
Equipment
Spectrum Analyzer
Digitizing Oscilloscope
Oscilloscope Probes
HP 8566B
HP 54111D
HP 10431A
2. On the spectrum analyzer, set the center frequency to the rst center
frequency listed in Table 2-2. Then set:
Span:
Reference Level:
Scale Log:
Resolution Bandwidth:
3. Set the oscilloscope as follows:
0 Hz
0 dBm
10 dB/div
100 kHz
Trigger 3 is a trigger enable that ensures that channel 2
(the true trigger) triggers only on a forward sweep after the
specied number of events.
Note
Channel 1:
Display
Volts/Division
Input Coupling
Input Impedance
Offset
On
300 mV
dc
1 M
1V
Channel 2:
Display
Volts/Division
Offset
Input Coupling
Input Impedance
On
1V
2V
dc
1 M
HP 8360
Performance Tests 2-13
Swept Frequency Accuracy
Timebase:
Time/Division
Delay
Delay Reference
Sweep
25 s
0s
At center
Triggered
Trigger:
Trigger
Trigger
Trigger
Trigger
Trigger
Trigger
Trigger
Trigger
Trigger
Trigger
Trigger
Edge
Chan 2
1.6V
Trig 3
1.6V
Events
Positive Edge
Trig 3
33 events
Positive edge
Channel 2
Mode
Src
Level
Src
Level
Mode
After
On
On
Of
On
Display:
Display Mode
4. On the synthesizer, press:
4USER CAL5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Real time
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Freq Cal Menu Swp Span Cal Always
First start frequency in Table 2-2
First stop frequency in Table 2-2
4START5
4STOP5
Note
Set the frequency range rst, or you cannot set the sweep time
properly.
4CONT5 4SWEEP TIME5 41005 4ms5
4POWER LEVEL5 405 4dBm5
(For Option 006, set to 150 ms)
For the HP 83640A/50A only, also press:
4SERVICE5
(asterisk on)
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Tools Menu Disable Doubler
2-14 Performance Tests
Swept Frequency Accuracy
(asterisk on)
HP 8360
Table 2-2. Swept Frequency Accuracy Instrument Settings
Spectrum Analyzer Oscilloscope Frequency
Synthesizer
Frequency (GHz) Center Frequency Trigger Events Error Percent
(GHz)
Start
Stop
0.01
20
5.357325
429
0.01
9.1
5.98099375
1052
2
7
2.10
33
2
7
3.20625
387
2
7
3.26875
407
2
7
5.215625
1030
2
7
5.653125
1170
2
7
6.90625
1571
7
13.5
7.1990625
50
7
13.5
13.296875
1551
15
20
15.20
65
15
20
19.696875
1504
2
13.5
2.100625
15
2
13.5
6.8875
681
2
13.5
7.203750
725
2
13.5
13.385
1585
7
20
7.195
25
7
20
13.3375
781
7
20
13.76
833
7
20
19.805
1577
5. Tune the spectrum analyzer center frequency to nd and center the video
signal on the oscilloscope. (See Figure 2-3.) Align the video input with the
trigger output at center screen.
HP 8360
Performance Tests 2-15
Swept Frequency Accuracy
Figure 2-3. Video Signal on the Oscilloscope
6. Note the nal center frequency setting required to center the video signal.
7. Record the dierence between the initial center frequency setting and the
value noted in step 6 in Table 2-2 as frequency error.
8. Repeat steps 5 through 7 for the remaining instrument settings in
Table 2-2 and Table 2-3 through Table 2-6 as appropriate for each
instrument model.
9. Calculate the frequency error as a percent of the sweep width as follows for
each of the results in Table 2-2 and Table 2-3 through Table 2-6:
frequency error
stop frequency 0 start frequency x100 = percent
10. Record the worst case value on the test record.
2-16 Performance Tests
Swept Frequency Accuracy
HP 8360
For HP 83620/22A/23A/24A only:
Table 2-3. Additional Instrument Settings
Spectrum Analyzer Oscilloscope Frequency
Synthesizer
Frequency (GHz) Center Frequency Trigger Events Error Percent
(GHz)
Start
Stop
2
20
2.10125
10
2
20
6.8825
435
2
20
7.1525
459
2
20
13.25
1001
2
20
13.79
1049
2
20
19.775
1581
HP 8360
Performance Tests 2-17
Swept Frequency Accuracy
For HP 83630A only:
Table 2-4. Additional Instrument Settings
Spectrum Analyzer Oscilloscope Frequency
Synthesizer
Frequency (GHz) Center Frequency Trigger Events Error Percent
(GHz)
Start
Stop
0.01
26.5
5.45700625
330
2
26.5
2.18375
13
2
26.5
6.7775
313
2
26.5
7.145
337
2
26.5
13.3925
745
2
26.5
13.6375
761
2
26.5
19.7625
1161
2
26.5
20.13
1185
2
26.5
26.49875
1405
2-18 Performance Tests
Swept Frequency Accuracy
HP 8360
For HP 83640A only:
Table 2-5. Additional Instrument Settings
Spectrum Analyzer Oscilloscope Frequency
Synthesizer
Frequency (GHz) Center Frequency Trigger Events Error Percent
(GHz)
Start
Stop
0.01
26.5
5.45700625
330
2
40
2.19
9
2
40
6.8925
207
2
40
7.13
217
2
40
13.305
477
2
40
13.590
489
2
40
19.7175
747
2
40
20.145
765
2
40
23.850
921
2
40
13.3025
1037
2
40
16.6275
1317
2
40
16.8175
1333
2
40
19.715
1577
HP 8360
Performance Tests 2-19
Swept Frequency Accuracy
For HP 83650A only:
Table 2-6. Additional Instrument Settings
Spectrum Analyzer Oscilloscope Frequency
Synthesizer
Frequency (GHz) Center Frequency Trigger Events Error Percent
(GHz)
Start
Stop
0.01
26.5
5.45700625
330
2
50
2.15
6
2
50
6.86
163
2
50
7.1
171
2
50
13.4
381
2
50
13.61
388
2
50
19.85
596
2
50
20.12
605
2
50
23.75
726
2
50
13.3
821
2
50
16.66
1045
2
50
16.75
1051
2
50
18.94
1197
2
50
19.06
1205
2
50
23.875
1526
2-20 Performance Tests
Swept Frequency Accuracy
HP 8360
Related Adjustments
YO Driver +10V Reference
YO Driver Gain and Linearity
YO Delay Compensation
Sweep Ramp Calibration
In Case of Difficulty
1. Verify that the spectrum analyzer frequency is accurate. If necessary,
calibrate the frequency with the synthesizer's 10 MHz reference connected to
the spectrum analyzer's external reference.
2. Refer to the Troubleshooting manual.
HP 8360
Performance Tests 2-21
Swept Frequency Accuracy
3. Frequency Switching Time
Description and Procedure
The synthesizer's Z-AXIS BLANK/MARKER output goes active high when a
change in frequency is initiated, and returns low when the synthesizer settles at
the new frequency. Using an oscilloscope to monitor this output, the frequency
switching time is measured in CW, step sweep, and frequency list modes.
1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-4. Preset both instruments
and let them warm up for at least one hour.
Figure 2-4. Frequency Switching Time Test Setup
Equipment
Digitizing Oscilloscope
Oscilloscope Probes
2-22 Performance Tests
Frequency Switching Time
HP 54111D
HP 10431A
HP 8360
CW Frequency Switching Time (Across Bandswitch Points)
2. On the oscilloscope, set:
Channel 1:
Display
Preset
Input Coupling
Input Impedance
On
TTL
dc
1 M
Channel 2:
Display
Off
Timebase:
Time/Division
10 ms
Delay Reference At left
Delay
10 ms
Sweep
Triggered
0
Trigger:
Trigger
Trigger
Trigger
Trigger
Mode
Src
Level
Slope
Display:
Display Mode
Averaging
Edge
Chan 1
1.6V
Pos
Repetitive
Off
the rst Initial CW Frequency
3. On the synthesizer, set
in Table 2-7.
4. On the oscilloscope, clear the display. The oscilloscope should display
Awaiting Trigger.
5. On the synthesizer, set the rst Second CW Frequency in Table 2-7.
HP 8360
Performance Tests 2-23
Frequency Switching Time
Table 2-7. CW Frequency Switching Time Settings
Initial CW Frequency (GHz) Second CW Frequency (GHz) Pulse Width
0.01 1
502
13.5
502
1 Set to 2 GHz (lowest start frequency) for synthesizers not capable of 0.01 GHz.
2 Set to the highest stop frequency for synthesizers not capable of 50 GHz.
6. On the oscilloscope, note the pulse width of the Z-axis blank/markers
signal. Record this value as pulse width in Table 2-7.
7. Clear the oscilloscope display and repeat steps 3 through 6 for the
remaining frequencies in Table 2-7.
8. On the test record, record the maximum pulse width from Table 2-7.
Stepped Sweep Frequency Switching Time (Within a Frequency Band)
9. On the synthesizer, press:
FREQUENCY 4MENU5 Step
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Swp Menu Step Size 41005 4MHz5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Step Dwell 4105 4ms5
4START5 42.45 4GHz5
4STOP5 46.95 4GHz5
4SINGLE5
SWEEP 4MENU5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Sweep Mode Step
4SINGLE5
10. On the oscilloscope, set:
Channel 1:
Display
Preset
Input Coupling
On
TTL
dc
Timebase:
Time/Division
Delay Reference
Delay
Sweep
2 ms
At left
2 ms
Triggered
0
2-24 Performance Tests
Frequency Switching Time
HP 8360
Trigger:
Trigger
Trigger
Trigger
Trigger
Trigger
Trigger
Mode
After
Src
On
Of
On
Display:
Display Mode
Events
Negative edge
Chan 1
1 events
Positive edge
Channel 1
Repetitive
11. Set the oscilloscope for a single sweep at the next trigger. Press 4Stop/Single5.
The oscilloscope should display Awaiting Trigger.
12. On the synthesizer, initiate a stepped sweep. Press 4SINGLE5.
13. On the oscilloscope, measure the positive pulse width and note the value
.
14. Increment the trigger to 20 events and repeat steps 11 through 13.
Pulse width value
.
15. Increment the trigger to 45 events and repeat steps 11 through 13.
.
Pulse width value
16. Record the worst case value from steps 13 through 15 on the test record.
Frequency List Frequency Switching Time (Across Bandswitch Points)
17. On the synthesizer, delete any entries in the frequency list menu. Press:
FREQUENCY 4MENU5 List Menu Delete Menu All
18. On the synthesizer, press Enter List Freq and enter the following
frequencies in the frequency list menu:
Frequency List for Synthesizers with 0.01 GHz Capability
Frequency (GHz):
6.9
2.1
1.9
13.5
20.0
26.51
40.01
1 Disregard if beyond your synthesizer's capability.
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
HP 8360
Performance Tests 2-25
Frequency Switching Time
Frequency List for Synthesizers without 0.01 GHz Capability
Frequency (GHz):
7.1
6.9
2.0
13.5
20.0
26.51
40.01
1 Disregard if beyond your synthesizer's capability.
19. On the oscilloscope, set:
Channel 1:
Display
Preset
Input Coupling
On
TTL
dc
Channel 2:
Display
Off
Timebase:
Time/Division
Delay Reference
Delay
Sweep
5 ms
At left
2 ms
Triggered
Trigger:
Trigger
Trigger
Trigger
Trigger
Trigger
Trigger
Events
Negative edge
Channel 1
1 events
Positive edge
Channel 1
Mode
After
Src
On
Of
On
Display:
Display Mode
0
Repetitive
2-26 Performance Tests
Frequency Switching Time
HP 8360
20. On the synthesizer, press:
4SINGLE5
SWEEP 4MENU5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Sweep Mode List
4SINGLE5
21. On the oscilloscope, set a single sweep at the next trigger. Press
4Stop/Single5. The oscilloscope should display Awaiting Trigger.
22. On the synthesizer, initiate a frequency list sweep. Press 4SINGLE5.
23. On the oscilloscope, measure the positive pulse width and note the value:
Pulse Width Value
1 event
2 events
3 events
4 events
5 events1
6 events1
1 Not applicable for all models. (Each event corresponds to a
change in frequency in the frequency list.)
24. Increment the trigger on events and repeat steps 21 and 22 for a trigger on
events up to and including 6.
25. Record the worst case value from step 23 on the test record.
Related Adjustments
Fractional-N VCO
Sampler Assembly
YO Loop Gain
In Case of Difficulty
1. Verify that the oscilloscope triggers when stepping between two frequencies.
If necessary, adjust the trigger level on the oscilloscope.
2. Refer to the Troubleshooting manual.
HP 8360
Performance Tests 2-27
Frequency Switching Time
4. Power Accuracy
Description and Procedure
Using a power meter, check the power accuracy of the synthesizer at several
CW frequencies. At each frequency, verify that the actual output power is
within specication over the full dynamic range of the ALC loop.
1. Turn on the equipment shown in Figure 2-5 and let them warm up for at
least one hour. Press 4PRESET5 on the synthesizer.
2. On the power meter:
a. Zero and calibrate the power meter/sensor.
b. Set to dBm mode.
3. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-5.
4. To achieve peak power, turn on RF peaking. Press:
4USER CAL5 Tracking Menu Peak RF Always (asterisk on).
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Figure 2-5. Power Accuracy Test Setup
Equipment
Power Meter
Power Sensor
Power Sensor
Attenuator 10 dB
Attenuator 10 dB
2-28 Performance Tests
Power Accuracy
HP 436A/7A/8A
HP 8487A (HP 83640A/50A)
HP 8485A (HP 83620A/22A/23A/24A/30A)
HP 8490D Option 010 (HP 83640A/50A)
HP 8493C Option 010 (HP 83620A/22A/23A/24A/30A)
HP 8360
5. On the synthesizer, press:
4CW5 Enter the rst CW value in Table 2-8.
POWER 4MENU5 Up/Dn Power 415 4dB5
Uncoupl Atten (Option 001 only)
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
0
4POWER LEVEL5 4 105 4dBm5
4RF ON/OFF5
O (amber light o)
6. Zero the power meter.
7. On the synthesizer, turn the RF on (amber light on).
Table 2-8. Power Accuracy Frequencies
Frequency
(GHz)
Measured
Dierence at
10 dBm
Measured
Dierence at
> 10 dBm
0.11
1.01
6.0
10.0
18.0
23.0 1
28.0 1
36.0 1
45.0 1
1 Disregard if beyond your synthesizer's capability.
8. On the power meter, set the power sensor calibration factor for the
frequency to be measured.
9. Note the dierence between the power meter reading and the power value
set on the synthesizer. Write this value down on a separate piece of paper.
HP 8360
Performance Tests 2-29
Power Accuracy
Note
For power levels of 10 dBm and above, measure the power
at 10 dBm, then set the attenuator to the 10 dB position
(use a 10 dB attenuator for synthesizers without a step
attenuator.) Record the dierence between the measurements:
(approximately 10 dB). Then, with the attenuator
still set to 10 dB, complete the remaining measurements. Each
of these measurements should be oset by the dierence in dB
that you measured.
10. On the synthesizer, use the up 4*5 key to increment the power level 1 dB.
11. Repeat steps 8 through 10, to the maximum specied power level of your
synthesizer. Record the worst case measured dierence (greatest duration)
for this frequency in Table 2-8 for power levels 10 dBm and, if your
synthesizer is capable, for power levels > 10 dBm.
12. On the synthesizer, set the power level to 010 dBm.
13. Repeat steps 8 through 11 for the remaining frequencies in Table 2-8 not to
exceed the maximum specied frequency of your synthesizer. Remember to
delete the 10 dB of attenuation for power levels below 0 dBm.
14. Record the worst case measured values for each frequency range and power
range on the test record.
Related Adjustments
Modulator Oset and Gain
ALC Power Level Accuracy
ALC Power Flatness
In Case of Difficulty
Refer to the Troubleshooting manual.
2-30 Performance Tests
Power Accuracy
HP 8360
5. Power Flatness
Description and Procedure
This procedure uses the user atness correction array to automatically measure
power atness. The power meter is connected directly to the synthesizer's RF
output. The synthesizer controls the power meter via HP-IB while the power
meter measures the RF output. (There cannot be another controller on the
HP-IB during this test.) If the synthesizer has a step attenuator, it is set to
0 dB so that any input into the atness array indicates the RF output power
atness.
This performance test requires an HP 437B power meter. The
Note
correct power sensor calibration factors must be loaded and
selected.
This procedure deletes any existing user atness correction
array.
1. Turn on the equipment shown in Figure 2-6. Connect the power sensor for
the frequency range being calibrated. Do not connect the power sensor to
the synthesizer yet. Preset all instruments and let them warm up for at
least one hour.
Figure 2-6. Power Flatness Test Setup
HP 8360
Performance Tests 2-31
Power Flatness
Equipment
Power Meter
Power Sensor
Power Sensor
Power Sensor
HP 437A
HP 8482A
HP 8487A (HP 83640A/50A)
HP 8485A (HP 83620A/22A/23A/24A/30A)
Low Band Power Flatness
Disregard if beyond your synthesizer's capability.
2. In the synthesizer's atness menu:
a. Delete all entries in the user atness correction array. Press:
POWER 4MENU5 Fltness Menu Delete Menu Delete All
b. Set the auto ll stop frequency to 2 GHz:
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Auto Fill Stop 425 4GHz5
c. Set the auto ll start frequency to 15 MHz:
4PRIOR5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Auto Fill Start 4155 4MHz5
d. Set the auto ll increment to 10 MHz:
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Auto Fill Incr 4105 4MHz5
3. On the power meter, load the calibration factors for the power sensor.
a. Zero and calibrate the power meter/sensor.
b. Connect the power sensor to the synthesizer's RF OUTPUT as shown in
Figure 2-6.
4. Set the synthesizer to measure the power correction values and generate a
new user atness array for the frequency range entered. Press:
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Mtr Meas Menu Measure Corr All
When the atness correction array is completed, the menu is returned.
5. Scroll through the user atness correction values using the up/down arrow
keys. Note the maximum and minimum correction values. The dierence
between them is the power atness measurement. Record the value on the
test record and compare the value to the specication.
6. Delete the atness correction array. Press:
POWER 4MENU5 Fltness Menu Delete Menu Delete All
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
2-32 Performance Tests
Power Flatness
HP 8360
High Band Power Flatness
7. With the appropriate power sensor for this frequency range, repeat steps 2
through 6 for:
A 20 GHz stop frequency.
A 2.05 GHz start frequency.
A 100 MHz increment.
Millimeter Band Power Flatness > 20 GHz and
40 GHz
Disregard if beyond your synthesizer's capability.
8. With the appropriate power sensor for this frequency range, repeat steps 2
through 6 for:
A 40 GHz stop frequency (for HP 83630A only, set to 26.5 GHz).
A 20.05 GHz start frequency.
A 100 MHz increment.
Millimeter Band Power Flatness > 40 GHz
Disregard if beyond your synthesizer's capability.
9. With the appropriate power sensor for this frequency range, repeat steps 2
through 6 for:
A 50 GHz stop frequency.
A 40.05 GHz start frequency.
A 100 MHz increment.
Related Adjustments
Power Flatness
In Case of Difficulty
1. The power meter must be an HP 437B.
2. The correct calibration factors for the power sensor must be loaded.
3. Refer to the Troubleshooting manual.
HP 8360
Performance Tests 2-33
Power Flatness
6. Maximum Leveled Power
Note
This performance test is not valid unless the synthesizer meets
both its power accuracy and power atness specications.
Perform those tests rst.
Description and Procedure
The unleveled status indicator is displayed when the instrument is unleveled
as the synthesizer sweeps over specic frequency ranges in fast continuous
sweep, and fast and slow single sweep operation. Because of the synthesizer's
power accuracy and atness performance, a power meter is not required for
this measurement. The following procedure tests the most likely worst case
situations for maximum leveled power.
1. Set up and turn on the equipment shown in Figure 2-7. Preset the
synthesizer and let it warm up for at least one hour.
Note
The 20 dB attenuator provides a good match on the RF
output. If the synthesizer has a step attenuator, you can
simulate a good match by decoupling the step attenuator from
the ALC and setting the attenuator to 20 dB.
Figure 2-7. Maximum Leveled Power Test Setup
Equipment
Attenuator 20 dB
Attenuator 20 dB
HP 8490D Option 020 (HP 83640A/50A)
HP 8493C Option 020 (HP 83620A/22A/23A/24A/30A)
2-34 Performance Tests
Maximum Leveled Power
HP 8360
2. To achieve peak power, initiate auto tracking on the synthesizer as follows.
Terminate the RF OUTPUT with a good 50 ohm impedance match such as
a 20 dB attenuator or a power sensor (not necessary for synthesizers with a
step attenuator.) Press:
POWER 4MENU5 Tracking Menu Auto Track
Wait for the synthesizer to complete auto tracking before continuing to the
next step.
3. On the synthesizer, press:
4POWER LEVEL5 Set the power to 1 dB below the specied maximum leveled
power for the synthesizer's full frequency range.
4RF ON/OFF5 On (amber light is on)
4CONT5 4SWEEP TIME5 405 4ms5 (minimum)
4. Increase the power level until the unleveled status indicator comes on, then
reduce the power level until the indicator just goes o. (Power is leveled).
5. Set the sweep to 4SINGLE5 and initiate several sweeps. If necessary, reduce
the power level until the unleveled status indicator does not turn on while
sweeping.
6. On the synthesizer, press:
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
4SWEEP TIME5 40.55 4sec5
Initiate several sweeps. If necessary, reduce the power level until the
unleveled status indicator does not turn on while sweeping.
Record the power level on the test record.
7. On the synthesizer, press:
4CONT5 4SWEEP TIME5 405 4msec5 (minimum)
8. For the following synthesizer models, change the stop frequency to each
of the frequencies listed. Repeat steps 3 through 7 for each of these new
frequency ranges.
HP 83630A: 20.0 GHz
HP 83640A: 26.5 GHz
20.0 GHz (Option 001 only)
HP 83650A: 40.0 GHz
26.5 GHz
20.0 GHz (Option 001 only)
HP 8360
Performance Tests 2-35
Maximum Leveled Power
Related Adjustments
Amplier/Multiplier Adjustments
Amplier/Filter Adjustments
Modulator Oset and Gain
In Case of Difficulty
Refer to the Troubleshooting manual.
2-36 Performance Tests
Maximum Leveled Power
HP 8360
7. External Leveling
Description and Procedure
The synthesizer is set up to externally level using a negative crystal detector.
A DVM measures the crystal detector DC output. A 1000 pf capacitor across
the DVM input limits the eect of any small signals generated by the DVM.
The synthesizer power level is set to the minimum allowable limit and then is
increased until the power output is leveled. The external leveling voltage is
then measured and compared to the minimum specication. Next, the output
power is increased until the maximum leveled power is reached. The leveling
voltage is measured and compared to the specication.
The synthesizer must meet the power atness specication
before proceeding with this test.
Note
1. Preset all instruments shown in Figure 2-8 and let them warm up for at
least one hour.
Figure 2-8. External Leveling Test Setup
Equipment
Digital Voltmeter
Crystal Detector
Crystal Detector
Capacitor 1000 pf
HP 8360
HP 3456A
HP 33330E (HP 83640A/50A)
HP 33330D (HP 83620A/22A/23A/24A/30A)
HP P/N 0160-4574
Performance Tests 2-37
External Leveling
2. To achieve peak power, initiate auto tracking on the synthesizer as follows:
terminate the RF output with a good 50
impedance match such as a
10 dB attenuator or a power sensor (not necessary for synthesizers with a
step attenuator). Press:
4USER CAL5 Tracking Menu Auto Track (asterisk on)
Wait for the synthesizer to complete auto tracking before continuing to the
next step.
3. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-8.
4. On the synthesizer, press:
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
4ALC5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Leveling Point ExtDet Coupling Factor 405 4dB5
0
4POWER LEVEL5 4 365 4dBm5
5. Maximum accuracy for the HP 3456A is obtained by increasing the DVM
display resolution and the number of integration cycles. On the HP 3456A,
set:
41005 4STORE5 4N CYC INT5
465 4STORE5 4N DIG DISP5
Set the DVM to measure DC volts.
6. Increase the synthesizer power level until the LOW UNLVLED message turns
o. (If it is already out, leave the power level at 036 dBm.)
7. On the synthesizer, press:
4CW5 4105 4GHz5
Record the DVM reading on the test record and compare the reading to the
specication.
Note
If the UNLVLED message turns on before reaching +4 dBm,
set the stop frequency to a low enough frequency where the
specied output power is 4 dBm. If you don't get an
unleveled message, disconnect the BNC tee temporarily to
make sure that the unleveled message turns on. Then reconnect
the equipment and continue with the test.
8. Press 4POWER LEVEL5. Increase the synthesizer power level until the UNLVLED
message turns on. Decrease power just until the message goes out.
9. Record the DVM reading on the test record and compare the reading to the
specication.
2-38 Performance Tests
External Leveling
HP 8360
Related Adjustments
Amplier/Multiplier Adjustments
Amplier/Filter Adjustments
Power Flatness
In Case of Difficulty
1. Be sure you are externally leveling with a negative crystal detector.
2. If the DVM readings are not within the specications, perform an external
detector calibration (under the 4USER CAL5 key.)
3. Refer to the Troubleshooting manual.
HP 8360
Performance Tests 2-39
External Leveling
8. Spurious Signals (Harmonics & Subharmonics)
Description and Procedure
Use this procedure to measure the synthesizer's harmonics and subharmonics
over its entire frequency range. Harmonics are integer multiples of the
synthesizer RF output frequency and subharmonics are fractional multiples
of the YO frequency. Subharmonics do not exist at all frequencies. In low
band, mixer spurs and fundamental feedthrough are the most signicant
harmonically-related signals. The mixer spur/YO frequency relationship is as
follows:
X (5.4 GHz xed oscillator) 0 Y (YO frequency) = Mixer Spur Frequency
where X and Y are integers.
Other harmonics are typically direct multiples of the YO frequency.
In this procedure, the synthesizer is manually swept over its frequency range
while the spectrum analyzer measures the harmonics and subharmonics in each
frequency band. Any harmonics or subharmonics that are within 5 dB of the
specication are subsequently veried with a more accurate procedure.
1. Turn on the equipment shown in Figure 2-9 and Figure 2-10. Preset the
instruments and let them warm up for at least one hour.
On the HP 8566B, connect the CAL OUTPUT to the RF INPUT. Press
4SHIFT5 4W5 to calibrate the spectrum analyzer.
Figure 2-9. Spurious Signals (Harmonic) Test Setup < 20 GHz
2-40 Performance Tests
Spurious Signals (Harmonics Subharmonics)
HP 8360
Equipment
Spectrum Analyzer
Attenuator 10 dB
Attenuator 10 dB
HP 8566B
HP 8490D Option 010 (HP 83640A/50A)
HP 8493C Option 010 (HP 83620A/22A/23A/24A/30A)
2. To achieve peak power, turn on RF peaking. Set:
4USER CAL5 Tracking Menu Peak RF Always (asterisk on).
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Harmonic Measurement < 20 GHz
3. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-9.
4. On the synthesizer, press:
4POWER LEVEL5 Set the maximum specied leveled power.
SWEEP 4MENU5 Manual Sweep
5. On the spectrum analyzer, set the rst set of start and stop frequencies
from Table 2-9. Then set:
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
0
Reference Level:
20 dBm
Scale Log:
5 dB/Division
Bandwidth Resolution: 3 MHz
Video Bandwidth
3 MHz
Table 2-9. Start and Stop Frequencies
Start Frequency Stop Frequency
(GHz)
(GHz)
0.011
2.2
2.2
7.0
7.0
13.5
13.5
20.0
1 Set to 2 GHz for HP 83622A/24A.
6. Manually sweep the synthesizer across the frequency range while checking
the spectrum analyzer display for harmonics and subharmonics.
HP 8360
Performance Tests 2-41
Spurious Signals (Harmonics Subharmonics)
See Table 2-10 for the YO frequency ranges that correspond to the RF
output frequencies.
Table 2-10.
Corresponding YO Frequency Ranges and RF Output
Frequencies
YO Frequencies
(GHz)
5.41
2.0
3.5
4.5
to 7.4
to 7.0
to 6.75
to 6.67
Harmonic
N/A
1
2
3
RF Output
Frequencies
(GHz)
0.01 to 2.0
2.0 to 7.0
7.0 to 13.5
13.5 to 20.0
7. Compare the amplitude of the harmonics to the specications listed in the
test record. If any harmonic is within 5 dB of specication, make a more
accurate measurement using the \Harmonic/Subharmonic Verication
Procedure < 20 GHz" that follows.
8. For the HP 83620A/30A: Record, on the test record, the value of the worst
case harmonic for RF output frequencies of 0.01 to 2.2 GHz.
For the HP 83622A/24A: Record, on the test record, the value of the worst
case harmonic for RF output frequencies of 2 to 2.2 GHz.
For the HP 83623A/40A/50A and all for instruments with Option 006:
Record, on the test record, the value of the worst case harmonic for RF
output frequencies of 10 to < 50 MHz and 50 MHz to 2.2 GHz.
9. Reset your synthesizer to the parameters given in step 5.
10. For each set of start and stop frequencies given in Table 2-9 manually
sweep the synthesizer across the frequency range and check the spectrum
analyzer display for harmonics and subharmonics.
11. Compare the harmonics/subharmonics to the specications listed in the
test record and verify any that are within 5 dB of specication with the
\Harmonic/Subharmonic Verication Procedure < 20 GHz".
12. For the HP 83620A/22A/23A/24A: Record, on the test record, the worst
case harmonic for RF output frequencies of 2.2 and 20 GHz and
2-42 Performance Tests
Spurious Signals (Harmonics Subharmonics)
HP 8360
the value of the worst case subharmonic for RF output frequencies of
7 to 20 GHz.
For the HP 83630A/40A/50A: Record, on the test record, the worst case
subharmonic for RF output frequencies of 7 and 20 GHz. Note, for
future use, the worst case harmonic for RF output frequencies of 2.2 to
.
20 GHz
Harmonic Measurement 20 to 26.5 GHz
Disregard if beyond your synthesizer's capability.
13. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-10 using the HP 11970K
Mixer (20 to 26.5 GHz).
Figure 2-10. Spurious Signals (Harmonics) Test Setup > 20 GHz
HP 8360
Performance Tests 2-43
Spurious Signals (Harmonics Subharmonics)
Equipment
Spectrum Analyzer
Microwave Amplier
Harmonic Mixer (20 to 26.5 GHz)
Harmonic Mixer (26.5 to 40 GHz)
Harmonic Mixer (40 to 50 GHz)
HP 8566B1
HP 11975A
HP 11970K
HP 11970A
HP 11970Q
1 Firmware revision 13.8.86 or later.
14. On the spectrum analyzer, select the external mixer for the 20 to 26.5 GHz
frequency range and set the reference level oset to compensate for the
mixer's conversion loss at 23 GHz.
15. On the synthesizer, press:
4CW5 4235 4GHz5
16. Set the microwave amplier output power level to +16 dBm.
17. On the spectrum analyzer, set:
Center Frequency:
Frequency Span:
23 GHz
1 MHz
Adjust the reference level to position the signal peak at the top reference
graticule. Use this reference level for all harmonic measurements.
18. On the spectrum analyzer, set:
Start Frequency:
Stop Frequency:
20 GHz
26.5 GHz
19. Manually sweep the synthesizer across the frequency range while checking
the spectrum analyzer display for harmonics and subharmonics. See
Table 2-11 for the YO frequency ranges that correspond to the RF output
frequencies.
Since an external mixer is used, use the spectrum analyzer signal identify
feature to verify that suspected signals are in the 20 to 26.5 GHz frequency
range. The signals most likely to appear are the fth and sixth YO
harmonics.
20. Compare the amplitude of the harmonics and subharmonics to the
specications listed in the test record. If any harmonics or subharmonics
are within 5 dB of the specication, make a more accurate measurement
using the \Harmonic/Subharmonic Verication Procedure > 20 GHz" that
2-44 Performance Tests
Spurious Signals (Harmonics Subharmonics)
HP 8360
and the worst case
follows. Note the worst case harmonic
subharmonic
from 20 to 26.5 GHz.
21. For the HP 83630A only: Record, on the test record, the worst case
subharmonic from > 20 to 26.5 GHz.
For the HP 83630A/40A/50A only: From steps 12 and 20, determine the
worst case harmonic from 2.2 to 26.5 GHz and record this value on
the test record.
Table 2-11.
Corresponding YO Frequency Ranges and RF Output Frequencies
Model
HP 83630A/50A
YO Frequencies YO Harmonic YO Harmonic RF Output Frequencies
(GHz)
(GHz)
From Amp/Mult at RF Output
5.0 to 6.625
4
4
20 to 26.5
HP 83650A
4.41667 to 5.5667
3
6
26.5 to 33.4
HP 83650A
5.5667 to 6.333
3
6
33.4 to 38
HP 83650A
4.75 to 6.25
4
8
38 to 50
HP 83640A
5.0 to 6.375
2
4
20 to 25.5
HP 83640A
4.25 to 5.0
3
6
25.5 to 30
HP 83640A
5.0 to 6.667
3
6
30 to 40
Harmonic Measurement 26.5 to 40 GHz
Disregard if beyond your synthesizer's capability.
22. Replace the HP 11970K mixer with the HP 11970A Mixer (
26.5 to 40 GHz).
23. On the spectrum analyzer, select the external mixer for the 26.5 to 40 GHz
frequency range and set the reference level oset to compensate for the
mixer's conversion loss at 33 GHz.
24. On the synthesizer, press:
4CW5 4335 4GHz5
25. On the spectrum analyzer, set:
Center Frequency: 33 GHz
Frequency Span:
1 MHz
HP 8360
Performance Tests 2-45
Spurious Signals (Harmonics Subharmonics)
Adjust the reference level to position the signal peak at the top reference
graticule. Use this reference level for all harmonic measurements.
26. On the spectrum analyzer, set:
Start Frequency:
Stop Frequency:
26.5 GHz
40 GHz (HP 83640A)
38 GHz (HP 83650A)
27. Manually sweep the synthesizer across the frequency range while checking
the spectrum analyzer display for harmonics and subharmonics. See
Table 2-11 for the YO frequency ranges that correspond to the RF output
frequencies.
Since an external mixer is used, use the spectrum analyzer signal identify
feature to verify that suspected signals are in the 26.5 to 40 GHz frequency
range. The signals most likely to appear are the fth and sixth YO
harmonics.
28. Compare the amplitude of the harmonics and subharmonics to the
specications listed in the test record. If any harmonics or subharmonics
are within 5 dB of the specication, make a more accurate measurement
using the \Harmonic/Subharmonic Verication Procedure > 20 GHz" that
and the worst case
follows. Note the worst case harmonic
subharmonic
from 26.5 to 40 GHz.
29. For the HP 83640A only: From step 28, determine the worst case harmonic
from 26.5 to 40 GHz and record this value on the test record.
For the HP 83640A/50A only: From steps 20 and 28, determine the worst
case subharmonic from > 20 and 40 GHz and record this value on the
test record.
Harmonic Measurement 38 to 50 GHz
Disregard if beyond your synthesizer's capability.
30. Replace the HP 11970A mixer with the HP 11970Q Mixer (33 to 50 GHz).
31. On the spectrum analyzer, select external mixer for the 33 to 50 GHz
frequency range and set the reference level oset to compensate for the
conversion loss at 40 GHz.
32. On the synthesizer, press:
4CW5 4405 4GHz5
2-46 Performance Tests
Spurious Signals (Harmonics Subharmonics)
HP 8360
33. On the spectrum analyzer, set:
Center Frequency: 40 GHz
Frequency Span:
1 MHz
Adjust the reference level to position the signal peak at the top reference
graticule. Use this reference level for all harmonic measurements.
34. On the spectrum analyzer, set:
Start Frequency:
Stop Frequency:
38 GHz
50 GHz
35. Manually sweep the synthesizer across the frequency range while checking
the spectrum analyzer display for harmonics and subharmonics. See
Table 2-11 for the YO frequency ranges that correspond to the RF output
frequencies.
Since an external mixer is used, use the spectrum analyzer signal identify
feature to verify that suspected signals are in the 38 to 50 GHz frequency
range. The signals most likely to appear are the fth and sixth YO
harmonics.
36. Compare the amplitude of the harmonics and subharmonics to the
specications listed in the test record. If any harmonics or subharmonics
are within 5 dB of the specication, make a more accurate measurement
using the \Harmonic/Subharmonic Verication Procedure > 20 GHz" that
and the worst case
follows. Note the worst case harmonic
subharmonic
from 38 to 50 GHz.
37. For the HP 83650A only: From steps 28 and 36, determine the worst
case harmonic from 26.5 to 50 GHz and record this value on the test
record. From step 36, determine the worst case subharmonic from > 40
and 50 GHz and record this value on the test record.
Harmonic/Subharmonic Verification Procedure < 20 GHz
1. Set the synthesizer to the RF output frequency that corresponds to the
harmonic or subharmonic to be measured.
HP 8360
Performance Tests 2-47
Spurious Signals (Harmonics Subharmonics)
2. On the spectrum analyzer, set:
Frequency:
Span:
Reference Level:
Scale Log:
Bandwidth Resolution:
Video Bandwidth:
Same frequency as the synthesizer
1 MHz
15 dBm
5 dB/Division
10 kHz
30 kHz
3. Measure the synthesizer RF output amplitude with the spectrum analyzer
marker.
4. Set the spectrum analyzer to the harmonic or subharmonic frequency to
be measured. Measure the signal level with the spectrum analyzer marker.
Change the reference level as necessary.
5. Calculate the harmonic/subharmonic level, where the
harmonic/subharmonic is less than the carrier, as follows:
Harmonic/Subharmonic amplitude (dBc) = 0[Synthesizer RF output
amplitude (dBm) 0 (Harmonic/Subharmonic amplitude (dBm))]
For example:
RF Output
= +10 dBm
Harmonic
= 60 dBm
Harmonic (dBc) = [RF Out
(Harmonic)]
= [10
( 60 dBm)]
= [10 + 60 dBm]
= 70 dBc
0
0
0
0
0
0 0
Harmonic/Subharmonic Verification Procedure > 20 GHz
Note
For accurate measurements, the synthesizer must meet its
power atness specication.
1. Note the synthesizer CW frequency that produces the suspect
harmonic/subharmonic.
2. Set the synthesizer to the same RF output frequency as the
harmonic/subharmonic to be measured.
2-48 Performance Tests
Spurious Signals (Harmonics Subharmonics)
HP 8360
3. On the spectrum analyzer, set:
Frequency:
Span:
Reference Level:
Scale Log:
Bandwidth Resolution:
Video Bandwidth:
Same frequency as the synthesizer
1 MHz
15 dBm
5 dB/Division
10 kHz
30 kHz
4. Measure the synthesizer RF output amplitude with the spectrum analyzer
marker.
5. Set the synthesizer to the CW frequency noted in step 1.
6. Measure the signal level with the spectrum analyzer marker. Change the
reference level as necessary.
7. Calculate the harmonic/subharmonic level where the harmonic/subharmonic
is less than the carrier, as follows:
Harmonic/Subharmonic Amplitude (dBc) = [Synthesizer RF output
amplitude (dBm) 0 Harmonic/Subharmonic amplitude (dBm)]
For example:
RF Output
= +10 dBm
Harmonic
= 60 dBm
Harmonic (dBc) = [RF Out
(Harmonic)]
= [10
( 60 dBm)]
= [10 + 60 dBm]
= 70 dBc
0
0
0
0
0
0 0
Related Adjustments
None
In Case of Difficulty
Refer to the Troubleshooting manual.
HP 8360
Performance Tests 2-49
Spurious Signals (Harmonics Subharmonics)
9. Spurious Signals (Non-Harmonic)
Description and Procedure
Use this procedure to measure known, xed, oset spurs that are generated in
the frequency synthesis section of the synthesizer. The synthesizer is set to
various CW frequencies where these spurious signals will most likely occur.
Then the spectrum analyzer is tuned to the spur frequencies to measure their
levels.
1. Preset the instruments shown in Figure 2-11 and let them warm up for at
least one hour.
On the HP 8566B, connect the CAL OUTPUT to the RF INPUT. Press
4SHIFT5 4W5 to calibrate the spectrum analyzer.
Figure 2-11. Spurious Signals (Non-Harmonic) Test Setup
Equipment
Spectrum Analyzer
HP 8566B
2. To achieve peak power, turn on RF peaking. Set:
4USER CAL5 Tracking Menu Peak RF Always (asterisk on)
3. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-11.
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
2-50 Performance Tests
Spurious Signals (Non-Harmonic)
HP 8360
Fixed Spurious Signals
4. On the synthesizer, press:
4CW5 419.7655 4GHz5
4POWER LEVEL5
Set the maximum specied leveled power.
5. On the spectrum analyzer, set:
Center Frequency:
Frequency Span:
Reference Level:
Scale Log:
Resolution Bandwidth:
Sweep Time:
Marker:
19.765 GHz
500 kHz
10 dBm
5 dB/Division
Auto
Auto
Set to 19.765 GHz
6. On the spectrum analyzer, set the marker to the highest peak and then set
the marker to center frequency. Decrease the frequency span to 100 Hz
keeping the signal centered on the display and then repeat the marker peak
search and set the marker to center frequency.
7. Note the signal amplitude on the spectrum analyzer. This is the carrier
amplitude to which the spurs are referenced.
dBm Carrier Amplitude
8. Use the following procedure to determine the actual frequency of the spurs
in Table 2-12:
a. On the synthesizer, press: 4SERVICE5 Adjust Menu Calib Menu
Select Cal .
b. Use the RPG knob to select the rst calibration constant in Table 2-12
(#18).
c. To the value of the spectrum analyzer center frequency (19.765 GHz),
add the value of the calibration constant (or twice the value, as
indicated in Table 2-12) and the value from the second column of
Table 2-12 (20 kHz). Record this value (in Hz) in the last column of
Table 2-12.
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
HP 8360
Performance Tests 2-51
Spurious Signals (Non-Harmonic)
For example:
19.765 GHz
(Spectrum analyzer center frequency)
+
338 kHz
(Possible value of calibration constant #18
+
20 kHz
(Value from second column of the table)
---------------------------------------------------------------------= 19,765,358,000 Hz
(Record this result in the last column
of the table.)
Repeat this procedure for the remaining calibration constants in
Table 2-12. The last two actual spur frequencies have already been
calculated and are not related to calibration constants.
Table 2-12. Determining the Actual Spur Frequencies
Calibration Constant
(Hz)
Calibration Constant #18
2(Calibration Constant #18)
Calibration Constant #19
2(Calibration Constant #19)
N/A
N/A
Additional Value Actual Spur
(kHz)
Frequency (Hz)
20
40
60
120
125
500
19,765,125,000
19,765,500,000
9. On the spectrum analyzer, set the center frequency to the rst \Actual
Spur Frequency" from Table 2-12. Then set:
Reference Level:
Video Averaging:
Marker:
050 dBm
On 100 samples
Same as spectrum analyzer frequency
10. Locate the spur corresponding to the spectrum analyzer frequency (see
Table 2-12) and use the marker to measure its amplitude. If the spur is in
the noise level, use the noise level amplitude (this gives a worst case value).
dBm Spur Absolute Amplitude
2-52 Performance Tests
Spurious Signals (Non-Harmonic)
HP 8360
11. Calculate the spur level in dBc as follows:
Carrier Amplitude (dBm) 0 Spur Absolute Amplitude (dBm) = Spur
Level (dBc)
Record the result on the test record. Compare the result to the
specication.
12. Repeat steps 9 through 11 for each of the spurs and spectrum analyzer
frequencies in Table 2-12.
Low Band Offset Spurious Signals
Disregard if beyond your synthesizer's capability.
13. On the synthesizer, press:
4CW5 415 4GHz5
4POWER LEVEL5 405 4dBm5
14. On the spectrum analyzer, set:
Center Frequency:
Frequency Span:
Reference Level:
Resolution Bandwidth:
Video Bandwidth:
Marker:
Video Averaging:
1 GHz
500 Hz
0 dBm
Auto
Auto
1 GHz
Off
15. Use the marker to measure the synthesizer's RF output amplitude at
1 GHz. This is the carrier amplitude to which the spurs are referenced.
dBm RF output at 1 GHz
16. Set the spectrum analyzer center frequency to each of the frequencies in
Table 2-13. Use the marker to measure the spurs (change the reference
level as necessary).
Calculate the spur level in dBc for each of the spurs as follows:
Spur Level (dBc) = 0[RF Output at 1 GHz (dBm) 0 (Spur Level)]
Record the spur level in dBc on the test record. Compare the spur level to
the specication.
HP 8360
Performance Tests 2-53
Spurious Signals (Non-Harmonic)
Table 2-13. Low Band Spurious Signals
Spur
Spectrum Analyzer Frequency
100 MHz
100 MHz Fixed Spur
900 MHz
100 MHz Oset Spur
6.4 GHz
LO Feedthrough Spur
Low Band Mixer Spurs
17. On the synthesizer, press:
4CW5 41.65 4GHz5
18. On the spectrum analyzer, set:
Start Frequency:
Stop Frequency:
Reference Level:
Resolution Bandwidth:
Video Bandwidth:
Sweep Time:
Scale Log:
Marker:
1.4 GHz
1.8 GHz
0 dBm
300 kHz
100 kHz
Auto
10 dB/Division
Normal Peak Search
MKR-->REF LVL
19. Set the synthesizer to CW 1.9999 GHz and tune from 1.9999 GHz to
1.8 GHz. This results in the most dominant mixing spur moving from
1.4 to 1.8 GHz. The spur should be at the left-hand edge of the display
(1.4 GHz). It should then travel to the right as you tune down. If you
can't see it, increase power until you can identify the spur. Then reset the
power level to 0 dBm (the performance specication is valid for 0 dBm).
You are nished tuning when the spur merges with the 2 GHz carrier.
20. Identify the worst point (where the spur has the greatest power level), or if
the spur is lost in the noise oor use that value, and record the dierence
between the reference level and spurious signal amplitude on the test
record.
2-54 Performance Tests
Spurious Signals (Non-Harmonic)
HP 8360
Related Adjustments
Fractional-N Reference and API Spurs
In Case of Difficulty
Refer to the Troubleshooting manual.
HP 8360
Performance Tests 2-55
Spurious Signals (Non-Harmonic)
10. Spurious Signals (Line-Related)
Description and Procedure
Use this procedure to measure line-related spurs. The synthesizer is placed at
a CW frequency where the synthesizer is most sensitive to line-related spurs.
The spectrum analyzer measures the RF output oset by the harmonics of the
line power frequency (60 Hz or 50 Hz). To eliminate measuring the spectrum
analyzer line-related spurs, an Invertron is used to operate the spectrum
analyzer at a dierent line frequency so that its own spurs will not aect the
measurement.
The spectrum analyzer must have the capability of a 10 Hz resolution
bandwidth. A wider resolution bandwidth results in the synthesizer's phase
noise masking the spur.
1. Set the invertron for a line frequency of 55 Hz and for normal operating
voltage.
2. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-12. Preset the instruments
and let them warm up for at least one hour.
Figure 2-12. Spurious signals (Line-Related) Test Setup
Equipment
Spectrum Analyzer
Invertron
2-56 Performance Tests
Spurious Signals (Line-Related)
HP 8566B
California Instruments 501TC
HP 8360
3. To achieve peak power, turn on RF peaking. Set:
4USER CAL5 Tracking Menu Peak RF Always (asterisk on)
4. On the synthesizer, press:
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
4CW5 46.995 4GHz5
4POWER LEVEL5 405 4dBm5
5. On the spectrum analyzer, set:
Center Frequency:
Frequency Span:
Reference Level:
Scale Log:
Resolution Bandwidth:
Sweep Time:
Marker:
6.99 GHz
2 kHz
10 dBm
5 dB/Division
300 Hz
Auto
Set to 6.99 GHz
6. On the spectrum analyzer, set the marker to the highest peak and note the
frequency dierence of the marker from the center frequency. Calibrate the
spectrum analyzer frequency oset so that the signal peak is in the center
of the display.
7. Note the signal amplitude on the spectrum analyzer. This is the carrier
amplitude to which the spurs are referenced.
dBm Carrier Amplitude
This procedure is written for a line frequency of 60 Hz. For
a 50 Hz line frequency, look for spurs at frequencies of 50 Hz
times the harmonics in Table 2-14, and set the spectrum
analyzer frequencies accordingly.
Note
8. On the spectrum analyzer, set the center frequency to the rst spur
frequency from Table 2-14. Then set:
Reference Level:
Frequency Span:
Resolution Bandwidth:
Marker:
Video Averaging:
HP 8360
050 dBm
100 Hz
10 Hz
Same as spectrum analyzer frequency
On 100 samples
Performance Tests 2-57
Spurious Signals (Line-Related)
9. Locate the spur corresponding to the spectrum analyzer frequency (see
Table 2-14) and use the marker to measure its amplitude. If the spur is in
the noise level, use the noise level amplitude (this gives a worst case value).
dBm Spur Absolute Amplitude
10. Calculate the spur level in dBc as follows:
Spur Level (dBc) = 0[Carrier Amplitude (dBm) 0 (Spur Level)]
Record the result on the test record. Compare the result to the
specication.
Note
The odd harmonics will normally be higher than the even
harmonics.
11. Repeat steps 8 through 10 for each of the spurs and spectrum analyzer
frequencies in Table 2-14. Change the spectrum analyzer reference level as
indicated in the table.
Table 2-14.
Spectrum Analyzer Frequencies and Line Spur Frequencies and
Harmonics
Line Spur Line Spur Spectrum Analyzer Reference Level
(dBm)
Harmonic Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz)
2
120
6,990,000,120
050
3
180
6,990,000,180
050
4
240
6,990,000,240
050
12. For synthesizers capable of frequencies down to 10 MHz, set the synthesizer
and spectrum analyzer to 1.9 GHz and repeat steps 6 through 11 for this
frequency.
2-58 Performance Tests
Spurious Signals (Line-Related)
HP 8360
Related Adjustments
None
In Case of Difficulty
Refer to the Troubleshooting manual.
HP 8360
Performance Tests 2-59
Spurious Signals (Line-Related)
11. Single Sideband Phase Noise
Description and Procedure
This procedure uses a phase noise measurement system. It is the fastest and
most accurate method for measuring phase noise.
1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-13. Preset the equipment and
let them warm up for at least one hour.
2-60 Performance Tests
Single Sideband Phase Noise
HP 8360
Figure 2-13. Single Sideband Phase Noise Test Setup
Equipment
Phase Noise Measurement System
HP 8360
HP 3048A
Performance Tests 2-61
Single Sideband Phase Noise
2. Load the measurement software for the phase noise measurement system.
3. On the synthesizer, press:
4CW5 46.995 4GHz5
4POWER LEVEL5 405 4dBm5
4. On the phase noise measurement system, set:
Measurement Type:
Start Offset Freq:
Stop Freq:
Minimum Averages:
Carrier Frequency:
Det Input Freq:
DUT:
Ref Source:
Ext Timebase:
Down Converter:
HP 11848A LNA:
Note
phase locked
100 Hz
2 MHz
40
6.99 GHz
50 MHz
user's srce, man
8662A, SYS, VCO, EFC
not in use
1179C, SYS
out
To avoid entering these parameters each time you perform
this test, create a le on the phase noise measurement system
containing these parameters.
With these parameters entered, the software automatically sets the
remaining parameters. Table 2-15 shows the complete set of parameters.
2-62 Performance Tests
Single Sideband Phase Noise
HP 8360
Table 2-15. Phase Noise Measurement System Parameters
Measurement Type: phase locked
K VCO Method:
Start Oset Freq:
100 Hz
VCO Tune Constant: 82.33 Hz/V
Stop Freq:
2 MHz
measured
Minimum Averages: 40
Loop Suppression:
Veried
Closed PLL BW:
150.5 Hz
Carrier Frequency:
6.99 GHz
Peak Tuning Range:
725.1 Hz
Det Input Freq:
50 MHz
Assumed Pole:
37.9 kHz
Entered K VCO:
28 Hz/V
DUT:
user's srce, man
Center Voltage:
0V
Ref Source:
8662A, SYS, VCO, EFC
Tune-voltage Range: 610V
Ext Timebase:
not in use
Phase Detector:
Down Converter:
11792C, SYS
HP 11848A LNA:
Out
5 to 1600 MHz
K Detector Method: measured
Detector Constant:
458.8 mV/Rad
5. Follow the instructions on the controller to make the phase noise
measurement.
6. The dynamic signal analyzer has two traces. The sine wave shows the
beatnote frequency in time domain (like an oscilloscope). The other trace is
in the frequency domain (like a spectrum analyzer).
At the message VERIFY BEATNOTE <1 MHZ, tune the signal generator for
minimum sine wave frequency with the frequency domain signal near the left
edge (0 Hz).
7. When the measurement is complete record the results on the test record and
compare them to the specication.
8. Repeat steps 3 through 6 for the frequencies in Table 2-16.
HP 8360
Performance Tests 2-63
Single Sideband Phase Noise
Table 2-16. Frequency Setting for Phase Noise Measurements
Synthesizer Phase Noise Measurement System
Frequency
(GHz) Carrier Frequency Detector Input
(GHz)
(MHz)
1.971
1.97
310
18.0
18.0
720
1 Disregard if beyond your synthesizer's capability.
Related Adjustments
Sampler Assembly
In Case of Difficulty
1. Line spurs may be present in the trace which exceed the phase noise
specication. They should be ignored.
2. Be sure that the signal generator frequency (detector input) is tuned close
enough that a zero beat can be found.
3. Note where the problem occurs (carrier frequency and oset frequency from
the carrier) and refer to the Troubleshooting manual.
2-64 Performance Tests
Single Sideband Phase Noise
HP 8360
12. Pulse Modulation On/Off Ratio
Description and Procedure
Using a spectrum analyzer, the synthesizer's CW RF output power is measured
both with pulse on and with pulse o. The dierence in power is the pulse
on/o ratio.
1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-14. Preset all instruments
and let them warm up for at least one hour.
On the HP 8556B, connect the CAL OUTPUT to the RF INPUT. Press
4SHIFT5 4W5 to calibrate the spectrum analyzer.
Figure 2-14. Pulse Modulation On/Off Ratio Test Setup
Equipment
Spectrum Analyzer
HP 8360
HP 8566B
Performance Tests 2-65
Pulse Modulation On/Off Ratio
2. On the synthesizer, press:
4CW5 The rst center frequency in Table 2-17.
For the HP 83623A/24A only: Set the power level to 0 dBm by pressing:
4POWER LEVEL5 405 4dBm5
For all other synthesizers: Set the power level to 09.9 dBm by pressing:
0
4POWER LEVEL5 4 9.95 4dBm5
Then, for all synthesizers: Press: FREQUENCY 4MENU5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Up/Dn Size CW
4505 4MHz5
3. On the spectrum analyzer, set:
Center Frequency:
Frequency Span:
Reference Level:
Marker:
Center Frequency Step Size:
The same frequency set in step 2
100 Hz
0 dBm
On
50 MHz
Table 2-17. Pulse On/Off Center Frequencies
Center Frequency (GHz) Pulse On/O Ratio
1.01
6.0
9.0
20.0
22.01
1 Disregard if beyond your synthesizer's capability.
4. On the spectrum analyzer:
a. Tune center frequency to center the signal on the display.
b. Set the marker to highest peak.
c. Note the marker amplitude.
5. On the synthesizer, turn on the external pulse. Press:
4MOD5 Pulse On/Off Extrnl (asterisk on)
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
2-66 Performance Tests
Pulse Modulation On/Off Ratio
HP 8360
or, for synthesizers with Option 002, press:
4MOD5 Pulse Menu Pulse On/Off Ext (asterisk on)
On the spectrum analyzer set the reference level to 070 dBm.
Set the marker to the highest peak and note the maximum marker
amplitude.
The dierence between the marker value in step 4 and the marker value in
step 7 is the pulse on/o ratio. Record this value in Table 2-17.
On the spectrum analyzer, set the reference level to 0 dBm.
On the synthesizer, turn o external pulse:
4MOD5 Pulse On/Off Extrnl (asterisk o)
or, for synthesizers with Option 002, press:
4MOD5 Pulse Menu Pulse On/Off Ext (asterisk o)
Repeat steps 2 through 10 for the remaining synthesizer and spectrum
analyzer frequencies in Table 2-17 with the following changes to step 7
when testing 6.0 GHz:
For a CW Frequency of 6.0 GHz:
a. Step the synthesizer and spectrum analyzer in 50 MHz steps from 6.0 to
7.0 GHz.
b. Note the frequency of the highest amplitude signal. Set the synthesizer
and spectrum analyzer to this frequency.
c. Set the marker to the highest peak and note the maximum marker
amplitude.
Record the worst case value from Table 2-17 on the test record.
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
11.
12.
Related Adjustments
None
In Case of Difficulty
1. A failure can be caused by a spur. Move the center frequency of both the
spectrum analyzer and the synthesizer by 1 kHz, and retest at that point. If
the on/o ratio is bad, it will be bad over greater than a 100 kHz region.
2. Refer to the Troubleshooting manual.
HP 8360
Performance Tests 2-67
Pulse Modulation On/Off Ratio
13. Pulse Performance
Description and Procedure
In this procedure, the synthesizer's RF output is displayed directly on a
high-bandwidth digitizing oscilloscope where the rise and fall times are
measured and a comparison of pulsed and CW power level accuracy is made.
Power level accuracy is checked at a 10 Hz pulse repetition rate to verify its
operation at the slowest specied rate.
Rise and Fall Times
1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-15. Preset the instruments
and let them warm up for at least one hour.
Figure 2-15. Pulse Performance Test Setup
2-68 Performance Tests
Pulse Performance
HP 8360
Equipment
Digitizing Oscilloscope
Pulse Generator
Attenuator 10 dB
Attenuator 10 dB
Attenuator 20 dB
Attenuator 20 dB
HP 54124T
HP 8112A
HP 8490D Option 010 (HP 83640A/50A)
HP 8493C Option 010 (HP 83620A/22A/23A/24A/30A)
HP 8490D Option 020 (HP 83640A/50A)
HP 8493C Option 020 (HP 83620A/22A/23A/24A/30A)
2. On the synthesizer, press:
4CW5 First synthesizer frequency in Table 2-18.
4POWER LEVEL5 405 4dBm5
Leveling Point Internal (asterisk on)
Leveling Mode Search (asterisk on)
4USER CAL5 Tracking Menu Peak RF Always (asterisk
4ALC5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
on)
Table 2-18. Synthesizer Frequencies
Risetime Falltime Level
Synthesizer
Frequencies (GHz)
Accuracy
1.91
5.0
9.0
15.0
23.0 1
28.0 1
35.0 1
45.0 1
1 Disregard if beyond your synthesizer's capability.
HP 8360
Performance Tests 2-69
Pulse Performance
Note
The CW frequencies checked provide a minimum verication
of pulse performance. If pulse performance at a dierent
frequency is important, repeat the test at that CW frequency.
3. On the pulse generator, set:
Pulse Width:
Pulse Period:
Pulse Level:
Disable:
50 ns
10 us (100 kHz)
5V
LED off (enables pulse generator)
4. On the oscilloscope, set:
Note
Channel 3:
Ext Probe
Display
Volts/Division
Offset
10
On
15 mV (Readjust as required)
0V
Timebase:
Time/Division
Delay
Delay Reference
5 ns
100 ns
At center
Trigger:
Trigger Slope
Probe Atten
Trigger Level
Positive
20
1.2V
Display:
Display Mode
Display Time
Screen
Persistence
1 sec
Single
On the oscilloscope, turn the waveform math function on. Then
use the waveform math maximum function to determine the
pulse envelope when making the following measurements.
2-70 Performance Tests
Pulse Performance
HP 8360
5. On the synthesizer, press:
(asterisk on)
or, for synthesizers with Option 002, press:
4MOD5 Pulse Menu Pulse On/Off Ext (asterisk on)
6. On the oscilloscope:
a. Adjust the timebase delay to position the rising edge of the pulsed RF
near the center of the display.
b. Adjust the channel 3 volts/division and oset to obtain a 5 division
signal level between the RF power o and the RF power on. (See
Figure 2-16.)
c. Adjust the channel 3 oset to move the RF power o line one-half
division below the nearest horizontal graticule (making the horizontal
graticule cross the waveform at the 10% point.)
d. Adjust the oscilloscope timebase to widen the pulse envelope so that the
measurement can be made with greater accuracy. (See Figure 2-17.)
e. Use the oscilloscope's delta t function to measure the time dierence
between the 10% and 90% risetime points on the envelope. (The 10%
point of the risetime is where the pulse envelope crosses the graticule.
The 90% point is 4 divisions up.) Record this value in Table 2-18.
4MOD5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Pulse On/Off Extrnl
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
HP 8360
Performance Tests 2-71
Pulse Performance
Figure 2-16. Pulse Envelope Displayed Over 5 Divisions
7. Adjust the timebase delay to position the falling edge of the pulse near the
center of the oscilloscope display.
8. Measure the falltime the same way as you measured the risetime (see step
6). Record this value in Table 2-18.
9. Repeat steps 5 through 8 at each synthesizer frequency in Table 2-18.
10. Record each worst case risetime and falltime value from Table 2-18 on the
test record.
2-72 Performance Tests
Pulse Performance
HP 8360
Figure 2-17. Widened Pulse Envelope
Pulse Leveling Accuracy
11. On the pulse generator, set:
Pulse Width:
Pulse Period:
Pulse Level:
1 us
1 ms
5V
12. On the synthesizer, press:
4CW5 First synthesizer frequency in Table 2-18
4POWER LEVEL5 405 4dBm5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Leveling Mode Normal
4MOD5 Pulse On/Off Extrnl
4ALC5
(asterisk on)
or, for synthesizers with Option 002, press:
4MOD5 Pulse Menu Pulse On/Off Ext (asterisk on)
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
HP 8360
Performance Tests 2-73
Pulse Performance
13. On the oscilloscope, set:
Channel 3:
Volts/Division
Timebase:
Time/Division
Delay Reference
Trigger:
Trigger Level
30 mV
100 ns
At left
50 mV
Increase the oscilloscope sensitivity to 5 mV/division. Adjust the delay and
timebase so that the pulse waveform takes up the entire display. Adjust the
oscilloscope channel 3 oset to position the top of the pulse envelope near
the center graticule.
14. On the synthesizer, turn o external pulse and set the power level to 00.3
dBm. Press:
Pulse On/Off Ext (asterisk o)
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
0
4POWER LEVEL5 4 .35 4dBm5
15. Use the oscilloscope's waveform math maximum function to determine
the peak power level (if the waveform math function was previously on,
clear the display before executing this step.) Use the oscilloscope's delta V
feature and position marker 1 at the center of the peak power as displayed
by the math waveform (the width of the waveform is caused by noise in the
system.) Leave the marker at that position.
16. Set the synthesizer's power level to +0.3 dBm. Press:
4POWER LEVEL5 4.35 4dBm5
17. Clear the oscilloscope display and use the oscilloscope's waveform math
maximum feature to determine the peak power level. Use the oscilloscope's
delta V feature and position marker 2 at the center of the peak power as
displayed by the math waveform.
If the dierence between marker 1 and marker 2 is less than 1 division,
repeat steps 13 through 17 with channel 3 volts/division set to a more
sensitive scale.
18. On the synthesizer, press:
4POWER LEVEL5 405 4dBm5
4MOD5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Pulse On/Off Extrnl
2-74 Performance Tests
Pulse Performance
(asterisk on)
HP 8360
19. Observe the peak pulse power. It should stay within the two delta V
markers set in steps 16 and 18. Record the \Pass" or \Fail" in the Level
Accuracy column in Table 2-18.
20. Repeat steps 12 through 19 at each synthesizer frequency in Table 2-18.
21. If all results in Table 2-18 are \Pass", record \Pass" on the test record. If
any results are \Fail", record \Fail" on the test record.
Related Adjustments
None
In Case of Difficulty
Refer to the Troubleshooting manual.
HP 8360
Performance Tests 2-75
Pulse Performance
14. Pulse Performance (Alternate Procedure)
Description and Procedure
In this procedure, the synthesizer's RF output is downconverted in frequency
so that an oscilloscope can measure the rise and fall times and make a
comparison of pulsed and CW power level accuracy. For measurements above
20 GHz RF output frequency, a spectrum analyzer with external mixer is used
to downconvert to a 321.4 MHz RF. Power level accuracy is checked at a 10 Hz
pulse repetition rate to verify its operation at the slowest specied rate. The
power amplier ensures a sucient signal level into the oscilloscope to make
the measurement.
1. Turn on the equipment shown in Figure 2-18 and Figure 2-20. Preset the
instruments and let them warm up for at least one hour.
Rise and Fall Times < 20 GHz
Note
This procedure is not valid for fast pulse option (Option 006).
2. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-18.
2-76 Performance Tests
Pulse Performance (Alternate)
HP 8360
Figure 2-18. Pulse Performance Test Setup < 20 GHz
Equipment
Local Oscillator
(Synthesized Sweeper)
Digitizing Oscilloscope
Preamplier
Mixer
Attenuator 6 dB
Attenuator 10 dB
Attenuator 10 dB
HP 8360
HP 83620A
HP 54111D
HP 8447F
HP P/N 0955-0307
HP 8493C Option 006
HP 8490D Option 010 (HP 83640A/50A)
HP 8493C Option 010 (HP 83620A/22A/23A/24A/30A)
Performance Tests 2-77
Pulse Performance (Alternate)
3. On the synthesizer, press:
4CW5 First synthesizer frequency in Table 2-19.
0
4POWER LEVEL5 4 55 4dBm5
(asterisk on)
on)
4. On the local oscillator (HP 83620A), set the center frequency to the rst
LO frequency in Table 2-19. Then set:
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Leveling Point Internal
Leveling Mode Search (asterisk
4ALC5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Power Level:
RF Power:
10 dBm
On
Table 2-19. Synthesizer and LO Frequencies
Synthesizer LO Frequencies Risetime Falltime Level
Frequencies (GHz)
(GHz)
Accuracy
1.91
2.4
5.0
4.5
9.0
8.5
15.0
14.5
1 Disregard if beyond your synthesizer's capability.
Note
The CW frequencies checked provide a minimum verication
of pulse performance. If pulse performance at a dierent
frequency is important, repeat the test at that CW frequency.
5. On the pulse generator, set:
Pulse Width:
Pulse Period:
Pulse Level:
Disable:
50 ns
10 us (100 kHz)
5V
LED off (enables pulse generator)
2-78 Performance Tests
Pulse Performance (Alternate)
HP 8360
6. On the oscilloscope, set:
Channel 1:
Display
Volts/Division
Offset
Input Coupling
Input Impedance
On
100 mV
0V
dc
50 ohms
Channel 2:
Display
Off
Timebase:
Time/Division
Delay
Delay Reference
10 ns
100 ns
At center
Trigger:
Trigger Mode
Trigger Source
Trigger Level
Edge
Chan 2
2V
Display:
Display Mode
Averaging
Number of Averages
Screen
Repetitive
On
1
Single
Note
On the oscilloscope, turn the waveform math function on. Then
use the waveform math maximum function to determine the
pulse envelope when making the following measurements.
7. On the synthesizer, press:
4MOD5
HP 8360
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Pulse On/Off Extrnl
(asterisk on)
Performance Tests 2-79
Pulse Performance (Alternate)
8. On the oscilloscope:
a. Adjust the timebase delay to position the rising edge of the pulsed RF
near the center of the display.
b. Adjust the channel 1 volts/division and oset to obtain a 5 division
signal level between the RF power o and the RF power on (see
Figure 2-19).
c. Adjust the channel 1 oset to move the RF power o line one-half
division below the nearest horizontal graticule (making the horizontal
graticule cross the waveform at the 10% point.)
d. Use the oscilloscope's delta T function to measure the time dierence
between the 10% and 90% risetime points on the envelope. (The 10%
point of the risetime is where the pulse envelope crosses the graticule.
The 90% point is 4 divisions up.) Record this value in Table 2-19.
Figure 2-19. Signal Level between RF Power Off and On
9. Adjust the timebase delay to position the falling edge of the pulse near the
center of the oscilloscope display.
10. Measure the falltime the same way as you measured the risetime.
(See step 8.) Record this value in Table 2-19.
2-80 Performance Tests
Pulse Performance (Alternate)
HP 8360
11. Repeat steps 7 through 10 at each synthesizer and LO frequency in
Table 2-19.
12. For the HP 83620A/22A and for the HP 83623A/24A, record each worst
case risetime and falltime value from Table 2-19 on the appropriate test
record.
Pulse Leveling Accuracy < 20 GHz
13. On the pulse generator, set:
Pulse Width:
Pulse Period:
Pulse Level:
1 us
1 ms
5V
14. On the synthesizer, press:
4CW5 First synthesizer frequency in Table 2-19
0
4POWER LEVEL5 4 05 4dBm5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Leveling Mode Normal
4MOD5 Pulse On/Off Extrnl
4ALC5
(asterisk on)
15. On the spectrum analyzer, set the center frequency to the rst frequency in
Table 2-19.
16. On the oscilloscope, set:
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Channel 1:
Volts/Division 30 mV
Timebase:
Time/Division
100 ns
Delay Reference At left
Adjust the delay and timebase so that the pulse waveform takes up the
entire display. Adjust the oscilloscope channel 1 oset to position the top
of the pulse envelope near the center graticule.
17. On the synthesizer, turn o external pulse and set the power level to 00.3
dBm. Press:
Pulse On/Off Extrnl (asterisk o)
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
0
4POWER LEVEL5 4 0.35 4dBm5
HP 8360
Performance Tests 2-81
Pulse Performance (Alternate)
18. Use the oscilloscope's waveform math maximum function to determine
the peak power level (if the waveform math function was previously on,
clear the display before executing this step.) Use the oscilloscope's delta V
feature and position marker 1 at the center of the peak power as displayed
by the math waveform (the width of the waveform is caused by noise in the
system.) Leave the marker at that position.
19. Set the synthesizer's power level to 00.3 dBm. Press:
0
4POWER LEVEL5 4 0.35 4dBm5
20. Clear the oscilloscope display and use the oscilloscope's waveform math
maximum feature to determine the peak power level. Use the oscilloscope's
delta V feature and position marker 2 at the center of the peak power as
displayed by the math waveform.
If the dierence between marker 1 and marker 2 is less than 1 division,
change channel 1 volts/division to a more sensitive scale and repeat steps
16 through 20.
21. On the synthesizer, press:
0
4POWER LEVEL5 4 05 4dBm5
(asterisk on)
22. Reset the oscilloscope waveform math feature to maximum and observe the
peak pulse power. It should stay within the two delta V markers set in
steps 17 and 19. Record the value in Table 2-19.
23. Repeat steps 12 through 21 at each synthesizer and LO frequency in
Table 2-19.
24. For the HP 83620A/22A and for the HP 83623A/24A, record the worst
case level accuracy from Table 2-19 on the appropriate test record.
4MOD5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Pulse On/Off Extrnl
2-82 Performance Tests
Pulse Performance (Alternate)
HP 8360
Rise and Fall Times > 20 GHz
Disregard if beyond your synthesizer's capability.
Figure 2-20. Pulse Performance Test Setup >20 GHz
Equipment
Spectrum Analyzer
Digitizing Oscilloscope
Microwave Amplier
RF Amplier
Pulse Generator
Harmonic Mixer
Harmonic Mixer
Harmonic Mixer
Attenuator 6 dB
Attenuator 10 dB
HP 8360
HP 8566B
HP 54111D
HP 11975A
HP 8447F
HP 8116A
HP 11970K
HP 11970A (HP 83640A/50A)
HP 11970Q (HP 83650A)
HP 8493C Option 006
HP 8490D Option 010
Performance Tests 2-83
Pulse Performance (Alternate)
Table 2-20. Risetime and Falltime Values
CW Frequency
Risetime
Falltime
Level Accuracy
23 GHz
28 GHz
35 GHz
45 GHz
Procedure > 20 to
26.5 GHz.
25. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-20 using the HP 11970K
Mixer.
26. On the synthesizer, press:
4CW5 4235 4GHz5
4POWER LEVEL5 405 4dBm5
Leveling Point Intrnl (asterisk
Leveling Mode Search (asterisk on)
4ALC5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
on)
27. Set the microwave amplier output power level to +16 dBm.
28. On the spectrum analyzer, select external mixer and set the frequency
range for the mixer. Then set:
Center Frequency:
Frequency Span:
23 GHz
0 Hz
29. Repeat steps 5 through 10 recording the risetime and falltime values in
Table 2-20. For HP 83630A only, record the worst case risetime and worst
case falltime values from Table 2-19 and Table 2-20 on the test record.
Procedure > 26.5 to
40 GHz.
30. Replace the HP 11970K Mixer with the HP 11970A Mixer.
31. Repeat steps 5 through 10 at synthesizer and spectrum analyzer CW
frequencies of 30 and 35 GHz recording the risetime and falltime values in
Table 2-20. For HP 83640A only, record the worst case risetime and worst
case falltime values from Table 2-19 and Table 2-20 on the test record.
2-84 Performance Tests
Pulse Performance (Alternate)
HP 8360
Procedure > 40 GHz to
50 GHz.
32. Replace the HP 11970A Mixer with the HP 11970Q Mixer (33 to 50 GHz).
33. Repeat steps 5 through 10 at synthesizer and spectrum analyzer CW
frequencies of 45 GHz and record the risetime and falltime values in
Table 2-20. For the HP 83650A only, record the worst case risetime and
worst case falltime values from Table 2-19 and Table 2-20 on the test
record.
Pulse Leveling Accuracy > 20 GHz
Disregard if beyond your synthesizer's capability.
Procedure > 20 to
26.5 GHz.
34. Replace the HP 11970Q Mixer with the HP 11970K Mixer.
35. On the synthesizer, press:
4CW5 4235 4GHz5
36. Repeat steps 13 through 22 and record the level accuracy in Table 2-20.
37. For HP 83630A only, record the worst case level accuracy from Table 2-19
and Table 2-20 on the test record.
Procedure > 26.5 to
40 GHz.
38. Replace the HP 11970K Mixer with the HP 11970A Mixer.
39. Repeat steps 13 through 22 for CW frequencies of 30 and 35 GHz and
record the level accuracy in Table 2-20.
40. For HP 83640A only, record the worst case level accuracy from Table 2-19
and Table 2-20 on the test record.
Procedure > 40 to
50 GHz.
41. Replace the HP 11970A Mixer with the HP 11970Q Mixer.
42. Repeat steps 13 through 22 for a CW frequency of 45 GHz and record the
level accuracy in Table 2-20.
43. For HP 83650A only, record the worst case level accuracy from Table 2-19
and Table 2-20 on the test record.
HP 8360
Performance Tests 2-85
Pulse Performance (Alternate)
Related Adjustments
None
In Case of Difficulty
1. A noisy amplier can cause a noisy trace that is too wide to measure.
Substitute ampliers to verify a problem with the amplier.
2. If there is no change in amplication, the amplier may be saturated
(operating in compression). The 0.3 dB variation should be approximately
equal on both sides. Try a lower synthesizer power level to get the amplier
out of saturation.
3. Refer to the Troubleshooting manual.
2-86 Performance Tests
Pulse Performance (Alternate)
HP 8360
15. Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough
Description and Procedure
In CW, at specied maximum leveled power, the synthesizer is pulse modulated
using a pulse generator. The synthesizer's RF output is ltered (only the video
feedthrough passes), amplied, and displayed on an oscilloscope. Because of
the low amplitude of the video feedthrough, a preamplier is used in the test
setup; system gain must be considered when making this measurement.
When video feedthrough is expressed as a percentage, the following equation is
used:
Video feedthrough (%) = [(video Vp/carrier Vp) x 100]/video gain
1. Preset all the instruments shown in Figure 2-21 and let them warm up for
at least one hour.
2. To achieve peak power, turn on RF peaking:
4USER CAL5 Tracking Menu Peak RF Always (asterisk on)
3. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-21 with the pulse generator
connected directly to channel 1 of the oscilloscope (A).
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
HP 8360
Performance Tests 2-87
Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough
Figure 2-21. Video Feedthrough Test Setup
Equipment
Pulse Generator
Digitizing Oscilloscope
Preamplier
130 MHz Filter
500 MHz Low Pass Filter
3.7 GHz Filter
Attenuator 6 dB
Attenuator 20 dB
HP 8116A
HP 54111D
HP 8447F
K & L Microwave
5LL30-130/BT2400/BP
Mini-Circuits SLP-550
HP P/N 9135-0191
HP 8493C Option 006 (HP 83620A/22A/
30A/40A/50A)
HP 8493C Option 020 (HP 83623A/24A)
2-88 Performance Tests
Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough
HP 8360
System Calibration
The pulse generator output level can be aected by loading.
Leave the pulse generator connected to the oscilloscope's
channel 2 (through the BNC tee) as you set the output level.
Note
4. On the oscilloscope, set:
Channel 1:
Display
Volts/Division
Offset
Input Coupling
Input Impedance
On
50 mV
0V
dc
50
Channel 2:
Display
Input Impedance
Off
50
Timebase:
Time/Division
Delay
Delay Reference
20 ns
0s
At center
Trigger:
Trigger
Trigger
Trigger
Trigger
Edge
Channel 1
0.05V
Positive
Mode
Source
Level
Slope
Display:
Display Mode
Averaging
Number of Averages
HP 8360
Repetitive
On
16
Performance Tests 2-89
Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough
5. On the pulse generator, set:
Pulse:
Pulse width:
Frequency:
Offset:
Selected
10 ns
2 MHz (500 ns)
0V
6. On the pulse generator, set the pulse amplitude for a reading of 0.1V on
the oscilloscope.
Video Gain
7. Connect the pulse generator to the oscilloscope's channel 1 through the
attenuator, lters, and amplier (B).
8. On the oscilloscope, set:
Channel 1:
Volts/Division
Offset
Input Coupling
Input Impedance
0.2V
0.3V
dc
50
Trigger:
Trigger
Trigger
Trigger
Trigger
Edge
Channel 1
0.4V
Negative
Mode
Source
Level
Slope
0
0
Vp
9. On the oscilloscope, note the pulse amplitude:
10. Calculate the video gain:
Vp (from step 9)
Video gain = system
pulse generator Vp
Vp
= system
0:1 Vp
Video Gain =
2-90 Performance Tests
Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough
HP 8360
Low Band Video Feedthrough
Disregard if beyond your synthesizer's capability.
11. Connect the pulse generator output to the synthesizer's pulse input (C).
12. Connect the synthesizer to the oscilloscope's channel 1 through the
attenuator, lters, and amplier (D).
13. On the synthesizer, press:
4CW5 First CW frequency in Table 2-21
4ALC5 Leveling Mode Search .
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
4POWER LEVEL5 4105 4dBm5
(asterisk on)
or, for synthesizers with Option 002, instead press:
4MOD5
4MOD5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Pulse On/Off Extrnl
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Pulse Menu Pulse On/Off Ext
Table 2-21. Low Band Video Feedthrough Frequencies
Synthesizer CW
Video
Video
Frequency Feedthrough (%) Feedthrough (%)
(GHz)
10 dBm
> 10 dBm
0.4
0.7
1.0
1.3
1.6
1.9
HP 8360
Performance Tests 2-91
Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough
14. On the oscilloscope, set:
Channel 1:
Display
Volts/Division
Offset
Input Coupling
Input Impedance
On
0.01 V
0V
dc
50
Channel 2:
Display
Volts/Division
Offset
Off
1V
2V
Timebase:
Time/Division
Delay
Delay Reference
200 ns
400 ns
At center
Trigger:
Trigger
Trigger
Trigger
Trigger
Edge
Channel 2
1V
Positive
Mode
Source
Level
Slope
Display:
Display Mode
Repetitive
Averaging
On
Number of averages 64
15. On the pulse generator, set:
Pulse width:
Frequency:
Offset:
Amplitude:
500 ns
200 kHz (5
0V
5V
s)
16. On the oscilloscope, note the maximum voltage from the baseline.
(See Figure 2-22.) Video feedthrough (Vp) =
Vp
2-92 Performance Tests
Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough
HP 8360
Figure 2-22. Measuring Maximum Voltage from the Baseline Video Feedthrough
17. Using the video gain from step 10, the video feedthrough (Vp) from step
16, and the carrier voltage from Table 2-22 calculate the video feedthrough
as a percent of carrier power:
Video feedthrough (%) = [(video Vp/carrier Vp)x100]/video gain
HP 8360
Performance Tests 2-93
Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough
Table 2-22. Power Level Conversions to Volts Peak
Synthesizer Maximum Peak
Carrier
Specied Power
(dBm)
Voltage
Into 50
(V)
1
Synthesizer Maximum Peak
Carrier
Specied Power
(dBm)
Voltage
Into 50
(V)
1
0
0.316
10.5
1.059
0.5
0.335
11.0
1.122
1.0
0.355
11.5
1.189
1.5
0.376
12.0
1.259
2.0
0.398
12.5
1.334
2.5
0.422
13.0
1.413
3.0
0.447
13.5
1.496
3.5
0.473
14.0
1.585
4.0
0.501
14.5
1.679
4.5
0.531
15.0
1.778
5.0
0.562
15.5
1.884
5.5
0.596
16.0
1.995
6.0
0.631
16.5
2.113
6.5
0.668
17.0
2.239
7.0
0.708
17.5
2.371
7.5
0.750
18.0
2.512
8.0
0.794
18.5
2.661
8.5
0.841
19.0
2.819
9.0
0.891
19.5
2.985
9.5
0.944
20.0
2.985
10.0
1.000
1 Peak Carrier Voltage = 10 PdBm010
20
18. Record the video feedthrough (in Table 2-21).
19. Repeat steps 16 through 18 for the remaining CW frequencies in
Table 2-21.
20. For synthesizers capable of > 10 dBm, set the maximum specied leveled
power and repeat steps 16 through 18 for all of the CW frequencies in
Table 2-21.
21. Record the worst case value from Table 2-21 for each power range on the
test record.
2-94 Performance Tests
Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough
HP 8360
Video Feedthrough > 2 GHz
22.
23.
24.
25.
Replace the 130 MHz low pass lter with a 500 MHz low pass lter.
Repeat steps 7 through 10 to check video gain once more.
On the oscilloscope, reset channel 1 to 0.01 volts/division.
Set the synthesizer to its maximum specied leveled power and repeat
steps 13 and 16 through 17 (the oscilloscope and pulse generator are
already set up) for the CW frequencies in Table 2-23. Do not exceed the
maximum frequency of your synthesizer. Record the video feedthrough in
Table 2-23.
Table 2-23. Millimeter Band Video Feedthrough Frequencies
Frequency
Video
(GHz) Feedthrough (%)
5.0
10.0
15.0
20.0
23.0
28.0
35.0
45.0
26. Record the worst case value in Table 2-23 on the test record.
Related Adjustments
None
In Case of Difficulty
Refer to the Troubleshooting manual.
HP 8360
Performance Tests 2-95
Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough
16. AM Accuracy
Description and Procedure
This procedure measures the AM accuracy of the synthesizer. The local
oscillator and mixer are used to downconvert the synthesizer frequency to the
frequency range of the measuring receiver (an HP 11793A Microwave Converter
can be substituted for the mixer). For measurements above 20 GHz RF output
frequency, a spectrum analyzer with external mixer are used to downconvert
to a 321.4 MHz RF. The function generator provides AM modulation. The
function generator signal level is adjusted for 30% AM as measured by the
measuring receiver. The function generator signal level is checked for accuracy.
A DVM may be necessary to measure the function generator output.
1. Turn on the equipment shown in Figure 2-23. Preset the instruments and
let them warm up for at least one hour.
2. On the measuring receiver, calibrate and store the AM calibration factor.
Low Band < 2 GHz
Disregard if beyond your synthesizer's capability.
3. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-23.
2-96 Performance Tests
AM Accuracy
HP 8360
Figure 2-23. AM Accuracy Test Setup Low Band
Equipment
Function Generator
Digital Voltmeter
Measuring Receiver
Attenuator 10 dB
Attenuator 10 dB
HP 3325A
HP 3456A
HP 8902A
HP 8490D Option 010 (HP 83640A/50A)
HP 8493C Option 010 (HP 83620A/23A/30A)
4. On the synthesizer, press:
4CW5 45005 4MHz5
4POWER LEVEL5 405 4dBm5
4USER CAL5
HP 8360
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
AM Cal Menu AM BW Cal Always
(asterisk on)
Performance Tests 2-97
AM Accuracy
5. On the function generator, set:
Function:
Frequency:
DC Offset:
Sine wave
1 kHz
0 mV
Set the amplitude to 600 mVp-p (or 212 mVrms ) and verify this amplitude
with the DVM. Note that the DVM measures in V rms
(Vrms x 1.414 x 2 = Vp-p ).
6. On the measuring receiver, set:
HP Filter:
300 Hz
LP Filter:
3 kHz
Measurement: AM
Detector:
Peak /2 (both on)
Automatic Operation
6
7. On the synthesizer, turn on AM modulation. Press:
4MOD5 AM On/Off 100%/V (asterisk on)
For instruments with Option 002, instead press:
4MOD5 AM Menu AM On/Off Ext (asterisk on)
AM Type 100%/V (asterisk on)
8. On the test record, record the modulation depth as indicated by the
measuring receiver.
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
For Instruments with Option 002 only.
9. On the synthesizer, turn on internal AM. Press:
4MOD5 AM Menu AM On/Off Int (asterisk on)
10. On the synthesizer, press:
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Internal AM Rate 415 4kHz5
Internal AM Depth 4305 4enter5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
11. On the test record, record the modulation depth as indicated by the
measuring receiver.
2-98 Performance Tests
AM Accuracy
HP 8360
High Band > 2 GHz and < 20 GHz
12. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-24.
Figure 2-24. AM Accuracy Test Setup < 20 GHz
Equipment
Function Generator
Digital Voltmeter
Local Oscillator
(Synthesized Sweeper)
Measuring Receiver
Attenuator 10 dB
Attenuator 10 dB
Mixer
HP 8360
HP 3325A
HP 3456A
HP 83620A
HP 8902A
HP 8490D Option 010 (HP 83640A/50A)
HP 8493C Option 010 (HP 83620A/22A/23A/24A/30A)
HP P/N 0955-0307
Performance Tests 2-99
AM Accuracy
13. On the synthesizer, press:
4CW5 455 4GHz5
4POWER LEVEL5 405 4dBm5
4USER CAL5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
AM Cal Menu AM BW Cal Always
14. On the local oscillator, set:
(asterisk on)
CW Frequency: 5.1 GHz
RF:
On
Power Level:
10 dBm
15. On the function generator, set:
Function:
Frequency:
DC Offset:
Sine wave
1 kHz
0 mV
Set the amplitude to 600 mV p-p and verify this amplitude with the DVM.
Note that the DVM measures in V rms (V rms x 1.414 x 2 = V p-p).
16. On the measuring receiver, set:
HP Filter:
300 Hz
LP Filter:
3 kHz
Measurement: AM
Detector:
Peak /2 (both on)
Automatic Operation
6
17. On the synthesizer, turn on AM modulation. Press:
4MOD5 AM On/Off 100%/V (asterisk on)
For instruments with Option 002, instead press:
4MOD5 AM Menu AM On/Off Ext (asterisk on)
AM Type 100%/V (asterisk on)
18. On the test record, record the modulation depth as indicated by the
measuring receiver.
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
For Instruments with Option 002 only.
19. On the synthesizer, turn external AM o and internal AM on. Press:
4MOD5 AM Menu AM On/Off Ext (asterisk o)
AM On/Off Int (asterisk on)
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
2-100 Performance Tests
AM Accuracy
HP 8360
20. On the synthesizer, press:
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Internal AM Rate 415 4kHz5
Internal AM Depth 4305 4enter5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
21. On the test record, record the modulation depth as indicated by the
measuring receiver.
High Band > 20 GHz { Doubler Engaged
Disregard if beyond your synthesizer's capability.
22. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-25.
Figure 2-25. AM Accuracy Test Setup > 20 GHz
HP 8360
Performance Tests 2-101
AM Accuracy
Equipment
Spectrum Analyzer
Microwave Amplier
Measuring Receiver
Harmonic Mixer
Function Generator
Attenuator 10 dB
HP 8566B
HP 11975A
HP 8902A
HP P/N 0955-0307
HP 3325A
HP 8490D Option 010
23. On the synthesizer, press:
4CW5 4285 4GHz5
4POWER LEVEL5 4 35 4dBm5
0
(asterisk o)
For instruments with Option 002, instead press:
4MOD5 AM Menu AM On/Off Ext (asterisk on)
AM Type 100%/V (asterisk on)
24. Set the microwave amplier output power level to +16 dBm.
25. On the spectrum analyzer, set:
4MOD5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
AM On/Off 100%/V
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Center Frequency:
Frequency Span:
28 GHz
0 Hz
26. Set up the function generator as in step 6.
27. Set up the measuring receiver as in step 7 and select automatic operation.
28. On the synthesizer, press:
4MOD5 AM On/Off 100%/V (asterisk on)
For instruments with Option 002, instead press:
4MOD5 AM Menu AM On/Off Ext (asterisk on)
AM Type 100%/V (asterisk on)
29. On the test record, record the modulation depth as indicated by the
measuring receiver.
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
For Instruments with Option 002 only:.
30. On the synthesizer, turn external AM o and internal AM on. Press:
4MOD5 AM Menu AM On/Off Ext (asterisk o)
AM On/Off Int (asterisk on)
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
2-102 Performance Tests
AM Accuracy
HP 8360
31. On the synthesizer, press:
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Internal AM Rate 415 4kHz5
Internal AM Depth 4305 4enter5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
32. On the test record, record the modulation depth as indicated by the
measuring receiver.
Related Adjustments
Modulator Oset and Gain
In Case of Difficulty
1. The AM input impedance is internally selectable to either 50
or 2 k
(the factory-set value is 50
). If the AM input is set for 2 k
, and the
function generator requires a 50
system, use a DVM to measure the AM
input signal level while it is connected to the synthesizer.
2. Refer to the Troubleshooting manual.
HP 8360
Performance Tests 2-103
AM Accuracy
17. AM Bandwidth
Description and Procedure
This test veries that the peak RF output power does not vary more than a
specied amount over the specied amplitude modulation rate frequency range.
The spectrum analyzer with the tracking generator operates as a network
analyzer to measure the atness. Flatness errors associated with the tracking
generator and spectrum analyzer are calibrated out of the measurement.
1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-26 with the tracking
generator output connected to the 50 ohm input of the spectrum analyzer
and to the DVM. Press 4PRESET5 and let the equipment warm up for at
least one hour.
Figure 2-26. AM Bandwidth Test Setup
2-104 Performance Tests
AM Bandwidth
HP 8360
Equipment
Spectrum Analyzer
With Tracking Generator
Crystal Detector
Crystal Detector
Digital Voltmeter
HP 3585A/B
HP 33330E (HP 83640A/50A)
HP 33330D (HP 83620A/22A/23A/24A/30A)
HP 3456A
2. On the spectrum analyzer, set:
Start Frequency:
Stop Frequency:
Sweep Manual:
dB/Div:
Range:
Tracking Generator
Amplitude:
5 kHz
200 kHz
5 kHz
1 dB
5 dBm
Maximum 600 mV p-p (212 mV rms on the DVM)
3. On the spectrum analyzer, clear trace A memory. Change the 4REF LEV5,
using the RPG knob, to position the trace (dot) on the center horizontal
graticule.
4. Set the spectrum analyzer to continuous sweep. When a full sweep is
completed, store trace A into trace B memory. Then display A minus B
(turning o trace B). A straight line should be displayed.
The spectrum analyzer is now calibrated.
5. Connect the tracking generator output to the synthesizer's AM input and
connect the synthesizer's RF output through the crystal detector to the
spectrum analyzer's 50 ohm input.
6. On the synthesizer, press:
4USER CAL5 AM CAL MENU AM BW CAL Always (asterisk on)
4CW5 First synthesizer frequency in Table 2-24
4POWER LEVEL5 Set to 5 dB below specied maximum leveled power
4MOD5 AM On/Off 100%/V (asterisk on)
or for synthesizers with Option 002, press:
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
4MOD5
HP 8360
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
AM On/Off Ext AM Type 100%/V
Performance Tests 2-105
AM Bandwidth
Table 2-24. Synthesizer Frequencies
3 dB
Synthesizer
Frequencies (GHz) Bandwidth
1.51
5.0
9.0
18.0
23.01
28.01
36.01
44.01
1 Disregard if beyond your synthesizer's
capability.
7. On the spectrum analyzer, clear and view trace A (light on). Change the
reference level to set the peak of the trace on the center graticule. If an
over range occurs, turn the RPG knob in the opposite direction.
The display now shows the synthesizer AM atness from 5 kHz to 200 kHz.
8. Use the spectrum analyzer markers to determine the 3 dB bandwidth.
Record the frequency of the 3 dB bandwidth in Table 2-24. If the 3 dB
bandwidth point is o the display, record \> 200 kHz" in Table 2-24.
9. Set the spectrum analyzer to 4CONT5 and repeat steps 7 and 8 for the
remaining synthesizer frequencies in Table 2-24.
10. Record the smallest bandwidth from Table 2-24 on the test record.
Related Adjustments
None
In Case of Difficulty
Refer to the Troubleshooting manual.
2-106 Performance Tests
AM Bandwidth
HP 8360
18. AM Dynamic Range
Description and Procedure
In this procedure, a function generator is used to provide a DC voltage to the
synthesizer's AM input. The synthesizer is set to 0 dBm output power. AM is
enabled and a DC voltage is applied. The DC voltage is set for maximum AM
without an overmodulation indication to drive the synthesizer's modulator to
the edge of distortion. The output power is measured with a power meter.
A measurement is made in 1 GHz steps across the synthesizer's frequency
range. This equipment lets you measure down to 030 dBm. If you reach this
level before the synthesizer overmodulates, the power meter will indicate an
under range measurement.
This procedure is repeated using the deep AM function in the search ALC
mode. A spectrum analyzer is used in place of the power meter to make
the deep AM measurement. This equipment allows you to measure down to
approximately 065 dBm. If your synthesizer does not overmodulate by this
point, and you wish to measure the power level just before overmodulation, use
a power supply to increase the DC voltage supply to the AM input.
CAUTION
Do not exceed 015 V DC to the AM input or damage will
occur.
1. Preset the instruments shown in Figure 2-27 and let them warm up for at
least one hour.
HP 8360
Performance Tests 2-107
AM Dynamic Range
Figure 2-27. AM Dynamic Range Test Setup
Equipment
Spectrum Analyzer
Digital Voltmeter
Function Generator
Power Meter
Power Sensor
Power Sensor
HP 8566B
HP 3456A
HP 3325A
HP 436A/7A/8A
HP 8487A (HP 83640A/50A)
HP 8485A (HP 83620A/22A/23A/24A/30A)
2. On the synthesizer, turn on RF peaking and AM bandwidth calibration.
Press:
4USER CAL5 Tracking Menu Peak RF Always (asterisk on)
4PRIOR5 AM Cal Menu AM BW Cal Always (asterisk on)
3. Zero and calibrate the power meter/sensor.
4. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-27 with the power sensor
connected to the synthesizer's RF OUTPUT.
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
2-108 Performance Tests
AM Dynamic Range
HP 8360
5. On the synthesizer, press:
4CW5 415 4GHz5 (Set to 2 GHz for synthesizers with lowest start frequency of
2 GHz)
FREQUENCY 4MENU5 Up/Dn Size CW 415 4GHz5
POWER 4MENU5 Uncoupl Atten (Option 001 only)
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
0
4POWER LEVEL5 4 105 4dBm5
4MOD5
Verify that all modulation is o. (No asterisks next to key labels.)
For synthesizers with Option 002, if modulation is on, an \AM," \FM," or
\PLS" message will be displayed.
6. On the power meter, set:
Mode:
Cal Factor %:
dBm
Cal factor corresponding to the
synthesizer's CW frequency
7. On the function generator, turn o all waveforms and set:
DC Offset:
01.5 V DC
Normal AM Dynamic Range
8. On the synthesizer, turn on AM modulation to 10 dB/V:
4MOD5 AM On/Off 10dB/V (asterisk on)
or, for synthesizers with Option 002, press:
4MOD5 AM Menu AM On/Off Ext (asterisk on)
AM Type 10 dB/V (asterisk on)
9. Decrease the function generator output just until the OVERMOD message
turns on. Then increase the signal until the OVERMOD message turns o.
(The more negative the signal applied to the modulator is, the more the
RF output level decreases.)
10. Wait for the power meter to settle then note the power meter reading in
Table 2-25. If the power meter reads under range, record < 030 dB.
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
HP 8360
Performance Tests 2-109
AM Dynamic Range
Table 2-25. Power Meter Readings
1 GHz
12 GHz
2 GHz
13 GHz
3 GHz
14 GHz
4 GHz
15 GHz
5 GHz
16 GHz
6 GHz
17 GHz
7 GHz
18 GHz
8 GHz
19 GHz
9 GHz
20 GHz
10 GHz
21 GHz1
11 GHz
22 GHz1
1 HP 83630A/40A/50A only.
11. Repeat steps 9 and 10 from 2 to 22 GHz, in 1 GHz steps. Change the
power meter cal factor % as required.
12. Record the worst case value from Table 2-25 on the test record.
Deep AM Dynamic Range
13. Disconnect the power sensor from the synthesizer and connect the
spectrum analyzer as shown in Figure 2-27.
14. On the synthesizer, press:
4CW5 415 4GHz5 (Set to 2 GHz for synthesizers with lowest start frequency of
2 GHz)
0
4POWER LEVEL5 4 155 4dBm5
(asterisk o)
or for synthesizers with Option 002, press:
4MOD5 AM Menu AM On/Off Int (asterisk o)
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
AM On/Off 10 dB/V
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
2-110 Performance Tests
AM Dynamic Range
HP 8360
15. On the spectrum analyzer, set:
Center Frequency:
Frequency Span:
CF Step Size:
Reference Level:
Scale Log:
1
1
1
5
5
GHz
MHz
GHz
dBm
dB/Division
16. Center the signal on the spectrum analyzer with the center frequency
control.
17. On the synthesizer, press:
AM On/Off 100%/V (asterisk on)
Deep AM (asterisk on)
or for synthesizers with Option 002, press:
AM On/Off Ext AM Type 100%/V (asterisk o)
Deep AM (asterisk on)
18. Change the spectrum analyzer reference level to 040 dBm.
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Note
Make the following measurements as quickly as possible since
the signal amplitude is subject to drift when you use deep AM
at low levels. If necessary, turning AM o and on again will
reset the power level.
19. With a 10 mV resolution, adjust the function generator until you get an
OVERMOD message on the synthesizer or until the signal drops into the
noise level on the spectrum analyzer. Decrease the function generator
output just until the OVERMOD message disappears.
20. Record the RF signal level (or the noise level if the signal is in the noise).
HP 8360
Performance Tests 2-111
AM Dynamic Range
Table 2-26. RF Signal Level
1 GHz
12 GHz
2 GHz
13 GHz
3 GHz
14 GHz
4 GHz
15 GHz
5 GHz
16 GHz
6 GHz
17 GHz
7 GHz
18 GHz
8 GHz
19 GHz
9 GHz
20 GHz
10 GHz
21 GHz1
11 GHz
22 GHz1
1 HP 83630A/40A/50A only.
21. On the synthesizer, turn o modulation. Set:
AM On/Off 10dB/V (asterisk o)
or for synthesizers with Option 002, press:
AM Type 10 dB/V (asterisk o)
22. Step the synthesizer and spectrum analyzer CW and center frequencies in
1 GHz steps. Turn modulation back on and repeat steps 19 through 21 to
the highest frequency from Table 2-26 that applies to your synthesizer.
23. Record the worst case values from step 20 on the test record:
a. For the HP 83630A, record worst case values for frequencies < 20 GHz
and for frequencies 20 GHz.
b. For the HP 83640A/50A, record worst case values for frequencies 20
GHz and for frequencies > 20 GHz.
c. For all other instruments, record the worst case value for all frequencies
tested.
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
2-112 Performance Tests
AM Dynamic Range
HP 8360
Related Adjustments
Modulator Oset and Gain
Modulation Generator Adjustment (Option 002)
In Case of Difficulty
1. Make sure that the most negative voltage without an OVERMOD message
is applied.
2. Refer to the Troubleshooting manual.
HP 8360
Performance Tests 2-113
AM Dynamic Range
19. FM Accuracy
Description and Procedure
Use this procedure to measure the FM accuracy of the synthesizer. With the
synthesizer set to an FM sensitivity of 10 MHz/V, and the function generator
providing an FM modulation index of 2.404, the RF output should be a null.
The function generator amplitude is adjusted for the Bessel null and the
dierence between signals is recorded.
Note
Since the modulation frequency for external FM is 1 MHz,
this procedure relies on the voltage-setting accuracy of the
function generator (the frequency is too high for a DVM, and
an oscilloscope is not accurate enough.)
External FM
1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-28. Preset all instruments
and let them warm up for at least one hour.
Figure 2-28. FM Accuracy Test Setup
2-114 Performance Tests
FM Accuracy
HP 8360
Equipment
Spectrum Analyzer
Function Generator
HP 8566B
HP 3325A
2. To achieve peak power on the synthesizer, turn on RF peaking. Press:
4USER CAL5 Tracking Menu Peak RF Always (asterisk on)
3. On the synthesizer, press:
4CW5 First synthesizer frequency in Table 2-27
4POWER LEVEL5 Set the specied maximum leveled power
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Table 2-27. Synthesizer Frequencies
Synthesizer Frequencies External FM Internal FM
(GHz)
Error (%) Error (%)
1.01
5.0
10.0
16.0
22.01
1 Disregard if beyond your synthesizer's capability.
4. On the function generator, set:
Function:
Frequency:
Amplitude:
DC Offset:
Sine wave
1 MHz
480.8 mV p-p (169.96 mV rms)
0 V
5. On the spectrum analyzer, set:
Reference Level:
Attenuator:
Center Frequency:
Frequency Span:
HP 8360
0 dBm
Auto
Same frequency as in step 3
50 kHz
Performance Tests 2-115
FM Accuracy
Resolution Bandwidth:
Video Bandwidth:
Sweep Time:
Sweep:
3 kHz
1 kHz
Auto
Continuous
6. Center the signal on the spectrum analyzer display using the center
frequency function.
7. Turn on the synthesizer modulation. Press:
4MOD5 FM On/Off 100 kHz (asterisk on)
or for synthesizers with Option 002, press:
4MOD5 FM Menu FM On/Off Ext (asterisk on)
8. Adjust the function generator amplitude to minimize the amplitude of the
signal on the spectrum analyzer.
9. Calculate the percentage of error as follows:
Error (%) = [(480.8 mV p-p 0 New Amplitude)/480.8 mV p-p] x 100.
10. Record the error in Table 2-27.
11. Turn o the synthesizer FM modulation. Press:
FM On/Off 100 kHz (asterisk o)
or for synthesizers with Option 002, press:
FM On/Off Ext (asterisk o)
12. Repeat steps 6 through 11 at the synthesizer (and spectrum analyzer)
frequencies in Table 2-27.
13. Record the worst case value from Table 2-27 on the test record.
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Internal FM (Option 002 only)
14. On the synthesizer, press:
4CW5 First synthesizer frequency in Table 2-27
4MOD5 FM Menu FM On/Off Ext (asterisk o)
15. Set the spectrum analyzer center frequency to the same frequency as the
synthesizer.
16. Center the signal on the spectrum analyzer display using the center
frequency function.
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
2-116 Performance Tests
FM Accuracy
HP 8360
17. On the synthesizer, press:
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
FM Menu FM On/Off Int
Internal FM Rate 415 4MHz5
Internal FM Dev 42.4045 4MHz5
4MOD5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
(asterisk on)
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
18. Adjust the internal FM deviation on the synthesizer to minimize the
amplitude of the carrier on the spectrum analyzer.
19. Calculate the percentage of error as follows:
Error (%) = [(2.404 MHz 0 New FM Deviation)/2.404 MHz] x 100.
20. Record the error in Table 2-27.
21. Turn o the internal FM modulation. Select:
FM On/Off Int (asterisk o)
22. Repeat steps 15 through 21 at the synthesizer (and spectrum analyzer)
frequencies in Table 2-27.
23. Record the worst case \Internal FM Error" (from Table 2-27) on the test
record.
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Related Adjustments
FM Gain
Modulation Generator (Option 002)
Modulation Generator Flatness (Option 002)
In case of Difficulty
Refer to the Troubleshooting manual.
HP 8360
Performance Tests 2-117
FM Accuracy
20. FM Bandwidth
Description and Procedure
Use this procedure to verify that the RF output power does not vary more
than a specied amount over the specied frequency modulation rate frequency
range. A low frequency spectrum analyzer with a tracking generator operates
as a network analyzer to measure the FM atness. Flatness errors associated
with the tracking generator and spectrum analyzer are calibrated out of
the measurement. Flatness errors due to the power splitter and microwave
amplier are minimized by external leveling at the amplier. The delay line
discriminator is used to demodulate the FM from the RF carrier. It also
provides an input to the spectrum analyzer that is equivalent to the tracking
generator frequency and proportional in power to the synthesizer RF output.
The delay line discriminator is formed by driving a mixer with a modulated
carrier into the LO port, and a delayed carrier into the RF port. The delay is
produced with a cable of approximately 3 feet in length. With this setup, the
mixer responds to phase dierences between the two inputs. The cable has a
constant time delay and, as the carrier frequency is frequency-modulated, a
linear phase shift occurs between the mixer inputs. Since the mixer inputs are
in quadrature, the mixer operates as a phase detector that amplitude tracks the
RF input (synthesizer power) and has an output frequency corresponding to
the FM rate (tracking generator frequency).
2-118 Performance Tests
FM Bandwidth
HP 8360
1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-29 with the tracking
generator output connected to the channel 1 input of the oscilloscope and
to the FM input of the synthesizer (A). A DVM can be used in place of the
oscilloscope for rms measurements. Preset all the equipment and let them
warm up at least one hour.
2. To achieve peak power on the synthesizer, turn on RF peaking. Press:
4USER CAL5 Tracking Menu Peak RF Always (asterisk on)
3. On the spectrum analyzer, set:
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Center frequency: 100 kHz
Frequency Span:
0 Hz
Set the spectrum analyzer tracking generator to 100 mV p-p (35 mV rms).
Choose the alternate detector if your tracking generator has an alternate
detector that improves the low-end atness.
4. Connect the tracking generator output to the 50 ohm input of the
spectrum analyzer through the 10 dB attenuator (B). On the spectrum
analyzer, set:
Start Frequency:
Stop Frequency:
Resolution Bandwidth:
Video Bandwidth:
Sweep:
dB/Div:
Range:
HP 8360
100 kHz
10 MHz
10 kHz
1 kHz
Continuous
1 dB
10 dBm
0
Performance Tests 2-119
FM Bandwidth
Figure 2-29. FM Bandwidth Test Setup
2-120 Performance Tests
FM Bandwidth
HP 8360
Equipment
Spectrum Analyzer with
Tracking Generator
Digitizing Oscilloscope
Digital Voltmeter
Microwave Amplier
Power Splitter
Power Splitter
Mixer
Attenuator 10 dB (2)
Attenuator 10 dB (2)
Delay Line
Discriminator (cable 3 ft.)
HP 3585A/B
HP 54111D
HP 3456A
HP 8348A (HP 83620A/22A/23A/24A/30A)
HP 11667C (HP 83640A/50A)
HP 11667B (HP 83620A/22A/23A/24A/30A)
HP P/N 0955-0307
HP 8490D Option 010 (HP 83640A/50A)
HP 8493C Option 010 (HP 83620A/22A/23A/24A/30A)
HP P/N 08503-20038
5. On the spectrum analyzer, clear trace A memory. Change the reference
level, using the RPG knob, to position the trace on the center horizontal
graticule.
6. When a full sweep is completed, store trace A into trace B memory.
Then display A minus B (turning o trace B). A straight line should be
displayed.
Find Quadrature
7. Connect the tracking generator output to the synthesizer's FM input and
connect the mixer's IF output to the DVM's VOLTS HI/LO input (C).
Set the DVM to measure DC volts.
8. On the synthesizer, press:
4CW5 First synthesizer frequency in Table 2-28
4ALC5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Leveling Point ExtDet Coupling Factor 4165 4dB5
Set the power so that the microwave amplier displays an
output of 16 dBm.
4POWER LEVEL5
HP 8360
Performance Tests 2-121
FM Bandwidth
Table 2-28. Synthesizer Frequencies
Synthesizer Frequencies
(GHz)
Maximum
Dierence
1.51
5.0
9.0
18.0
23.02
1 Disregard if beyond your synthesizer's capability.
2 HP 83630A/40A/50A only.
9. On the spectrum analyzer, set:
Center Frequency:
Frequency Span:
100 kHz
0 Hz
10. On the synthesizer, press 4CW5 and use the left arrow key to position the
cursor in the 1 MHz position (one digit left of the decimal point). Use the
rotary knob or step keys to adjust the CW frequency for 0 V DC on the
DVM.
DC FM Flatness (Unlocked)
11. Move the mixer's IF output from the DVM to the spectrum analyzer's 50
input (D).
12. On the synthesizer, turn on FM DC. Press:
4MOD5 FM On/Off DC (asterisk on)
13. On the spectrum analyzer, set:
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Start Frequency:
Stop Frequency:
dB/Div:
100 kHz
10 MHz
1 dB
Change the reference level to set the start of the trace or the highest peak
on the center graticule.
2-122 Performance Tests
FM Bandwidth
HP 8360
14. The display now shows the synthesizer FM atness from
100 kHz to 10 MHz. Use the spectrum analyzer markers to nd the 3 dB
bandwidth. Record this frequency in Table 2-28. If the total variation is
less than 3 dB then record \> 10 MHz" in Table 2-28.
15. Repeat steps 7 through 14 at the synthesizer frequencies in Table 2-28.
16. Record the smallest bandwidth from Table 2-28 on the test record.
Related Adjustments
FM Gain
In Case of Difficulty
Refer to the Troubleshooting manual.
HP 8360
Performance Tests 2-123
FM Bandwidth
21. Maximum FM Deviation
Description and Procedure
In this procedure, the synthesizer's RF output is monitored directly on a
spectrum analyzer for low FM rates. The FM amplitude is increased until the
maximum deviation exceeds the specication.
For higher FM rates, the FM rate is set so that a Bessel null occurs when the
RF peak deviation equals the specication. The modulation amplitude is
increased in order to pass through the correct Bessel null for the FM rate used
and the peak deviation specied.
1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-30. Preset all the instruments
and let them warm up for at least one hour.
Figure 2-30. Maximum FM Deviation Test Setup
Equipment
Spectrum Analyzer
Function Generator
Function Generator
2-124 Performance Tests
Maximum FM Deviation
HP 8566B
HP 3325A
HP 8111A or HP 8116A
HP 8360
DC FM ( 100 Hz) (Using HP 8111A or HP 8116A)
Synthesizer models without 1 GHz capability should use 5 GHz
settings instead of 1 GHz, as indicated in parenthesis.
Note
2. On the synthesizer, press:
4CW5 415 4GHz5 (5 GHz)
FREQUENCY 4MENU5 Up/Dn
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Size CW 415 4GHz5
4USER CAL5 Tracking Menu Peak RF Always (asterisk
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
3. On the spectrum analyzer, set:
Center Frequency:
Frequency Span:
Reference Level:
on)
1 GHz (5 GHz)
187.5 MHz
10 dBm
4. Connect the high voltage output (16 V p-p) function generator and set it
as follows:
Function: Sine wave
Frequency: 100 Hz
Amplitude: Minimum
5. Center the signal on the spectrum analyzer display by adjusting the center
frequency. Set the spectrum analyzer to maximum hold.
6. On the synthesizer, press:
4MOD5 FM On/Off DC (asterisk on)
or for synthesizers with Option 002, press:
4MOD5 FM Menu FM On/Off Ext (asterisk on)
FM Coupling DC (asterisk on)
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Note
The function generator must be capable of supplying
> 16 Vp-p into 50
to obtain sucient FM deviation for this
step.
7. Increase the function generator amplitude until the width of the signal
displayed exceeds eight divisions on the spectrum analyzer. In Table 2-29
record PASS if the signal exceeds eight divisions with no unlock or
overmod message on the synthesizer. Record FAIL if not.
HP 8360
Performance Tests 2-125
Maximum FM Deviation
Table 2-29. DC FM Test Pass-Fail Results
1 GHz1
5 GHz
9 GHz
18 GHz
22 GHz1
1 Disregard if beyond your synthesizer's capability.
8. On the synthesizer, press:
FM On/Off DC (asterisk o)
or for synthesizers with Option 002, press:
FM On/Off Ext (asterisk o)
9. On the spectrum analyzer, clear and write to trace A.
10. Decrease the function generator amplitude to minimum.
11. Repeat steps 5 through 10 for the remaining synthesizer and spectrum
analyzer frequencies in Table 2-29.
12. Circle PASS on the test record if all the results in Table 2-29 are PASS.
If not, circle FAIL on the test record.
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
AC FM (at 100 kHz) (Using HP 3325A)
Note
Maximum FM deviation for a 100 kHz rate is limited to a
modulation index of 5 times n, where n = frequency band. The
modulation index is equivalent to deviation/rate.
Synthesizer models without 1 GHz capability should use 5 GHz
settings, as indicated in parenthesis, instead of 1 GHz.
13. On the synthesizer, press:
4CW5 415 4GHz5 (5 GHz)
14. On the spectrum analyzer, set:
Center frequency:
Frequency Span:
Same as synthesizer frequency
1 MHz
2-126 Performance Tests
Maximum FM Deviation
HP 8360
Reference Level: 10 dBm
Clear all data from the display.
15. Center the signal on the analyzer display.
16. Connect the synthesized function generator and set it as follows:
Function:
Frequency (FM Rate):
Amplitude:
17. On the synthesizer, press:
Sine wave
100 kHz
1 mV
(asterisk on)
or, for synthesizers with Option 002, press:
4MOD5 FM Menu FM On/Off Ext (asterisk on)
This activates FM sensitivity. Use the down arrow key to set FM
sensitivity to 1.00 MHz/V.
18. On the function generator, set:
4MOD5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
FM On/Off 100 kHz
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Amplitude (Calculated Null Voltage):
271 mV rms
Use the 4AMPTD CAL5 key to do an amplitude calibration. Use the arrow
keys to adjust the amplitude to achieve a null of the 1st sideband
(Sideband Nulled).
Note
The sidebands may not respond to increases and decreases of
the FM input voltage symmetrically. In this case, take the
average of the voltages that cause the lower sideband and upper
sideband to null. If the sidebands null at more than one voltage
level, use the lower voltage value as the null voltage.
19. Record the \Actual Null Voltage" in the space provided in Table 2-30.
20. Calculate the actual FM sensitivity using the formula:
Calculated Null Voltage Actual FM Sensitivity = Actual Null Voltage (Set FM Sensitivity)
Record this value in the space provided in Table 2-30.
21. On the function generator, increase the amplitude (FM input voltage) until
the synthesizer displays an UNLOCK or OVERMOD message. Decrease
the FM Input Voltage just until the UNLOCK or OVERMOD message
turns o.
HP 8360
Performance Tests 2-127
Maximum FM Deviation
22. Record the FM input voltage in the Maximum FM Voltage column of
Table 2-30.
23. Calculate the maximum FM deviation using the formula:
Max FM Deviation = (Actual FM Sensitivity)[(1.414)(Max FM Voltage)]
24. Record the maximum FM deviation in the appropriate column of the test
record.
25. Repeat steps 13 through 24 for all the synthesizer settings indicated in
Table 2-30.
Remember to use the set FM sensitivity as a multiplier when
Note
calculating the actual FM sensitivity.
2-128 Performance Tests
Maximum FM Deviation
HP 8360
Table 2-30. FM Deviation Frequencies and Settings
Synthesizer
Settings
Spectrum
Analyzer
Settings
Sideband Function Generator
Settings
Nulled
Readings and Calculations
Ampl.
Actual
Freq.
FM Rate (mVrms ) Null Volts
(MHz)
(mVrms )
CW
FM
Center Freq.
Span
Freq.
Freq.
Sens.
(GHz) (MHz/V) (GHz) (MHz)
11
1
1
1
1
0.1
271
5
1
5
1
1
0.1
271
9
1
9
1.2
5
0.1
621
17
1
17
1.3
6
0.1
706
221
1
22
1.3
6
0.1
706
11
10
1
5
1
1
271
5
10
5
5
1
1
271
11
10
1
1
carrier
3
510
5
10
5
1
carrier
3
510
Actual
Max.
FM
FM Volts
Sens.
(mVrms )
(MHz/V)
1 Disregard if beyond your synthesizer's capability.
HP 8360
Performance Tests 2-129
Maximum FM Deviation
Related Adjustments
FM Gain
Modulation Generator
Modulation Generator Flatness
In Case of Difficulty
1. If the synthesizer remains unlocked, turn AC FM o and begin the
procedure from step 13 for the CW frequency in question.
2. Refer to the Troubleshooting Manual.
2-130 Performance Tests
Maximum FM Deviation
HP 8360
22. Internal Pulse Accuracy (Option 002)
Description and Procedure
This performance test uses an oscilloscope to measure the pulse width of the
output of the modulation generator (not the pulse width of the RF output).
1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-31. Preset all instruments and
let them warm up for at least one hour.
Figure 2-31. Pulse Accuracy Test Setup
Equipment
Digitizing Oscilloscope
Oscilloscope Probes
HP 54111D
HP 10437A
2. On the synthesizer, press:
Pulse Menu Pulse On/Off Int (asterisk on)
Internal Menu Internal Pulse Width 4255 4ns5
Internal Pulse Period 43005 4ns5
4MOD5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
HP 8360
Performance Tests 2-131
Internal Pulse Accuracy
3. On the oscilloscope, set:
Channel 1:
Display
Volts/Division
Input Coupling
Input Impedance
On
500 mV
dc
50
Timebase:
Time/Division
Delay Reference
Sweep
10 ns
center
auto
Trigger:
Trigger Mode
Trig Src
Trigger Level
Slope
Edge
Chan 1
1.2V
Pos
Display:
Display Mode
Averaging
Display Time
Repetitive
Off
0.2 s
4. Adjust the oscilloscope oset to fully display the signal.
5. Use the oscilloscope to measure the width of the pulse. Record the value
measured on the test record.
6. On the synthesizer, change the pulse width to 50 ns. Press:
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Internal Pulse Width 4505 4ns5
7. Use the oscilloscope to measure the width of the pulse. Record the value
measured on the test record.
Related Adjustments
None
In Case of Difficulty
Refer to the Troubleshooting manual.
2-132 Performance Tests
Internal Pulse Accuracy
HP 8360
23. Modulation Meter (Option 002)
Description and Procedure
The modulation meter measures and displays the value of the externally
generated amplitude or frequency modulation. This procedure determines the
accuracy of the modulation meter.
1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-32. Preset the instruments
and let them warm up for at least one hour.
Figure 2-32. Modulation Meter Test Setup
Equipment
Function Generator
Digital Voltmeter
HP 3325A
HP 3456A
2. Set the DVM to measure AC. Press:
4105 4STORE5 4N CYC INT5
465 4STORE5 4N DIG DISP5
3. On the synthesizer, press 4CW5 4105 4GHz5.
4. Set the function generator for a 100 kHz, 600 mV p-p, sine wave output
signal.
5. On the synthesizer, turn on external AM modulation and turn on the
AM meter function. Press:
4MOD5 AM Menu AM On/Off Ext (asterisk on).
4PRIOR5 Monitor Menu Meter On/Off AM (asterisk on).
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
HP 8360
Performance Tests 2-133
Modulation Meter
6. Record the AM METER value on the test record.
7. Set the function generator for a 1 kHz, 1.800 V p-p, sine wave output
signal. If necessary, adjust the function generator for a DVM reading of
0.6363 AC V rms.
8. Record the AM METER value on the test record.
9. Disconnect the BNC tee from the AM input and connect it to the FM
input.
10. On the synthesizer, turn o external AM, turn on external FM, set the FM
sensitivity to 1 MHz/V, and turn on the FM meter function. Press:
4MOD5 AM Menu AM On/Off Ext (asterisk o)
4PRIOR5 FM Menu FM On/Off Ext (asterisk on)
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
415 4MHz5
11.
12.
13.
14.
(asterisk on)
Set the function generator for a 1 kHz, 10 V p-p, sine wave output signal.
If necessary, adjust the function generator amplitude for a DVM reading of
3.535 AC V rms.
Record the FM METER value on the test record.
Set the function generator for a 100 kHz, 2 V p-p, sine wave output signal.
Record the FM METER value on the test record.
4PRIOR5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Monitor Menu Meter On/Off FM
Related Adjustments
None
In Case of Difficulty
Refer to the Troubleshooting manual.
2-134 Performance Tests
HP 83620A/22A Test Record
HP 8360
Table 2-33. Test Record for HP 83620A and 83622A (1 of 8)
Test Facility:
Report Number
Date
Customer
Tested by
Model
Ambient temperature
Serial Number
Relative humidity
Options
Line frequency
C
%
Hz (nominal)
Firmware Revision
Special Notes:
HP 8360
Performance Tests 2-135
HP 83620A/22A Test Record
Table 2-33. Test Record for HP 83620A and 83622A (2 of 8)
Model
Report Number
Test Equipment Used
Model Number
Date
Trace Number
Cal Due Date
1. Digital Oscilloscope
2. Measuring Receiver
3. Power Sensor
4. Power Meter
5. Microwave Spectrum Analyzer
6. Function Generator
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
2-136 Performance Tests
HP 83620A/22A Test Record
HP 8360
Table 2-33. Test Record for HP 83620A and 83622A (3 of 8)
Model
Report No.
Test
No.
Test Description
1.
Internal Timebase: Aging Rate
7.
2.
Minimum
Spec.
Results
Calculated Rate
Date
Maximum Measurement
Spec.
Uncertainty
5x10 010 /day
65.6x10011
0.1% of
60.005% of
sweep
sweep
50 ms
610 s
Swept Frequency Accuracy
Worst Case Value:
10. Start Freq
Stop Freq
3.
Frequency Switching Time
8.
4.
CW Step
5 ms
25. Frequency List
50 ms
610 s
00.6 dB
+0.6 dB
60.19 dB
00.7 dB
+0.7 dB
60.35 dB
01.2 dB
+1.2 dB
60.21 dB
01.3 dB
+1.3 dB
60.46 dB
Power Accuracy
14.
> 010 dBm:
< 2 GHz
2 and 20 GHz
> +10 dBm:
< 2 GHz
2 and 20 GHz
5.
Power Flatness
5.
6.
61 s
16. Stepped Sweep
< 2 GHz
1.0 dB
0.13 dB
2 and 20 GHz
1.2 dB
0.25 dB
Maximum Leveled Power
Standard or Opt. 006:
6.
20 GHz
+13 dBm
61.8 dB
+11.5 dBm
61.8 dB
Opt. 001 or Opts. 001 and 006:
6.
20 GHz
HP 8360
Performance Tests 2-137
HP 83620A/22A Test Record
Table 2-33. Test Record for HP 83620A and 83622A (4 of 8)
Model
Test
No.
7.
Test Description
Report No.
Date
00.2 mV
63 V
Minimum
Maximum Measurement
Spec. Results
Spec.
Uncertainty
External Leveling
7.
Minimum Power
00.5 V
10. Maximum Power
8.
620 V
Spurious Signals: Harmonic
Harmonics (Standard):
< 2.2 GHz
< 2.2 GHz
8.
0.01 to
030 dBc
61.75 dB
8.
2 to
030 dBc
61.75 dB
050 dBc
61.75 dB
12. 2.2 and 20 GHz
Harmonics (Opt. 006):
8.
< 50 MHz
8.
50 MHz to
< 2.2 GHz
12. 2.2 and 20 GHz
020 dBc
61.75 dB
030 dBc
61.75 dB
060 dBc
61.75 dB
050 dBc
61.75 dB
060 dBc
61 dB
060 dBc
61 dB
060 dBc
61 dB
Subharmonics:
12. 7 and 20 GHz
9.
Spurious Signals:
Non-harmonic
11. Spur Frequency:
060 dBc
61 dB
125 kHz
060 dBc
61 dB
500 kHz
060 dBc
61 dB
100 MHz Fixed
060 dBc
61 dB
100 MHz Oset
060 dBc
61 dB
16. Spur Frequency:
LO Feedthrough
20. Low Band Mixer Spur
060 dBc
61 dB
060 dBc
61.85 dB
2-138 Performance Tests
HP 83620A/22A Test Record
HP 8360
Table 2-33. Test Record for HP 83620A and 83622A (5 of 8)
Report No.
Date
120 Hz Spur
055 dBc
61 dB1
180 Hz Spur
055 dBc
240 Hz Spur
055 dBc
61 dB1
120 Hz Spur
055 dBc
61 dB1
180 Hz Spur
055 dBc
240 Hz Spur
055 dBc
61 dB1
100 Hz to
070 dBc
62 dB
1 kHz to
078 dBc
62 dB
086 dBc
62 dB
0107 dBc
62 dB
070 dBc
62 dB
078 dBc
62 dB
086 dBc
62 dB
0107 dBc
62 dB
060 dBc
62 dB
068 dBc
62 dB
076 dBc
62 dB
097 dBc
62 dB
Model
Test
No.
Test Description
10.
Spurious Signals: Line Related
Minimum
Maximum Measurement
Spec.
Results
Spec.
Uncertainty
10. At 6.99 GHz:
10. At 1.9 GHz:
11.
61 dB1
Single Sideband Phase Noise
7.
Osets at 6.99 GHz:
< 1 kHz
< 10 kHz
10 kHz to < 100 kHz
100 kHz
7.
Osets at 1.97 GHz:
< 1 kHz
1 kHz to < 10 kHz
10 kHz to < 100 kHz
100 Hz to
100 kHz
7.
Osets at 18.0 GHz:
< 1 kHz
1 kHz to < 10 kHz
10 kHz to < 100 kHz
100 Hz to
100 kHz
1
61 dB1
63 dB if the Invertron is not used.
HP 8360
Performance Tests 2-139
HP 83620A/22A Test Record
Table 2-33. Test Record for HP 83620A and 83622A (6 of 8)
Model
Test
No.
12.
Test Description
Date
80 dB
61 dB
Minimum
Maximum Measurement
Spec. Results
Spec.
Uncertainty
Pulse Modulation On/O
Ratio
12. On/O Ratio
13.
Report No.
Pulse Performance
Standard:
10. Risetime
25 ns
60.9 ns
10. Falltime
25 ns
60.9 ns
21. Level Accuracy
60.3 dB
60.1 dB
Option 006:
14.
10. Risetime
10 ns
60.4 ns
10. Falltime
10 ns
60.4 ns
21. Level Accuracy
60.3 dB
60.1 dB
Pulse Performance (Alternate)
12. Risetime
15.
25 ns
12. Falltime
25 ns
24. Level Accuracy
60.3 dB
Pulse Modulation Video
Feedthrough
21.
< 2 GHz
10 dBm
2%
60.22%
5%
60.4%
Standard:
0.2%
60.03%
Option 006:
1%
60.07%
> 10 dBm
26. 2 and 20.0 GHz
2-140 Performance Tests
HP 83620A/22A Test Record
HP 8360
Table 2-33. Test Record for HP 83620A and 83622A (7 of 8)
Model
Test
No.
16.
Date
Report No.
Test Description
Minimum
Maximum Measurement
Spec.
Results
Spec.
Uncertainty
AM Accuracy
< 2 GHz:
8.
28.5%
31.5%
60.76%
28.5%
31.5%
60.76%
18. AM Depth
28.5%
31.5%
60.76%
21. AM Depth Opt. 002
28.5%
31.5%
60.76%
AM Depth
11. AM Depth Opt. 002
> 2 and < 20 GHz:
17.
AM Bandwidth
10. 3 dB Bandwidth
18.
19.
20.
100 kHz
610.31 kHz
AM Dynamic Range
12. Normal
020 dBm
60.4 dB
23. Deep
037 dBm
61.66 dB
FM Accuracy
13. Maximum FM Error
010%
+10%
63.7%
23. Maximum FM Error Opt. 002
010%
+10%
63.7%
FM Bandwidth
16. 3 dB Bandwidth
HP 8360
8 MHz
6320 kHz
Performance Tests 2-141
HP 83620A/22A Test Record
Table 2-33. Test Record for HP 83620A and 83622A (8 of 8)
Model
Test
No.
21.
Date
Report No.
Test Description
Minimum
Maximum Measurement
Spec. Results
Spec.
Uncertainty
Maximum FM Deviation
12. DC FM Unlocked 100 Hz:
> 675 MHz Deviation
62.3 MHz
Pass/Fail
24. AC FM Locked 100 kHz:
Modulation Index 5
1 GHz
500 kHz
621.2 kHz
5 GHz
500 kHz
621.2 kHz
9 GHz
1 MHz
642.4 kHz
17 GHz
1.5 MHz
663.6 kHz
1 GHz
5 MHz
6212 kHz
5 GHz
5 MHz
6212 kHz
1 GHz
8 MHz
6340 kHz
5 GHz
8 MHz
6340 kHz
24. AC FM Locked 1 MHz:
Modulation Index 5
24. AC FM Locked 3 MHz:
> 68 MHz deviation
22.
23.
Internal Pulse Accuracy (Opt.
002)
5.
Pulse Width
20 ns
30 ns
6110 ps
7.
Pulse Width
45 ns
55 ns
6117 ps
25%
35%
60.6%
Modulation Meter (Opt. 002)
5.
AM Meter
7.
AM Meter
85%
95%
60.6%
11. FM Meter
4.95 MHz
5.05 MHz
615 kHz
13. FM Meter
950 kHz
1.05 MHz
610 kHz
2-142 Performance Tests
HP 83623A/24A Test Record
HP 8360
Table 2-34. Test Record for HP 83623A and 83624A (1 of 8)
Test Facility:
Report Number
Date
Customer
Tested by
Model
Ambient temperature
Serial Number
Relative humidity
Options
Line frequency
C
%
Hz (nominal)
Firmware Revision
Special Notes:
HP 8360
Performance Tests 2-143
HP 83623A/24A Test Record
Table 2-34. Test Record for HP 83623A and 83624A (2 of 8)
Model
Report Number
Test Equipment Used
Model Number
Date
Trace Number
Cal Due Date
1. Digital Oscilloscope
2. Measuring Receiver
3. Power Sensor
4. Power Meter
5. Microwave Spectrum Analyzer
6. Function Generator
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
2-144 Performance Tests
HP 83623A/24A Test Record
HP 8360
Table 2-34. Test Record for HP 83623A and 83624A (3 of 8)
Model
Report No.
Test
No.
Test Description
1.
Internal Timebase: Aging Rate
7.
2.
Minimum
Spec.
Results
Calculated Rate
Date
Maximum Measurement
Spec.
Uncertainty
5x10 010 /day
65.6x10011
0.1% of
60.005% of
sweep
sweep
50 ms
610 s
Swept Frequency Accuracy
Worst Case Value:
10. Start Freq
Stop Freq
3.
Frequency Switching Time
8.
4.
CW Step
5 ms
25. Frequency List
50 ms
610 s
00.6 dB
+0.6 dB
60.19 dB
00.7 dB
+0.7
60.35 dB
01.2 dB
+1.2 dB
60.21 dB
01.3 dB
+1.3 dB
60.46 dB
Power Accuracy
14.
> 010 dBm:
< 2 GHz
2 and 20 GHz
> +10 dBm:
< 2 GHz
2 and 20 GHz
5.
Power Flatness
5.
6.
61 s
16. Stepped Sweep
< 2 GHz
1.0 dB
0.13 dB
2 and 20 GHz
1.2 dB
0.25 dB
Maximum Leveled Power
6.
HP 83623A:
Standard or Opt. 006
+17 dBm
61.8 dB
Opt. 001 or Opts. 001 and 006
+15.5 dBm
61.8 dB
Standard
+20 dBm
61.8 dB
Option 006
+17 dBm
61.8 dB
6.
HP 83624A:
HP 8360
Performance Tests 2-145
HP 83623A/24A Test Record
Table 2-34. Test Record for HP 83623A and 83624A (4 of 8)
Model
Test
No.
7.
Test Description
Minimum
Maximum Measurement
Spec. Results
Spec.
Uncertainty
Option 001
+18.5 dBm
61.8 dB
Opts. 001 and 006
+15.5 dBm
61.8 dB
00.2 mV
63 V
External Leveling
7.
Minimum Power
00.5 V
10. Maximum Power
8.
Date
Report No.
620 V
Spurious Signals: Harmonic
Harmonics (Standard):
8.
< 50 MHz
< 2.2 GHz
< 2.2 GHz
020 dBc
61.75 dB
8.
50 MHz to
025 dBc
61.75 dB
8.
2 to
025 dBc
61.75 dB
025 dBc
61.75 dB
12. 2.2 to 20 GHz
Harmonics (Opt. 006):
8.
< 50 MHz
8.
50 MHz to
020 dBc
61.75 dB
025 dBc
61.75 dB
060 dBc
61.75 dB
050 dBc
61.75 dB
060 dBc
61 dB
060 dBc
61 dB
060 dBc
61 dB
060 dBc
61 dB
125 kHz
060 dBc
61 dB
500 kHz
060 dBc
61 dB
< 2.2 GHz
12. 2.2 and 20 GHz
Subharmonics
12. 7 to 20 GHz
9.
Spurious Signals:
Non-harmonic
11. Spur Frequency:
2-146 Performance Tests
HP 83623A/24A Test Record
HP 8360
Table 2-34. Test Record for HP 83623A and 83624A (5 of 8)
Model
Test
No.
Test Description
Report No.
Date
060 dBc
61 dB
Minimum
Maximum Measurement
Spec.
Results
Spec.
Uncertainty
16. Spur Frequency:
100 MHz Fixed
100 MHz Oset
060 dBc
61 dB
LO Feedthrough
060 dBc
61 dB
060 dBc
61.85 dB
120 Hz Spur
055 dBc
61 dB1
180 Hz Spur
055 dBc
240 Hz Spur
055 dBc
61 dB1
120 Hz Spur
055 dBc
61 dB1
180 Hz Spur
055 dBc
240 Hz Spur
055 dBc
61 dB1
100 Hz to
070 dBc
62 dB
1 kHz to
078 dBc
62 dB
086 dBc
62 dB
0107 dBc
62 dB
100 Hz to
070 dBc
62 dB
1 kHz to
078 dBc
62 dB
086 dBc
62 dB
0107 dBc
62 dB
20. Low Band Mixer Spur
10.
Spurious Signals: Line Related
10. At 6.99 GHz:
10. At 1.9 GHz:
11.
61 dB1
Single Sideband Phase Noise
7.
Osets at 6.99 GHz:
< 1 kHz
< 10 kHz
10 kHz to < 100 kHz
100 kHz
7.
Osets at 1.97 GHz:
< 1 kHz
< 10 kHz
10 kHz to < 100 kHz
100 kHz
1
61 dB1
63 dB if the Invertron is not used.
HP 8360
Performance Tests 2-147
HP 83623A/24A Test Record
Table 2-34. Test Record for HP 83623A and 83624A (6 of 8)
Report No.
Date
100 Hz to
060 dBc
62 dB
1 kHz to
068 dBc
62 dB
076 dBc
62 dB
097 dBc
62 dB
80 dB
61 dB
Model
Test
No.
Test Description
7.
Osets at 18.0 GHz:
< 1 kHz
< 10 kHz
10 kHz to < 100 kHz
100 kHz
12.
Pulse Modulation On/O
Ratio
12. On/O Ratio
13.
Minimum
Maximum Measurement
Spec. Results
Spec.
Uncertainty
Pulse Performance
Standard:
10. Risetime
25 ns
60.9 ns
10. Falltime
25 ns
60.9 ns
21. Level Accuracy
60.3 dB
60.1 dB
Option 006:
14.
15.
10. Risetime
10 ns
60.4 ns
10. Falltime
10 ns
60.4 ns
21. Level Accuracy
60.3 dB
60.1 dB
Pulse Performance (Alternate)
12. Risetime
25 ns
12. Falltime
25 ns
24. Level Accuracy
60.3 dB
Pulse Modulation Video
Feedthrough
21.
< 2 GHz
10 dBm
> 10 dBm
26. 2 and 20.0 GHz
2-148 Performance Tests
HP 83623A/24A Test Record
2%
60.22%
5%
60.35%
1%
60.06%
HP 8360
Table 2-34. Test Record for HP 83623A and 83624A (7 of 8)
Model
Test
No.
16.
Date
Report No.
Test Description
Minimum
Maximum Measurement
Spec.
Results
Spec.
Uncertainty
AM Accuracy
< 2 GHz:
8.
28.5%
31.5%
60.76%
28.5%
31.5%
60.76%
18. AM Depth
28.5%
31.5%
60.76%
21. AM Depth Opt. 002
28.5%
31.5%
60.76%
AM Depth
11. AM Depth Opt. 002
> 2 and < 20 GHz:
17.
AM Bandwidth
10. 3 dB Bandwidth
18.
100 kHz
610.31 kHz
AM Dynamic Range
12. Normal
020 dBm
60.4 dB
HP 83623A
033 dBm
61.65 dB
HP 83624A
030 dBm
61.65 dB
23. Deep
19.
20.
FM Accuracy
13. Maximum FM Error
010%
+10%
63.7%
23. Maximum FM Error Opt. 002
010%
+10%
63.7%
FM Bandwidth
16. 3 dB Bandwidth
HP 8360
8 MHz
6320 kHz
Performance Tests 2-149
HP 83623A/24A Test Record
Table 2-34. Test Record for HP 83623A and 83624A (8 of 8)
Model
Test
No.
21.
Date
Report No.
Test Description
Minimum
Maximum Measurement
Spec. Results
Spec.
Uncertainty
Maximum FM Deviation
12. DC FM Unlocked 100 Hz:
> 675 MHz Deviation
62.3 MHz
Pass/Fail
24. AC FM Locked 100 kHz:
Modulation Index 5
1 GHz
500 kHz
621.2 kHz
5 GHz
500 kHz
621.2 kHz
9 GHz
1 MHz
642.2 kHz
17 GHz
1.5 MHz
663.6 kHz
1 GHz
5 MHz
6212 kHz
5 GHz
5 MHz
6212 kHz
1 GHz
8 MHz
6340 kHz
5 GHz
8 MHz
6340 kHz
24. AC FM Locked 1 MHz:
Modulation Index 5
24. AC FM Locked 3 MHz:
> 68 MHz deviation
22.
23.
Internal Pulse Accuracy (Opt.
002)
5.
Pulse Width
20 ns
30 ns
6110 ps
7.
Pulse Width
45 ns
55 ns
6117 ps
Modulation Meter (Opt. 002)
5.
AM Meter
25%
35%
60.6%
7.
AM Meter
85%
95%
60.6%
11. FM Meter
4.95 MHz
5.05 MHz
615 kHz
13. FM Meter
950 kHz
1.05 MHz
610 kHz
2-150 Performance Tests
HP 83630A Test Record
HP 8360
Table 2-35. Test Record for HP 83630A (1 of 8)
Test Facility:
Report Number
Date
Customer
Tested by
Model
Ambient temperature
Serial Number
Relative humidity
Options
Line frequency
C
%
Hz (nominal)
Firmware Revision
Special Notes:
HP 8360
Performance Tests 2-151
HP 83630A Test Record
Table 2-35. Test Record for HP 83630A (2 of 8)
Model
Report Number
Test Equipment Used
Model Number
Date
Trace Number
Cal Due Date
1. Digital Oscilloscope
2. Measuring Receiver
3. Power Sensor
4. Power Meter
5. Microwave Spectrum Analyzer
6. Function Generator
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
2-152 Performance Tests
HP 83630A Test Record
HP 8360
Table 2-35. Test Record for HP 83630A (3 of 8)
Model
Report No.
Test
No.
Test Description
1.
Internal Timebase: Aging Rate
7.
2.
Minimum
Spec.
Results
Calculated Rate
Date
Maximum Measurement
Spec.
Uncertainty
5x10 010 /day
65.6x10011
0.1% of
60.005% of
sweep
sweep
50 ms
610 s
Swept Frequency Accuracy
Worst Case Value:
10. Start Freq
Stop Freq
3.
Frequency Switching Time
8.
4.
CW Step
5 ms
25. Frequency List
50 ms
610 s
00.6 dB
+0.6 dB
60.19 dB
00.7 dB
+0.7 dB
60.35 dB
00.9 dB
+0.9 dB
60.38 dB
01.2 dB
+1.2 dB
60.21 dB
01.3 dB
+1.3 dB
60.46 dB
Power Accuracy
14.
> 010 dBm:
< 2 GHz
2 and 20 GHz
> 20 and 26.5 GHz
> +10 dBm:
< 2 GHz
2 and 20 GHz
5.
Power Flatness
5.
< 2 GHz
1.0 dB
0.13 dB
2 and 20 GHz
1.2 dB
0.25 dB
1.6 dB
0.27 dB
> 20 and 26.5 GHz
6.
61 s
16. Stepped Sweep
Maximum Leveled Power
Standard or Opt. 006:
HP 8360
0.01 to 26.5 GHz
+10.0 dBm
61.7 dB
0.01 to 20 GHz
+13.0 dBm
61.7 dB
Performance Tests 2-153
HP 83630A Test Record
Table 2-35. Test Record for HP 83630A (4 of 8)
Report No.
Date
0.01 to 26.5 GHz
+8.0 dBm
61.7 dB
0.01 to 20 GHz
+11.5 dBm
61.7 dB
Model
Test
No.
Test Description
Minimum
Maximum Measurement
Spec. Results
Spec.
Uncertainty
Opt. 001 or Opts. 001 and 006:
7.
External Leveling
7.
Minimum Power
8.
63 V
00.2 mV
00.5 V
10. Maximum Power
620 V
Spurious Signals: Harmonic
Harmonics (Standard):
8.
0.01 to
< 2.2 GHz
21. 2.2 and 26.5 GHz
030 dBc
61.75 dB
0 50 dBc
61.75 dB
Harmonics (Opt. 006):
8.
< 50 MHz
8.
50 MHz to
< 2.2 GHz
12. 2.2 and 26.5 GHz
020 dBc
61.75 dB
030 dBc
61.75 dB
060 dBc
61.75 dB
Subharmonics
9.
12. 7 and 20 GHz
050 dBc
61.75 dB
21.
050 dBc
61.75 dB
060 dBc
61 dB
060 dBc
61 dB
060 dBc
61 dB
060 dBc
61 dB
125 kHz
060 dBc
61 dB
500 kHz
060 dBc
61 dB
> 20 and 26.5 GHz
Spurious Signals:
Non-harmonic
11. Spur Frequency:
2-154 Performance Tests
HP 83630A Test Record
HP 8360
Table 2-35. Test Record for HP 83630A (5 of 8)
Model
Test
No.
Test Description
Report No.
Date
060 dBc
61 dB
Minimum
Maximum Measurement
Spec.
Results
Spec.
Uncertainty
16. Spur Frequency:
100 MHz Fixed
100 MHz Oset
060 dBc
61 dB
LO Feedthrough
060 dBc
61 dB
060 dBc
61.85 dB
120 Hz Spur
055 dBc
61 dB1
180 Hz Spur
055 dBc
240 Hz Spur
055 dBc
61 dB1
120 Hz Spur
055 dBc
61 dB1
180 Hz Spur
055 dBc
240 Hz Spur
055 dBc
61 dB1
100 Hz to
070 dBc
62 dB
1 kHz to
078 dBc
62 dB
086 dBc
62 dB
100 kHz
0107 dBc
62 dB
100 Hz to
070 dBc
62 dB
1 kHz to
078 dBc
62 dB
086 dBc
62 dB
100 kHz
0107 dBc
62 dB
20. Low Band Mixer Spur
10.
Spurious Signals: Line Related
10. At 6.99 GHz:
10. At 1.9 GHz:
11.
61 dB1
Single Sideband Phase Noise
7.
7.
1
61 dB1
Osets at 6.99 GHz:
< 1 kHz
< 10 kHz
10 kHz to < 100 kHz
Osets at 1.97 GHz:
< 1 kHz
< 10 kHz
10 kHz to < 100 kHz
63 dB if the Invertron is not used.
HP 8360
Performance Tests 2-155
HP 83630A Test Record
Table 2-35. Test Record for HP 83630A (6 of 8)
Report No.
Date
100 Hz to
060 dBc
62 dB
1 kHz to
068 dBc
62 dB
076 dBc
62 dB
097 dBc
62 dB
80 dB
61 dB
Model
Test
No.
Test Description
7.
Osets at 18.0 GHz:
< 1 kHz
< 10 kHz
10 kHz to < 100 kHz
100 kHz
12.
Pulse Modulation On/O
Ratio
12. On/O Ratio
13.
Minimum
Maximum Measurement
Spec. Results
Spec.
Uncertainty
Pulse Performance
Standard:
10. Risetime
25 ns
60.9 ns
10. Falltime
25 ns
60.9 ns
21. Level Accuracy
60.3 dB
60.1 dB
10 ns
60.4 ns
Option 006:
10. Risetime
14.
10. Falltime
10 ns
60.4 ns
21. Level Accuracy
60.3 dB
60.3 dB
Pulse Performance (Alternate)
29. Risetime
15.
25 ns
29. Falltime
25 ns
37. Level Accuracy
60.3 dB
Pulse Modulation Video
Feedthrough
21.
< 2 GHz
10 dBm
2%
60.22%
5%
60.4%
Standard:
0.2%
60.03%
Option 006:
1%
60.07%
> 10 dBm
26. 2 and 26.5 GHz
2-156 Performance Tests
HP 83630A Test Record
HP 8360
Table 2-35. Test Record for HP 83630A (7 of 8)
Model
Test
No.
16.
Test Description
< 2 GHz:
28.5%
31.5%
60.76%
11. AM Depth Opt. 002
28.5%
31.5%
60.76%
18. AM Depth
28.5%
31.5%
60.76%
21. AM Depth Opt. 002
28.5%
31.5%
60.76%
AM Depth
> 2 and < 20 GHz:
AM Bandwidth
10. 3 dB Bandwidth
18.
Minimum
Maximum Measurement
Spec.
Results
Spec.
Uncertainty
AM Accuracy
8.
17.
100 kHz
20.
610.31 kHz
AM Dynamic Range
12. Normal
020 dBm
60.45 dB
23. Deep
037 dBm
61.65 dB
040 dBm
61.35 dB
< 20 GHz
23. Deep 20 GHz
19.
Date
Report No.
FM Accuracy
13. Maximum FM Error
010%
+10%
63.7%
23. Maximum FM Error Opt. 002
010%
+10%
63.7%
FM Bandwidth
16. 3 dB Bandwidth
HP 8360
8 MHz
6320 kHz
Performance Tests 2-157
HP 83630A Test Record
Table 2-35. Test Record for HP 83630A (8 of 8)
Model
Test
No.
21.
Date
Report No.
Test Description
Minimum
Maximum Measurement
Spec. Results
Spec.
Uncertainty
Maximum FM Deviation
12. DC FM Unlocked 100 Hz:
> 675 MHz Deviation
62.3 MHz
Pass/Fail
24. AC FM Locked 100 kHz:
Modulation Index 5
1 GHz
500 kHz
621.2 kHz
5 GHz
500 kHz
621.2 kHz
9 GHz
1 MHz
642.4 kHz
17 GHz
1.5 MHz
663.6 kHz
22 GHz
2 MHz
684.8 kHz
1 GHz
5 MHz
6212 kHz
5 GHz
5 MHz
6212 kHz
1 GHz
8 MHz
6340 kHz
5 GHz
8 MHz
6340 kHz
24. AC FM Locked 1 MHz:
Modulation Index 5
24. AC FM Locked 3 MHz:
>68 MHz deviation
22.
23.
Internal Pulse Accuracy (Opt.
002)
5.
Pulse Width
20 ns
30 ns
6110 ps
7.
Pulse Width
45 ns
55 ns
6117 ps
25%
35%
60.6%
Modulation Meter (Opt. 002)
5.
AM Meter
7.
AM Meter
85%
95%
60.6%
11. FM Meter
4.95 MHz
5.05 MHz
615 kHz
13. FM Meter
950 kHz
1.05 MHz
610 kHz
2-158 Performance Tests
HP 83640A Test Record
HP 8360
Table 2-36. Test Record for HP 83640A (1 of 8)
Test Facility:
Report Number
Date
Customer
Tested by
Model
Ambient temperature
C
Serial Number
Relative humidity
%
Options
Line frequency
Hz (nominal)
Firmware Revision
Special Notes:
HP 8360
Performance Tests 2-159
HP 83640A Test Record
Table 2-36. Test Record for HP 83640A (2 of 8)
Model
Report Number
Test Equipment Used
Model Number
Date
Trace Number
Cal Due Date
1. Digital Oscilloscope
2. Measuring Receiver
3. Power Sensor
4. Power Meter
5. Microwave Spectrum Analyzer
6. Function Generator
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
2-160 Performance Tests
HP 83640A Test Record
HP 8360
Table 2-36. Test Record for HP 83640A (3 of 8)
Model
Report No.
Test
No.
Test Description
1.
Internal Timebase: Aging Rate
7.
2.
Minimum
Spec.
Results
Calculated Rate
Date
Maximum Measurement
Spec.
Uncertainty
5x10 010 /day
65.6x10011
0.1% of
60.005% of
sweep
sweep
50 ms
610 s
Swept Frequency Accuracy
Worst Case Value:
10. Start Freq
Stop Freq
3.
Frequency Switching Time
8.
4.
CW Step
5 ms
25. Frequency List
50 ms
610 s
00.6 dB
0.6 dB
60.22 dB
00.7 dB
0.7 dB
60.35 dB
00.9 dB
0.9 dB
60.38 dB
Power Accuracy
14.
> 010 dBm:
< 2 GHz
2 and 20 GHz
> 20 and 40 GHz
5.
Power Flatness
5.
< 2 GHz
1.0 dB
0.15 dB
2 and 20 GHz
1.2 dB
0.25 dB
1.8 dB
0.27 dB
> 20 and 40 GHz
6.
61 s
16. Stepped Sweep
Maximum Leveled Power
Standard or Opt. 006:
0.01 to 40 GHz
+6.0 dBm
61.4 dB
0.01 to
+10.0 dBm
61.8 dB
+10.0 dBm
61.8 dB
< 26.5 GHz
0.01 to < 20 GHz
HP 8360
Performance Tests 2-161
HP 83640A Test Record
Table 2-36. Test Record for the HP 83640A (4 of 8)
Report No.
Date
0.01 to 40 GHz
+4 dBm
61.4 dB
0.01 to
+8 dBm
61.8 dB
+8.5 dBm
61.8 dB
Model
Test
No.
Test Description
Minimum
Maximum Measurement
Spec. Results
Spec.
Uncertainty
Opt. 001 or Opts. 001 and 006:
0.01 to
7.
< 26.5 GHz
< 20 GHz
External Leveling
7.
Minimum Power
8.
63 V
00.2 mV
00.5 V
10. Maximum Power
620 V
Spurious Signals: Harmonic
Harmonics (Standard):
8.
< 50 MHz
8.
50 MHz and
21. 2.2 and
< 2.2 GHz
< 26.5 GHz
29. 26.5 to 40 GHz
020 dBc
61.75 dB
030 dBc
61.75 dB
050 dBc
61.75 dB
040 dBc
61.75 dB
Subharmonics:
9.
12. 7 and 20 GHz
050 dBc
61.75 dB
29.
040 dBc
61.55 dB
060 dBc
61 dB
060 dBc
61 dB
060 dBc
61 dB
> 20 and 40 GHz
Spurious Signals:
Non-harmonic
11. Spur Frequency:
060 dBc
61 dB
125 kHz
060 dBc
61 dB
500 kHz
060 dBc
61 dB
100 MHz Fixed
060 dBc
61 dB
100 MHz Oset
060 dBc
61 dB
LO Feedthrough
060 dBc
61 dB
16. Spur Frequency:
2-162 Performance Tests
HP 83640A Test Record
HP 8360
Table 2-36. Test Record for the HP 83640A (5 of 8)
Report No.
Date
060 dBc
61.85 dB
120 Hz
055 dBc
61 dB1
180 Hz
055 dBc
240 Hz
055 dBc
61 dB1
120 Hz
055 dBc
61 dB1
180 Hz
055 dBc
240 Hz
055 dBc
61 dB1
100 Hz to
070 dBc
62 dB
1 kHz to
078 dBc
62 dB
086 dBc
62 dB
100 kHz
0107 dBc
62 dB
070 dBc
62 dB
078 dBc
62 dB
086 dBc
62 dB
0107 dBc
62 dB
100 Hz to
< 1 kHz
< 10 kHz
10 kHz to < 100 kHz
060 dBc
62 dB
1 kHz to
068 dBc
62 dB
076 dBc
62 dB
100 kHz
097 dBc
62 dB
Model
Test
No.
Test Description
20. Low Band Mixer Spur
10.
Minimum
Maximum Measurement
Spec.
Results
Spec.
Uncertainty
Spurious Signals: Line Related
10. At 6.99 GHz:
At 1.9 GHz:
11.
61 dB1
61 dB1
Single Sideband Phase Noise
7.
Osets at 6.99 GHz:
< 1 kHz
< 10 kHz
10 kHz to < 100 kHz
Osets at 2.23 GHz:
< 1 kHz
1 kHz to < 10 kHz
10 kHz to < 100 kHz
100 Hz to
100 kHz
Osets at 18.0 GHz:
1
63 dB if the Invertron is not used.
HP 8360
Performance Tests 2-163
HP 83640A Test Record
Table 2-36. Test Record for the HP 83640A (6 of 8)
Model
Test
No.
12.
Test Description
Date
80 dB
61 dB
Minimum
Maximum Measurement
Spec. Results
Spec.
Uncertainty
Pulse Modulation On/O
Ratio
12. On/O Ratio
13.
Report No.
Pulse Performance
Standard:
10. Risetime
25 ns
60.9 ns
10. Falltime
25 ns
60.9 ns
21. Level Accuracy
60.3 dB
60.1 dB
Option 006:
14.
10. Risetime
10 ns
60.4 ns
10. Falltime
10 ns
60.4 ns
21. Level Accuracy
60.3 dB
60.1 dB
Pulse Performance (Alternate)
31. Risetime
15.
25 ns
31. Falltime
25 ns
40. Level Accuracy
60.3 dB
Pulse Modulation Video
Feedthrough
21.
< 2 GHz
10 dBm
26. 2 and 40.0 GHz
2-164 Performance Tests
HP 83640A Test Record
2%
60.22%
1%
60.06%
HP 8360
Table 2-36. Test Record for the HP 83640A (7 of 8)
Model
Test
No.
16.
Test Description
AM Accuracy
Low Band
8.
28.5%
31.5%
60.76%
28.5%
31.5%
60.76%
18. AM Depth
28.5%
31.5%
60.76%
21. AM Depth Opt. 002
28.5%
31.5%
60.76%
29. AM Depth
28.5%
31.5%
60.76%
32. AM Depth Opt. 002
28.5%
31.5%
60.76%
AM Depth
High Band
> 2 and < 20 GHz:
Doubled High Band
> 20 GHz:
AM Bandwidth
10. 3 dB Bandwidth
18.
19.
20.
Minimum
Maximum Measurement
Spec.
Results
Spec.
Uncertainty
< 2 GHz:
11. AM Depth Opt. 002
17.
Date
Report No.
100 kHz
610.31 kHz
AM Dynamic Range
12. Normal
020 dBm
60.45 dB
23. Deep 20 GHz
040 dBm
61.65 dB
23. Deep
030 dBm
61.35 dB
> 20 GHz
FM Accuracy
13. Maximum FM Error
010%
10%
63.7%
23. Maximum FM Error Opt. 002
010%
10%
63.7%
FM Bandwidth
16. 3 dB Bandwidth
HP 8360
8 MHz
6320 kHz
Performance Tests 2-165
HP 83640A Test Record
Table 2-36. Test Record for the HP 83640A (8 of 8)
Model
Test
No.
21.
Date
Report No.
Test Description
Minimum
Maximum Measurement
Spec. Results
Spec.
Uncertainty
Maximum FM Deviation
12. DC FM Unlocked 100 Hz:
> 675 MHz Deviation
62.3 MHz
Pass/Fail
24. AC FM Locked 100 kHz:
Modulation Index 5
1 GHz
500 kHz
621.2 kHz
5 GHz
500 kHz
621.2 kHz
9 GHz
1 MHz
642.4 kHz
17 GHz
1.5 MHz
663.6 kHz
22 GHz
2 MHz
684.8 kHz
1 GHz
5 MHz
6212 kHz
5 GHz
5 MHz
6212 kHz
1 GHz
8 MHz
6340 kHz
5 GHz
8 MHz
6340 kHz
24. AC FM Locked 1 MHz:
Modulation Index 5
24. AC FM Locked 3 MHz:
> 68 MHz deviation
22.
23.
Internal Pulse Accuracy (Opt.
002)
5.
Pulse Width
20 ns
30 ns
6110 ps
7.
Pulse Width
45 ns
55 ns
6117 ps
Modulation Meter (Opt. 002)
5.
AM Meter
25%
35%
60.6%
7.
AM Meter
85%
95%
60.6%
11. FM Meter
4.95 MHz
5.05 MHz
615 kHz
13. FM Meter
950 kHz
1.05 MHz
610 kHz
2-166 Performance Tests
HP 83650A Test Record
HP 8360
Table 2-37. Test Record for HP 83650A (1 of 8)
Test Facility:
Report Number
Date
Customer
Tested by
Model
Ambient temperature
Serial Number
Relative humidity
Options
Line frequency
C
%
Hz (nominal)
Firmware Revision
Special Notes:
HP 8360
Performance Tests 2-167
HP 83650A Test Record
Table 2-37. Test Record for HP 83650A (2 of 8)
Model
Report Number
Test Equipment Used
Model Number
Date
Trace Number
Cal Due Date
1. Digital Oscilloscope
2. Measuring Receiver
3. Power Sensor
4. Power Meter
5. Microwave Spectrum Analyzer
6. Function Generator
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
2-168 Performance Tests
HP 83650A Test Record
HP 8360
Table 2-37. Test Record for HP 83650A (3 of 8)
Model
Report No.
Test
No.
Test Description
1.
Internal Timebase: Aging Rate
Maximum Measurement
Spec.
Uncertainty
5x10 010 /day
65.6x10011
0.1% of
60.005% of
sweep
sweep
CW Step:
50 ms
610 s
16. Stepped Sweep
5 ms
25. Frequency List
50 ms
610 s
00.6 dB
0.6 dB
60.22 dB
00.7 dB
0.7 dB
60.35 dB
00.9 dB
0.9 dB
60.38 dB
01.7 dB
1.7 dB
60.79 dB
1.0 dB
0.15 dB
7.
2.
Minimum
Spec.
Results
Date
Calculated Rate
Swept Frequency Accuracy
Worst Case Value:
10. Start Freq
Stop Freq
3.
Frequency Switching Time
8.
4.
Power Accuracy
14.
> 010 dBm:
< 2 GHz
2 and 20 GHz
> 20 and 40 GHz
> 40 GHz
5.
Power Flatness
5.
< 2 GHz
2 and 20 GHz
> 20 and 40 GHz
> 40 GHz
6.
61 s
1.2 dB
0.25 dB
1.6 dB
0.38 dB
3.0 dB
0.57 dB
Maximum Leveled Power
Standard or Opt. 006:
0.01 to 50 GHz
+2.5 dBm
62.3 dB
0.01 to
+5.0 dBm
61.3 dB
+10.0 dBm
61.7 dB
+10.0 dBm
6 1.7 dB
< 40 GHz
0.01 to < 26.5 GHz
0.01 to < 20 GHz
HP 8360
Performance Tests 2-169
HP 83650A Test Record
Table 2-37. Test Record for HP 83650A (4 of 8)
Report No.
Date
0.01 to 50 GHz
0 dBm
62.3 dB
0.01 to
+3.0 dBm
61.3 dB
0.01 to
+8.0 dBm
61.7 dB
+8.5 dBm
61.7 dB
00.2 mV
63 V
Model
Test
No.
Test Description
Minimum
Maximum Measurement
Spec. Results
Spec.
Uncertainty
Opt. 001 or Opts. 001 and 006:
< 40 GHz
< 26.5 GHz
0.01 to < 20 GHz
7.
External Leveling
7.
Minimum Power
00.5 V
10. Maximum Power
8.
620 V
Spurious Signals: Harmonic
Harmonics:
8.
< 50 MHz
8.
50 MHz to
< 2.2 GHz
020 dBc
61.75 dB
030 dBc
61.75 dB
21. 2.2 to 26.5 GHz
050 dBc
61.75 dB
37. 26.5 to 50 GHz
040 dBc
62.22 dB
Subharmonics:
12. 7 to 20 GHz
050 dBc
61.75 dB
29.
040 dBc
61.55 dB
035 dBc
62.22 dB
060 dBc
61 dB
060 dBc
61 dB
060 dBc
61 dB
060 dBc
61 dB
125 kHz
060 dBc
61 dB
500 kHz
060 dBc
61 dB
37.
9.
> 20 to 40 GHz
> 40 to 50 GHz
Spurious Signals:
Non-harmonic
11. Spur Frequency:
2-170 Performance Tests
HP 83650A Test Record
HP 8360
Table 2-37. Test Record for HP 83650A (5 of 8)
Model
Test
No.
Test Description
Report No.
Date
060 dBc
61 dB
Minimum
Maximum Measurement
Spec.
Results
Spec.
Uncertainty
16. Spur Frequency:
100 MHz Fixed
100 MHz Oset
060 dBc
61 dB
LO Feedthrough
060 dBc
61 dB
060 dBc
61.85 dB
120 Hz Spur
055 dBc
61 dB1
180 Hz Spur
055 dBc
240 Hz Spur
055 dBc
61 dB1
120 Hz Spur
055 dBc
61 dB1
180 Hz Spur
055 dBc
240 Hz Spur
055 dBc
61 dB1
100 Hz to
070 dBc
62 dB
1 kHz to
078 dBc
62 dB
086 dBc
62 dB
0107 dBc
62 dB
070 dBc
62 dB
078 dBc
62 dB
086 dBc
62 dB
0107 dBc
62 dB
20. Low Band Mixer Spur
10.
Spurious Signals: Line Related
10. At 6.99 GHz:
At 1.9 GHz:
11.
61 dB1
Single Sideband Phase Noise
7.
Osets at 6.99 GHz:
< 1 kHz
< 10 kHz
10 kHz to < 100 kHz
100 kHz
7.
Osets at 1.97 GHz:
< 1 kHz
1 kHz to < 10 kHz
10 kHz to < 100 kHz
100 Hz to
100 kHz
1
61 dB1
63 dB if the Invertron is not used.
HP 8360
Performance Tests 2-171
HP 83650A Test Record
Table 2-37. Test Record for HP 83650A (6 of 8)
Report No.
Date
100 Hz to
060 dBc
62 dB
1 kHz to
068 dBc
62 dB
076 dBc
62 dB
097 dBc
62 dB
80 dB
61 dB
Model
Test
No.
Test Description
7.
Osets at 18.0 GHz:
< 1 kHz
< 10 kHz
10 kHz to < 100 kHz
100 kHz
12.
Pulse Modulation On/O
Ratio
12. On/O Ratio
13.
Minimum
Maximum Measurement
Spec. Results
Spec.
Uncertainty
Pulse Performance
Standard:
10. Risetime
25 ns
60.9 ns
10. Falltime
25 ns
60.9 ns
21. Level Accuracy
60.3 dB
60.1 dB
10 ns
60.4 ns
Option 006:
10. Risetime
14.
10. Falltime
10 ns
60.4 ns
21. Level Accuracy
60.3 dB
60.1 dB
Pulse Performance (Alternate)
33. Risetime
15.
25 ns
33. Falltime
25 ns
43. Level Accuracy
60.3 dB
Pulse Modulation Video
Feedthrough
21.
< 2 GHz
10 dBm
26. 2 and 50.0 GHz
2-172 Performance Tests
HP 83650A Test Record
2%
60.22%
1%
60.06%
HP 8360
Table 2-37. Test Record for HP 83650A (7 of 8)
Model
Test
No.
16.
Test Description
AM Accuracy
Low Band
8.
28.5%
31.5%
60.76%
28.5%
31.5%
60.76%
18. AM Depth
28.5%
31.5%
60.76%
21. AM Depth Opt. 002
28.5%
31.5%
60.76%
29. AM Depth
28.5%
31.5%
60.76%
32. AM Depth Opt. 002
28.5%
31.5%
60.76%
AM Depth
High Band
> 2 and < 20 GHz:
Doubled High Band
> 20 GHz:
AM Bandwidth
10. 3 dB Bandwidth
18.
19.
20.
Minimum
Maximum Measurement
Spec.
Results
Spec.
Uncertainty
< 2 GHz:
11. AM Depth Opt. 002
17.
Date
Report No.
100 kHz
610.31 kHz
AM Dynamic Range
12. Normal
020 dBm
60.4 dB
23. Deep 20 GHz
040 dBm
61.65 dB
23. Deep
030 dBm
61.35 dB
> 20 GHz
FM Accuracy
13. Maximum FM Error
010%
+10%
63.7%
23. Maximum FM Error Opt. 002
010%
+10%
63.7%
FM Bandwidth
16. 3 dB Bandwidth
HP 8360
8 MHz
6320 kHz
Performance Tests 2-173
HP 83650A Test Record
Table 2-37. Test Record for HP 83650A (8 of 8)
Model
Test
No.
21.
Date
Report No.
Test Description
Minimum
Maximum Measurement
Spec. Results
Spec.
Uncertainty
Maximum FM Deviation
12. DC FM Unlocked 100 Hz:
> 675 MHz Deviation
62.3 MHz
Pass/Fail
24. AC FM Locked 100 kHz:
Modulation Index 5
1 GHz
500 kHz
621.2 kHz
5 GHz
500 kHz
621.2 kHz
9 GHz
1 MHz
642.4 kHz
17 GHz
1.5 MHz
663.6 kHz
22 GHz
2 MHz
684.8 kHz
1 GHz
5 MHz
6212 kHz
5 GHz
5 MHz
6212 kHz
1 GHz
8 MHz
6340 kHz
5 GHz
8 MHz
6340 kHz
24. AC FM Locked 1 MHz:
Modulation Index 5
24. AC FM Locked 3 MHz:
> 68 MHz deviation
22.
23.
Internal Pulse Accuracy (Opt.
002)
5.
Pulse Width
20 ns
30 ns
6110 ps
7.
Pulse Width
45 ns
55 ns
6117 ps
Modulation Meter (Opt. 002)
5.
AM Meter
25%
35%
60.6%
7.
AM Meter
85%
95%
60.6%
11. FM Meter
4.95 MHz
5.05 MHz
615 kHz
13. FM Meter
950 kHz
1.05 MHz
610 kHz
2-174 Performance Tests
HP 83650A Test Record
HP 8360
3
Adjustments
How To Use This Chapter
Perform these adjustments only if directed by the Troubleshooting manual or if
a performance test fails.
Menu Maps
Fold-out menu maps are located in Chapter 6.
Some menus have more than one page of softkeys. Select the More softkey to
view the next page of softkeys. More is not included in the keystrokes given in
these procedures.
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Note
HP 8360
In all cases where you are instructed to preset the synthesizer,
use the factory preset mode only.
If a password is set, it will have to be disabled before
the adjustment menu can be accessed. See Chapter 4 for
instructions.
Adjustments 3-1
Equipment Required
The equipment required to perform the adjustments in this chapter is listed in
Chapter 1. You may use any equipment that satises the critical specications
given. Use a non-metallic adjustment tool.
Cautions And Warnings
This instrument has been designed in accordance with international safety
standards. However, for safe operation follow the cautions and warnings in this
manual.
3-2 Adjustments
HP 8360
WARNING
These servicing instructions are for use by qualified personnel
only. To avoid electrical shock, do not perform any servicing
unless you are qualified to do so.
The opening of covers or removal of parts is likely to expose
dangerous voltages. Disconnect the instrument from all
voltage sources while it is being opened.
The detachable power cord is the instrument disconnecting
device. It disconnects the mains circuits from the mains
supply before other parts of the instrument. The front panel
switch is only a standby switch and is not a LINE switch.
The power cord is connected to internal capacitors that may
remain live for 5 seconds after disconnecting the plug from its
power supply.
This is a Safety Class I product (provided with a protective
earthing ground incorporated in the power cord). The mains
plug shall only be inserted in a socket outlet provided with a
protective earth contact. Any interruption of the protective
conductor, inside or outside the instrument, is likely to
make the instrument dangerous. Intentional interruption is
prohibited.
For continued protection against fire hazard replace line fuse
only with same type and rating (F 5A/250V). The use of other
fuses or material is prohibited.
CAUTION
Always use the three-prong ac power cord supplied with this
instrument. Failure to ensure adequate earth grounding by
not using this cord may cause instrument damage.
Before switching on this product, make sure that the line
voltage selector switch is set to the voltage of the power
supply and the correct fuse is installed. Assure the supply
voltage is in the specied range.
HP 8360
Adjustments 3-3
List of Adjustments
The following is a list of this chapter's adjustments and the page number that
each adjustment is located on:
\1. 10 MHz Standard" : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 3-5
\2. Fractional-N VCO" : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 3-11
\3. Fractional-N Reference and API Spurs" : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 3-13
\4. Sweep Ramp" : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 3-18
\5. Sampler Assembly" : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 3-19
\6. YO Driver +10V Reference" : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 3-24
\7. YO Driver Gain and Linearity" : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 3-26
\8. YO Loop Gain" : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 3-29
\9. Amplier/Multiplier Adjustments" : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 3-31
\10. Amplier/Filter Adjustments" : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 3-49
\11. Low Power SRD Bias" : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 3-84
\12. Modulator Oset and Gain" : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 3-86
\13. ALC Power Level Accuracy" : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 3-91
\14. Power Flatness" : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 3-97
(this adjustment may be replaced with the automated
power atness adjustment in Chapter 5.)
\15. AM/FM DAC Oset and Gain (Option 002)" : : : : : : : : : : : : 3-100
\16. AM Accuracy" : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 3-102
\17. AM Delay" : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 3-106
\18. FM Gain" : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 3-109
\19. Square Wave Symmetry" : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 3-112
\20. AM Input Impedance" : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 3-114
\21. FM Input Impedance" : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 3-117
\22. Modulation Generator Flatness (Option 002)" : : : : : : : : : : : 3-120
\23. External Trigger Edge Selection" : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 3-123
\24. Volts/GHz" : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 3-125
For the following automated adjustments, refer to Chapter 5, \Automated
Tests":
YO Delay Adjustment
ADC Adjustment
Power Flatness
3-4 Adjustments
HP 8360
1. 10 MHz Standard
Description and Procedure
This procedure adjusts the frequency accuracy of the internal 10 MHz time
base. This adjustment should be done on a regular basis if absolute frequency
accuracy is important (see Figure 3-3.)
For best accuracy, readjust the 10 MHz timebase oscillator after the synthesizer
has been on or in standby for 24 hours. See \Accuracy Versus Adjustment
Interval," following this adjustment, for information on how to determine a
periodic adjustment schedule.
After the timebase is adjusted, the timebase frequency should stay within the
aging rate if the following things happen:
The time base oven does not cool down.
The instrument keeps the same orientation with respect to the earth's
magnetic eld.
The instrument stays at the same altitude.
The instrument does not receive any mechanical shock.
If the time base oven cools (the instrument is disconnected from AC power),
you may have to readjust the time base frequency after a new warm-up cycle.
Typically, however, the time base frequency returns to within 61 Hz of the
original frequency.
Note
You can adjust the internal timebase after reconnecting AC
power for 10 minutes, but for best accuracy, test again after the
instrument has been on or in standby for 24 hours.
Frequency changes, due either to a change in orientation with respect to the
earth's magnetic eld or to a change in altitude, are usually eliminated when
the instrument is returned to its original position. A frequency change due to
mechanical shock usually appears as a xed frequency error.
HP 8360
Adjustments 3-5
10 MHz Standard
1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3-1. Preset all instruments and
let them warm up for one hour.
Figure 3-1. 10 MHz Standard Adjustment Setup
Equipment
Digitizing Oscilloscope
Frequency Standard
Note
HP 54111D
HP 5061A
If the oscilloscope does not have a 50
input impedance,
connect channel 1 through a 50
feedthrough.
2. On the oscilloscope, set:
Channel 1:
Display
Volts/Division
Input Coupling
Input Impedance
On
200 mV
dc
50
Channel 2:
Display
Off
Timebase:
Time/Division
Trigger
10 ns
External
3-6 Adjustments
10 MHz Standard
HP 8360
Trigger:
Trigger Mode
Trigger Source
Input Coupling
Edge
Trig 3
ac
Display:
Display Mode
Real Time
3. On the oscilloscope, adjust the trigger level so that the sweep is
synchronized to the synthesizer's internal standard. The waveform will
appear to drift.
4. Using a non-metallic tool, adjust the A23 10 MHz standard (see Figure 3-2)
for minimum horizontal movement of the oscilloscope waveform.
Figure 3-2. 10 MHz Standard Adjustment Location
HP 8360
Adjustments 3-7
10 MHz Standard
Related Performance Tests
Internal Timebase: Aging Rate
In Case of Difficulty
1. Ensure that an external standard is not connected. (At instrument preset
the synthesizer automatically chooses the external standard as the reference
if one is connected to the 10 MHz REF INPUT.)
2. Refer to the Troubleshooting manual.
3-8 Adjustments
10 MHz Standard
HP 8360
Accuracy Versus Adjustment Interval
Figure 3-3 shows the required adjustment interval to maintain a given accuracy.
If you know the aging rate, you can determine a more precise adjustment
interval.
Figure 3-3. Accuracy Versus Adjustment Interval
1. Find the line on Figure 3-3 that corresponds to the 10 MHz timebase
oscillator aging rate. (To determine the aging rate, see \Performance
Tests".)
2. On the horizontal axis, nd the maximum allowable error (accuracy) that
you want.
3. Follow the maximum allowable error vertically until it intersects the known
aging rate.
HP 8360
Adjustments 3-9
10 MHz Standard
4. From the point of intersection, move horizontally to the left and read the
minimum calibration interval measured in days.
An Alternate Method
You can also determine the minimum calibration interval using the following
formula:
maximum allowable error
known aging rate (per day) = calibration interval in days
3-10 Adjustments
10 MHz Standard
HP 8360
2. Fractional-N VCO
Description and Procedure
No test equipment is required for this procedure.
This adjustment sets the VCO tuning voltage to 06.0 V for a VCO output of
60 MHz.
1. Leaving all cables connected, place the A4 fractional-N assembly on an
analog extender board.
2. Turn the synthesizer on and press 4PRESET5. Let the instrument warm up for
at least one hour.
3. Select the A4 VCO tune adjustment. On the synthesizer, press:
4SERVICE5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Adjust Menu AssyAdj Menu A4 VCO Tune
4. Using a non-metallic tool, adjust A4L1 (see Figure 3-4) to center the needle
on the display.
Figure 3-4. A4L1 Location
5. Turn the synthesizer to standby, and reinstall the A4 assembly.
HP 8360
Adjustments 3-11
Fractional-N VCO
Related Performance Tests
Self-tests
In Case of Difficulty
1. Verify that an analog extender board is used.
2. Make sure the 125 kHz reference cable, W11, is connected to A4J1.
3. Refer to the Troubleshooting manual.
3-12 Adjustments
Fractional-N VCO
HP 8360
3. Fractional-N Reference and API Spurs
Do not perform this adjustment on a new or rebuilt
replacement assembly. The A4 assembly is factory-adjusted,
and is not instrument dependent.
Note
Description and Procedure
This adjustment minimizes three known spurs (125 kHz reference, API1, and
API2). At each spur frequency, the spectrum analyzer is phase locked to the
synthesizer, connected directly to the A4 fractional-N assembly output, and
operated in zero span. A4R70, R31, and R30 are adjusted for minimum spur
level. Table 3-1 summarizes this adjustment.
Table 3-1.
Summary of Fractional-N Reference & API Spurs Adjustment
Spur
Fractional-N Analyzer Potentiometer Minimum
CW Frequency Frequency
dBc
(MHz)
(MHz)
125 kHz Reference 44.125
44.0
A4R70
075
API 1
44.005
44.0
A4R31
070
API 2
44.0005
44.0055
A4R30
080
1. With the A4 assembly on an analog extender board, connect the equipment
as shown in Figure 3-5. Preset the instruments, and let them warm up for
at least one hour.
HP 8360
Adjustments 3-13
Fractional-N Reference and API Spurs
Figure 3-5. Fractional-N Reference and API Spur Adjustment Setup
Equipment
Spectrum Analyzer
HP 8566B
2. On the spectrum analyzer, set:
Frequency Span:
Resolution Bandwidth:
Sweep Time:
Reference Level:
Scale Log:
Video Averaging:
Clear Write A:
0 Hz
10 Hz
10 s
10 dBm
10 dB/Division
Off
Selected
0
125 kHz Reference Spur Adjustment
3. On the synthesizer, press:
4CW5
4SERVICE5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Tools Menu CntlPLL Menu Frac N Menu
4CW5 444.1255 4MHz5
3-14 Adjustments
Fractional-N Reference and API Spurs
HP 8360
4. On the spectrum analyzer, set:
Center Frequency: 44.125 MHz
Frequency Span:
500 Hz
Adjust the frequency oset to center the signal on the display.
Frequency Span:
0 Hz
Peak the signal on the display.
dBm
Note the signal level:
Center Frequency: 44.0 MHz
Reference Level:
40 dBm
0
5. On the synthesizer, adjust A4R70 (see Figure 3-6) for minimum signal on
the spectrum analyzer.
Figure 3-6. Fractional-N Reference and API Spurs Adjustment Locations
The dierence in level between the signal noted in step 4 and the signal in this
step should be at least 075 dBc.
HP 8360
Adjustments 3-15
Fractional-N Reference and API Spurs
API 1 Spur Adjustment
6. On the synthesizer, change the fractional-N to CW 44.005 MHz. Press:
444.0055 4MHz5
7. On the spectrum analyzer, set:
Center Frequency: 44.005 MHz
Reference Level: +10 dBm
dBm
Note the signal level:
Center Frequency: 44.0 MHz
Reference Level:
40 dBm
0
8. On the synthesizer, adjust A4R31 (see Figure 3-6) for minimum signal on
the spectrum analyzer.
The dierence in level between the signal noted in step 7 and the signal in
this step should be at least 070 dBc.
API 2 Spur Adjustment
9. On the synthesizer, change the fractional-N to CW 44.0005 MHz. Press
444.00055 4MHz5
10. On the spectrum analyzer, set:
Center Frequency:
Reference Level:
44.0005 MHz
+10 dBm
dBm
Note the signal level:
Center Frequency:
Reference Level:
44.0055 MHz
40 dBm
0
11. On the synthesizer, adjust A4R30 (see Figure 3-6) for minimum signal on
the spectrum analyzer.
The dierence in level between the signal noted in step 10 and the signal in
this step should be at least 080 dBc.
12. Turn the synthesizer to standby and reinstall the A4 assembly.
3-16 Adjustments
Fractional-N Reference and API Spurs
HP 8360
Related Performance Tests
Spurious Signals (Non-Harmonic)
In Case of Difficulty
1. Ensure that the spectrum analyzer is locked to the external reference.
2. You may need to use video averaging on the spectrum analyzer if the spur
level is low enough to be hidden by phase noise.
3. If you cannot adjust spurs below the recommended levels, the problem is
probably with the A4 fractional-N assembly. Refer to the Troubleshooting
manual.
HP 8360
Adjustments 3-17
Fractional-N Reference and API Spurs
4. Sweep Ramp
Description and Procedure
No test equipment is required for this adjustment.
This is an automatic adjustment. The synthesizer's internal DVM measures
the sweep ramp voltage at the end of the sweep. The synthesizer then sets the
sweep time calibration constants to calibrate the sweep ramp.
1. Turn the synthesizer on and press 4PRESET5. Let the synthesizer warm up for
at least one hour.
2. Select the A14 sweep ramp adjustment. On the synthesizer, press:
4SERVICE5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Adjust Menu AssyAdj Menu A14 SwpRmp
The synthesizer will measure, calculate, and store the sweep time calibration
constants. When the adjustment is complete, the following message appears
on the display:
Sweep Ramp Cal Completed
Calibration constants were modified.
3. If this is the last calibration constant you will be adjusting, see \Calibration
Constants" to store the calibration constants as protected data
(in EEPROM).
Related Performance Tests
Self-Tests
Swept Frequency Accuracy
In Case of Difficulty
Refer to the Troubleshooting manual.
3-18 Adjustments
Sweep Ramp
HP 8360
5. Sampler Assembly
Description and Procedure
No test equipment is required for this procedure.
There are three sampler assembly adjustments:
In the sampler match adjustment, as the internal DVM monitors the loop
input to the sampler, trim capacitors are adjusted to optimize the sampler
match over the full frequency range of the loop.
The 200 MHz loop gain adjustment is automatic. When this adjustment
is selected in the A6 adjustment menu, the synthesizer selects internal
calibration constants for optimum loop gain over the full frequency range of
the loop.
In the IF gain adjustment, the IF amplier gain is adjusted as the internal
DVM monitors the IF output level to the YO loop.
1. Turn the synthesizer to standby. At FL2 (see Figure 3-7), disconnect the
semi-rigid cable between FL2 and the A6 assembly.
HP 8360
Adjustments 3-19
Sampler Assembly
Figure 3-7. FL2 Location
2. Leaving the exible cable connected to A6J1 (40 MHz reference), place the
A6 assembly on the analog extender board.
3. Turn the synthesizer on and press 4PRESET5. Let it warm up for at least one
hour.
4. Select the A6 adjustment menu. Press:
4SERVICE5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Adjust Menu AssyAdj Menu A6 Adj Menu
200 MHz Loop VCO Tune Check
5. In the A6 adjustment menu, select the A6 VCO tune check
6. The following message should be displayed:
A6 VCO Tune .
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Ctrim and C60 are OK.
If this message is not displayed, refer to troubleshooting.
3-20 Adjustments
Sampler Assembly
HP 8360
Note
7. Select
If the three tuning voltages at the bottom of the display (V200,
Vavg, and V220) are all equal, the 200 MHz phase-locked loop
is unlocked.
Done .
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Sampler Match Adjustment
8. In the A6 adjustment menu, select the A6 sampler match adjustment,
A6 Smplr Match .
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Note
The sampler match display is a graphic representation of the
sampler match over the full frequency range of the 200 MHz
loop. The more asterisks displayed at a frequency, the more
output signal (and the better the match) at that frequency.
Make the adjustment for best match over the full frequency
range of the loop.
9. Adjust A6C82 and A6C83 (Figure 3-8) for best overall sampler match.
Figure 3-8. Sampler Match Adjustment Locations
HP 8360
Adjustments 3-21
Sampler Assembly
10. Select
Done .
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN
200 MHz Loop Gain Adjustment
11. In the A6 adjustment menu, select the A6 loop gain adjustment,
A6 Loop Gain . The synthesizer automatically performs the adjustment.
When the message Calibration Constants should be SAVED is
displayed, the adjustment is complete. Continue with the next step.
12. Set the synthesizer to standby. Reinstall the A6 assembly in the
instrument, and connect all cables.
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
IF Gain Adjustment
13. Turn the synthesizer on. Select A6 IF Gain .
14. Adjust A6R73 (see Figure 3-9) to center the \needle" on the display.
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Figure 3-9. IF Gain Adjustment Location
15. Select
Done .
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN
3-22 Adjustments
Sampler Assembly
HP 8360
16. If this is the last calibration constant you will be adjusting, see
\Calibration Constants" to store the calibration constants as protected
data (in EEPROM).
Related Performance Tests
Self-tests
In Case of Difficulty
1. Make sure the 40 MHz reference input cable is connected while the A6
assembly is on the analog extender board.
2. For the IF gain adjustment, if the needle registers on the far left or right,
ensure that all coax cables (including semi-rigid) are connected and that no
unlocked message is displayed.
3. There is some interaction between the adjustments in this procedure. Try
an alternate order of adjustments.
4. Refer to the Troubleshooting manual.
HP 8360
Adjustments 3-23
Sampler Assembly
6. YO Driver +10V Reference
Description and Procedure
No test equipment is required for this procedure.
As the internal DVM monitors the +10V reference, you make the adjustment.
1. Turn the synthesizer on and press 4PRESET5. Let the instrument warm up for
at least one hour.
2. Select the A13 adjustment menu. On the synthesizer, press:
4SERVICE5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Adjust Menu AssyAdj Menu A13 Adj Menu
3. Select the A13 +10V reference adjustment, A13+10V Ref .
4. Adjust A13R11 (see Figure 3-10) to center the \needle" on the display.
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Figure 3-10. YO Driver +10V Reference Adjustment Location
5. Select
Done .
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN
3-24 Adjustments
YO Driver +10V Reference
HP 8360
Related Performance Tests
Self-tests
In Case of Difficulty
Refer to the Troubleshooting manual.
HP 8360
Adjustments 3-25
YO Driver +10V Reference
7. YO Driver Gain and Linearity
Description and Procedure
No test equipment is required for these adjustments.
For the gain adjustment, the synthesizer's internal DVM monitors the YO
loop error voltage at two frequencies (points B and C in Figure 3-11). When
you select the gain potentiometer adjustment, the synthesizer displays the
dierence in voltage between points B and C as a \needle" with arrows on
either side. By adjusting A13R54 to center the \needle", you equalize the
voltage between the two frequency points.
The linearity adjustment has two parts (each of which is selected and adjusted
similarly to the gain adjustment). The low break point adjustment equalizes
the voltage between points A and B in Figure 3-11. The high break point
adjustment equalizes the voltage between points C and D.
Note
You must adjust the gain rst; then adjust the break points.
Figure 3-11. YO Gain and Linearity Break Points
1. Turn the synthesizer on and press 4PRESET5. Let it warm up for at least one
hour.
2. Select the A13 gain menu. Press:
4SERVICE5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Adjust Menu AssyAdj Menu A13 Adj Menu A13 Gain Menu
3-26 Adjustments
YO Driver Gain and Linearity
HP 8360
Note
If the following message is displayed: Adjust A13 pot
until "locked"., adjust the potentiometer until the locked
indication is displayed. Continue with step 3.
3. Select the gain potentiometer adjustment, Gain Pot .
4. Adjust A13R54 (see Figure 3-12) to center the \needle" on the display.
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Figure 3-12. YO Gain and Linearity Adjustment Locations
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Select the low break point potentiometer adjustment, Lo Bk Pot .
Adjust A13R90 (see Figure 3-12) to center the \needle" on the display.
Select the high break point potentiometer adjustment, Hi Bk Pot .
Adjust A13R92 (see Figure 3-12) to center the \needle" on the display.
Select Done .
If this is the last calibration constant you will be adjusting, see
\Calibration Constants" to store the calibration constants as protected
data (in EEPROM).
HP 8360
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Adjustments 3-27
YO Driver Gain and Linearity
Related Performance Tests
Self-tests
In Case of Difficulty
Refer to the Troubleshooting manual.
3-28 Adjustments
YO Driver Gain and Linearity
HP 8360
8. YO Loop Gain
Description and Procedure
No test equipment is required for this procedure.
1. Turn the synthesizer on and press 4PRESET5. Let the instrument warm up for
at least one hour.
2. Select the assembly adjustment menu. Press:
4SERVICE5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Adjust Menu AssyAdj Menu
3. Select the A5 loop gain adjustment, A5 Loop Gain .
4. On the A5 assembly, set all ve switches on A5S1 to the closed position.
(See Figure 3-13.)
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Figure 3-13. Switch and Adjustment Locations
5. Adjust A53R80 (see Figure 3-13) to center the \needle" on the display.
6. Select Done .
7. Set all A5 switches to open and select Done .
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN
HP 8360
Adjustments 3-29
YO Loop Gain
Related Performance Tests
None
In Case of Difficulty
1. Be sure to close the A5S1 switches before making the adjustment and open
the switches when the adjustment is complete.
2. Refer to the Troubleshooting manual.
3-30 Adjustments
YO Loop Gain
HP 8360
9. Amplifier/Multiplier Adjustments
Description
This procedure maximizes RF power by tracking the tuned lter in the
amplier/multiplier to the RF output frequency. The amplier/lter output is
also monitored. Initial tracking is done in single band sweeps at slow sweep
speeds to eliminate the eects of bandcross and hysteresis in the tuning coil.
(Those will be corrected with delay and risetime calibration constants.) A
squegging clamp adjustment limits the power into the amplier/multiplier
and is adjusted in the amplier/lter adjustments for maximum output power
without squegging. A \squegg" is a distortion in the RF output caused by too
much power to the amplier/multiplier and characterized by a power dropout
in a portion of the trace, or a power dropout over a broad frequency range.
The SRD bias adjustments are made to optimize the eciency of the frequency
multiplication. The YTM delay compensation adjustments maximize power for
fast single- and multi-band sweeps.
Note
If you have replaced either the YO, the YO driver, or the
multiplier/lter driver, rst initiate an auto tracking (press
4USER CAL5 Tracking Menu Auto Track .) If auto tracking
passes and the instrument passes the \Maximum Leveled
Power" performance test, do not continue with this procedure.
If auto tracking fails, (an error message is displayed), continue
with this procedure.
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
HP 8360
Adjustments 3-31
Amplifier/Multiplier Adjustments
Adjustment Help
The following explanations are provided for a better understanding of the
amplier/multiplier adjustments. Refer to these explanations as often as
necessary. They will help make these adjustments easier. (The adjustment
procedure follows.)
Offset and Gain Adjustments.
For all oset and gain adjustments, adjust through the bandpass. Keep
adjusting until the power peaks and then drops o. Then reset the
adjustment to the peaked point.
For all oset and gain adjustments, if power stays peaked over several
calibration constant values, set the calibration constant to the middle value
of the peaked range.
Adjusting to the Center of the Passband.
The amplier/multiplier has a tracking lter on its output. Its purpose
is to pass the selected RF output frequency and reject harmonics. The
objective of this procedure is to track the bandpass lter with the RF output
frequency over a variety of sweep conditions and frequency ranges. Eects of
the auxiliary output may mask the true center of the bandpass. Always tune
to the lower peak (lower calibration constant value).
SRD Bias Adjustment.
Adjust these calibration constants into squegging and then back o until
peak power is achieved.
After reaching peak power, decrease the calibration constant value by
15 counts when adjusting the A term and decrease power by 1/2 dB
(approximately 1/3 division) when adjusting the B term.
Single Band Delay Compensation Adjustments.
If a drop in power greater than 1 division occurs when in single sweep,
increase the A delay term to put the A term at the high end of the peak. For
example, for the following calibration constant values:
Start of the peak = 1800
Middle of the peak = 1950
End of the peak = 2100
Set the A term to 2050
3-32 Adjustments
Amplifier/Multiplier Adjustments
HP 8360
Setting the Fastest Sweep Time.
Setting the sweep time to 0 milliseconds sets the synthesizer to the fastest
sweep time for the frequency range being swept. Each time the frequency
range is changed, the sweep time must be reset to 0 ms in order to maintain
the fastest sweep time.
Sweep Speed Related Adjustments.
Delay compensation adjustments are aected by sweep speed. The
adjustments are performed at fast sweep speeds which are the worst case.
All other adjustments are performed at slow sweep speeds; they are not
aected by sweep speed.
If you have a power problem that occurs only for fast sweep rates, it is
probably aected by delay compensation or risetime adjustments.
YTM Bandcross Delay Terms.
The YTM Bx Dly terms are either oset or gain terms used only during
multi-band sweeps. A1 denotes the oset term for band 1. B1 denotes the
gain term for band 1. The oset (A) should be adjusted to maximize power
at the beginning of the band. The gain (B) is adjusted to maximize power
toward the end of the band.
General Techniques.
In some adjustments power may peak twice. This is caused by the auxiliary
output masking the true peak. Always adjust to the rst peak (lowest value
of the calibration constant).
If the adjustment has a wide range without any apparent improvement.
Leave it set to the default value.
HP 8360
Adjustments 3-33
Amplifier/Multiplier Adjustments
Procedure
Note
In this procedure, some calibration constants and
potentiometers may be set to default conditions and left. This
is normal. These boards contain adjustments for dierent
vintages of the HP 8360 family. Not all adjustments are used
each time.
1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3-14 using an analog
oscilloscope with A versus B sweep capability. Power on all the instruments
and let them warm up for at least one hour.
2. On the synthesizer, press 4PRESET5.
Figure 3-14. Amplifier/Multiplier Adjustments Setup
3-34 Adjustments
Amplifier/Multiplier Adjustments
HP 8360
Equipment
Analog Oscilloscope
Oscilloscope Probes
Detector
Detector
Attenuator 10 dB
Attenuator 10 dB
HP 1740A
HP 10431A
HP 33330D (HP 83620A/22A/23A/24A/30A)
HP 33330E (HP 83640A/50A)
HP 8493C Option 010 (HP 83620A/22A/23A/24A/30A)
HP 8490D Option 010 (HP 83640A/50A)
3. Set the default values given in Table 3-2 into the corresponding YTM
calibration constants. On the synthesizer, press:
4SERVICE5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Adjust Menu Calib Menu
Enter the number of the rst calibration constant from
Table 3-2 and terminate the entry with 4ENTER5. When using the front
panel emulator software, pressing the arrow keys will allow you to vary the
calibration constants. The calibration constant shown at the top of the
\display" window is the active constant.
Modify Cal Enter the default value from Table 3-2 and terminate the
entry with 4ENTER5.
Using the up/down arrow keys, select each of the rest of the calibration
constants in Table 3-2 and set their default values by entering the value on
the numeric keypad. Terminate your entry with the 4ENTER5 key.
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Select Cal
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
HP 8360
Adjustments 3-35
Amplifier/Multiplier Adjustments
Table 3-2. Calibration Constant Descriptions
Number
Description
Default
Value
105
SRD Bias A; Band 1
255
106
SRD Bias A; Band 2
130
107
SRD Bias A; Band 3
130
108
SRD Bias A; Band 4
130
109
SRD Bias A; Band 5
130
110
SRD Bias A; Band 6
120
111
SRD Bias A; Band 7
120
118
SRD Bias B; Band 1
255
119
SRD Bias B; Band 2
150
120
SRD Bias B; Band 3
150
121
SRD Bias B; Band 4
150
122
SRD Bias B; Band 5
160
123
SRD Bias B; Band 6
160
124
SRD Bias B; Band 7
160
131
Squegg Clamp 1A
255
132
Squegg Clamp 2A
255
133
Squegg Clamp 3A
255
134
Squegg Clamp 4A
255
135
Squegg Clamp 5A
255
136
Squegg Clamp 6A
255
137
Squegg Clamp 7A
255
144
YTM Delay Term A Hrm 1
1000
145
YTM Delay Term A Hrm 2
1000
146
YTM Delay Term A Hrm 3
1000
147
YTM Delay Term A Hrm 4
1000
148
YTM Delay Term A Hrm 5
1000
149
YTM Delay Term A Hrm 6
1000
150
YTM Delay Term A Hrm 7
1000
3-36 Adjustments
Amplifier/Multiplier Adjustments
Adjustment
Description
Maximize power over lower 30%
of band. Sweep speed is not a
factor. Adjust for 0.5 dB
below maximum power.
Maximize power over higher 30%
of band. Sweep speed is not a
factor. Adjust for 0.5 dB below
maximum power.
Default values are not altered.
Numbers should remain
unchanged (#131 is adjusted
in another procedure).
Default values are not altered.
Numbers should remain
unchanged. Maximize power over
rst 20% of band. Aects
fast sweeps only. Single sweep
mode is also critical.
HP 8360
Table 3-2. Calibration Constant Descriptions (continued)
Number
HP 8360
Description
Default
Value
157
YTM Delay Term B Hrm 1
300
158
YTM Delay Term B Hrm 2
300
159
YTM Delay Term B Hrm 3
300
160
YTM Delay Term B Hrm 4
300
161
YTM Delay Term B Hrm 5
300
162
YTM Delay Term B Hrm 6
300
163
YTM Delay Term B Hrm 7
300
170
YTM Bx Dly Term A1
1000
171
YTM Bx Dly Term A2
1000
172
YTM Bx Dly Term A3
1000
173
YTM Bx Dly Term A4
1000
174
YTM Bx Dly Term A5
1000
175
YTM Bx Dly Term A6
1000
176
YTM Bx Dly Term A7
1000
183
YTM Bx Dly Term B1
300
184
YTM Bx Dly Term B2
300
185
YTM Bx Dly Term B3
300
186
YTM Bx Dly Term B4
300
187
YTM Bx Dly Term B5
300
188
YTM Bx Dly Term B6
300
189
YTM Bx Dly Term B7
300
195
YTM Kick Threshold
110
196
YTM CW Kick Max
600
197
YTM Mono Band Kick
2000
198
YTM Stereo Band Kick
2000
199
YTM Slew Rate
400
200
YTM Slew Max
50
201
YTM Slew Min
0
202
YTM Neg Kick Wait
2
203
YTM Fwd Kick Pct
50
204
YTM Fwd Kick Wait
30
Adjustment
Description
Default values are not altered.
Numbers should remain
unchanged. Maximize power
over higher 30% of band.
Aects fast sweeps only.
Default values for all
terms except A3 and A4.
Delay compensation for
multi-band sweeps only.
Adjust for maximum power at
lower 50% of band. Aects
fast sweep speeds only.
Default values for all
terms except B3 and B4.
Delay compensation for
multi-band sweeps only.
Adjust for maximum power at
lower 50% of band. Aects
fast sweep speeds only.
Default values are not altered.
Numbers should remain
unchanged.
Adjustments 3-37
Amplifier/Multiplier Adjustments
Table 3-2. Calibration Constant Descriptions (continued)
Number
Description
Default
Value
205
YTM Rise; Band 1
15
206
YTM Rise; Band 2 A1
20
207
YTM Rise; Band 2 B1
2
208
YTM Rise; Band 2 A2
15
209
YTM Rise; Band 3 A1
70
210
YTM Rise; Band 3 B1
7
211
YTM Rise; Band 3 A2
15
212
YTM Rise; Band 3 B2
15
213
YTM Rise; Band 3 A3
15
214
YTM Rise; Band 4
15
215
YTM Rise; Band 5
15
216
YTM Rise; Band 6
10
217
YTM Rise; Band 7
10
225
*YTM Gain Band 1
2048
226
*YTM Gain Band 2
2048
227
*YTM Gain Band 3
2048
228
*YTM Gain Band 4
2048
229
*YTM Gain Band 5
2048
230
*YTM Gain Band 6
2048
231
*YTM Gain Band 7
2048
238
*YTM Oset Band 1
2048
239
*YTM Oset Band 2
2048
240
*YTM Oset Band 3
2048
241
*YTM Oset Band 4
2048
242
*YTM Oset Band 5
2048
243
*YTM Oset Band 6
2048
244
*YTM Oset Band 7
2048
248
YTM B2 Oset Oset
0
3-38 Adjustments
Amplifier/Multiplier Adjustments
Adjustment
Description
Minimize power dropouts at the
start of band. Adjustment is only
eective at fast sweep speeds.
Adjusted in the Amplier/
Filter Adjustments.
Maximize power over higher 10%
of band. Adjust at slow sweep
speeds.
Maximize power over lower 10%
of band. Adjust at slow sweep
speeds.
Default values are not altered.
Numbers should remain
unchanged.
HP 8360
Table 3-2. Calibration Constant Descriptions (continued)
Number
Description
Default
Value
373
YTM Dly Term C Hrm 1
0
374
YTM Dly Term C Hrm 2
0
375
YTM Dly Term C Hrm 3
0
376
YTM Dly Term C Hrm 4
0
377
YTM Dly Term C Hrm 5
0
378
YTM Dly Term C Hrm 6
0
379
YTM Dly Term C Hrm 7
0
382
YTM Bx Dly Term C1
0
383
YTM Bx Dly Term C2
0
384
YTM Bx Dly Term C3
0
385
YTM Bx Dly Term C4
0
386
YTM Bx Dly Term C5
0
387
YTM Bx Dly Term C6
0
525
Hibernation Time
90
526
Bandcross 1
42
527
Bandcross 2
32
528
Bandcross 3
28
529
Bandcross 4
26
530
Bandcross 5
28
531
Bandcross 6
20
532
Bandcross 7
20
Adjustment
Description
Default values are not altered.
Numbers should remain
unchanged.
Default values are not altered.
Numbers should remain
unchanged.
Default values are not altered.
Numbers should remain
unchanged.
YTM Gain Adjustment
Band 1 Adjustment.
4. On the synthesizer, press:
4START5 42.05 4GHz5
4STOP5 475 4GHz5
4SWEEP TIME5 42005 4msec5
4ALC5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Leveling Point Ext Det
4POWER LEVEL5 4255 4dBm5
(asterisk on)
Note that the synthesizer has unleveled output power.
HP 8360
Adjustments 3-39
Amplifier/Multiplier Adjustments
5. On the oscilloscope, set:
6.
7.
8.
9.
Channel A:
Volts/Division:
Offset:
Input Coupling:
Input Impedance:
5 mV/Division
As required
DC
1 M
Channel B
Volts/Division:
Offset:
Input Coupling:
Input Impedance:
Sweep Mode:
1 V/Division
As required
DC
1 M
A versus B
Adjust Channel B oset, volts/division, and horizontal position controls for
a trace that lls the full horizontal display. Adjust the vertical position
with the A vertical position control.
Make certain that calibration constant #131, Squegg Clamp 1A, is set to
255. Then adjust A12R69, YTMG, to maximize high end power (last two
horizontal display divisions).
Modify calibration constant #238, YTM Oset; Band 1, to maximize low
end power.
Repeat steps 6 and 7 until the entire band is peaked.
Record the value of calibration constant #238, YTM Oset; Band 1
.
Step down the calibration constant in 100 count steps and verify that the
entire trace shifts down evenly. If the power change is not uniform, repeat
steps 6 through 8 again. Change calibration constant #238 back to its
original value.
Band 2 Adjustment.
10. On the synthesizer, press:
4START5 475 4GHz5
4STOP5 413.55 4GHz5
11. Set the oscilloscope vertical position as necessary to display the trace.
12. Modify calibration constant #226, YTM Gain; Band 2, to maximize high
end power. The high end power may peak twice. If it does, adjust the
3-40 Adjustments
Amplifier/Multiplier Adjustments
HP 8360
13.
14.
15.
16.
calibration constant to the lower peak (where the value of the calibration
constant is the lower number).
Modify calibration constant #239, YTM Oset; Band 2, to maximize low
end power. Power may peak twice. Adjust to the lower peak.
Adjust band 2 SRD bias calibration constants as follows:
a. Increment calibration constant #106, SRD Bias A; Band 2, to maximize
low end power. Then decrease the calibration constant value by 15
counts.
b. Increment calibration constant #119, SRD Bias B; Band 2, to maximize
high end power. Then decrease the power by one third division
(1/2 dB).
Repeat steps 12 through 14 until the entire band is peaked.
Record the value of calibration constant #239, YTM Oset; Band 2
.
Step down the calibration constant in 100 count steps and verify that the
entire trace shifts down evenly. If the power change is not uniform, repeat
steps 12 through 15. Change calibration constant #239 back to its original
value.
Band 3 Adjustment.
17. On the synthesizer, press:
4START5 413.55 4GHz5
4STOP5 4205 4GHz5
18. Set A12R25 B3S1 fully clockwise (see Figure 3-15).
Note
HP 8360
There are two sets of potentiometers on the A12 assembly with
identical names. Make certain you are adjusting the correct
ones.
Adjustments 3-41
Amplifier/Multiplier Adjustments
Figure 3-15. A12 Assembly Potentiometer Locations
19. Set calibration constant #227, YTM Gain; Band 3, to 2048.
20. Modify calibration constant #240, YTM Oset; Band 3, to maximize low
end power. Power may peak twice. Adjust to the lower peak.
21. Adjust A12R25 B3S1 (see Figure 3-15) for maximum power at the
high end. The high end power may peak twice. If it does, adjust the
potentiometer to the lower peak (where the adjustment is furthest
counterclockwise).
22. Set the band 3 SRD bias calibration constants as follows:
a. Increment calibration constant #107, SRD Bias A; Band 3, to maximize
low end power. Then decrease the calibration constant value by 15
counts.
b. Increment calibration constant #120, SRD Bias B; Band 3, to maximize
high end power. Then decrease the power by one third division
(1/2 dB).
23. Repeat steps 20 through 22 until power is optimized over the full band.
24. Record the value of calibration constant #240, YTM Oset; Band 3
.
Step down the calibration constant in 100 count steps and verify that the
entire trace shifts down evenly. If the power change is not uniform, repeat
3-42 Adjustments
Amplifier/Multiplier Adjustments
HP 8360
steps 18 through 23. Change calibration constant #240 back to its original
value.
Band 4 Adjustment (HP 83630A/40A/50A only).
25. On the synthesizer, press:
4START5 4205 4GHz5
4STOP5 426.55 4GHz5
26. See Figure 3-15 and set:
A12R23 B4BP1 fully clockwise.
A12R24 BP2 fully clockwise.
A12R26 B4S1 fully clockwise.
A12R27 S2 fully clockwise.
27. Set the oscilloscope vertical position as necessary to display the trace.
28. Modify calibration constant #241, YTM Oset; Band 4, to maximize
power at the very low end. Power may peak twice. Adjust to the lower
peak.
29. Modify calibration constant #228, YTM Gain; Band 4, to maximize power
at the rst division on the display. Power may peak twice. Adjust to the
lower peak.
Note
If there is no noticeable increase in power in the next two
adjustments, leave the potentiometers at their preset position
(fully clockwise).
30. Adjust A12R26 B4S1 for maximum high-end power. Power may peak
twice. Adjust to the lower peak.
31. Adjust A12R23 B4BP1 for maximum power to optimize the 3rd through
the 7th divisions. Stop when the power begins to decrease. Power may
peak twice. Adjust to the lower peak.
32. Repeat step 30.
33. Adjust band 4 SRD bias calibration constants as follows:
a. Increment calibration constant #108, SRD Bias A; Band 4, to maximize
low end power. Then decrease the calibration constant value by 15
counts.
b. Increment calibration constant #121, SRD Bias B; Band 4, to maximize
high end power. Then decrease the power by one third division
(1/2 dB).
34. Repeat steps 28 through 33 until the entire band is peaked.
HP 8360
Adjustments 3-43
Amplifier/Multiplier Adjustments
35. Record the value of calibration constant #241, YTM Oset; Band 4
.
Step down the calibration constant in 100 count steps and verify that the
entire trace shifts down evenly. If the power change is not uniform, repeat
steps 26 through 34. Change calibration constant #241 back to its original
value.
Band 5 Adjustment (HP 83640A/50A only).
36. On the synthesizer, press:
4START5 426.55 4GHz5
4STOP5 433.45 4GHz5
37. Adjust calibration constant #229, YTM Gain; Band 5, for maximum power
at the high end of band 5. The high end power may peak twice. If it does,
adjust the calibration constant to the lower peak (where the value of the
calibration constant is the lower number).
38. Modify calibration constant #242, YTM Oset; Band 5, to maximize low
end power. Power may peak twice. Adjust to the lower peak.
39. Set the band 5 SRD bias calibration constants as follows:
a. Increment calibration constant #109, SRD Bias A; Band 5, to maximize
low end power. Then decrease the calibration constant value by 15
counts.
b. Increment calibration constant #122, SRD Bias B; Band 5, to maximize
high end power. Then decrease the power by one third division
(1/2 dB).
40. Repeat steps 37 through 39 until power is optimized over the full band.
41. Record the value of calibration constant #242, YTM Oset; Band 5
.
Step down the calibration constant in 100 count steps and verify that the
entire trace shifts down evenly. If the power change is not uniform, repeat
steps 37 through 40. Change calibration constant #242 back to its original
value.
Band 6 Adjustment (HP 83640A/50A only).
42. On the synthesizer, press:
4START5 433.45 4GHz5
4STOP5 4385 4GHz5
4STOP5 4405 4GHz5
(HP 83650A)
(HP 83640A)
3-44 Adjustments
Amplifier/Multiplier Adjustments
HP 8360
43. Adjust calibration constant #230, YTM Gain; Band 6, for maximum power
at the high end of band 6. The high end power may peak twice. If it does,
adjust the calibration constant to the lower peak (where the value of the
calibration constant is the lower number).
44. Modify calibration constant #243, YTM Oset; Band 6, to maximize low
end power. Power may peak twice. Adjust to the lower peak.
45. Set the band 6 SRD bias calibration constants as follows:
a. Increment calibration constant #110, SRD Bias A; Band 6, to maximize
low end power. Then decrease the calibration constant value by 15
counts.
Increment calibration constant #123, SRD Bias B; Band 6, to maximize
high end power. Then decrease the power by one third division
(1/2 dB).
46. Repeat steps 43 through 45 until power is optimized over the full band.
47. Record the value of calibration constant #243, YTM Oset; Band 6
.
Step down the calibration constant in 100 count steps and verify that the
entire trace shifts down evenly. If the power change is not uniform, repeat
steps 43 through 46. Change calibration constant #243 back to its original
value.
Band 7 Adjustment (HP 83650A only).
48. On the synthesizer, press:
4START5 4385 4GHz5
4STOP5 4505 4GHz5
49. Adjust calibration constant #231, YTM Gain; Band 7, for maximum power
at the high end of band 7. The high end power may peak twice. If it does,
adjust the calibration constant to the lower peak (where the value of the
calibration constant is the lower number).
50. Modify calibration constant #244, YTM Oset; Band 7, to maximize low
end power. Power may peak twice. Adjust to the lower peak.
51. Set the band 7 SRD bias calibration constants as follows:
a. Increment calibration constant #111, SRD Bias A; Band 7, to maximize
low end power. Then decrease the calibration constant value by 15
counts.
HP 8360
Adjustments 3-45
Amplifier/Multiplier Adjustments
b. Increment calibration constant #124, SRD Bias B; Band 7, to maximize
high end power. Then decrease the power by one third division
(1/2 dB).
52. Repeat steps 49 through 51 until power is optimized over the full band.
53. Record the value of calibration constant #244, YTM Oset; Band 7
.
Step down the calibration constant in 100 count steps and verify that the
entire trace shifts down evenly. If the power change is not uniform, repeat
steps 49 through 52. Change calibration constant #244 back to its original
value.
Multi-band Amplifier/Multiplier Delay Compensation.
Note
Power dropouts at the start of each band are typically removed
with the YTM Risetime calibration constants. These will be
adjusted later.
54. On the synthesizer, press:
4START5 42.05 4GHz5
4STOP5 4205 4GHz5
4SWEEP TIME5 405 4msec5
Note
The synthesizer intensity marker is set to identify the bandcross
frequency (13.5 GHz). Reduce oscilloscope trace intensity
to identify the marker. You can also identify bandcrosses
by temporarily removing the cable from the Z-AXIS
BLANK/MKRS connector on the synthesizer rear panel. Make
sure this cable is connected when making adjustments.
55. On the synthesizer, press:
Marker M1 413.55 4GHz5 (start of band 3)
56. Adjust calibration constant #172, YTM Bx Dly Term A3, to maximize
power at the low end of band 3 (adjust the lowest amplitude portion of the
band).
57. Adjust calibration constant #185, YTM Bx DLY Term B3 to maximize
power at the high end of band 3.
4MARKER5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
3-46 Adjustments
Amplifier/Multiplier Adjustments
HP 8360
58. Switch between the fastest sweep time (0 ms) and 200 ms sweep time
and check that power changes less than 2/3 division (1 dB). If the
change in power is greater than 2/3 division, readjust the A term of the
delay adjustment #172 for low end problems, or the B term of the delay
adjustment #185 for high end problems.
59. On the synthesizer, press:
4CONT5 4SWEEP TIME5 405 4msec5
4SINGLE5
60. Press
several times to initiate several sweeps. If a drop in power
greater than 1 division occurs when in single sweep, increase the A term of
the delay adjustment #172 to put the A term at the high end of the peak.
(See \Adjustment Help".)
Band 4 Multi-band Amplifier/Multiplier Delay Compensation
(HP 83630A/40A/50A only).
61. On the synthesizer, press:
4START5 42.05 4GHz5
4STOP5 426.55 4GHz5
4CONT5 4SWEEP TIME5 405 4msec5
62.
63.
64.
65.
(start of band 4)
Adjust calibration constant #173, YTM Bx Dly Term A4, to maximize
power at the start of band 4.
Adjust calibration constant #186, YTM Bx Dly Term B4, to maximize
power at the high end of band 4.
Switch between the fastest sweep time (0 ms) and 500 ms sweep time
and check that power changes less than 2/3 division (1 dB) across both
bands. If the change is greater than 2/3 division, readjust the appropriate
delay term.
On the synthesizer, press:
4MARKER5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Marker M3 4205 4GHz5
4SWEEP TIME5 405 4msec5
66. Press 4SINGLE5 several times to initiate several sweeps. If a drop in
power greater than 1 division occurs when in single sweep, readjust the
appropriate delay term for the location of the problem.
67. On the synthesizer, press:
4START5 4155 4GHz5
4CONT5 4SWEEP TIME5 405 4msec5
4SINGLE5
68. Press
several times to initiate several sweeps. If a drop in power
greater than 1/3 division occurs when in single sweep, readjust the
appropriate delay term for the location of the problem.
HP 8360
Adjustments 3-47
Amplifier/Multiplier Adjustments
Verification.
69. Try the following start and stop frequencies:
Table 3-3. Start and Stop Frequencies (GHz)
HP 83620A/22A/23A/24A HP 83630A HP 83640A/50A
0.01 to 201
0.01 to 26.5
0.01 to 50
4.5 to 18
4 to 23
4.5 to 33
10 to 20
10 to 20
10 to 45
2 to 14.5
2 to 14.5
2 to 23
1 For HP 83622A/24A only, set from 2 GHz to 20 GHz
Compare sweeps of 0 ms and 1s and also single sweeps at fast speed. If a
power drop of 0.5 division or greater is noted, readjust the appropriate
calibration constant. If problems occur in other bands, adjust the
appropriate YTM Bx Dly Terms for that band.
70. Perform \Amplier/Filter Adjustments" next.
Related Performance Tests
Maximum Leveled Power
In Case Of Difficulty
1. See \Adjustment Help" in this procedure.
2. Verify the oscilloscope ALC board calibration. When calibrated, the voltage
on the oscilloscope is scaled to 33 mV/dB.
3. Refer to the Troubleshooting manual.
3-48 Adjustments
Amplifier/Multiplier Adjustments
HP 8360
10. Amplifier/Filter Adjustments
Description
This procedure maximizes RF power by tracking the YIG tuned lter to the
RF output frequency. Initial tracking is done in single band sweeps at slow
sweep speeds to eliminate the eects of bandcross and hysteresis in the tuning
coil. (Those will be corrected with delay calibration constants.) Auto tracking
is initiated to optimize the slow sweep tracking.
The YTF delay compensation adjustments maximize power for fast single- and
multi-band sweeps. The YTM risetime adjustments are done in multi-band fast
sweeps to optimize power at the start of each frequency band.
A squegging clamp adjustment limits the power and is adjusted for maximum
output power without squegging. A \squegg" is a distortion in the RF output
caused by too much power to the amplier/multiplier and characterized by
a power dropout in a portion of the trace, or a power dropout over a broad
frequency range.
Note
If you have replaced either the YO or the YO driver, rst
initiate an auto tracking (press 4USER CAL5 Tracking Menu
Auto Track .) If auto tracking passes and the instrument
passes the \Maximum Leveled Power" performance test, do not
continue with this procedure. If auto tracking fails, (an error
message is displayed), continue with this procedure.
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
HP 8360
Adjustments 3-49
Amplifier/Filter Adjustments
Adjustment Help
The following explanations are provided for a better understanding of the
amplier/lter adjustments. Refer to these explanations as often as necessary.
They will help make these adjustments easier. (The adjustment procedure
follows.)
Offset and Gain Adjustments.
For all oset and gain adjustments, adjust through the bandpass. Keep
adjusting until the power peaks and then drops o. Then reset the
adjustment to the peaked point.
For all oset and gain adjustments, if power stays peaked over several
calibration constant values, set the calibration constant to the middle value
of the peaked range.
Squegg Clamp Calibration Constants.
Squegg clamp calibration constants are available to limit the power into the
amplier/multiplier. The band 1 adjustment is set for a specic output power
at the start of band 1. All other squegg clamp adjustments are set to a default
value to allow maximum output power.
When increasing any squegg clamp calibration constant, power is increased
too far when any of the following occurs:
Any portion of the trace is distorted or power drops out in a portion of the
trace (sphere squegging).
Power drops over a broad frequency range.
Power stops increasing on any portion of the trace.
Adjusting for the Center of the Passband.
The passband and tuning linearity of the amplier/lter varies with
frequency. The amplier/lter adjustments track the amplier/lter
passband with the amplier/multiplier output frequency over the full
frequency range of the synthesizer.
3-50 Adjustments
Amplifier/Filter Adjustments
HP 8360
Single Band Delay Compensation Adjustments.
If a drop in power greater than 1.5 dB occurs when in single sweep, increase
the A delay term to put the A term at the high end of the peak.
For example, for the following calibration constant values:
Start of the peak = 1800
Middle of the peak = 1950
End of the peak = 2100
Set the A term to 2050
See Figure 3-16 for a graphic representation of the frequencies aected by the
calibration constants.
Setting the Fastest Sweep Time.
Setting the sweep time to 0 milliseconds sets the synthesizer to the fastest
sweep time for the frequency range being swept. Each time the frequency
range is changed, the sweep time must be reset to 0 ms in order to maintain
the fastest sweep time.
Sweep Speed Related Adjustments.
Delay compensation and risetime adjustments are aected by sweep speed.
The adjustments are performed at fast sweep speeds which are the worst
case. All other adjustments are performed at slow sweep speeds; they are not
aected by sweep speed.
If you have a sweep speed problem, it is probably aected by delay
compensation or risetime adjustments.
YTF Bandcross Delay Terms.
The YTF Bx Dly terms are either oset or gain terms. A1 denotes the oset
term for band 1. B1 denotes the gain term for band 1. The oset (A) should
be adjusted to maximize power at the beginning of the band. The gain (B) is
adjusted to maximize power toward the end of the band.
See Figure 3-16 and Figure 3-17 for a graphic representation of the frequencies
aected by the calibration constants.
HP 8360
Adjustments 3-51
Amplifier/Filter Adjustments
Figure 3-16. Single-Band Delay and Risetime Compensation
3-52 Adjustments
Amplifier/Filter Adjustments
HP 8360
Figure 3-17. Multi-Band Delay and Risetime Compensation
HP 8360
Adjustments 3-53
Amplifier/Filter Adjustments
Procedure
1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3-18 using an analog
oscilloscope with A versus B sweep capability. Do not connect the power
meter yet. (See Figure 3-19 for location detail of XA10J2 pin 55 on the
motherboard.) Power on all the instruments and let them warm up for at
least one hour.
2. Press 4PRESET5 on the synthesizer and, for the HP 83640A/50A press:
4SERVICE5 Tools Menu Disable Doubler (asterisk on)
3. On the power meter:
Zero and calibrate the power meter/sensor.
Set the power meter to dBm mode.
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Figure 3-18. Amplifier/Filter Adjustments Setup
3-54 Adjustments
Amplifier/Filter Adjustments
HP 8360
Equipment
Analog Oscilloscope
Oscilloscope Probes
Power Meter
Power Sensor
Power Sensor
Attenuator 10 dB
Attenuator 10 dB
HP 1740A
HP 10431A
HP 436A/7A/8A
HP 8485A (HP 83620A/22A/23A/24A/30A)
HP 8487A (HP 83640A/50A)
HP 8493C Option 010 (HP 83620A/22A/23A/24A/30A)
HP 8490D Option 010 (HP 83640A/50A)
Figure 3-19. XA10J2 Location
4. Set the default values given in Table 3-4 into the corresponding
amplier/lter calibration constants. On the synthesizer, set:
4SERVICE5
HP 8360
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Adjust Menu Calib Menu
Adjustments 3-55
Amplifier/Filter Adjustments
Select Cal Enter the number of the rst calibration constant from
Table 3-4 and terminate the entry with 4ENTER5. When using the front
panel emulator software, pressing the arrow keys will allow you to vary
the calibration constants. The calibration constant shown at the top of
the \display" window is the active constant.
Modify Cal Enter the default value from Table 3-4 and terminate the
entry with 4ENTER5.
Using the up/down arrow keys, select each of the rest of the calibration
constants in Table 3-4 and set their default values by entering the value
on the numeric keypad. Terminate your entry with the 4ENTER5 key.
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Table 3-4.
Amplifier/Filter Calibration Constants and Default Values
Number
Description
Default
Value
131
Squegg Clamp 1A
255
132
Squegg Clamp 2A
255
133
Squegg Clamp 3A
255
134
Squegg Clamp 4A
255
135
Squegg Clamp 5A
255
136
Squegg Clamp 6A
255
137
Squegg Clamp 7A
255
205
YTM Rise; Band 1
15
206
YTM Rise; Band 2 A1
20
207
YTM Rise; Band 2 B1
2
208
YTM Rise; Band 2 A2
15
209
YTM Rise; Band 3 A1
70
210
YTM Rise; Band 3 B1
7
211
YTM Rise; Band 3 A2
15
212
YTM Rise; Band 3 B2
15
213
YTM Rise; Band 3 A3
15
214
YTM Rise; Band 4
15
215
YTM Rise; Band 5
15
216
YTM Rise; Band 6
10
217
YTM Rise; Band 7
10
3-56 Adjustments
Amplifier/Filter Adjustments
Adjustment
Description
Maximize power across the
band without squegging.
Adjusted at slow sweep speeds
and single sweep mode where the
SYTM sphere is most likely to
squegg.
Minimize power dropouts at the
start of band. Adjustment is only
eective at fast sweep speeds.
HP 8360
Table 3-4.
Amplifier/Filter Calibration Constants and Default Values
(continued)
Number
Description
Default
Value
449
DAmp Clamp 1
255
450
DAmp Clamp 2
255
451
DAmp Clamp 3
255
452
DAmp Clamp 4
255
453
DAmp Clamp 5
255
454
DAmp Clamp 6
255
455
DAmp Clamp 7
255
566
YTF Delay Term A Hrm 1
1000
562
YTF Delay Term A Hrm 2
1000
563
YTF Delay Term A Hrm 3
1000
564
YTF Delay Term A Hrm 4
1000
565
YTF Delay Term A Hrm 5
1000
566
YTF Delay Term A Hrm 6
1000
567
YTF Delay Term A Hrm 7
1000
571
YTF Delay Term B Hrm 1
300
572
YTF Delay Term B Hrm 2
300
573
YTF Delay Term B Hrm 3
300
574
YTF Delay Term B Hrm 4
300
575
YTF Delay Term B Hrm 5
300
576
YTF Delay Term B Hrm 6
300
577
YTF Delay Term B Hrm 7
300
591
YTF Bx Dly Term A1
1000
592
YTF Bx Dly Term A2
1000
593
YTF Bx Dly Term A3
1000
594
YTF Bx Dly Term A4
1000
595
YTF Bx Dly Term A5
1000
596
YTF Bx Dly Term A6
1000
597
YTF Bx Dly Term A7
1000
HP 8360
Adjustment
Description
Protect the bridge detector
from excessive power when
doubler amp mode is selected.
Maximize power over rst 20%
of band. Aects fast sweeps
only. Single sweep mode is also
critical.
Maximize power over higher 30%
of band. Aects fast sweeps only.
Delay compensation for multiband sweeps only. Adjust for
maximum power at lower 50% of
band. Aects fast sweep speeds
only.
Adjustments 3-57
Amplifier/Filter Adjustments
Table 3-4.
Amplifier/Filter Calibration Constants and Default Values
(continued)
Number
Description
Default
Value
601
YTF Bx Dly Term B1
300
602
YTF Bx Dly Term B2
300
603
YTF Bx Dly Term B3
300
604
YTF Bx Dly Term B4
300
605
YTF Bx Dly Term B5
300
606
YTF Bx Dly Term B6
300
607
YTF Bx Dly Term B7
300
621
*YTF Gain Band 1
2048
622
*YTF Gain Band 2
2048
623
*YTF Gain Band 3
2048
624
*YTF Gain Band 4
2048
625
*YTF Gain Band 5
2048
626
*YTF Gain Band 6
2048
627
*YTF Gain Band 7
2048
631
*YTF Oset Band 1
2048
632
*YTF Oset Band 2
2048
633
*YTF Oset Band 3
2048
634
*YTF Oset Band 4
2048
635
*YTF Oset Band 5
2048
636
*YTF Oset Band 6
2048
637
*YTF Oset Band 7
2048
Adjustment
Description
Delay compensation for multiband sweeps only. Adjust for
maximum power at higher 30% of
band. Aects fast sweep speeds
only.
Maximize power over higher 10%
of band. Adjust at slow sweep
speeds.
Maximize power over lower 10%
of band. Adjust at slow sweep
speeds.
Amplifier/Filter Offset and Gain Adjustment
Band 1 Adjustment.
5. On the synthesizer, set:
4START5 42.05 4GHz5
4STOP5 475 4GHz5
4SWEEP TIME5 42005 4msec5
4ALC5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Leveling Mode ALCoff
4POWER LEVEL5 4255 4dBm5
3-58 Adjustments
Amplifier/Filter Adjustments
(asterisk o)
HP 8360
Note that the synthesizer has unleveled output power.
6. On the oscilloscope, set:
Channel A:
Volts/Division:
Volts/Division:
Offset:
Input Coupling:
Input Impedance:
5 mV/Division
10 mV/Division (HP 83623A/24A only)
As required
DC
1 M
Channel B
Volts/Division:
Offset:
Input Coupling:
Input Impedance:
Sweep Mode:
1 V/Division
As required
DC
1 M
A versus B
Adjust Channel A oset, volts/division, and horizontal position controls
for a trace that lls the full horizontal display. Adjust the vertical
position with the A vertical position control.
Note
In the following adjustment power dropouts may occur due
to squegging. Ignore the squegging (the squegg clamp will be
adjusted later) and peak the adjustment for maximum power.
7. Decrease the synthesizer power level until the level of the entire trace on
the oscilloscope begins to drop.
8. Adjust A12R126 YTFG to maximize high end power (last two horizontal
display divisions).
9. Modify calibration constant #631, YTF Oset; Band 1, to maximize low
end power.
10. Repeat steps 8 and 9 until the entire band is peaked.
11. Record the value of calibration constant #631, YTF Oset; Band 1
.
Step down the calibration constant in 100 count steps and verify that the
entire trace shifts down evenly. If the power change is not uniform, repeat
steps 7 through 10 until it is. Then change calibration constant #631
back to the recorded value.
HP 8360
Adjustments 3-59
Amplifier/Filter Adjustments
12. On the synthesizer, set:
4POWER LEVEL5 405 4dBm5
13. Adjust calibration constant #131, Squegg Clamp 1A, to maximize RF
output power across the band. The clamp is adjusted correctly when the
following is true:
a. An increase in the calibration constant value decreases the output
power.
b. A small decrease in the calibration constant value results in no change
in output power.
14. If you have an HP 83623A/24A, continue with \Band 2 Adjustment".
Otherwise, adjust calibration constant #131, Squegg Clamp 1A as
described here, to protect the bridge detector from excessive power:
a. Set the oscilloscope vertical position as necessary to display the trace.
b. On the synthesizer, set:
SWEEP 4MENU5 Manual Sweep (asterisk on)
c. Using the rotary knob, nd the peak of the sweep as displayed by the
oscilloscope.
d. If the power level of the peak point is greater than 21.5 dBm for
HP 83620A/22A/30A or 23.5 dBm for HP 83640A/50A, as displayed
on the power meter, decrease Squegg Clamp 1A until the power level is
less than these values.
If the power level of the peak point is already less than these values,
return the synthesizer to continuous sweep and decrease Squegg Clamp
1A just until the peak point begins to drop (this indicates that power
to the bridge detector is clamped).
15. If you have any instrument except an HP 83640A/50A, continue with
\Band 2 Adjustment". Otherwise, adjust calibration constant #449,
DAmp Clamp 1 as described here, to protect the bridge detector from
excessive power while in doubler amp mode:
a. On the synthesizer, set:
4SERVICE5 Tools Menu Disable Doubler (asterisk o)
POWER 4MENU5 Dblr Amp Menu Doubler Amp Mode On (asterisk on)
b. Set the oscilloscope vertical position as necessary to display the trace.
c. On the synthesizer, set:
SWEEP 4MENU5 Manual Sweep (asterisk on)
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
3-60 Adjustments
Amplifier/Filter Adjustments
HP 8360
d. Using the synthesizer rotary knob, nd the peak of the sweep as
displayed by the oscilloscope.
e. If the power level of the peak point is greater than 23.5 dBm, as
displayed on the power meter, decrease DAmp Clamp 1 until the power
level is less than this level.
If the power level of the peak point is already less than this level, set
the synthesizer back to continuous sweep and decrease DAmp Clamp 1
just until the peak point begins to drop (this indicates that power to
the bridge detector is clamped).
16. Disable the doubler, turn doubler amp mode o, and return the
synthesizer to continuous sweep if you are still in manual sweep.
Band 2 Adjustment.
17. On the synthesizer, set:
4START5 475 4GHz5
4STOP5 413.55 4GHz5
4POWER LEVEL5 4255 4dBm5
18. Set the oscilloscope vertical position as necessary to display the trace.
19. Decrease the synthesizer power level until the level of the entire trace on
the oscilloscope begins to drop.
20. Modify calibration constant #622, YTF Gain; Band 2, to maximize high
end power.
21. Modify calibration constant #632, YTF Oset; Band 2, to maximize low
end power.
22. Repeat steps 20 and 21 until the entire band is peaked.
23. Record the value of calibration constant #632, YTF Oset; Band 2
.
Step down the calibration constant in 100 count steps and verify that the
entire trace shifts down evenly. If the power change is not uniform, repeat
steps 19 through 22 until it is. Then change calibration constant #632
back to the recorded value.
24. On the synthesizer, set:
4POWER LEVEL5 405 4dBm5
25. Adjust calibration constant #132, Squegg Clamp 2A, to maximize RF
output power across the band.
HP 8360
Adjustments 3-61
Amplifier/Filter Adjustments
26. If you have an HP 83623A/24A, continue with \Band 3 Adjustment".
Otherwise, adjust calibration constant #132, Squegg Clamp 2A as
described here, to protect the bridge detector from excessive power:
a. Set the oscilloscope vertical position as necessary to display the trace.
b. On the synthesizer, set:
SWEEP 4MENU5 Manual Sweep (asterisk on)
c. Using the rotary knob, nd the peak of the sweep as displayed by the
oscilloscope.
d. If the power level of the peak point is greater than 20 dBm for HP
83620A/22A/30A or 22.7 dBm for HP 83640A/50A, as displayed on
the power meter, decrease Squegg Clamp 2A until the power level is
less than these values.
If the power level of the peak point is already less than these values,
return the synthesizer to continuous sweep and decrease Squegg Clamp
2A just until the peak point begins to drop (this indicates that power
to the bridge detector is clamped).
27. If you have any instrument except an HP 83640A/50A, continue with
\Band 3 Adjustment". Otherwise, adjust calibration constant #450,
DAmp Clamp 2 as described here, to protect the bridge detector from
excessive power while in doubler amp mode:
a. On the synthesizer, set:
4SERVICE5 Tools Menu Disable Doubler (asterisk o)
POWER 4MENU5 Dblr Amp Menu Doubler Amp Mode On (asterisk on)
b. Set the oscilloscope vertical position as necessary to display the trace.
c. On the synthesizer, set:
SWEEP 4MENU5 Manual Sweep (asterisk on)
d. Using the synthesizer rotary knob, nd the peak of the sweep as
displayed by the oscilloscope.
e. If the power level of the peak point is greater than 22.7 dBm, as
displayed on the power meter, decrease DAmp Clamp 2 until the power
level is less than these values.
If the power level of the peak point is already less than these values,
set the synthesizer back to continuous sweep and decrease DAmp
Clamp 2 just until the peak point begins to drop (this indicates that
power to the bridge detector is clamped).
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
3-62 Adjustments
Amplifier/Filter Adjustments
HP 8360
28. Disable the doubler, turn doubler amp mode o, and return the
synthesizer to continuous sweep if you are still in manual sweep.
Band 3 Adjustment.
29. On the synthesizer, set:
4START5 413.55 4GHz5
4STOP5 4205 4GHz5
4POWER LEVEL5 4255 4dBm5
30. Decrease the synthesizer power level until the level of the entire trace on
the oscilloscope begins to drop.
31. Set A12R108 B3S1 fully clockwise (see Figure 3-20).
Note
There are two sets of potentiometers on the A12 assembly with
identical names. Make certain you are adjusting the correct
ones.
Figure 3-20. A12 Assembly Potentiometer Locations
32. Set calibration constant #623, YTF Gain; Band 3, to 2084.
33. Modify calibration constant #633, YTF Oset; Band 3, to maximize low
end power.
34. Adjust A12R108 B3S1 (see Figure 3-20) for maximum power over the rest
of the sweep (3 to 10 divisions).
HP 8360
Adjustments 3-63
Amplifier/Filter Adjustments
35. Repeat steps 33 and 34 until power is optimized over the full band.
36. Record the value of calibration constant #633, YTF Oset; Band 3
.
Step down the calibration constant in 100 count steps and verify that the
entire trace shifts down evenly. If the power change is not uniform, repeat
steps 31 through 35 until it is. Then change calibration constant #633
back to the recorded value.
37. On the synthesizer, set:
4POWER LEVEL5 405 4dBm5
38. Adjust calibration constant #133, Squegg Clamp 3A, to maximize RF
output power across the band.
39. If you have an HP 83623A/24A, continue with \Band 4 Adjustment".
Otherwise, adjust calibration constant #133, Squegg Clamp 3A as
described here, to protect the bridge detector from excessive power:
a. Set the oscilloscope vertical position as necessary to display the trace.
b. On the synthesizer, set:
SWEEP 4MENU5 Manual Sweep (asterisk on)
c. Using the rotary knob, nd the peak of the sweep as displayed by the
oscilloscope.
d. If the power level of the peak point is greater than 21.5 dBm for
HP 83620A/22A/30A or 22.3 dBm for HP 83640A/50A, as displayed
on the power meter, decrease Squegg Clamp 3A until the power level is
less than these values.
If the power level of the peak point is already less than these
values, return the synthesizer to continuous sweep and decrease
Squegg Clamp 3A just until the peak point begins to drop
(this indicates that power to the bridge detector is clamped).
40. If you have any instrument except an HP 83640A/50A, continue with
\Band 4 Adjustment". Otherwise, adjust calibration constant #451,
DAmp Clamp 3 as described here, to protect the bridge detector from
excessive power while in doubler amp mode:
a. On the synthesizer, set:
4SERVICE5 Tools Menu Disable Doubler (asterisk o)
POWER 4MENU5 Dblr Amp Menu Doubler Amp Mode On (asterisk on)
b. Set the oscilloscope vertical position as necessary to display the trace.
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
3-64 Adjustments
Amplifier/Filter Adjustments
HP 8360
c. On the synthesizer, set:
SWEEP 4MENU5 Manual Sweep (asterisk on)
d. Using the synthesizer rotary knob, nd the peak of the sweep as
displayed by the oscilloscope.
e. If the power level of the peak point is greater than 22.3 dBm, as
displayed on the power meter, decrease DAmp Clamp 3 until the power
level is less than these values.
If the power level of the peak point is already less than these values,
set the synthesizer back to continuous sweep and decrease DAmp
Clamp 3 just until the peak point begins to drop (this indicates that
power to the bridge detector is clamped).
41. Disable the doubler, turn doubler amp mode o, and return the
synthesizer to continuous sweep if you are still in manual sweep.
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Band 4 Adjustment (HP 83630A/40A/50A only).
42. On the synthesizer, set:
4START5 4205 4GHz5
4STOP5 426.55 4GHz5
4POWER LEVEL5 4255 4dBm5
43. Decrease the synthesizer power level until the level of the entire trace on
the oscilloscope begins to drop.
44. Set the following potentiometers, located on the left side of the board,
fully clockwise:
A12R109 B4S1
A12R110 S2
A12R105 B4BP1
A12R106 BP2
45. Set the oscilloscope vertical position as necessary to display the trace.
46. Modify calibration constant #634, YTF Oset; Band 4, to maximize low
end power.
47. Modify calibration constant #624, YTF Gain; Band 4, to maximize power
at the rst division on the display.
Note
HP 8360
If there is no noticeable increase in power in the next two
adjustments, leave the potentiometers at their preset position
(fully clockwise).
Adjustments 3-65
Amplifier/Filter Adjustments
48. Adjust A12R109 B4S1 for maximum high-end power.
49. Adjust A12R105 B4BP1 for maximum power to optimize the 3rd through
the 7th divisions. Stop when the power begins to decrease.
50. Repeat step 47.
51. Repeat steps 41 through 48 until the entire band is peaked.
52. Record the value of calibration constant #634, YTM Oset; Band 4
.
Step down the calibration constant in 100 count steps and verify that the
entire trace shifts down evenly. If the power change is not uniform, repeat
steps 46 through 51 until it is. Then change calibration constant #634
back to the recorded value.
53. On the synthesizer, set:
4POWER LEVEL5 405 4dBm5
54. Adjust calibration constant #134, Squegg Clamp 4A, to maximize RF
output power across the band.
55. For the HP 83630A only, adjust calibration constant #134,
Squegg Clamp 4A as described here, to protect the bridge detector from
excessive power:
a. Set the oscilloscope vertical position as necessary to display the trace.
b. On the synthesizer, set:
SWEEP 4MENU5 Manual Sweep (asterisk on)
c. Using the rotary knob, nd the peak of the sweep as displayed by the
oscilloscope.
d. If the power level of the peak point is greater than 18.9 dBm, as
displayed on the power meter, decrease Squegg Clamp 4A until the
power level is less than these values.
If the power level of the peak point is already less than these
values, return the synthesizer to continuous sweep and decrease
Squegg Clamp 4A just until the peak point begins to drop
(this indicates that power to the bridge detector is clamped).
56. For the HP 83640A/50A only, adjust calibration constant #452,
DAmp Clamp 4 as described here, to protect the bridge detector from
excessive power while in doubler amp mode:
a. On the synthesizer, set:
4SERVICE5 Tools Menu Disable Doubler (asterisk o)
POWER 4MENU5 Dblr Amp Menu Doubler Amp Mode On (asterisk on)
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
3-66 Adjustments
Amplifier/Filter Adjustments
HP 8360
b. Set the oscilloscope vertical position as necessary to display the trace.
c. On the synthesizer, set:
SWEEP 4MENU5 Manual Sweep (asterisk on)
d. Using the synthesizer rotary knob, nd the peak of the sweep as
displayed by the oscilloscope.
e. If the power level of the peak point is greater than 23.5 dBm, as
displayed on the power meter, decrease DAmp Clamp 4 until the power
level is less than these values.
If the power level of the peak point is already less than these values,
set the synthesizer back to continuous sweep and decrease DAmp
Clamp 4 just until the peak point begins to drop (this indicates that
power to the bridge detector is clamped).
57. Disable the doubler, turn doubler amp mode o, and return the
synthesizer to continuous sweep if you are still in manual sweep.
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Band 5 Adjustment (HP 83640A/50A only).
58. On the synthesizer set:
4START5 426.55 4GHz5
4STOP5 433.45 4GHz5
4POWER LEVEL5 4255 4dBm5
59. Set the oscilloscope vertical position as necessary to display the trace.
60. Decrease the synthesizer power level until the level of the entire trace on
the oscilloscope begins to drop.
61. Modify calibration constant #625, YTF Gain; Band 5, to maximize high
end power.
62. Modify calibration constant #635, YTF Oset; Band 5, to maximize low
end power.
63. Repeat steps 61 and 62 until the entire band is peaked.
64. Note the value of calibration constant #635, YTF Oset; Band 5
.
Step down the calibration constant in 100 count steps and verify that the
entire trace shifts down evenly. If the power change is not uniform, repeat
steps 61 through 63 until it is. Then change calibration constant #635
back to the recorded value.
65. On the synthesizer, set:
4POWER LEVEL5 405 4dBm5
HP 8360
Adjustments 3-67
Amplifier/Filter Adjustments
66. Adjust calibration constant #135, Squegg Clamp 5A, to maximize RF
output power across the band.
Band 6 Adjustment (HP 83640A/50A only).
67. On the synthesizer set:
4START5 433.45 4GHz5
4STOP5 4385 4GHz5
4POWER LEVEL5 4255 4dBm5
(40 GHz for HP 83640A only)
68. Set the oscilloscope vertical position as necessary to display the trace.
69. Decrease the synthesizer power level until the level of the entire trace on
the oscilloscope begins to drop.
70. Modify calibration constant #626, YTF Gain; Band 6, to maximize high
end power.
71. Modify calibration constant #636, YTF Oset; Band 6, to maximize low
end power.
72. Repeat steps 70 and 71 until the entire band is peaked.
73. Note the value of calibration constant #636, YTF Oset; Band 6
.
Step down the calibration constant in 100 count steps and verify that the
entire trace shifts down evenly. If the power change is not uniform, repeat
steps 70 through 72 until it is. Then change calibration constant #636
back to the recorded value.
74. On the synthesizer, set:
4POWER LEVEL5 405 4dBm5
75. Adjust calibration constant #136, Squegg Clamp 3A, to maximize RF
output power across the band.
Band 7 Adjustment (HP 83650A only).
76. On the synthesizer set:
4START5 4385 4GHz5
4STOP5 4505 4GHz5
4POWER LEVEL5 4255 4dBm5
77. Set the oscilloscope vertical position as necessary to display the trace.
78. Decrease the synthesizer power level until the level of the entire trace on
the oscilloscope begins to drop.
79. Modify calibration constant #627, YTF Gain; Band 7, to maximize high
end power.
3-68 Adjustments
Amplifier/Filter Adjustments
HP 8360
80. Modify calibration constant #637, YTF Oset; Band 7, to maximize low
end power.
81. Repeat steps 79 and 80 until the entire band is peaked.
82. Note the value of calibration constant #637, YTF Oset; Band 7
.
Step down the calibration constant in 100 count steps and verify that the
entire trace shifts down evenly. If the power change is not uniform, repeat
steps 79 through 81 until it is. Then change calibration constant #637
back to the recorded value.
83. On the synthesizer, set:
4POWER LEVEL5 405 4dBm5
84. Adjust calibration constant #137, Squegg Clamp 7A, to maximize RF
output power across the band.
Auto Tracking Verification.
85. Record the value of the following calibration constants:
#621 YTF Gain; Band 1
#622 YTF Gain; Band 2
#623 YTF Gain; Band 3
#624 YTF Gain; Band 4
#625 YTF Gain; Band 5
#626 YTF Gain; Band 6
#627 YTF Gain; Band 7
#631 YTF Oset; Band 1
#632 YTF Oset; Band 2
#633 YTF Oset; Band 3
#634 YTF Oset; Band 4
#635 YTF Oset; Band 5
#636 YTF Oset; Band 6
#637 YTF Oset; Band 7
#225 YTM Gain; Band 1
#226 YTM Gain; Band 2
#227 YTM Gain; Band 3
#228 YTM Gain; Band 4
#229 YTM Gain; Band 5
#230 YTM Gain; Band 6
HP 8360
Adjustments 3-69
Amplifier/Filter Adjustments
#231 YTM Gain; Band 7
#238 YTM Oset; Band 1
#239 YTM Oset; Band 2
#240 YTM Oset; Band 3
#241 YTM Oset; Band 4
#242 YTM Oset; Band 5
#243 YTM Oset; Band 6
#244 YTM Oset; Band 7
86. Initiate auto tracking on the synthesizer as follows. Terminate the RF
OUTPUT with a good 50
impedance match such as a 10 dB attenuator
or a power sensor (not required for synthesizers with a step attenuator).
Press:
4USER CAL5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Tracking Menu Auto Track
Wait for the synthesizer to complete auto tracking. If auto tracking fails
(an error message is displayed) repeat the gain and oset adjustments for
the failed frequency.
87. On the synthesizer, set:
4START5 42.05 4GHz5
4STOP5 4205 4GHz5
4CONT5 4SWEEP TIME5 41.55 4sec5
4ALC5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Leveling Point Intrnl
4POWER LEVEL5 4255 4dBm5
(asterisk on)
For the HP 83640A/50A only, also press:
(asterisk o)
Connect the power meter to the synthesizer RF OUTPUT through
the power sensor and 10 dB attenuator (see Figure 3-18). Adjust the
oscilloscope horizontal control to place the low power point on a vertical
graticule and note the position.
Select manual sweep. Press SWEEP 4MENU5 Manual Sweep (asterisk on).
Use the arrow keys to adjust the CW frequency to the minimum power
point on the oscilloscope.
On the power meter, check that the power at this point is not less than
the specied maximum leveled power (note that power is attenuated by
10 dB). If it is, note the level and frequency, and check the following:
4SERVICE5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Tools Menu Disable Doubler
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
3-70 Adjustments
Amplifier/Filter Adjustments
HP 8360
a. Compare the manually adjusted YTF and YTM gain and oset
calibration constants (step 85) to the auto tracked calibration
constants. A large dierence in values (several hundred counts)
indicates a possible misadjustment. The auto tracking values are
correct.
b. If the band 3 values are within 500 counts of the limits of their ranges,
repeat the B3S1, B4S1, and B4BP1 adjustments with the doubler
disabled.
c. If the band 4 values are within 500 counts of the limits of the range,
repeat the B4S1 and B4BP1 adjustments with the doubler disabled
(unless you have just readjusted these adjustments in step b).
d. If the problem continues, it is most likely hardware-related. Refer to
the Troubleshooting manual.
88. For the HP 83630A/40A/50A, repeat step 87 for each frequency range
listed in Table 3-5 and a sweep time of 1.5 seconds.
Table 3-5. Frequency Ranges
HP 83630A
20 to 26.5 GHz
HP 83640A
HP 83650A
20 to 26.5 GHz 20 to 26.5 GHz
26.5 to 40 GHz 26.5 to 40 GHz
40 to 50 GHz
89. On the synthesizer, set:
4START5 42.05 4GHz5
4STOP5 4205 4GHz5
4CONT5 4SWEEP TIME5 41.55 4sec5
90. Set the synthesizer power level to the specied maximum leveled power.
Check for ALC oscillations or level squegging.
a. The SRD bias A or B calibration constants for the aected band
might eliminate oscillation. The problem is with the A term if the
oscillations are near the beginning of the band. It is with the B term if
the oscillations are near the end of the band. SRD bias has a range.
It can be overbiased which causes level squegging. If so, decrease the
value of the SRD bias calibration constants and repeat the adjustment.
HP 8360
Adjustments 3-71
Amplifier/Filter Adjustments
b. If the SRD bias calibration constants have no eect, check the ALC
Mod Gain calibration constant for the appropriate band.
91. For the HP 83630A/40A/50A, repeat step 90 for each frequency range
listed in Table 3-5 and a sweep time of 1.5 seconds.
92. Set the synthesizer power level to 25 dBm and then set various frequency
ranges such as 5 GHz to 50 GHz or 10 GHz to 45 GHz.
Set the sweep times to greater than 200 ms for single-band sweeps and
less than 1.5 seconds for multi-band sweeps since delay compensation has
not yet been adjusted.
For each frequency range set, compare the signal levels of single sweep to
continuous sweep. Band frequency ranges are as follows:
Band
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Frequency Range
(GHz)
0.01 to < 2.0
2.0 to 7.0
7.0 to < 13.5
13.5 to 20.0
> 20.0 to 26.5
26.5 to < 33.4
33.4 to < 381
38 to 50
1 40 GHz for the HP 83640A.
Problems here are typically associated with sphere heating while awaiting the
start of sweep trigger. If necessary adjust the squegging clamp calibration
constant for the appropriate band.
Single-Band Amplifier/Filter Delay.
93. On the synthesizer, set:
4START5 42.05 4GHz5
4STOP5 475 4GHz5
4CONT5 4SWEEP TIME5 405 4msec5
4POWER LEVEL5 4255 4dBm5
4ALC5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Leveling Mode ALCoff
3-72 Adjustments
Amplifier/Filter Adjustments
(asterisk on)
HP 8360
For the HP 83640A/50A only, also set:
(asterisk on)
94. Decrease the synthesizer power level until the level of the entire trace on
the oscilloscope begins to drop.
4SERVICE5
Note
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Tools Menu Disable Doubler
The oscilloscope vertical sensitivity is initially set to
50 mV/division (5 mV/division with a 10:1 probe) providing
a logarithmic scale of 1.5 dB/division. If necessary,
decrease the vertical sensitivity for some frequency bands to
100 mV/division in order to display the entire trace on the
CRT (the oscilloscope is already set to 10 mV/division for the
HP 83623A/24A). If you do change the vertical sensitivity by
half, remember that the logarithmic scale must change by half
also.
Band 1 Adjustment.
95. Switch between the fastest sweep time (0 ms) and 200 ms sweep time and
check that power changes less than 2/3 division (1 dB.) If not, adjust
the appropriate rise or delay term (steps 98 through 100) and repeat this
step.
Note
If fast sweep has more power than slow sweep do not readjust.
Continue with the next step.
96. On the synthesizer, set:
4SWEEP TIME5 405 4msec5
4SINGLE5
97. Press
several times to initiate several sweeps and check that a
drop in power 1 division occurs when in single sweep. If it is less than
1 division, skip the remainder of \Band 1 Adjustment" and continue with
\Band 2 Adjustment".
If the drop in power is > 1 division, increase the A term of the delay
adjustment #561 to put the A term at the high end of the peak.
Then repeat from step 95.
98. Adjust calibration constant #561, YTF Dly Term A Hrm 1, to maximize
power for the low end of band 1. Set the calibration constant for the
middle of the peaked range.
HP 8360
Adjustments 3-73
Amplifier/Filter Adjustments
99. Adjust calibration constant #571, YTF Dly Term B Hrm 1, to maximize
power for the high end of band 1. Set the calibration constant for the
middle of the peaked range.
100. Adjust calibration constant #205, YTM Rise; Band 1, to minimize power
dropout at the start of band 1.
Band 2 Adjustment.
Note
If the oscilloscope is not already set to 5 mV/division
(or 10 mV/division for the HP 83623A/24A), do so now. The
logarithmic scale is calculated with the 5 mV/division value so
for models using 10 mV/division the logarithmic scale must
change by half.
101. On the synthesizer, set:
4START5 475 4GHz5
4STOP5 413.55 4GHz5
4CONT5 4SWEEP TIME5 405 4msec5
4POWER LEVEL5 4255 4dBm5
102. Decrease the synthesizer power level until the level of the entire trace on
the oscilloscope begins to drop.
103. Switch between the fastest sweep time (0 ms) and 200 ms sweep time
and check that power changes less than 2/3 division. If not, adjust the
appropriate rise or delay term (steps 106 through 108) and then repeat
this step.
104. On the synthesizer, set:
4SWEEP TIME5 405 4msec5
105. a. Press 4SINGLE5 several times to initiate several sweeps. Note any drop in
power.
b. Press 4SINGLE5 4RF ON/OFF5. Then press 4RF ON/OFF5 again (LED on) and
note any drop in power.
c. The power loss noted in step a can be no smaller than the power loss
noted in step b. If the step a power loss is greater than the step b
power loss by 1 division (1.5 dB), increase the A term of the delay
adjustment #562 to put the A term at the high end of the peak. Then
repeat from step 103.
If the power loss in step a is not smaller than that in step b, skip the
rest of \Band 2 Adjustment" and continue with \Band 3 Adjustment".
3-74 Adjustments
Amplifier/Filter Adjustments
HP 8360
106. Adjust calibration constant #562, YTF Dly Term A Hrm 2, to maximize
power for the low end of band 2.
107. Adjust calibration constant #572, YTF Dly Term B Hrm 2, to maximize
power for the high end of band 2.
108. Adjust calibration constant #208, YTM Rise; Band 2 A2, to minimize
power dropout at the start of band 2.
Band 3 Adjustment.
109. On the synthesizer, set:
4START5 413.55 4GHz5
4STOP5 4205 4GHz5
4CONT5 4SWEEP TIME5 405 4msec5
4POWER LEVEL5 4255 4dBm5
110. Decrease the synthesizer power level until the level of the entire trace on
the oscilloscope begins to drop.
111. Switch between the fastest sweep time (0 ms) and 200 ms sweep time and
check that power changes less than 2/3 division (1 dB). If not, adjust
the appropriate rise or delay terms (steps 114 through 116) and then
repeat this step.
112. On the synthesizer, set:
4SWEEP TIME5 405 4msec5
113. a. Press 4SINGLE5 several times to initiate several sweeps. Note any drop in
power.
b. Press 4SINGLE5 4RF ON/OFF5. Then press 4RF ON/OFF5 again (LED on) and
note any drop in power.
c. The power loss noted in step a can be no smaller than the power loss
noted in step b. If the step a power loss is greater than the step b
power loss by 1 division (1.5 dB), increase the A term of the delay
adjustment #573 to put the A term at the high end of the peak. Then
repeat from step 111.
If the power loss in step a is not smaller than that in step b, skip the
rest of \Band 3 Adjustment" and continue with \Band 4 Adjustment".
114. Adjust calibration constant #563, YTF Dly Term A Hrm 3, to maximize
power for the low end of band 3.
115. Adjust calibration constant #573, YTF Dly Term B Hrm 3, to maximize
power for the high end of band 3.
116. Adjust calibration constant #213, YTM Rise; Band 3 A3, to minimize
power dropout at the start of band 3.
HP 8360
Adjustments 3-75
Amplifier/Filter Adjustments
Band 4 Adjustment (HP 83630A/40A/50A).
117. On the synthesizer, set:
4START5 4205 4GHz5
4STOP5 426.55 4GHz5
4CONT5 4SWEEP TIME5 405 4msec5
4POWER LEVEL5 4255 4dBm5
118. Decrease the synthesizer power level until the level of the entire trace on
the oscilloscope begins to drop.
119. Switch between the fastest sweep time (0 ms) and 200 ms sweep time
and check that power changes less than 2/3 division. If not, adjust the
appropriate rise term (steps 122 and 123) and then repeat this step.
120. On the synthesizer, set:
4SWEEP TIME5 405 4msec5
121. a. Press 4SINGLE5 several times to initiate several sweeps. Note any drop in
power.
b. Press 4SINGLE5 4RF ON/OFF5. Then press 4RF ON/OFF5 again (LED on) and
note any drop in power.
c. The power loss noted in step a can be no smaller than the power loss
noted in step b. If the step a power loss is greater than the step b
power loss by 1 division (1.5 dB), increase the A term of the delay
adjustment #564 to put the A term at the high end of the peak. Then
repeat from step 119.
If the power loss in step a is not smaller than that in step b, skip the
rest of \Band 4 Adjustment" and continue with \Band 5 Adjustment".
122. Adjust calibration constant #564, YTF Dly Term A Hrm 4, to maximize
power for the low end of band 4.
123. Adjust calibration constant #574, YTF Dly Term B Hrm 4, to maximize
power for the high end of band 4.
Band 5 Adjustment (HP 83640A/50A only).
124. On the synthesizer, set:
4START5 426.55 4GHz5
4STOP5 433.45 4GHz5
4CONT5 4SWEEP TIME5 405 4msec5
4POWER LEVEL5 4255 4dBm5
125. Decrease the synthesizer power level until the level of the entire trace on
the oscilloscope begins to drop.
3-76 Adjustments
Amplifier/Filter Adjustments
HP 8360
126. Switch between the fastest sweep time (0 ms) and 200 ms sweep time and
check that power changes less than 2/3 division (1 dB). If not, adjust
the appropriate rise or delay term (steps 129 through 131) and then
repeat this step.
127. On the synthesizer, set:
4SWEEP TIME5 405 4msec5
128. a. Press 4SINGLE5 several times to initiate several sweeps. Note any drop in
power.
b. Press 4SINGLE5 4RF ON/OFF5. Then press 4RF ON/OFF5 again (LED on) and
note any drop in power.
c. The power loss noted in step a can be no smaller than the power loss
noted in step b. If the step a power loss is greater than the step b
power loss by 1 division (1.5 dB), increase the A term of the delay
adjustment #565 to put the A term at the high end of the peak. Then
repeat from step 126.
If the power loss in step a is not smaller than that in step b, skip the
rest of \Band 5 Adjustment" and continue with \Band 6 Adjustment".
129. Adjust calibration constant #565, YTF Dly Term A Hrm 5, to maximize
power for the low end of band 5.
130. Adjust calibration constant #575, YTF Dly Term B Hrm 5, to maximize
power for the high end of band 5.
131. Adjust calibration constant #215, YTM Rise; Band 5, to minimize power
dropout at the start of band 5.
Band 6 Adjustment (HP 83640A/50A only).
132. On the synthesizer, set:
4START5 433.45 4GHz5
4STOP5 4385 4GHz5
4CONT5 4SWEEP TIME5 405 4msec5
4POWER LEVEL5 4255 4dBm5
(40 GHz for HP 83640A)
133. Decrease the synthesizer power level until the level of the entire trace on
the oscilloscope begins to drop.
134. Switch between the fastest sweep time (0 ms) and 200 ms sweep time and
check that power changes less than 2/3 division (1 dB). If not, adjust
the appropriate rise or delay term (steps 137 through 139) and then
repeat this step.
135. On the synthesizer, set:
4SWEEP TIME5 405 4msec5
HP 8360
Adjustments 3-77
Amplifier/Filter Adjustments
136. a. Press 4SINGLE5 several times to initiate several sweeps. Note any drop in
power.
b. Press 4SINGLE5 4RF ON/OFF5. Then press 4RF ON/OFF5 again (LED on) and
note any drop in power.
c. The power loss noted in step a can be no smaller than the power loss
noted in step b. If the step a power loss is greater than the step b
power loss by 1 division (1.5 dB), increase the A term of the delay
adjustment #566 to put the A term at the high end of the peak. Then
repeat from step 134.
If the power loss in step a is not smaller than that in step b, skip the
rest of \Band 6 Adjustment" and continue with \Band 7 Adjustment".
137. Adjust calibration constant #566, YTF Dly Term A Hrm 6, to maximize
power for the low end of band 6.
138. Adjust calibration constant #576, YTF Dly Term B Hrm 6, to maximize
power for the high end of band 6.
139. Adjust calibration constant #216, YTM Rise; Band 6, to minimize power
dropout at the start of band 6.
Band 7 Adjustment (HP 83650A only).
140. On the synthesizer, set:
4START5 4385 4GHz5
4STOP5 4505 4GHz5
4CONT5 4SWEEP TIME5 405 4msec5
4POWER LEVEL5 4255 4dBm5
141. Decrease the synthesizer power level until the level of the entire trace on
the oscilloscope begins to drop.
142. Switch between the fastest sweep time (0 ms) and 200 ms sweep time and
check that power changes less than 2/3 division (1 dB). If not, adjust
the appropriate rise or delay term (steps 145 through 147) and then
repeat this step.
143. On the synthesizer, set:
4SWEEP TIME5 405 4msec5
3-78 Adjustments
Amplifier/Filter Adjustments
HP 8360
144. a. Press 4SINGLE5 several times to initiate several sweeps. Note any drop in
power.
b. Press 4SINGLE5 4RF ON/OFF5. Then press 4RF ON/OFF5 again (LED on) and
note any drop in power.
c. The power loss noted in step a can be no smaller than the power loss
noted in step b. If the step a power loss is greater than the step b
power loss by 1 division (1.5 dB), increase the A term of the delay
adjustment #567 to put the A term at the high end of the peak. Then
repeat from step 142.
If the power loss in step a is not smaller than that in step b, skip the
rest of \Band 7 Adjustment" and continue with \Multi-band YTF
Delay".
145. Adjust calibration constant #567, YTF Dly Term A Hrm 7, to maximize
power for the low end of band 7.
146. Adjust calibration constant #577, YTF Dly Term B Hrm 7, to maximize
power for the high end of band 7.
147. Adjust calibration constant #217, YTM Rise; Band 7, to minimize power
dropout at the start of band 7.
Multi-band YTF Delay.
148. On the synthesizer, set:
4START5 4135 4GHz5
4STOP5 4205 4GHz5
4CONT5 4SWEEP TIME5 405 4msec5
4POWER LEVEL5 4255 4dBm5
149. Decrease the synthesizer power level until the level of the entire trace on
the oscilloscope begins to drop.
Note
HP 8360
Synthesizer intensity markers are set to identify the bandcross
frequencies (7.0, 13.5 GHz, and 20.0 GHz). Reduce oscilloscope
trace intensity to identify these markers. You can also
identify bandcrosses by temporarily removing the cable from
the Z-AXIS BLANK/MKRS connector on the synthesizer
rear panel. Make sure this cable is connected when making
adjustments.
Adjustments 3-79
Amplifier/Filter Adjustments
150. On the synthesizer, set:
151.
152.
153.
154.
155.
(asterisk on)
Adjust calibration constant #593, YTF Bx Dly Term A3, to maximize
power at the low end of band 3.
Adjust calibration constant #603, YTF Bx DLY Term B3 to maximize
power at the high end of band 3.
Adjust calibration constant #212, YTM Rise; Band 3 B2, to minimize
power dropout at the end of band 3.
Switch between the fastest sweep time (0 ms) and 200 ms sweep time
and check that power changes less than 2/3 division (1 dB). If the
change in power is greater than 2/3 division, readjust the A term of the
delay adjustment #593 for low end problems, or the B term of the delay
adjustment #603 for high end problems.
On the synthesizer, set:
4MARKER5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Marker M1 413.55 4GHz5
4CONT5 4SWEEP TIME5 405 4msec5
156. Press 4SINGLE5 several times to initiate several sweeps. If a drop in power
greater than 1 division occurs when in single sweep, increase the A term
of the delay adjustment #593 to put the A term at the high end of the
peak.
157. On the synthesizer, set:
4START5 475 4GHz5
4CONT5 4SWEEP TIME5 405 4msec5
4POWER LEVEL5 4255 4dBm5
158. Decrease the synthesizer power level until the level of the entire trace on
the oscilloscope begins to drop.
159. Switch between the fastest sweep time (0 ms) and 500 ms sweep time and
check that power changes less than 2/3 division (1 dB) across both
bands. If the change is greater than 2/3 division, readjust the appropriate
delay term.
160. Adjust calibration constant #592, YTF Bx Dly Term A2, to maximize
power at the start of band 2 (start of sweep).
161. Adjust calibration constant #602, YTF Bx Dly Term B2, to maximize
power at the end of band 2.
162. Adjust calibration constant #211, YTM Rise; Band 3 A2, to minimize
power dropout at the start of band 3.
163. On the synthesizer, set:
4START5 4105 4GHz5
4POWER LEVEL5 4255 4dBm5
3-80 Adjustments
Amplifier/Filter Adjustments
HP 8360
164. Decrease the synthesizer power level until the level of the entire trace on
the oscilloscope begins to drop.
165. Adjust calibration constant #212, YTM Rise; Band 3 B2, to minimize
power dropout at the start of band 3.
166. On the synthesizer, set:
4SWEEP TIME5 405 4msec5
167. Press 4SINGLE5 several times to initiate several sweeps. If a drop in
power greater than 1 division occurs when in single sweep, readjust the
appropriate delay term for the location of the problem.
168. On the synthesizer, set:
4START5 42.05 4GHz5
4CONT5 4SWEEP TIME5 405 4msec5
4MARKER5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Marker M2 475 4GHz5
4POWER LEVEL5 4255 4dBm5
(asterisk on)
169. Decrease the synthesizer power level until the level of the entire trace on
the oscilloscope begins to drop.
170. Adjust calibration constant #591, YTF Bx Dly Term A1, to maximize
power at the start of band 1.
171. Adjust calibration constant #601, YTF Bx Dly Term B1, to maximize
power at the high end of band 1.
172. Adjust calibration constant #206, YTM Rise; Band 2 A1, to minimize
power dropout at the start of band 2.
173. Adjust calibration constant #209, YTM Rise; Band 3 A1, to minimize
power dropout at the start of band 3.
174. Switch between the fastest sweep time (0 ms) and 1s sweep time and
check that power changes less than 2/3 division (1 dB) across all bands.
If the change is greater than 2/3 division, readjust the appropriate delay
term.
175. On the synthesizer, set:
4SWEEP TIME5 405 4msec5
4SINGLE5
176. Press
several times to initiate several sweeps. If a drop in
power greater than 1 division occurs when in single sweep, readjust the
appropriate delay or risetime term for the location of the problem.
177. On the synthesizer, set:
4START5 455 4GHz5
4POWER LEVEL5 4255 4dBm5
178. Decrease the synthesizer power level until the level of the entire trace on
the oscilloscope begins to drop.
HP 8360
Adjustments 3-81
Amplifier/Filter Adjustments
179. Adjust calibration constant #210, YTM Rise; Band 3 B1, to minimize
power dropout at the end of band 3.
180. Adjust calibration constant #207, YTM Rise; Band 2 B1, to minimize
power dropout at the end of band 2.
Band 4 Multi-band YTF Delay (HP 83630A/40A/50A only).
181. On the synthesizer, set:
4START5 42.05 4GHz5
4STOP5 426.55 4GHz5
4CONT5 4SWEEP TIME5 405 4msec5
4MARKER5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Marker M3 4205 4GHz5
(asterisk on)
4POWER LEVEL5 4255 4dBm5
182. Decrease the synthesizer power level until the level of the entire trace on
the oscilloscope begins to drop.
183. Adjust calibration constant #594, YTF Bx Dly Term A4, to maximize
power at the start of band 4.
184. Adjust calibration constant #604, YTF Bx Dly Term B4, to maximize
power at the end of band 4.
185. Adjust calibration constant #214, YTM Rise; Band 4, to minimize power
dropout at the start of band 4.
186. Switch between the fastest sweep time (0 ms) and 500 ms sweep time and
check that power changes less than 2/3 division (1 dB) across both
bands. If the change is greater than 2/3 division, readjust the appropriate
delay term.
187. On the synthesizer, set:
4SWEEP TIME5 405 4msec5
4SINGLE5
188. Press
several times to initiate several sweeps. If a drop in
power greater than 1 division occurs when in single sweep, readjust the
appropriate delay term for the location of the problem.
189. On the synthesizer, set:
4START5 4155 4GHz5
4CONT5 4SWEEP TIME5 405 4msec5
4POWER LEVEL5 4255 4dBm5
190. Decrease the synthesizer power level until the level of the entire trace on
the oscilloscope begins to drop.
191. Press 4SINGLE5 several times to initiate several sweeps. If a drop in power
greater than 1/3 division occurs when in single sweep, readjust the
appropriate delay or risetime term for the location of the problem.
3-82 Adjustments
Amplifier/Filter Adjustments
HP 8360
Operation Check.
192. Try the following start and stop frequencies:
Start and Stop Frequencies (GHz)
HP 83620A/23A HP 83622A/24A HP 83630A HP 83640A HP 83650A
0.045 to 20
2 to 20
4.5 to 18
4.5 to 18
10 to 20
10 to 20
2 to 14.5
2 to 14.5
0.045 to 26.5 0.045 to 40
0.045 to 50
4.5 to 18
4.5 to 33
4.5 to 33
10 to 20
10 to 23
10 to 45
2 to 14.5
2 to 14.5
2 to 23
Compare sweeps of 0 ms and 1 s and also single sweeps at fast speed. If
a power drop of 0.5 division or greater is noted, readjust the appropriate
calibration constant.
193. If this is the last calibration constant you will be adjusting, see
\Calibration Constants" to store the calibration constants as protected
data (in EEPROM).
Related Performance Tests
Maximum Leveled Power
In Case Of Difficulty
1. See \Adjustment Help" in this procedure.
2. Verify the oscilloscope ALC board calibration. When calibrated, the voltage
on the oscilloscope is scaled to 33 mV/dB.
3. Refer to the Troubleshooting manual.
HP 8360
Adjustments 3-83
Amplifier/Filter Adjustments
11. Low Power SRD Bias
Description and Procedure
The synthesizer is set to 10 GHz. Then the A9 pulse board MIN adjustment
sets the source voltage of the FET for the proper SRD bias level.
1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3-21. Preset all instruments and
let them warm up for at least one hour.
Figure 3-21. Low Power SRD Bias Adjustment Setup
Equipment
DVM
HP 3456A
2. On the synthesizer set:
4CW5 4105 4GHz5.
3. Set the DVM to measure DC volts.
4. Adjust A9R105 MIN (see Figure 3-22) for 00.54 V DC.
3-84 Adjustments
Low Power SRD Bias
HP 8360
Figure 3-22. A9R105 Location
Related Performance Tests
None
In Case of Difficulty
Refer to the Troubleshooting manual.
HP 8360
Adjustments 3-85
Low Power SRD Bias
12. Modulator Offset and Gain
Description and Procedure
In this procedure, the ALC modulation oset and gain calibration constants
are adjusted to linearize the ALC modulator response to the ALC power
level reference voltage. Default values are entered for the modulator oset
calibration constants and internal rmware is activated to set the modulator
gain calibration constants. The synthesizer is then set for a power sweep across
the entire leveled ALC range (020 to the maximum leveled power). The
integrator level signal on the ALC board is monitored to verify linearity.
If necessary, the modulator oset values are modied.
1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3-23. Preset the instruments
and let them warm up for at least one hour.
Figure 3-23. Modulator Offset and Gain Adjustment Setup
Equipment
Digitizing Oscilloscope
Oscilloscope Probes
3-86 Adjustments
Modulator Offset and Gain
HP 54111D
HP 10431A
HP 8360
2. On the synthesizer, set:
4SERVICE5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Adjust Menu Calib Menu
3. If you have replaced the low band assembly (A24) or the dual modulator
assembly (A38), set the ALC oset calibration constants to the default
values given in Table 3-6. Otherwise, skip to step 7.
Select Select Cal . Using the numeric keypad, enter the number of the
rst calibration constant in Table 3-6. Terminate your entry with the
4ENTER5 key.
Select Modify Cal . Use the numeric keypad to enter the corresponding
default value in Figure 3-23. Terminate your entry with the 4ENTER5 key.
4. Using the up/down arrow keys, select each of rest of the calibration
constants in Figure 3-23 and set their default values by entering the value
on the numeric keypad. Terminate your entry with the 4ENTER5 key.
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Table 3-6. ALC Offset Calibration Constant Default Values
Calibration
Constant
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
HP 8360
Description
Default Value
ALC Mod Ofs; Band 0
ALC Mod Ofs; Band 1
ALC Mod Ofs; Band 2
ALC Mod Ofs; Band 3
ALC Mod Ofs; Band 4
ALC Mod Ofs; Band 5
ALC Mod Ofs; Band 6
ALC Mod Ofs; Band 7
100
100
100
100
100
150
150
150
Adjustments 3-87
Modulator Offset and Gain
5. On the synthesizer, set:
4SERVICE5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Adjust Menu AssyAdj Menu A10 Adj Menu A10 Mod Gain
The synthesizer will measure, calculate, and store the modulator gain
calibration constants.
When the adjustment is completed the following message appears on the
display:
Modulator Gain Cal Completed
Calibration constants were modified.
6. If this is the last calibration constant you will be adjusting, see
\Calibration Constants" to store the calibration constants as protected
data (in EEPROM).
7. Connect the oscilloscope as shown in Figure 3-23.
8. On the oscilloscope, set:
Channel 1:
Display
Volts/Division
Offset
Input Coupling
Input Impedance
On
50 mV
As necessary
dc
1 M
Channel 2:
Display
Volts/Division
Input Coupling
Input Impedance
On
2V
dc
1 M
Timebase:
Time/Division
Delay
Delay Reference
Sweep
10 ms
5 ms
At left
Triggered
Trigger:
Trigger Mode
Edge
3-88 Adjustments
Modulator Offset and Gain
HP 8360
Trigger Source
Trigger Level
Trigger Slope
Display:
Display Mode
Averaging
Number of Averages
Screen
Channel 2
2V
Negative
Repetitive
On
2
Single
9. On the synthesizer, set:
4CENTER5 415 4GHz5
4SPAN5 405 4GHz5
10. For synthesizers with Option 001, set:
POWER 4MENU5 Uncoupl Atten
11. Set the synthesizer power level to 020 dBm. Press:
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
0
4POWER LEVEL5 4 5 4205 4dBm5
Now set the synthesizer for a power sweep of its full ALC range. For
example, if your synthesizer's specied maximum leveled power at this
frequency is +10 dBm then set the power sweep to 30 dB/sweep (020 dBm
to +10 dBm = 30 dB). Press:
POWER 4MENU5 4POWER SWEEP5 4305 4dB5
12. Continue to set up the synthesizer as follows:
4SWEEP TIME5 41005 4msec5
(asterisk on)
13. Adjust the oscilloscope timebase so the Z-axis input goes high at the right
edge of the display. This signal is low during the power sweep.
14. Change the value of the band 0 calibration constant #315 to adjust the
signal variation during the power sweep (while Z-axis is low) as follows:
Adjust the calibration constant so that the trace in the last three
(farthest right) graticules is as at as possible. Initiate an AM bandwidth
calibration, press: 4USER CAL5 AM Cal Menu AM BW Cal Once .
Repeat the adjustment and calibration until the last three graticules are as
at as possible.
4USER CAL5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Tracking Menu Peak RF Always
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
HP 8360
Adjustments 3-89
Modulator Offset and Gain
15. Set the synthesizer to each of the center frequencies in Table 3-7. Change
the power sweep as appropriate to sweep the full ALC range. Perform an
AM bandwidth calibration and then repeat step 14 for each corresponding
calibration constant.
Table 3-7. Center Frequencies and Calibration Constants
Center Frequencies Calibration Constants
(GHz)
5.0
#316 Band 1
9.0
#317 Band 2
19.0
#318 Band 3
25.01
#319 Band 4
30.01
#320 Band 5
35.01
#321 Band 6
45.01
#322 Band 7
1 Disregard if beyond your synthesizer's capability.
Related Performance Tests
Maximum Leveled Power AM Bandwidth
In Case of Difficulty
Refer to the Troubleshooting manual.
3-90 Adjustments
Modulator Offset and Gain
HP 8360
13. ALC Power Level Accuracy
Description and Procedure
This adjustment sets the absolute power accuracy in each frequency band at
a CW frequency. The digital ALC calibration array is loaded with zeros for
the 0 dB attenuator setting to eliminate any power oset from this source.
Calibration constants set the power accuracy at four power levels.
A potentiometer sets the power accuracy at an 18 dBm level in the low band
(not applicable for all models).
Note
This adjustment procedure zeros the digital ALC calibration
array at the 0 dB attenuator setting. The \Power Flatness"
adjustment must be performed after this procedure.
1. Preset the equipment shown in Figure 3-24 and let them warm up for at
least one hour. Do not connect the power sensor to the synthesizer RF
OUTPUT yet.
Figure 3-24. ALC Power Level Accuracy Adjustment Setup
HP 8360
Adjustments 3-91
ALC Power Level Accuracy
Equipment
Power Meter
Power Sensor
Power Sensor
HP 436A/7A/8A
HP 8485A (HP 83620A/22A/23A/24A/30A)
HP 8487A (HP 83640A/50A)
2. Zero and calibrate the power meter/sensor and set the power meter to
dBm mode. Connect the power sensor to the synthesizer's RF OUTPUT.
Set the CAL FACTOR % for the power sensor 1 GHz calibration factor.
3. On the synthesizer, set:
4USER CAL5 Tracking Menu RF Peak Always (asterisk on)
POWER 4MENU5 Uncoupl Atten (Option 001 only)
4. On the synthesizer, zero the digital ALC calibration for the 0 dB
attenuator setting for all frequency ranges:
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Adjust
AtnStep To Cal
Cal Freq Range
Cal Freq Range
4SERVICE5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Menu DigALC Menu
405 4dB5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Note
Lo Band ALC Cal Array (Atn, Freq) Zero
Hi Band ALC Cal Array (Atn, Freq) Zero
The default values given in the next step are a general starting
point. If the current ALC power accuracy is within 1 dB,
fewer repetitions are required if you start with the existing
calibration constants unchanged.
5. Set the default values given in Table 3-8 into the corresponding ALC
calibration constants. On the synthesizer, set:
4SERVICE5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Adjust Menu Calib Menu
Select Cal Enter the number of the calibration constant from Table 3-8
and terminate the entry with 4ENTER5.
Modify Cal Enter the default value from Table 3-8 and terminate the
entry with 4ENTER5.
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
3-92 Adjustments
ALC Power Level Accuracy
HP 8360
Table 3-8. ALC Calibration Constants and Default Values
ALC Calibration Constant Default Value
Low Band 0.01 to 2.0 GHz1
120
#265 LVL DAC Ofs Lo Bnd
20
#252 LVL DAC Gain Lo Bnd
142
#284 ALC Det Ofs; Lo
140
#293 ALC Log Brkpt; Lo
High Band 2.0 to 20 GHz
0
#264 LVL DAC Ofs Hi Bnd
20
#251 LVL DAC Gain Hi Bnd
134
#283 ALC Det Ofs; Hi
131
#292 ALC Log Brkpt; Hi
1 Disregard if beyond your synthesizer's capability.
Low Band ALC Power Accuracy Adjustment
6. On the synthesizer, set:
4CW5 415 4GHz5
4SERVICE5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Adjust Menu Calib Menu
7. On the synthesizer, set:
4POWER LEVEL5 First power level in Table 3-9
8. Select the rst calibration constant in Table 3-9:
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Select Cal 42655 4ENTER5
9. On the synthesizer, select Modify Cal and, using the rotary knob, modify
the calibration constant so that the power meter and the power level
setting are the same.
10. Repeat steps 8 through 10 for each power level and calibration constant
given in Table 3-9.
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
HP 8360
Adjustments 3-93
ALC Power Level Accuracy
Table 3-9. Power Level and Calibration Constant Adjustment
Power Level
(dBm)
0.0
010.0
020.0
+10.0
Calibration Constant Adjustment
#265 LVL DAC Ofs Lo Bnd
#252 LVL DAC Gain Lo Bnd
#284 ALC Det Ofs; Lo
#293 ALC Det Log Brkpt; Lo
11. On the synthesizer, set:
4POWER LEVEL5 4185 4dBm5
Adjust A10R125, +20 dBm, until the power meter and the power level
setting are the same. Figure 3-25 shows the location of A10R125.
Figure 3-25. A10R125 Location
12. Repeat steps 8 through 12 until the power accuracy for each calibration
constant is within 60.01 dBm.
3-94 Adjustments
ALC Power Level Accuracy
HP 8360
High Band Power Accuracy Adjustment
13. On the synthesizer, set:
4CW5 4105 4GHz5
4SERVICE5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Adjust Menu Calib Menu
14. On the power meter, set the CAL FACTOR % for the power sensor
10 GHz calibration factor.
15. On the synthesizer, set:
4POWER LEVEL5 First power level in Table 3-10
16. Select the rst calibration constant in Table 3-10:
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Select Cal 42645 4ENTER5
17. On the synthesizer, select Modify Cal and, using the rotary knob, modify
the calibration constant so that the power meter and the power level
setting are the same.
18. Repeat steps 16 through 18 for each power level and calibration constant
given in Table 3-10.
19. Repeat steps 16 through 19 until the power accuracy for each calibration
constant is within 60.01 dBm.
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Table 3-10. Power Level and Calibration Constant Adjustment
Power Level
(dBm)
0.0
010.0
020.0
+10.0
Calibration Constant Adjustment
#264 LVL DAC Ofs Hi Bnd
#251 LVL DAC Gain Hi Bnd
#283 ALC Det Ofs; Hi
#292 ALC Det Log Brkpt; Hi
20. If this is the last calibration constant you will be adjusting, see
\Calibration Constants" in this manual to store the calibration constants
as protected data (in EEPROM).
HP 8360
Adjustments 3-95
ALC Power Level Accuracy
Related Performance Tests
None
In Case of Difficulty
Refer to the Troubleshooting manual.
3-96 Adjustments
ALC Power Level Accuracy
HP 8360
14. Power Flatness
(The automated power atness adjustment in Chapter 5 may be used in place
of this procedure.)
Description and Procedure
In this procedure, the synthesizer measures and corrects power atness. The
synthesizer controls the power meter via HP-IB while the power meter is
measuring the RF output. For each synthesizer frequency band and a 0 dB
attenuator setting, control is given to the synthesizer to measure and correct
power atness.
Note
This adjustment requires an HP 437B Power Meter. The
correct power sensor calibration factors must be loaded and
selected. This procedure cannot be run with a controller on
the HP-IB, nor can it be run from a front panel emulator. For
Option 003 instrument, see Chapter 5.
1. Preset the instruments shown in Figure 3-26. Do not connect the power
sensor to the synthesizer RF output yet. Let both instruments warm up for
at least one hour.
Figure 3-26. Power Flatness Adjustment Setup
HP 8360
Adjustments 3-97
Power Flatness
Equipment
Power Meter
Power Sensor
Power Sensor
Power Sensor
HP 437A
HP 8482A
HP 8485A (HP 83620A/22A/23A/24A/30A)
HP 8487A (HP 83640A/50A)
Low Band Power Flatness
Disregard if beyond your synthesizer's capability.
2. On the synthesizer, press:
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Adjust Menu DigALC Menu
Cal Freq Range Lo Bnd (asterisk on)
AtnStep to Cal 405 4dB5
4SERVICE5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
3. Load and select the calibration factors for the correct power sensor for this
frequency band into the power meter. Refer to the power meter manual for
instructions.
Zero and calibrate the power meter then connect the power sensor to the
synthesizer RF output.
4. On the synthesizer, press Pwr Mtr ALC Cal .
The synthesizer measures power atness and calculates a new atness array
for the frequency band and attenuator setting.
5. On the synthesizer, press SAVE and continue to the next step.
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN
High Band Power Flatness
6. Load and select the calibration factors for the correct power sensor for this
frequency band into the power meter. Refer to the power meter manual for
instructions.
Zero and calibrate the power meter then connect the power sensor to the
synthesizer RF output.
7. On the synthesizer, press:
Cal Freq Range Hi Band (asterisk on)
8. Repeat steps 3 through 5.
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
3-98 Adjustments
Power Flatness
HP 8360
Millimeter Band Power Flatness
Disregard if beyond your synthesizer's capability.
9. Load and select the calibration factors for the correct power sensor for this
frequency band into the power meter. Refer to the power meter manual for
instructions.
Zero and calibrate the power meter then connect the power sensor to the
synthesizer RF output.
10. On the synthesizer, press:
Cal Freq Range mm Band (asterisk on)
11. Repeat steps 3 through 5.
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Related Performance Tests
Power Flatness
In Case of Difficulty
1. The HP 437B Power Meter must be used. Correct calibration factors must
be loaded and selected.
2. Make sure that the only HP-IB connection is between the synthesizer and
the power meter. No controller is allowed on the bus.
3. Refer to the Troubleshooting manual.
HP 8360
Adjustments 3-99
Power Flatness
15. AM/FM DAC Offset and Gain (Option 002)
Description and Procedure
No test equipment is required for this procedure. This procedure calibrates
the modulation generator assembly by adjusting the AM and FM DACs. The
internal DVM measures the DAC output voltages. The DAC oset is then
zeroed with this adjustment procedure and the DAC gain is automatically
calibrated with calibration constants.
1. Turn the synthesizer on and press 4PRESET5. Let the synthesizer warm up for
at least one hour.
2. Select the A8 adjustment menu. On the synthesizer, press:
4SERVICE5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Adjust Menu AssyAdj Menu A8 Adj Menu
3. The AM DAC adjustment is automatically selected (asterisk on).
4. Adjust A8R111 (see Figure 3-27) to center the \needle" on the display.
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Figure 3-27. A8R111 and A8R105 Adjustment Locations
5. Select FM DAC (asterisk on).
6. Adjust A9R105 (see Figure 3-27) to center the \needle" on the display.
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
3-100 Adjustments
AM/FM DAC Offset and Gain
HP 8360
7. Select Done .
The synthesizer will display the following message:
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Updating Cal Constants
8. If this is the last calibration constant you will be adjusting, see \Calibration
Constants" to store the calibration constants as protected data
(in EEPROM).
Related Performance Tests
AM Accuracy
FM Accuracy
In Case of Difficulty
Refer to the Troubleshooting manual.
HP 8360
Adjustments 3-101
AM/FM DAC Offset and Gain
16. AM Accuracy
Description and Procedure
This procedure consists of three adjustments. Calibration constant #277, AM
Oset, is adjusted for no change in RF output power when AM is enabled
but no voltage is applied. EXP AM CAL is adjusted for a 010 dB change in
power when 01.00V is applied and AM 10 dB/V is selected. LIN AM CAL is
adjusted so that a 00.80V AM input (100%/V AM selected) causes the RF
output to decrease to 4.00% of its initial value.
1. Turn on the instruments shown in Figure 3-28 and let them warm up for at
least one hour.
2. Zero and calibrate the power meter/sensor.
3. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3-28.
Figure 3-28. AM Accuracy Adjustment Setup
3-102 Adjustments
AM Accuracy
HP 8360
Equipment
Digital Voltmeter
Function Generator
Power Meter
Power Sensor
Power Sensor
HP 3456A
HP 3325A
HP 436A/7A/8A
HP 8485A (HP 83620A/22A/23A/24A/30A)
HP 8487A (HP 83640A/50A)
4. Set the function generator for a 0V DC rear panel output (the instrument
front panel output is connected to the synthesizer's AM input.)
5. On the synthesizer, press:
4CW5 455 4GHz5
4POWER LEVEL5 4 155 4dBm5
0
AM Offset
6. Set the power meter to read relative power (dB).
7. On the synthesizer, press:
4MOD5 AM On/Off 100%/V (asterisk on)
or, for synthesizers with Option 002, instead press:
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
4MOD5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
AM Menu AM On/Off Ext AM Type 100%/V
8. Adjust calibration constant #277, AM Oset, for a 0 dB reading on the
power meter. Press:
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Adjust Menu Calib Menu Select Cal 42775 4ENTER5
Modify Cal Use the rotary knob to adjust the calibration constant
4SERVICE5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
0 dB reading on the power meter.
for a
Log AM Accuracy
9. Set the power meter to measure absolute log power (dBm).
10. On the synthesizer, press:
4POWER LEVEL5 405 4dBm5
(asterisk o)
or, for synthesizers with Option 002, instead press:
4MOD5 AM Menu AM On/Off Ext (asterisk o)
11. Set the function generator to the front panel output.
12. Set the power meter to read relative power (dB).
4MOD5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
AM On/Off 100%/V
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
HP 8360
Adjustments 3-103
AM Accuracy
13. Set the function generator to 01.0 V DC oset. Verify the correct voltage
on the DVM.
14. On the synthesizer, press:
AM On/Off 10dB/V (asterisk on)
or, for synthesizers with Option 002, instead press:
AM On/Off Ext (asterisk on)
AM Type 10dB/V (asterisk on)
15. Adjust A10R35, EXP AM CAL, for a 010 dB power meter reading. See
Figure 3-29 for the location of A10R35.
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Figure 3-29. A10R35 and A10R39 Locations
Linear AM Accuracy
16. On the synthesizer, press:
AM On/Off 10dB/V (asterisk o)
or, for synthesizers with Option 002, instead press:
AM On/Off Ext (asterisk o)
17. On the synthesizer, press:
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
4POWER LEVEL5 455 4dBm5
3-104 Adjustments
AM Accuracy
HP 8360
18. Set the power meter to measure linear mode (watts).
For power meters without a relative linear mode, adjust the synthesizer
power level for a 3.16 mW power meter reading.
For power meters with relative linear mode (%), set the power meter to
relative.
19. Set the function generator for a 00.8 V DC oset. Verify the correct
voltage on the DVM.
20. On the synthesizer, press:
4MOD5 AM On/Off 100%/V (asterisk on)
or, for synthesizers with Option 002, instead press:
4MOD5 AM On/Off Ext (asterisk on)
AM Type 100%/V (asterisk on)
21. Adjust A10R39, LIN AM CAL, for a 0.126 mW (4.00% relative) reading.
See Figure 3-29 for the location of A10R39.
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Related Performance Tests
AM Accuracy
In Case of Difficulty
Refer to the Troubleshooting manual.
HP 8360
Adjustments 3-105
AM Accuracy
17. AM Delay
Description and Procedure
In the ALC loop, the integrator input from the ALC detector is delayed (phase
shifted from the reference input) through the ALC modulator, RF path, and
ALC detector. Because of this, amplitude modulation can peak the AM
frequency response. In this adjustment, you set the delay in the reference input
equal to the delay in the input from the ALC detector.
The synthesizer is set to maximum leveled power at a CW frequency, with
amplitude modulation at the maximum rate. Monitoring the INT LVL signal
(the integrator output), adjust the AM DELAY to minimize any AC voltage
present.
1. Preset the instruments shown in Figure 3-30 and let them warm up for at
least one hour.
Figure 3-30. AM Delay Adjustment Setup
3-106 Adjustments
AM Delay
HP 8360
Equipment
Digital Voltmeter
Function Generator
HP 3456A
HP 3325A
2. To achieve peak power, turn on RF peaking. Press:
4USER CAL5 Tracking Menu Peak RF Always (asterisk on)
3. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3-30.
4. On the synthesizer, press:
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
4CW5 4105 4GHz5
4POWER LEVEL5
Set to 3 dB below maximum specied leveled power.
4MOD5 AM On/Off 100%/V (asterisk on)
or, for synthesizers with Option 002, instead press:
4MOD5 AM Menu AM On/Off Ext (asterisk on)
AM Type 100%/V (asterisk on)
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
The function generator should have a 50
output for an
accurate output. If necessary, use a BNC tee and monitor the
output level while the function generator is connected to the
AM input.
Note
5. On the function generator, press:
Function:
Frequency:
DC Offset:
Output:
Amplitude:
HP 8360
Sinewave
100 kHz
0V
Front Panel
600 mV p-p
Adjustments 3-107
AM Delay
6. Adjust A10R55 (see Figure 3-31) for a minimum AC voltage reading on the
DVM.
You should expect to see very small changes in voltage.
Note
Figure 3-31. AM Delay Adjustment Location
Related Performance Tests
AM Bandwidth
In Case of Difficulty
Refer to the Troubleshooting manual.
3-108 Adjustments
AM Delay
HP 8360
18. FM Gain
Description and Procedure
This adjustment sets the gain on the FM driver assembly to match the YO FM
coil sensitivity, and to provide a 10 MHz/V FM input sensitivity. The function
generator is set to provide FM at a 1 MHz rate and a 2.404 MHz deviation.
This corresponds to a modulation index of 2.404, which should result in no
power in the carrier. FM gain is adjusted to minimize the RF output power.
1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3-32. Preset all instruments and
let them warm up for at least one hour.
Figure 3-32. FM Gain Adjustment Setup
Equipment
Function Generator
Spectrum Analyzer
HP 8360
HP 3325A
HP 8566B
Adjustments 3-109
FM Gain
The function generator specied is accurate enough to set the
amplitude without using a DVM. If you use a dierent function
generator, use a wide bandwidth DVM, such as an HP 3458A,
to accurately set the voltage.
Note
2. On the function generator, press:
Function:
Frequency:
DC Offset:
Amplitude:
Sinewave
1 MHz
0V
480.8 mV p-p (169.96 mV rms)
3. On the spectrum analyzer, press:
Reference Level:
Attenuator:
Center Frequency:
Frequency Span:
Resolution BW:
Video BW:
Sweep Time:
Sweep:
4. On the synthesizer, press:
0 dBm
Auto
5 GHz
50 kHz
3 kHz
1 kHz
Auto
Continuous
4CW5 455 4GHz5
(asterisk on)
or, for synthesizers with Option 002, instead press:
4MOD5 FM Menu FM On/Off Ext (asterisk on)
FM Coupling 100kHz (asterisk on)
5. Adjust A11R55 (see Figure 3-33) for a minimum signal on the spectrum
analyzer.
4MOD5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
FM On/Off 100kHz
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
3-110 Adjustments
FM Gain
HP 8360
Figure 3-33. FM Gain Adjustment Location
Related Performance Tests
Self-tests
FM Accuracy
In Case of Difficulty
1. Verify the function generator output (amplitude and frequency) with an
oscilloscope. Use a BNC tee with the function generator connected to the
FM input.
2. Refer to the Troubleshooting manual.
HP 8360
Adjustments 3-111
FM Gain
19. Square Wave Symmetry
Description and Procedure
Use this adjustment to set the synthesizer modulation (27.78 square wave)
for equal RF on/o periods. This is accomplished by minimizing the even
harmonics of the 27.78 square wave.
High Band Adjustment
1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3-34. Preset both instruments
and let them warm up for at least one hour.
Figure 3-34. Square Wave Symmetry Adjustment Setup
Equipment
Spectrum Analyzer
HP 8566B
2. On the synthesizer, press:
4CW5 455 4GHz5
4POWER LEVEL5 455 4dBm5
3. On the spectrum analyzer, press:
Center Frequency:
Frequency Span:
5 GHz
200 kHz
Make sure the signal is centered on the display.
3-112 Adjustments
Square Wave Symmetry
HP 8360
4. On the synthesizer, press:
(asterisk on)
or, for synthesizers with Option 002, instead press:
4MOD5 Pulse Menu Pulse On/Off Scalar (asterisk on)
5. Set the spectrum analyzer marker to the peak of either 2nd sideband
(56 kHz away).
6. Press the marker to center frequency key (adjusts the 2nd sideband to the
center of the display).
7. On the spectrum analyzer, press:
4MOD5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Pulse On/Off Scalar
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Frequency Span:
0 Hz
8. Adjust calibration constant #330, Slow Sym High Band, for a minimum
reading on the spectrum analyzer. Press:
4SERVICE5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Adjust Menu Calib Menu Select Cal
Use the rotary knob or arrow keys to select calibration constant #330.
Press Modify Cal and use the rotary knob to adjust the calibration
constant.
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Low Band Adjustment
Disregard if beyond your synthesizer's capability.
9. Reset the spectrum analyzer frequency span to 200 kHz.
10. Repeat this adjustment procedure at a frequency of 1 GHz and adjust
calibration constant #329 (Slow Sym Low Band) for a minimum reading
on the spectrum analyzer.
11. If this is the last calibration constant you will be adjusting, see
\Calibration Constants" to store the calibration constants as protected
data (in EEPROM).
Related Performance Tests
None
In Case of Difficulty
Refer to the Troubleshooting Manual.
HP 8360
Adjustments 3-113
Square Wave Symmetry
20. AM Input Impedance
Description and Procedure
No test equipment is required for this procedure.
This procedure sets the AM input impedance to either 50
or 2 k
. The
AM input impedance on A10 must be set to 2 k
for proper operation of the
internal modulation generator (Option 002).
Instruments without Option 002 should perform step A, \A10 Jumper".
Instruments with Option 002 should set the A10 jumper to the 2 k
position
using step A, \A10 Jumper" and should perform step B, \A8 Jumper".
3-114 Adjustments
AM Input Impedance
HP 8360
A. A10 Jumper
1. On the synthesizer, set the line power switch to standby.
2. Lift up the A10 ALC assembly far enough to access the jumper shown in
Figure 3-35.
3. The AM input impedance is factory-set to the 50 ohm position. To change
it to 2 k
, move the jumper to the position marked \2K". The jumper can
be returned to the \50 OHM" position to change the AM input impedance
to 50 ohms.
4. Reinstall the A10 assembly.
Figure 3-35. A10 Jumper Locations
HP 8360
Adjustments 3-115
AM Input Impedance
B. A8 Jumper
1. On the synthesizer, make sure the line power switch is set to standby.
2. Lift up the A8 modulation generator assembly far enough to access the
jumper shown in Figure 3-36.
3. The AM input impedance is factory-set to the 50 ohm position. To change
it to 2 k
, move the jumper to the position marked \2K". The jumper can
be returned to the position marked \50" to change the AM input impedance
to 50 ohms.
4. Reinstall the A8 assembly.
Figure 3-36. A8 Jumper Locations
Related Performance Tests
AM Accuracy
AM Bandwidth
AM Dynamic Range
In Case of Difficulty
If the jumper is missing, see \Replaceable Parts".
3-116 Adjustments
AM Input Impedance
HP 8360
21. FM Input Impedance
Description and Procedure
A soldering iron is required for this procedure.
This procedure sets the FM input impedance to either 50
or 600
. The
FM input impedance on A11 must be set to 600
for proper operation of the
internal modulation generator (Option 002).
Instruments without Option 002 should perform step A, \A11 Jumper".
Instruments with Option 002 should set the A11 jumper to the 600
position
using step A, \A11 Jumper" and should perform step B, \A8 Jumper".
HP 8360
Adjustments 3-117
FM Input Impedance
A. A11 Jumper
1.
2.
3.
4.
On the synthesizer, set the line power switch to standby.
Disconnect the coaxial cables from the A11 FM driver assembly.
Remove the A11 assembly from the synthesizer.
Locate the zero ohm resistor shown in Figure 3-37. The FM input
impedance is factory-set to the 50 ohm position. To change it to 600 ohms,
remove the resistor from the A11 assembly by unsoldering it. The FM input
impedance can be reset to 50 ohms by soldering the resistor back into the
A11 assembly.
Note
If you will never use the 50 ohm setting, the resistor can be
clipped out.
5. Reinstall the A11 assembly and reconnect the coaxial cables.
Figure 3-37. FM Input Impedance Jumper Locations
3-118 Adjustments
FM Input Impedance
HP 8360
B. A8 Jumper
1. On the synthesizer, make sure the line power switch is set to standby.
2. Lift up the A8 modulation generator assembly far enough to access the
jumper shown in Figure 3-38.
3. The FM input impedance is factory-set to the 50 ohm position. To change it
to 600 ohms, move the jumper to the position marked \600". The jumper
can be returned to the position marked \50" to change the FM input
impedance to 50 ohms.
4. Reinstall the A8 assembly.
Figure 3-38. A8 Jumper Locations
Related Performance Tests
FM Accuracy
FM Bandwidth
Maximum FM Deviation
In Case of Difficulty
If the jumper is missing, see \Replaceable Parts".
HP 8360
Adjustments 3-119
FM Input Impedance
22. Modulation Generator Flatness (Option 002)
Description and Procedure
The internal modulation generator is set up for FM operation. A 100 kHz
rate, measured at the AM/FM OUTPUT connector, is used as the reference
amplitude. A calibration constant is adjusted so the AM/FM output signal is
the same amplitude as for a 1 MHz FM rate.
1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3-39. Preset all instruments and
let them warm up for at least one hour.
Figure 3-39. Modulation Generator Flatness Adjustment Setup
Equipment
Digitizing Oscilloscope
HP 54111D
2. On the synthesizer, press:
FM Menu FM On/Off Int (asterisk on)
Internal FM Rate 41005 4kHz5 Internal FM Dev 485 4MHz5
4PRIOR5 Monitor Menu ModOut On/Off FM
4MOD5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
3. On the oscilloscope, set:
Channel 1
Display
Volts/Division
Input Coupling
Input Impedance
On
210 mV
dc
50
3-120 Adjustments
Modulation Generator Flatness
HP 8360
Timebase
Time/Division
Delay Reference
Sweep
2 s
Center
Auto
Trigger
Trigger Mode
Trig Src
Slope
Edge
Chan 1
Pos
Display
Display Mode
Averaging
Display Time
Repetitive
Off
0.2 s
4. Adjust the oscilloscope vertical sensitivity controls to almost ll the
graticule display with the sine wave. Do not let the sinewave be clipped.
(Use the front panel keypad because the RPG changes the sensitivity in
steps too large for this purpose.)
5. Use the measure feature of the oscilloscope to measure the amplitude of the
sinewave. (If a Signal clipped message is displayed, repeat the vertical
sensitivity adjustment until the message is no longer displayed when the
signal is measured.)
V p-p.
Record the amplitude of the sinewave
6. On the oscilloscope, change the timebase to 200 ns/div.
7. On the synthesizer, press:
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Internal FM Rate 415 4MHz5
4SERVICE5 Adjust Menu Calib Menu Select Cal 42745 4ENTER5
4FM Menu5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
8. Press Modify Cal and, using the rotary knob, change the calibration
constant until the sinewave displayed on the oscilloscope is the same
amplitude (V p-p) as the recorded value. (The oscilloscope does not
automatically update the measurement; continue to press the measure
function as you change the calibration constant.)
9. If this is the last calibration constant you will be adjusting, see \Calibration
Constants" to store the calibration constants as protected data
(in EEPROM).
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
HP 8360
Adjustments 3-121
Modulation Generator Flatness
Related Performance Tests
FM Accuracy
In Case of Difficulty
Refer to the Troubleshooting manual.
3-122 Adjustments
Modulation Generator Flatness
HP 8360
23. External Trigger Edge Selection
Description and Procedure
No test equipment is required for this procedure.
This procedure sets the external trigger to trigger on either the leading or the
trailing edge of a TTL signal. When the jumper (shown in Figure 3-40) is in
the POS position a sweep is triggered on the leading edge of the pulse (when
the signal changes from 0 to 5 volts). When the jumper is in the NEG position
a sweep is triggered on the trailing edge of the pulse (when the signal changes
from 5 to 0 volts).
Figure 3-40. External Trigger Edge Selection Location
HP 8360
Adjustments 3-123
External Trigger Edge Selection
Triggering on the Leading Edge
1. Turn the synthesizer power o and lift up the A15 assembly far enough to
access the jumper shown in Figure 3-40. In some instruments the jumper
positions will be rotated to the left 90. In these instruments the jumper
vertically connects the two left points in the POS position and the two right
points in the NEG position. (POS and NEG positions are labeled on all
assemblies.)
2. The jumper is factory-set to the POS position (triggers on the leading edge).
If the jumper has been moved to the NEG position move back it to the POS
position. The synthesizer now triggers a sweep on the leading edge
(a 0 to 5 volt change).
3. Reinstall the A15 assembly and turn synthesizer power on.
Triggering on the Trailing Edge
1. Turn the synthesizer power o and lift up the A15 assembly far enough to
access the jumper shown in Figure 3-40. In some instruments the jumper
positions will be rotated to the left 90. In these instruments the jumper
vertically connects the two left points in the POS position and the two right
points in the NEG position. (POS and NEG positions are labeled on all
assemblies.)
2. The jumper is factory-set to the POS position (triggers on the leading edge).
To change it move the jumper to the NEG position. The synthesizer now
triggers a sweep on the trailing edge (a 5 to 0 volt change).
3. Reinstall the A15 assembly and turn synthesizer power on.
3-124 Adjustments
External Trigger Edge Selection
HP 8360
24. Volts/GHz
Description and Procedure
No test equipment is required for this procedure.
A ve-section switch on the A12 multiplier/lter driver assembly sets the
volts/GHz scale for the rear panel V/GHz output connector. At the factory,
synthesizers with a maximum frequency of 30 GHz are set to 0.5 V/GHz and
higher frequency instruments are set to 0.25 V/GHz. The following procedure
describes how to set the switch to scale the output.
1. Set A12S1 (shown in Figure 3-41) for the required volts/GHz scale according
to the following table:
Note
No damage results from setting the volts/GHz to a scale that
is beyond the frequency limits given in the table however the
volts/GHz will be inaccurate beyond the frequency limits.
Volts/GHz Maximum
Scale
Frequency
SW1
1 V/GHz 20 GHz closed
0.5 V/GHz 40 GHz open
0.25 V/GHz 50 GHz open
HP 8360
Switch Settings
SW2 SW3 SW4
closed closed closed
open closed closed
open open open
SW5
X
X
X
Adjustments 3-125
Volts/GHz
Figure 3-41. A12S1 Location
Related Performance Tests
None
In Case of Difficulty
Refer to the Troubleshooting manual.
3-126 Adjustments
Volts/GHz
HP 8360
4
Calibration Constants
Introduction
This section contains the following information on calibration constants and
how to use them:
Denition
Memory Areas
Checksum Verication
Calibration Constant Password
Changing Working Data Calibration Constants
Saving Working Data Calibration Constants
Loading Protected Data Calibration Constants
Loading Default Data Calibration Constants
Calibration Constant Descriptions
Definition
Calibration constants are data which describe your individual instrument.
Calibration constants contain serial number prex, hardware conguration,
and board revision information. Calibration constants also contain calibration
information specic to the operation of each instrument that is used to make
sure that the instrument meets specications.
Note
HP 8360
Changing calibration constants can cause your instrument to
not meet specications.
Calibration Constants 4-1
Memory Areas
The synthesizer has three memory areas reserved for calibration constants:
Working Data
Working data is the set of calibration constants accessed during normal
operation and contains the calibration information required for optimum
instrument performance. Working data is stored in RAM, and is maintained by
a 1 farad capacitor.
Protected Data
Protected data resides in EEPROM. This calibration data is essentially
the same as working data, but is not dependent on the capacitor. If the
synthesizer's checksum test fails, or if the capacitor becomes discharged and
working data is lost, the synthesizer copies protected data values into working
data RAM.
If the synthesizer is unplugged for a period greater than ve
Note
days, the capacitor will be completely discharged. After
reconnecting the synthesizer to line power, the capacitor will be
completely recharged after 24 hours.
Default Data
Default data resides in UVEPROM. This data diers from working and
protected data in that it cannot be changed. This data represents a typical
synthesizer, and is not optimized for your instrument. The default calibration
constants are a starting point for calibration. The synthesizer will probably
not meet specications. The synthesizer uses default data if a problem exists
in both working and protected data or if you select Default Cal in the
calibration utility menu.
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
4-2 Calibration Constants
HP 8360
Checksum Verification
At instrument power on, the calibration constants stored in RAM are added
and compared with the checksum value. If the two values match, the current
calibration constants are maintained in RAM.
If the RAM checksum does not verify, the calibration constants are loaded into
RAM from EEPROM. These calibration constants are added and compared
with their checksum value. If the two values match, these calibration constants
(from EEPROM) are maintained in RAM.
If the RAM checksum still does not verify, the default calibration constants are
loaded into RAM from UVEPROM. A message is displayed on the synthesizer
indicating that the default calibration constants are in use. The synthesizer
will probably not meet performance specications. All the performance tests
should be run.
Calibration Constant Password
The synthesizer is shipped with a factory-set password. A password disables
access to the adjustment menu unless the password is entered (see \Entering
a Password"). Calibration constants cannot be manually altered without
accessing the adjustment menu.
The following is the factory-set password: 8360 You can set a new password.
See \Setting a Password".
You can eliminate the password. See \Disabling a Password".
If you have forgotten the password, or if you require access to the calibration
constant adjustments for calibration purposes and do not know the password,
see \Bypassing the Password".
HP 8360
Calibration Constants 4-3
Entering a Password
An asterisk on the Disable Adjust softkey in the service menu indicates that
a password is set. In order to access the adjustment menu you must enter that
password:
1. On the synthesizer, set:
4SERVICE5 Adjust Menu .
The following message is displayed: ENTER PASSWORD: 0
2. Enter the correct password using the numeric keypad and press 4ENTER5.
The asterisk on the Disable Adjust softkey turns o.
3. Select Adjust Menu again to access the adjustment menu.
Entering the password allows permanent access to the adjustment menu, even
if line power is cycled. To disable access again, set another password.
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Disabling a Password
If you wish to eliminate a password (either the factory-set password or one you
set yourself), perform the following:
1. On the synthesizer, set:
4SERVICE5 Disable Adjust .
The following message is displayed: ENTER PASSWORD: 0
2. Enter the current password using the numeric keypad and press 4ENTER5.
The asterisk on the Disable Adjust softkey turns o.
Disabling the password allows permanent access to the adjustment menu, even
if line power is cycled.
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
4-4 Calibration Constants
HP 8360
Setting a Password
If a password is already set on the synthesizer and you wish to change it, rst
follow the \Disabling a Password" procedure. This eliminates the current
password. Then continue with this procedure.
If no password is set on the synthesizer (there is no asterisk on the
Disable Adjust softkey), and you wish to set a password, perform the
following:
1. On the synthesizer, set:
4SERVICE5 Disable Adjust .
The following message is displayed: SET PASSWORD: 0
2. Enter the desired password using the numeric keypad. Up to 14 numeric
digits are allowed. Terminate the entry by pressing: 4ENTER5.
3. A warning message is displayed informing you that the adjustment menus
will no longer be accessible. To verify that you do wish to set the password,
select Yes, Confirm .
The asterisk on the Disable Adjust softkey turns on, indicating the
password is set.
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Bypassing the Password
If you require access to the adjustment menu for calibration purposes, a
password is set, and you do not know the password, perform the following:
1. Turn o line power to the synthesizer.
2. Open A15S1 switch 5 (set the switch to the "1" position).
3. Turn on line power to the synthesizer and press 4SERVICE5.
The asterisk on the Disable Adjust softkey turns o enabling access to
the adjustment menu.
When access to the adjustment menu is no longer desired, enable the
previously set password. Perform the following:
4. Turn o line power to the synthesizer.
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
HP 8360
Calibration Constants 4-5
5. Close A15S1 switch 5 (set the switch to the "0" position).
6. Turn on line power to the synthesizer and press 4SERVICE5.
The asterisk on the Disable Adjust softkey turns on indicating that you
cannot access the adjustment menu.
If you have forgotten the password and wish to set a new one, perform steps 1
through 3 and then steps 7 through 10.
7. On the synthesizer, select Disable Adjust .
The following message is displayed: SET PASSWORD: 0
8. Enter the desired password using the numeric keypad. Up to 14 numeric
digits are allowed. Terminate the entry by pressing: 4ENTER5.
9. A warning message is displayed informing you that the adjustment
menus will no longer be accessible. To verify that you do wish to set the
password, select Yes, Confirm .
10. Another warning message is displayed informing you that the A15S1 switch
5 is set open. Complete steps 4 through 6 to close the switch and enable
the password.
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Changing Working Data Calibration Constants
If you need to modify the working data calibration constants, the following
procedure accesses the calibration constants and lets you change them.
1. On the synthesizer, set:
4SERVICE5 Adjust Menu Calib Menu .
2. Select Select Cal .
Enter the number of the calibration constant you wish to change using the
up/down arrow keys, the rotary knob, or the numeric keypad. Terminate
numeric keypad entries by pressing 4ENTER5.
3. Select Modify Cal .
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
4-6 Calibration Constants
HP 8360
Change the value of the calibration constant using the right/left arrow keys,
the rotary knob, or the numeric keypad. Terminate numeric keypad entries
by pressing 4ENTER5.
4. Exit the calibration menu using the 4PRIOR5 key or by pressing 4PRESET5.
Saving Working Data Calibration Constants
In some adjustment procedures you will change working data calibration
constants. The following procedure stores the calibration constants as
protected data (in EEPROM).
1. On the synthesizer, set:
4SERVICE5 Adjust Menu Calib Menu Cal Util Menu .
2. Select Save Cal . A warning is displayed informing you that changing the
calibration constants may drastically aect instrument performance. To
verify that you do wish to save the new calibration constants, select yes .
The working data calibration constants are now stored as protected data
(in EEPROM).
3. Exit the calibration utility menu using the 4PRIOR5 key or pressing 4PRESET5.
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNN
Loading Protected Data Calibration Constants
If your working data calibration constants have been altered or deleted, the
following procedure loads the protected calibration constants from EEPROM
into working data memory.
1. On the synthesizer, set: 4SERVICE5 Adjust Menu Calib Menu
Cal Util Menu .
2. Select Recall Cal .
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
HP 8360
Calibration Constants 4-7
A warning is displayed informing you that changing the calibration
constants may drastically aect instrument performance. To verify that you
do wish to recall the protected data calibration constants, select yes .
The protected data calibration constants are now loaded into working data.
3. Exit the calibration utility menu using the 4PRIOR5 key or pressing 4PRESET5.
NNNNNNNNNNN
Loading Default Data Calibration Constants
If you want to use the generic synthesizer calibration constants as working
data, the following procedure loads the default calibration constants from
UVEPROM into working data memory.
1. On the synthesizer, set:
4SERVICE5 Adjust Menu Calib Menu Cal Util Menu .
2. Select Default Cal .
A warning is displayed informing you that changing the calibration
constants may drastically aect instrument performance. To verify that you
do wish to recall the default calibration constants, select yes .
The default data calibration constants are now loaded into working data.
3. Exit the calibration utility menu using the 4PRIOR5 key or pressing 4PRESET5.
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNN
Calibration Constant Descriptions
Table 4-9 provides the following information for each calibration constant:
The calibration constant number in ascending order.
The calibration constant name. An asterisk indicates that this calibration
constant is adjusted by an automated adjustment.
The range of realistic adjustment (adjustment outside of the range may be
possible but will probably cause the synthesizer to be severely misadjusted)
4-8 Calibration Constants
HP 8360
or the default value (some calibration constants are set to a default value and
are not adjustable).
The related adjustment procedure, manual, automated, or front panel, that
adjusts that calibration constant.
Note
HP 8360
Blank calibration constants are reserved for future use.
Calibration Constants 4-9
Table 4-9. Calibration Constant Descriptions
Number
Description
Range or
Default
1
Identier Response
0 | HP 83620A
1 | HP 83621A
2 | HP 83622A
3 | HP 83623A
4 | HP 83624A
5 | HP 83640A
6 | HP 83642A
7 | HP 8340B
8 | HP 83631A
9 | HP 8341B
10 | HP 83650A
11 | HP 83651A
12 | Not Used
13 | HP 83630A
2
Dwell After RF On
2
3
User Conguration
0
4
Lockout Features
0
5
Display Field Lock
0
6
Retrace Dwell Time
0
Related
Adjustment
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Production Info 1
0
17
Production Info 2
0
18
Production Info 3
Instrument specic
19
Production Info 4
Instrument specic
20
Production Info 5
Instrument specic
21
Lock Dwell Time
2
22
Max Ph Lk Wait
100
4-10 Calibration Constants
HP 8360
Table 4-9. Calibration Constant Descriptions (continued)
Description
Number
Range or
Default
Related
Adjustment
23
YO Slew Rate
500
24
YO Kick Max
6000
25
YO Settle Rate
20
36
YO Dly Term A Bnd 0
400 to 800
YO Delay Adjustment
37
YO Dly Term A Bnd 1
400 to 800
YO Delay Adjustment
38
YO Dly Term A Bnd 2
400 to 800
YO Delay Adjustment
39
YO Dly Term A Bnd 3
400 to 800
YO Delay Adjustment
40
YO Dly Term A Bnd 4
400 to 800
YO Delay Adjustment
41
YO Dly Term A Bnd 5
400 to 800
YO Delay Adjustment
42
YO Dly Term A Bnd 6
400 to 800
YO Delay Adjustment
43
YO Dly Term A Bnd 7
400 to 800
YO Delay Adjustment
50
YO Dly Term B Bnd 0
300 to 700
YO Delay Adjustment
51
YO Dly Term B Bnd 1
300 to 700
YO Delay Adjustment
52
YO Dly Term B Bnd 2
300 to 700
YO Delay Adjustment
53
YO Dly Term B Bnd 3
300 to 700
YO Delay Adjustment
54
YO Dly Term B Bnd 4
300 to 700
YO Delay Adjustment
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
44
45
46
47
48
49
HP 8360
Calibration Constants 4-11
Table 4-9. Calibration Constant Descriptions (continued)
Number
Description
Range or
Default
Related
Adjustment
55
YO Dly Term B Bnd 5
300 to 700
YO Delay Adjustment
56
YO Dly Term B Bnd 6
300 to 700
YO Delay Adjustment
57
YO Dly Term B Bnd 7
300 to 700
YO Delay Adjustment
YO Driver Gain And Linearity
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
*CW Oset
0500 to +500
73
YO O Ver; Band 0
0
74
YO O Ver; Band 1
0
75
YO O Ver; Band 2
0
76
YO O Ver; Band 3
0
77
YO O Ver; Band 4
0
78
YO O Ver; Band 5
0
79
YO O Ver; Band 6
0
80
YO O Ver; Band 7
0
81
82
83
84
85
86
4-12 Calibration Constants
HP 8360
Table 4-9. Calibration Constant Descriptions (continued)
Description
Number
Range or
Default
Related
Adjustment
87
YO Swp Ver; Band 0
0
88
YO Swp Ver; Band 1
0
89
YO Swp Ver; Band 2
0
90
YO Swp Ver; Band 3
0
91
YO Swp Ver; Band 4
0
92
YO Swp Ver; Band 5
0
93
YO Swp Ver; Band 6
0
94
YO Swp Ver; Band 7
0
YTM Temp Coecient
0
105
SRD Bias A; Band 1
255
Amp/Multiplier Adjustments
106
SRD Bias A; Band 2
30 to 230
Amp/Multiplier Adjustments
107
SRD Bias A; Band 3
30 to 230
Amp/Multiplier Adjustments
108
SRD Bias A; Band 4
30 to 230
Amp/Multiplier Adjustments
109
SRD Bias A; Band 5
30 to 230
Amp/Multiplier Adjustments
110
SRD Bias A; Band 6
30 to 230
Amp/Multiplier Adjustments
111
SRD Bias A; Band 7
30 to 230
Amp/Multiplier Adjustments
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
112
113
114
115
116
117
HP 8360
Calibration Constants 4-13
Table 4-9. Calibration Constant Descriptions (continued)
Number
Description
Range or
Default
Related
Adjustment
118
SRD Bias B; Band 1
255
Amp/Multiplier Adjustments
119
SRD Bias B; Band 2
30 to 230
Amp/Multiplier Adjustments
120
SRD Bias B; Band 3
30 to 230
Amp/Multiplier Adjustments
121
SRD Bias B; Band 4
30 to 230
Amp/Multiplier Adjustments
122
SRD Bias B; Band 5
30 to 230
Amp/Multiplier Adjustments
123
SRD Bias B; Band 6
30 to 230
Amp/Multiplier Adjustments
124
SRD Bias B; Band 7
30 to 230
Amp/Multiplier Adjustments
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
Squegg Clamp 1A
15 to 200
Amplier/Filter Adjustments
132
Squegg Clamp 2A
255
Amplier/Filter Adjustments
133
Squegg Clamp 3A
255
Amplier/Filter Adjustments
134
Squegg Clamp 4A
255
Amplier/Filter Adjustments
135
Squegg Clamp 5A
255
Amplier/Filter Adjustments
136
Squegg Clamp 6A
255
Amplier/Filter Adjustments
137
Squegg Clamp 7A
255
Amplier/Filter Adjustments
YTM Dly Term A Hrm 1
600 to 2000
Amplier/Filter Adjustments
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
YTM Dly Term A Hrm 2
600 to 2500
Amplier/Filter Adjustments
146
YTM Dly Term A Hrm 3
600 to 3000
Amplier/Filter Adjustments
147
YTM Dly Term A Hrm 4
600 to 2500
Amplier/Filter Adjustments
148
YTM Dly Term A Hrm 5
600 to 3000
Amplier/Filter Adjustments
149
YTM Dly Term A Hrm 6
600 to 3000
Amplier/Filter Adjustments
150
YTM Dly Term A Hrm 7
600 to 3000
Amplier/Filter Adjustments
4-14 Calibration Constants
HP 8360
Table 4-9. Calibration Constant Descriptions (continued)
Description
Number
Range or
Default
Related
Adjustment
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
YTM Dly Term B Hrm 1
200 to 500
Amplier/Filter Adjustments
158
YTM Dly Term B Hrm 2
200 to 500
Amplier/Filter Adjustments
159
YTM Dly Term B Hrm 3
200 to 500
Amplier/Filter Adjustments
160
YTM Dly Term B Hrm 4
200 to 500
Amplier/Filter Adjustments
161
YTM Dly Term B Hrm 5
200 to 500
Amplier/Filter Adjustments
162
YTM Dly Term B Hrm 6
200 to 500
Amplier/Filter Adjustments
163
YTM Dly Term B Hrm 7
200 to 500
Amplier/Filter Adjustments
170
YTM Bx Dly Term A 1
600 to 2000
Amp/Multiplier Adjustments
171
YTM Bx Dly Term A 2
600 to 2500
Amp/Multiplier Adjustments
172
YTM Bx Dly Term A 3
600 to 3000
Amp/Multiplier Adjustments
173
YTM Bx Dly Term A 4
600 to 2500
Amp/Multiplier Adjustments
174
YTM Bx Dly Term A 5
600 to 3000
Amp/Multiplier Adjustments
175
YTM Bx Dly Term A 6
600 to 3000
Amp/Multiplier Adjustments
176
YTM Bx Dly Term A 7
600 to 3000
Amp/Multiplier Adjustments
164
165
166
167
168
169
177
178
179
180
181
182
HP 8360
Calibration Constants 4-15
Table 4-9. Calibration Constant Descriptions (continued)
Number
Description
Range or
Default
Related
Adjustment
183
YTM Bx Dly Term B 1
200 to 500
Amp/Multiplier Adjustments
184
YTM Bx Dly Term B 2
200 to 500
Amp/Multiplier Adjustments
185
YTM Bx Dly Term B 3
200 to 500
Amp/Multiplier Adjustments
186
YTM Bx Dly Term B 4
200 to 500
Amp/Multiplier Adjustments
187
YTM Bx Dly Term B 5
200 to 500
Amp/Multiplier Adjustments
188
YTM Bx Dly Term B 6
200 to 500
Amp/Multiplier Adjustments
189
YTM Bx Dly Term B 7
200 to 500
Amp/Multiplier Adjustments
YTM Kick Threshold
110
Amp/Multiplier Adjustments
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
YTM CW Kick Max
600
Amp/Multiplier Adjustments
197
YTM Mono Band Kick
2000
Amp/Multiplier Adjustments
198
YTM Stereo Band Kick
2000
Amp/Multiplier Adjustments
199
YTM Slew Rate
400
Amp/Multiplier Adjustments
200
YTM Slew Max
50
201
YTM Slew Min
0
202
YTM Neg Kick Wait
2
203
YTM Fwd Kick Pct
50
204
YTM Fwd Kick Wait
30
205
YTM Rise; Band 1
1 to 20
206
YTM Rise; Band 2 A1
20 to 25
Amplier/Filter Adjustments
207
YTM Rise; Band 2 B1
1 to 4
Amplier/Filter Adjustments
208
YTM Rise; Band 2 A2
10 to 20
Amplier/Filter Adjustments
Amplier/Filter Adjustments
209
YTM Rise; Band 3 A1
5 to 255
Amplier/Filter Adjustments
210
YTM Rise; Band 3 B1
0 to 50
Amplier/Filter Adjustments
211
YTM Rise; Band 3 A2
5 to 255
Amplier/Filter Adjustments
212
YTM Rise; Band 3 B2
0 to 50
Amplier/Filter Adjustments
213
YTM Rise; Band 3 A3
1 to 20
Amplier/Filter Adjustments
4-16 Calibration Constants
HP 8360
Table 4-9. Calibration Constant Descriptions (continued)
Description
Number
Range or
Default
Related
Adjustment
214
YTM Rise; Band 4
1 to 50
Amplier/Filter Adjustments
215
YTM Rise; Band 5
1 to 50
Amplier/Filter Adjustments
216
YTM Rise; Band 6
1 to 50
Amplier/Filter Adjustments
217
YTM Rise; Band 7
1 to 50
Amplier/Filter Adjustments
225
*YTM Gain; Band 1
1500 to 2500
Amp/Multiplier Adjustments;
Auto Track
226
*YTM Gain; Band 2
1000 to 2500
Amp/Multiplier Adjustments;
Auto Track
227
*YTM Gain; Band 3
500 to 2500
Amp/Multiplier Adjustments;
Auto Track
228
*YTM Gain; Band 4
500 to 2500
Amp/Multiplier Adjustments;
Auto Track
229
*YTM Gain; Band 5
500 to 2500
Amp/Multiplier Adjustments;
Auto Track
230
*YTM Gain; Band 6
500 to 2500
Amp/Multiplier Adjustments;
Auto Track
231
*YTM Gain; Band 7
500 to 2500
Amp/Multiplier Adjustments;
Auto Track
238
*YTM Oset; Band 1
1500 to 2500
Amp/Multiplier Adjustments;
Auto Track
239
*YTM Oset; Band 2
1500 to 3000
Amp/Multiplier Adjustments;
Auto Track
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
232
233
234
235
236
237
HP 8360
Calibration Constants 4-17
Table 4-9. Calibration Constant Descriptions (continued)
Number
Description
Range or
Default
Related
Adjustment
240
*YTM Oset; Band 3
1500 to 3000
Amp/Multiplier Adjustments;
Auto Track
241
*YTM Oset; Band 4
1500 to 3000
Amp/Multiplier Adjustments;
Auto Track
242
*YTM Oset; Band 5
1500 to 3000
Amp/Multiplier Adjustments;
Auto Track
243
*YTM Oset; Band 6
1500 to 3000
Amp/Multiplier Adjustments;
Auto Track
244
*YTM Oset; Band 7
1500 to 3000
Amp/Multiplier Adjustments;
Auto Track
YTM B2 Oset Oset
050 to +50
Amp/Multiplier Adjustments
251
*LVL DAC Gain Hi Bnd
0100 to +100
ALC Power??????????????????????
Level
Accuracy; Detector Cal
252
*LVL DAC Gain Lo Bnd
0100 to +100
ALC Power??????????????????????
Level
Accuracy; Detector Cal
253
*LVL DAC Gain Xtal
0100 to +100
254
*LVL DAC Gain 2ndOut
0
255
*LVL DAC Gain PwrMtr
256
*LVL DAC Gain Module
0100 to +100
0100 to +100
257
*LVL DAC Gain ALC O
0
*LVL DAC Ofs Hi Bnd
050 to +300
245
246
247
248
249
250
??????????????????????
Detector Cal
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
4-18 Calibration Constants
ALC Power??????????????????????
Level
Accuracyn Detector Cal
HP 8360
Table 4-9. Calibration Constant Descriptions (continued)
Description
Number
Range or
Default
Related
Adjustment
ALC Power??????????????????????
Level
Accuracyn Detector Cal
265
*LVL DAC Ofs Lo Bnd
100 to 250
266
*LVL DAC Ofs Xtal
01000 to +1000
267
*LVL DAC Ofs 2ndOut
0
268
*LVL DAC Ofs PwrMtr
269
*LVL DAC Ofs Module
0100 to +100
0100 to +100
270
*LVL DAC Ofs ALC O
0
274
Internal FM Flat
010,000 to +10,000
275
FM DAC Gain Trim
276
AM DAC Gain Trim
277
AM Oset
01000 to +1000
01000 to +1000
020 to +20
283
*ALC Det Ofs; Hi
100 to 160
ALC Power??????????????????????
Level
Accuracy; Detector Cal
284
*ALC Det Ofs; Lo
100 to 160
ALC Power??????????????????????
Level
Accuracy; Detector Cal
285
*ALC Det Ofs; Xtal
100 to 160
286
*ALC Det Ofs; 2nd Out
100 to 160
*ALC Log Brkpt; Hi
0 to 255
??????????????????????
Detector Cal
271
272
273
Modulation Generator
Flatness
278
279
280
281
282
287
288
289
290
291
292
HP 8360
ALC Power??????????????????????
Level
Accuracy; Detector Cal
Calibration Constants 4-19
Table 4-9. Calibration Constant Descriptions (continued)
Number
Description
Range or
Default
293
*ALC Log Brkpt; Lo
0 to 255
294
*ALC Log Brkpt; Xtal
0 to 255
295
*ALC Log Brkpt; 2nd
0 to 255
Related
Adjustment
ALC Power??????????????????????
Level
Accuracy; Detector Cal
296
297
298
299
300
301
*ALC Mod Gain; Band 0
100 to 200
Modulator Oset And Gain
302
*ALC Mod Gain; Band 1
100 to 200
Modulator Oset And Gain
303
*ALC Mod Gain; Band 2
70 to 200
Modulator Oset And Gain
304
*ALC Mod Gain; Band 3
70 to 200
Modulator Oset And Gain
305
*ALC Mod Gain; Band 4
100 to 200
Modulator Oset And Gain
306
*ALC Mod Gain; Band 5
50 to 150
Modulator Oset And Gain
307
*ALC Mod Gain; Band 6
50 to 150
Modulator Oset And Gain
308
*ALC Mod Gain; Band 7
50 to 150
Modulator Oset And Gain
ALC Mod Ofs; Band 0
50 to 150
Modulator Oset And Gain
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
ALC Mod Ofs; Band 1
50 to 150
Modulator Oset And Gain
317
ALC Mod Ofs; Band 2
150 to 220
Modulator Oset And Gain
318
ALC Mod Ofs; Band 3
150 to 220
Modulator Oset And Gain
319
ALC Mod Ofs; Band 4
100 to 200
Modulator Oset And Gain
320
ALC Mod Ofs; Band 5
100 to 200
321
ALC Mod Ofs; Band 6
100 to 200
322
ALC Mod Ofs; Band 7
100 to 200
4-20 Calibration Constants
HP 8360
Table 4-9. Calibration Constant Descriptions (continued)
Description
Number
Range or
Default
Related
Adjustment
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
Slow Sym Low Band
100 to 160
330
Slow Sym High Band
100 to 160
331
Attenuator Sw Point
01000
335
Squegg Clamp 1B
100
336
Squegg Clamp 2B
100
337
Squegg Clamp 3B
100
338
Squegg Clamp 4B
100
339
Squegg Clamp 5B
100
340
Squegg Clamp 6B
100
341
Squegg Clamp 7B
100
351
ADC 5V Range +OFF
352
ADC 15V Range +OFF
353
ADC 5V Range +GAIN
354
ADC 15V Range +GAIN
05000 to +5000
05000 to +5000
01950 to +1950
0750 to +750
332
333
334
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
HP 8360
ADC Adjustment
ADC Adjustment
ADC Adjustment
ADC Adjustment
Calibration Constants 4-21
Table 4-9. Calibration Constant Descriptions (continued)
Number
Description
Range or
Default
0OFF
0OFF
ADC 5V Range 0GAIN
ADC 15V Range 0GAIN
05000 to +5000
05000 to +5000
0750 to +750
01750 to +1950
367
PwrMtr Gain; Lo Band
0
368
PwrMtr Gain; Hi Band
0
369
Pwr Mtr Oset
0
373
YTM Dly Term C Hrm 1
0
374
YTM Dly Term C Hrm 2
0
375
YTM Dly Term C Hrm 3
0
376
YTM Dly Term C Hrm 4
0
377
YTM Dly Term C Hrm 5
0
378
YTM Dly Term C Hrm 6
0
379
YTM Dly Term C Hrm 7
0
382
YTM Bx Dly Term C 1
0
383
YTM Bx Dly Term C 2
0
384
YTM Bx Dly Term C 3
0
385
YTM Bx Dly Term C 4
0
386
YTM Bx Dly Term C 5
0
355
356
357
358
ADC 5V Range
ADC 15V Range
Related
Adjustment
ADC Adjustment
ADC Adjustment
ADC Adjustment
ADC Adjustment
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
370
371
372
380
381
4-22 Calibration Constants
HP 8360
Table 4-9. Calibration Constant Descriptions (continued)
Description
Number
Range or
Default
387
YTM Bx Dly Term C 6
0
388
YTM Bx Dly Term C 7
0
Related
Adjustment
389
390
391
392
393
*Loop Gain: 200.0 MHz
10 to 20
Sampler Assembly
394
*Loop Gain: 200.5 MHz
10 to 20
Sampler Assembly
395
*Loop Gain: 201.0 MHz
10 to 20
Sampler Assembly
396
*Loop Gain: 201.5 MHz
10 to 20
Sampler Assembly
397
*Loop Gain: 202.0 MHz
10 to 20
Sampler Assembly
398
*Loop Gain: 202.5 MHz
10 to 20
Sampler Assembly
399
*Loop Gain: 203.0 MHz
10 to 20
Sampler Assembly
400
*Loop Gain: 203.5 MHz
10 to 20
Sampler Assembly
401
*Loop Gain: 204.0 MHz
10 to 20
Sampler Assembly
402
*Loop Gain: 204.5 MHz
10 to 20
Sampler Assembly
403
*Loop Gain: 205.0 MHz
10 to 20
Sampler Assembly
404
*Loop Gain: 205.5 MHz
10 to 20
Sampler Assembly
Sampler Assembly
405
*Loop Gain: 206.0 MHz
10 to 20
406
*Loop Gain: 206.5 MHz
10 to 20
Sampler Assembly
407
*Loop Gain: 207.0 MHz
10 to 20
Sampler Assembly
408
*Loop Gain: 207.5 MHz
10 to 20
Sampler Assembly
409
*Loop Gain: 208.0 MHz
10 to 20
Sampler Assembly
410
*Loop Gain: 208.5 MHz
10 to 20
Sampler Assembly
411
*Loop Gain: 209.0 MHz
10 to 20
Sampler Assembly
412
*Loop Gain: 209.5 MHz
10 to 20
Sampler Assembly
413
*Loop Gain: 210.0 MHz
10 to 20
Sampler Assembly
414
*Loop Gain: 210.5 MHz
10 to 20
Sampler Assembly
415
*Loop Gain: 211.0 MHz
10 to 20
Sampler Assembly
416
*Loop Gain: 211.5 MHz
12 to 24
Sampler Assembly
417
*Loop Gain: 212.0 MHz
13 to 26
Sampler Assembly
418
*Loop Gain: 212.5 MHz
14 to 28
Sampler Assembly
HP 8360
Calibration Constants 4-23
Table 4-9. Calibration Constant Descriptions (continued)
Number
Description
Range or
Default
Related
Adjustment
419
*Loop Gain: 213.0 MHz
14 to 28
Sampler Assembly
420
*Loop Gain: 213.5 MHz
15 to 30
Sampler Assembly
421
*Loop Gain: 214.0 MHz
16 to 32
Sampler Assembly
422
*Loop Gain: 214.5 MHz
17 to 34
Sampler Assembly
423
*Loop Gain: 215.0 MHz
18 to 36
Sampler Assembly
424
*Loop Gain: 215.5 MHz
18 to 36
Sampler Assembly
425
*Loop Gain: 216.0 MHz
19 to 38
Sampler Assembly
426
*Loop Gain: 216.5 MHz
20 to 40
Sampler Assembly
427
*Loop Gain: 217.0 MHz
22 to 44
Sampler Assembly
428
*Loop Gain: 217.5 MHz
23 to 46
Sampler Assembly
429
*Loop Gain: 218.0 MHz
24 to 48
Sampler Assembly
430
*Loop Gain: 218.5 MHz
28 to 56
Sampler Assembly
431
*Loop Gain: 219.0 MHz
30 to 60
Sampler Assembly
432
*Loop Gain: 219.5 MHz
32 to 64
Sampler Assembly
433
*Loop Gain: 220.0 Mhz
32 to 64
Sampler Assembly
440
Doubler Amp Mode
0
441
Phuoc Magic Enable
0
442
*Sweeptime Range 0
3750 to 6250
443
*Sweeptime Range 1
19655 to 32755
Sweep Ramp
444
*Sweeptime Range 2
9360 to 15600
Sweep Ramp
434
435
436
437
438
439
Sweep Ramp
445
446
447
448
449
DAmp Clamp 1
75 to 250
Amplier/Filter Adjustments
450
DAmp Clamp 2
75 to 250
Amplier/Filter Adjustments
4-24 Calibration Constants
HP 8360
Table 4-9. Calibration Constant Descriptions (continued)
Description
Number
Range or
Default
Related
Adjustment
451
DAmp Clamp 3
75 to 250
Amplier/Filter Adjustments
452
DAmp Clamp 4
75 to 250
Amplier/Filter Adjustments
453
DAmp Clamp 5
75 to 255
454
DAmp Clamp 6
75 to 255
455
DAmp Clamp 7
75 to 255
460
Debugs
0
461
Serial Numb Prex
See footnote 1
463
Hardware Cong 1
See footnote 1
464
Hardware Cong 2
See footnote 1
473
Power Spec Band 0
See footnote 2
474
Power Spec Band 1
See footnote 2
475
Power Spec Band 2
See footnote 2
476
Power Spec Band 3
See footnote 2
477
Power Spec Band 4
See footnote 2
478
Power Spec Band 5
See footnote 2
479
Power Spec Band 6
See footnote 2
480
Power Spec Band 7
See footnote 2
456
457
458
459
462
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
481
482
483
HP 8360
Calibration Constants 4-25
Table 4-9. Calibration Constant Descriptions (continued)
Number
Description
Range or
Default
Related
Adjustment
484
485
486
487
Max Sweep Rate
300
488
Max Sweep Rate 8516
100
493
A1 Revision
See footnote 3
494
A2 Revision
See footnote 3
495
A3 Revision
See footnote 3
496
A4 Revision
See footnote 3
497
A5 Revision
See footnote 3
498
A6 Revision
See footnote 3
499
A7 Revision
See footnote 3
500
A8 Revision
See footnote 3
501
A9 Revision
See footnote 3
502
A10 Revision
See footnote 3
503
A11 Revision
See footnote 3
504
A12 Revision
See footnote 3
489
490
491
492
505
A13 Revision
See footnote 3
506
A14 Revision
See footnote 3
507
A15 Revision
See footnote 3
508
A16 Revision
See footnote 3
509
A17 Revision
See footnote 3
510
A18 Revision
See footnote 3
511
A19 Revision
See footnote 3
512
A20 Revision
See footnote 3
513
A21 Revision
See footnote 3
514
A22 Revision
See footnote 3
515
A23 Revision
See footnote 3
516
4-26 Calibration Constants
HP 8360
Table 4-9. Calibration Constant Descriptions (continued)
Description
Number
Range or
Default
Related
Adjustment
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
Hibernation Time
90
526
Bandcross Time 1
42
527
Bandcross Time 2
32
528
Bandcross Time 3
28
529
Bandcross Time 4
26
530
Bandcross Time 5
28
531
Bandcross Time 6
20
532
Bandcross Time 7
20
536
Special Option 1
0
537
Special Option 2
0
538
Special Option 3
0
539
Special Option 4
0
540
Special Option 5
0
541
Special Option 6
0
542
Special Option 7
0
543
Special Option 8
0
544
Special Option 9
0
545
Special Option 10
0
533
534
535
HP 8360
Calibration Constants 4-27
Table 4-9. Calibration Constant Descriptions (continued)
Number
Description
Range or
Default
Related
Adjustment
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
Display FIFO Time
245
555
Display FSCC Time
1
561
YTF Dly Term A Hrm 1
1000
562
YTF Dly Term A Hrm 2
1000
563
YTF Dly Term A Hrm 3
1000
564
YTF Dly Term A Hrm 4
1000
565
YTF Dly Term A Hrm 5
1000
566
YTF Dly Term A Hrm 6
1000
567
YTF Dly Term A Hrm 7
1000
571
YTF Dly Term B Hrm 1
300
572
YTF Dly Term B Hrm 2
300
573
YTF Dly Term B Hrm 3
300
574
YTF Dly Term B Hrm 4
300
575
YTF Dly Term B Hrm 5
300
576
YTF Dly Term B Hrm 6
300
577
YTF Dly Term B Hrm 7
300
556
557
558
559
560
568
569
570
4-28 Calibration Constants
HP 8360
Table 4-9. Calibration Constant Descriptions (continued)
Description
Number
Range or
Default
Related
Adjustment
578
579
580
581
YTF Dly Term C Hrm 1
0
582
YTF Dly Term C Hrm 2
0
583
YTF Dly Term C Hrm 3
0
584
YTF Dly Term C Hrm 4
0
585
YTF Dly Term C Hrm 5
0
586
YTF Dly Term C Hrm 6
0
587
YTF Dly Term C Hrm 7
0
591
YTF Bx Dly Term A 1
1000
592
YTF Bx Dly Term A 2
1000
593
YTF Bx Dly Term A 3
600 to 2500
594
YTF Bx Dly Term A 4
600 to 2500
595
YTF Bx Dly Term A 5
1000
596
YTF Bx Dly Term A 6
1000
597
YTF Bx Dly Term A 7
1000
601
YTF Bx Dly Term B 1
300
Amplier/Filter Adjustments
602
YTF Bx Dly Term B 2
300
Amplier/Filter Adjustments
603
YTF Bx Dly Term B 3
200 to 450
Amplier/Filter Adjustments
604
YTF Bx Dly Term B 4
200 to 450
Amplier/Filter Adjustments
605
YTF Bx Dly Term B 5
300
Amplier/Filter Adjustments
606
YTF Bx Dly Term B 6
300
Amplier/Filter Adjustments
607
YTF Bx Dly Term B 7
300
Amplier/Filter Adjustments
588
589
590
598
599
600
HP 8360
Calibration Constants 4-29
Table 4-9. Calibration Constant Descriptions (continued)
Number
Description
Range or
Default
Related
Adjustment
608
609
610
611
YTF Bx Dly Term C 1
0
612
YTF Bx Dly Term C 2
0
613
YTF Bx Dly Term C 3
0
614
YTF Bx Dly Term C 4
0
615
YTF Bx Dly Term C 5
0
616
YTF Bx Dly Term C 6
0
617
YTF Bx Dly Term C 7
0
621
*YTF Gain; Band 1
1500 to 2500
Amplier/Filter Adjustments
622
*YTF Gain; Band 2
1000 to 2500
Amplier/Filter Adjustments
623
*YTF Gain; Band 3
500 to 2500
Amplier/Filter Adjustments
624
*YTF Gain; Band 4
500 to 2500
Amplier/Filter Adjustments
625
*YTF Gain; Band 5
500 to 2500
Amplier/Filter Adjustments
626
*YTF Gain; Band 6
500 to 2500
Amplier/Filter Adjustments
627
*YTF Gain; Band 7
500 to 2500
Amplier/Filter Adjustments
631
*YTF Oset; Band 1
1500 to 2500
Amplier/Filter Adjustments
632
*YTF Oset; Band 2
1500 to 3000
Amplier/Filter Adjustments
633
*YTF Oset; Band 3
1500 to 3000
Amplier/Filter Adjustments
634
*YTF Oset; Band 4
1500 to 3000
Amplier/Filter Adjustments
635
*YTF Oset; Band 5
1500 to 3000
Amplier/Filter Adjustments
618
619
620
628
629
630
636
*YTF Oset; Band 6
1500 to 3000
Amplier/Filter Adjustments
637
*YTF Oset; Band 7
1500 to 3000
Amplier/Filter Adjustments
638
639
640
4-30 Calibration Constants
HP 8360
Table 4-9. Calibration Constant Descriptions (continued)
Description
Number
Range or
Default
641
A24 Rev;Low Band
See footnote 3
642
A25 Rev;Mod Splitter
See footnote 3
643
A26 Rev;YIG Osc
See footnote 3
644
A27 Rev;Isolator
See footnote 3
645
A28 Rev;SYTM
See footnote 3
646
A29 Rev;Amp/Detector
See footnote 3
647
A30 Rev;Coupler
See footnote 3
648
A31 Rev;Attenuator
See footnote 3
649
A32 Rev;Doubler
See footnote 3
650
A33 Rev;Amplier
See footnote 3
651
A34 Rev;RP Assembly
See footnote 3
652
A35 Rev;Isolator
See footnote 3
653
A36 PM/A42 PMSF Rev
See footnote 3
A38 Rev;Dual Mod
See footnote 3
660
Quick Step Slew 0
120 | A13 Revision=4
5 | All others
661
Quick Step Slew 1
120 | A13 Revision=4
5 | All others
662
Quick Step Slew 2
60 | A13 Revision=4
10 | All others
663
Quick Step Slew 3
40 | A13 Revision=4
15 | All others
664
Quick Step Slew 4
30 | A13 Revision=4
17 | All others
665
Quick Step Slew 5
20 | A13 Revision=4
26 | All others
666
Quick Step Slew 6
20 | A13 Revision=4
26 | All others
667
Quick Step Slew 7
15 | A13 Revision=4
35 | All others
Related
Adjustment
654
655
656
657
658
659
HP 8360
Calibration Constants 4-31
Table 4-9. Calibration Constant Descriptions (continued)
Number
Description
Range or
Default
Related
Adjustment
668
669
670
RF Interface ID
0
671
A9 Pulse Board ID
See footnote 3
672
A12 YTM Driver ID
See footnote 3
673
A28 Amp/Mult ID
See footnote 3
674
A29 Amp/Filt ID
See footnote 3
675
A38 Dual Mod ID
See footnote 3
676
A36 PM/A42 PMSF ID
See footnote 3
677
A32 Doubler ID
See footnote 3
678
A10 ALC Board ID
See footnote 3
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
Specic to the synthesizer's hardware conguration. The calibration constant
value is set at the factory. See Table 4-10.
2 Specied maximum leveled power for the band (for example, 7 dBm equals
700, 10 dBm equals 1000).
3 Specic to the synthesizer's hardware conguration. The calibration
constant ID number and revision vary depending on the assembly version. See
Table 4-11.
1
4-32 Calibration Constants
HP 8360
Table 4-10.
Hardware Configuration Cal Constants #463 and #464
Synthesizer
Model
Number
#464 Hardware
#463 Hardware
Cong 2
Cong 1
Starting Option Option Option Option Option Starting Option
Cal Constant 001 002 004 006 H10 Value 006
HP83620A
+19,600
0128
+4
+4096
+2
0127
+1
+2
HP83622A
+19,584
0128
+4
+4096
+2
0127
+1
+2
HP83623A
+19,608
0128
+4
+4096
+2
0127
+1
+2
HP83624A
+19,592
0128
+4
+4096
+2
0127
+1
+2
HP83630A
+19,600
0128
+4
+4096
+2
0127
+1
+2
HP83640A
+19,632
0128
+4
+4096
+2
0127
+1
+2
HP83642A
+160
0128
+4
+4096
{
0127
{
{
HP83650A
+19,888
0128
+4
+4096
+2
0127
+1
+2
HP83621A
+30,864
{
{
{
{
{
{
{
HP83631A
+30,864
{
{
{
{
{
{
{
HP83651A
+32,176
{
{
{
{
{
{
{
Note
HP 8360
This table applies only to instruments with the following serial
prexes:
HP 83620A/22A: 3145A and greater
HP 83623A/24A: 3145A and greater
HP 83630A: 3103A and greater
HP 83640A: 3145A and greater
HP 83650A: 3052A and greater
HP 83621A/31A: 3103A and greater
HP 83651A: 3044A and greater
Option H10 and all other options are mutually exclusive .
Calibration Constants 4-33
Example: Calibration constant #463
HP 83620A + 001 + 004 = ?
19,600
- 128 + 4096 = 23,568
Example: Calibration constant #464
HP 83623A + 006 =
1
+ 2 =
?
3
4-34 Calibration Constants
HP 8360
Table 4-11.
Assemblies and Corresponding Cal Constant ID Numbers and
Revisions
Description
Assembly ID Number Revision Part Number
A1
None
#493
0
A2
None
08360-60001
Keyboard
08360-60002
Source Module Interface
08360-60003
Front Panel Processor
08360-60010
Fractional{N
0
08360-60009
YO Phase Detector
1
08360-60209
YO Phase Detector
0
08360-60007
Sampler (With VCO Adj.)
1
08360-60007
Sampler (No VCO Adj.)
1
08360-60214
Sampler (No VCO Adj.)
08360-60008
Reference
#493
0
A3
None
#495
0
A4
None
#496
0
A5
A6
A7
None
None
None
#497
#498
#499
0
1
A8
None
0
A9
HP 8360
Future Use
#500
08360-60166
Modulation Generator
#671
#501
0
0
08360-60005
Pulse
0
1
08360-60152
Pulse (Opt. 006 Compatible)
0
2
08360-60205
Pulse (Dual Slope Squegg Clamp)
1
0
08360-60188
Pulse (Self Bias SRD)
1
0
08360-60232
Pulse (Self Bias SRD)
2
0
Pulse (HP 83630A H35)
Calibration Constants 4-35
Table 4-11.
Assemblies and Corresponding Cal Constant ID Numbers and
Revisions (continued)
Description
Assembly ID Number Revision Part Number
A10
A11
#678
#502
0
0
08360-60006
ALC
1
0
08360-60206
ID # begins FW rev 23Oct92
0
0
08360-60222
None
#503
0
A12
A13
08360-60011
FM Driver
#672
#504
0
0
08360-60012
SYTM Driver
1
0
08360-60212
Multiplier/Filter Driver
None
#505
0
08360-60013
Never Used
1
08360-60013
YO Driver
2
A14
None
3
08360-60213
YO Driver (HP 83621A/31A/51A)
4
08360-60207
YO Driver (Quick Step)
08360-60014
Sweep Generator
1
08360-60264
CPU (Battery) 2 ROM Chip Set
0
08360-60015
CPU (Battery) 4 ROM Chip Set
1
08360-60215
CPU (Supercap/Battery) 2 ROM Chip
Set
08360-60016
Post Regulator
08360-60017
Rectier/Filter
0
08360-60018
Switching Regulator
0
08360-60198
Switching Regulator
#506
0
A15
A16
None
None
#507
#508
0
A17
None
#509
0
A18
None
Never Used
#510
4-36 Calibration Constants
HP 8360
Table 4-11.
Assemblies and Corresponding Cal Constant ID Numbers and
Revisions (continued)
Description
Assembly ID Number Revision Part Number
A19
None
#511
A20
#670
#512
0
0
0
0
08360-60019
Rear Panel Interface
1
08360-60004
RF Interface
1
08360-60187
RF Interface
1
08360-60223
RF Interface
08360-60241
RF Interface
0
2
A21
None
#513
A22
None
#514
0
1990-1295
0
08360-60196
Motherboard
0
08360-60022
Motherboard
HP 10811E
10 MHz Reference Standard
5086-7463
Low Band
5086-7464
Mod Splitter
A23
None
#515
A24
None
#641
A25
None
#642
0
0
0
1
A26
A27
None
None
Directional Coupler
#643
0
5086-7505
YO
0
5086-7515
YO
0955-0475
Isolator
#644
0
HP 8360
Alphanumeric Display
Calibration Constants 4-37
Table 4-11.
Assemblies and Corresponding Cal Constant ID Numbers and
Revisions (continued)
Description
Assembly ID Number Revision Part Number
A28
A29
A30
#673
#645
0
0
5086-7503
SYTM
0
0
5086-7545
SYTM
1
0
5086-7596
Switched Amp/Mult (HP 83621A/31A)
1
1
5086-7596
Switched Amp/Mult (HP 83630A H35)
2
0
5086-7585
Amp/Mult (HP 83651A)
2
1
5086-7622
Amp/Mult (HP 83630A/50A)
2
2
5086-7622
Amp/Mult with Aux Out
#674
#646
0
0
5086-7562
Amp/Detector (HP 83620A/22A,
HP 83623A/24A, HP 83640A/42A)
1
0
5086-7586
Amp/Filter (HP 83651A)
1
1
5086-7623
Amp/Filter (HP 83630A/40A/50A)
2
0
2
1
4
0
None
#647
0
A31
A32
A33
None
Dassault Amp/Filter #73
5086-7636
Amp/Filter (HP 83630A/40A/50A
Option 006)
Future Use
0955-0148
Directional Coupler (HP 83620A/22A,
HP 83623A/24A)
0
0955-0125
Directional Coupler (HP 83630A/31A)
0
0955-0472
Directional Coupler (HP 83640A/42A)
0
0955-0523
Directional Coupler (HP 83650A/51A)
#648
0
33326-60003
Step Attenuator
0
33326-60002
Step Attenuator
#677
#649
0
0
5086-7507
Frequency Doubler (40 GHz)
0
1
5086-7607
Frequency Doubler (40 GHz)
1
1
5086-7513
Frequency Doubler (50 GHz)
None
#650
5086-7465
Amplier (High Power)
0
4-38 Calibration Constants
HP 8360
Table 4-11.
Assemblies and Corresponding Cal Constant ID Numbers and
Revisions (continued)
Description
Assembly ID Number Revision Part Number
A34
None
#651
A35
None
#652
A36
#676
#653
0
0
0
0
08360-60061
RP Floating BNC
0955-0475
Isolator
0
5086-7565
Pulse Modulator (Option 006)
1
5086-7582
Pulse Modulator (Option H06)
0
1
5086-7588
Pulse Modulator (Option H07)
#675
#655
0
0
1
0
5086-7602
Dual Modulator (HP 83630A/50A)
2
0
5086-7634
AM Modulator (Option 006)
#676
#653
0
1
5086-7628
Pulse Mod Switched Filter
(HP 83620A/22A Opt. 006)
0
1
5086-7629
Pulse Mod Switched Filter
(HP 83623A/24A Opt. 006)
1
1
5086-7630
Pulse Mod Switched Filter
(HP 83630A Opt. 006)
1
1
5086-7631
Pulse Mod Switched Filter
(HP 83640A/50A Opt. 006)
A37
A38
A42
HP 8360
Dual Modulator (HP 83630A H35)
Calibration Constants 4-39
5
Automated Tests
Introduction
This chapter explains how to load and run the \HP 8360 Service Support
Software" revision A.01.31. Revisions lower than A.01.31 are not compatible
with instruments with Option 006. These tests require operator interaction.
This software requires that the synthesizer is set to the SCPI programming
language. This is set by the rear panel switch or by the front panel. Refer to
the \Installation" chapter of the User's Handbook for further information.
After using the software, return the synthesizer to its original setting.
This chapter contains the following information on using the software:
Setting Up the System
Installing the Software
Running the Software
Reporting Software Bugs
Automated Performance Tests
Step Attenuator Flatness Test
Power Flatness and Accuracy Test
Automated Adjustments
Step Attenuator Flatness Adjustment
YO Delay Adjustment
ADC Adjustment
Power Flatness Adjustment
Utilities
Front Panel Emulation
Calibration Constants
Self-Test
Power Sensor Conguration and Calibration Factor File
HP 8360
Automated Tests 5-1
Setting Up the System
Hardware Requirements
The automated tests require an HP 9000 series 200/300 desktop computer with
at least 2.25 megabytes of RAM, a disk drive, and an HP-IB interface. This
program will not run with high resolution color monitors (> 512 x 390 pixels).
Software is provided on two 3.5 inch disks, formatted double-sided, and are
usable in double-sided disk drives only. Any required measurement instruments
are listed in each test procedure.
Operating System Requirements
The test software requires BASIC version 5.1 and the following binaries.
Table 5-1. Required Binaries
Language Extensions
Drivers
CLOCK
CRTA or CRTB (depends on CRT)
COMPLEX
CS80 or DISC (depends on disk)
CRTX
HFS
EDIT
HPIB
ERR
SRM
GRAPH
GRAPHX
IO
KBD
MAT
MS
PDEV
TRANS
XREF
5-2 Automated Tests
HP 8360
Refer to the BASIC user's documentation for instructions on loading the
operating system and binaries.
Installing the Software
Disk Files
The automated tests are provided on two double-sided disk. Previous revisions
may be dierent.
Make Working Copies
Before doing anything else, make a working copy of the master disks!
Type: INITIALIZE \Address of drive containing blank oppy"
The master disk is shipped from the factory write-protected and cannot be
written to or initialized in this mode. We recommend you maintain this master
disk in write-protect mode. During execution of some tests, the program reads
from and writes to the disk, use a working copy that is not write-protected
when you run the software.
Installing the Program onto a Hard Disk
We recommend that you run the software from a hard disk. It is possible
to operate it from a single or dual oppy disk drive, however speed will be
sacriced.
To install the program onto your hard disk, create a directory that will contain
the program and its associated les. (Refer to the BASIC user's documentation
for instructions on creating directories.) After you create the directory, run the
install program below to load all of the les onto your hard disk.
1. Insert master disk #1 into the oppy disk drive.
2. Type: COPY \OPV 8360:,700,0" TO \/TEST/OPV 8360:,1400,0"
3. Remove master disk #1 and insert master disk #2 into the disk drive.
HP 8360
Automated Tests 5-3
4. Type LOAD \COPY DISK:,700,0"
5. Press RUN and follow the prompts to copy all les from the second master
disk to the hard disk. In this example, the source location is :,700,0 and the
destination location is :,1400,0
Your hard disk is now set up to run the automated tests.
Operating from a Floppy Disk
When you run the software from a oppy disk drive, be sure to leave the
second master disk in the disk drive while the program runs. If this is not
done, the program will not run.
Running the Software
CAUTION
This software uses RAM memory volumes for fast access of
data les. These volumes may also be used by other programs
and could contain data that will be erased by this program.
Make sure that the computer you are using does not have
important data in any memory volumes before running this
software.
Configuration Limitations
The computer containing the software must be the only controller on the bus.
If more than one controller is present, the software will not run properly.
Loading the Software
1. Make sure the software has been copied into a directory (if running from a
hard disk) or copied to a work disk (if running from a oppy disk).
2. Set the default mass storage to the directory or oppy disk that contains the
test software. Use the BASIC MSI command. See the BASIC Language
Reference for more information on setting the default mass storage.
5-4 Automated Tests
HP 8360
Note
CAPS LOCK ON or OFF cannot be changed while the
program is running. Set the keyboard before you load the
software.
3. Load the test software.
Insert master disk #1 in your default drive, or from your hard-drive
directory, perform the following: Type:
LOAD \OPV 8360"
Press 4RETURN5.
4. Press 4RUN5 to start the test program. If you are using oppy disks, the
program will prompt you to install the second disk.
5. Some important messages are displayed, then the program displays a menu
with the available model numbers. Using the arrow keys, select the correct
model to be tested. Press 4SELECT5.
6. The program asks for the installed options and the serial number of the unit
under test. Enter the appropriate information.
7. A menu of the available tests is displayed. Using the arrow keys, select the
appropriate test. Press 4SELECT5.
Note
Refer to the following pages for a detailed description and
specic operating information (if any) for a specic test.
8. Follow the prompts in the individual tests for connection instructions and
other relevant test information. When the test nishes, you are returned to
the test menu.
9. Either select another test to run or select the DONE softkey to exit the
program.
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN
HP 8360
Automated Tests 5-5
Reporting Software Bugs
If a test does not run correctly, re-run the test. If the test fails to run properly
again, ll out the \Software Support Request" at the end of this chapter and
return it to your local HP sales oce.
5-6 Automated Tests
HP 8360
AUTOMATED PERFORMANCE TESTS
1. Step Attenuator Flatness Test
Performance verication test for Option 001
Description
A power meter is used to make relative power measurements to determine
the actual attenuation of each attenuator card. Mismatch error is minimized
by including a xed attenuation in front of the card being measured for both
parts of the relative measurement (with/without the card). The software uses
the value of each attenuator card to calculate what the actual attenuation is
when set to a specic value. For example, the attenuator value for the 30 dB
setting is the sum of the 10 dB and the 20 dB cards. The eect of digital ALC
correction is accounted for by the software.
The following test equipment is required for this performance test. No
substitutions are allowed.
Table 5-2. Test Equipment Required
Instrument
HP Model
Number
10 dB Attenuator
8493C
30 dB Attenuator
11708A
Power Meter
438A
Power Sensor (50 MHz to 26.5 GHz)
8485A1
Power Sensor (50 MHz to 26.5 GHz)
8485D 1
Power Sensor (100 kHz to 4.2 GHz)
8482A
1 Substitute HP 8487A/D for 40 GHz synthesizers.
HP 8360
Automated Tests 5-7
Procedure
Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 5-1. Preset all instruments and let
them warm up for at least one hour.
Note
This program requires that power sensor calibration factors be
stored in a le. If the calibration factors have not been entered
previously, refer to the utility, \4. Power Sensor Conguration
and Calibration Factor File".
Select the step attenuator atness test and follow the prompts on the display.
Figure 5-1. Step Attenuator Flatness Test Setup
5-8 Automated Tests
HP 8360
2. Power Flatness and Accuracy Test
Performance verication test for standard instrument
Description
Note
If Option 001 is installed in your instrument, perform the \Step
Attenuator Flatness" test.
This test uses the user atness correction array to measure power atness at
the RF output. The power is measured every 10 MHz in low band and every
100 MHz in high and millimeter bands.
The calibration factors for the power sensor must be added to the program
before the test is run. Refer to the utility, \4. Power Sensor Conguration and
Calibration Factor File", if necessary.
The following test equipment is required for this test. No substitutions are
allowed. (The test setup is given in the software.)
Test Equipment Required
Instrument
HP Model
Number
Power Meter
438A
Power Sensor (100 kHz to 4.2 GHz)
8482A
Power Sensor (50 MHz to 26.5 GHz)
8485A
Power Sensor (50 MHz to 50 GHz)1
8487A
10 dB Attenuator (DC to 26.5 GHz)2
8493C
1 For 40 GHz synthesizers only.
2 For high power synthesizers only.
HP 8360
Automated Tests 5-9
Procedure
Select the power atness and accuracy test and enter your power sensor data
by performing the following steps.
Note
If the power sensor data was added previously, and is still
current, skip the following steps and run the test.
1. Select the HELP softkey to access the power sensor conguration and
calibration menus.
2. Select power meter conguration.
3. Select the sensor to edit.
4. Enter the power sensor conguration data (follow the prompts on the
display).
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Note
Do not edit the \Sensor ID". The names set at the factory
must remain unchanged for the program to run properly. The
factory recommended \Zero Hr" is 1.00 and the \Cal Hr" is
24.00. Use the left and right arrows to move the cursor within
a eld. Use the up and down arrows to increment or decrement
the value. RETURN selects the eld.
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
5. When all changes have been made, select save power meter conguration.
6. Next select power meter calibration factors to add the power sensor
calibration factors to the program.
7. Select current to change the active power sensor to the one for which you
would like to enter the data.
8. Select edit header, and enter the serial number of the power sensor.
9. Select edit calibration factors.
10. Enter the calibration factors from your power sensor (follow the prompts
on the display).
11. When all of the calibration factors have been added, select store calibration
factors to store the calibration factors for future use.
5-10 Automated Tests
HP 8360
12. Exit the power meter calibration.
13. Run the power atness and accuracy test.
HP 8360
Automated Tests 5-11
AUTOMATED ADJUSTMENTS
1. Step Attenuator Flatness Adjustment
Calibration for Option 001
Before doing any adjustment, enter the password for access to the adjustment
calibration constants. Use the front panel or the front panel emulation program
provided with this software.
See Chapter 4 for information on enabling the calibration constants with the
password.
Description
A power meter is used to make relative power measurements to determine
the actual attenuation of each attenuator card. Mismatch error is minimized
by including a xed attenuation in front of the card being measured for both
parts of the relative measurement (with/without the card). The software uses
the value of each attenuator card to calculate what the actual attenuation is
when set to a specic value. For example, the attenuator value for the 30 dB
setting is the sum of the 10 dB and the 20 dB cards. The eect of digital ALC
correction is accounted for by the software.
The following test equipment is required for this adjustment. No substitutions
are allowed.
5-12 Automated Tests
HP 8360
Table 5-3. Test Equipment Required
Instrument
HP Model
Number
10 dB Attenuator
8493C
30 dB Attenuator
11708A
Power Meter
438A
Power Sensor (50 MHz to 26.5 GHz)
8485A1
Power Sensor (50 MHz to 26.5 GHz)
8485D 1
Power Sensor (100 kHz to 4.2 GHz)
8482A
1 Substitute HP 8487A/D for 40 GHz synthesizers.
Procedure
Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 5-2. Preset all instruments and let
them warm up for at least one hour.
Select the step attenuator atness adjustment and follow the prompts on the
display.
Figure 5-2. Step Attenuator Flatness Adjustment Setup
HP 8360
Automated Tests 5-13
2. YO Delay Adjustment
Description
This adjustment uses the internal counter to measure swept frequency
accuracy. YO delay aects the swept frequency accuracy at fast sweep times
(less than 100 ms). This procedure adjusts the calibration constants for the
YIG oscillator to achieve consistent swept frequency accuracy over the entire
operating range of the instrument.
CAUTION
If your instrument has Option 006, be certain that you
identied your option conguration when the software was
initially loaded or else this procedure will not run properly.
Select the YO delay adjustment and follow the prompts on the display.
No test equipment is required.
5-14 Automated Tests
HP 8360
3. ADC Adjustment
Description
This adjustment uses an external digital voltmeter (DVM) to measure
VCOMP on the YO driver assembly and compares the reading to the ADC
measurement. The ADC calibration constants are adjusted so that the DVM
and ADC measurements are the same. The procedure is repeated for each
voltage range (both plus and minus supplies).
Select the ADC adjustment and follow the prompts on the display.
The following test equipment is required for this adjustment. (The test setup is
given in the software.)
Test Equipment Required
HP 8360
Instrument
HP Model Number
Digital Voltmeter
3456A, 3457A, or 3458A
Automated Tests 5-15
4. Power Flatness Adjustment
Calibration for standard instrument
Description
Note
If Option 001 is installed in your instrument, perform the \Step
Attenuator Flatness" adjustment.
This adjustment zeros the digital ALC array and measures the power from
the RF output. The power is measured every 10 MHz in low band and every
100 MHz in high and millimeter bands. The calibration constants are adjusted
to achieve a at output.
The calibration factors for the power sensor must be added to the program.
Refer to the utility, \4. Power Sensor Conguration and Calibration Factor
File", if necessary.
The following test equipment is required for this adjustment. No substitutions
are allowed. (The test setup is given in the software.)
Test Equipment Required
Instrument
HP Model
Number
Power Meter
438A
Power Sensor (100 kHz to 4.2 GHz)
8482A
Power Sensor (50 MHz to 26.5 GHz)
8485A
Power Sensor (50 MHz to 50 GHz)1
8487A
10 dB Attenuator (DC to 26.5 GHz)2
8493C
1 For 40 GHz synthesizers only.
2 For high power synthesizers only.
5-16 Automated Tests
HP 8360
Procedure
Select the power atness adjustment and enter your power sensor data by
performing the following steps.
Note
If the power sensor data was added previously, and is still
current, skip the following steps and run the test.
1. Select the HELP softkey to access the power sensor conguration and
calibration menus.
2. Select power meter conguration.
3. Select the sensor to edit.
4. Enter the power sensor conguration data (follow the prompts on the
display).
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Note
Do not edit the \Sensor ID". The names set at the factory
must remain unchanged for the program to run properly. The
factory recommended \Zero Hr" is 1.00 and the \Cal Hr" is
24.00. Use the left and right arrows to move the cursor within
a eld and the up and down arrows to increment or decrement
the value. 4RETURN5 selects the eld.
5. When all changes have been made, select save power meter conguration.
6. Next select power meter calibration factors to add the power sensor
calibration factors to the program.
7. Select current to change the active power sensor to the one for which you
would like to enter the data.
8. Select edit header and enter the serial numbers of the power sensor.
9. Select edit calibration factors.
10. Enter the calibration factors from your power sensor (follow the prompts
on the display).
11. When all of the calibration factors have been added, select store calibration
factors to store the calibration factors for future use.
HP 8360
Automated Tests 5-17
12. Exit the power meter calibration.
13. Run the power atness adjustment.
5-18 Automated Tests
HP 8360
Utilities
1. Front Panel Emulation
Description
This utility simulates an 8360 series instrument front panel keyboard in an
instrument with a delete front panel option installed.
Procedure
To access the front panel emulation utility, select the front panel emulation
program in the test menu.
The front panel emulation program cannot run front panel functions that use a
power meter or printer. These functions cause the 8360 series instrument to act
as a controller, which conicts with the computer as the controller on the bus.
Use a substitute front panel to run these functions, or use the tests provided
with this software.
When using the front panel emulation program, enter the letter directly above
the caret (^) to activate the function or key. Note that the keys are case
sensitive (\L" means \ALC" and \l" means \LOCAL"). See Table 5-4 for a
detailed listing of hardkey designations.
For numeric entry, two dierent terminator keys are combined on one hardkey.
The actual terminator depends on the active mode of the synthesizer.
For example: When pulse width is the active entry, 4105 4k5 enters 10 ms. When
frequency span is the active entry, 4105 4k5 enters 10 kHz.
Softkeys are designated by menukey X, where X is 1 through 5 and corresponds
to the ve softkey positions below the display. To activate the softkey, press
the function key on the keyboard that corresponds to the number X indicated
by menukey.
HP 8360
Automated Tests 5-19
Table 5-4. Synthesizer Hardkey Emulation
Program Display
To Activate
Select
4MOD5
mod
m
4ALC5
aLc
L
4MARKER5
mrK
K
4USER CAL5
cal
c
4SERVICE5
Srv
S
4PRIOR5
Prior
P
4SAVE5
saVe
V
4RECALL5
Rcl
R
4MENU5
meNu
N
4MENU5
menU
U
4ASSIGN5
asgn
a
4ENTRY ON/OFF5
entry o
f
4GHz/dB(m)5
GHz/dBm
G
4MHz/usec5
MHz/uS
M
4kHz/msec5
kHz/mS
k
4Hz,sec/ENTER5
Hz/ENT
H
Hardkey
MENU SELECT
SYSTEM
USER DEFINED
ENTRY
5-20 Automated Tests
HP 8360
Table 5-4. Synthesizer Hardkey Emulation (continued)
Program Display
To Activate
Select
4SWEEP TIME5
Time
T
4SINGLE5
sIng
I
4CONT5
cOnt
O
4MENU5
mEnu
E
4CW5
cW
W
4START5
stArt
A
4STOP5
stop
o
4CENTER5
Cent
C
4SPAN5
span
n
4MENU5
menu
u
4POWER LEVEL5
level
v
4FLTNESS ON/OFF5
at
t
4RF ON/OFF5
on/oFf
F
4MENU5
menu
e
4PRESET5
preset
r
4LOCAL5
local
l
Hardkey
SWEEP
FREQUENCY
POWER
INSTRUMENT STATE
HP 8360
Automated Tests 5-21
2. Calibration Constants
Description
The calibration constants utility provides a variety of ways to manipulate the
calibration constants stored in the instrument.
Use this utility to print out a list of the calibration constants stored in the
instrument, to make a back-up of the calibration constants, and to restore
calibration constants from a backed-up le.
Procedure
Enter the password to allow access to the calibration constants by running the
front panel emulation program provided with this software. See Chapter 4 for
information on accessing the calibration constants with the password.
You may need to perform several steps to reach your nal goal. For example,
to move the calibration constants from the instrument's working memory to a
disk for back-up, you must rst move them to the computer memory, and then
from computer memory to disk. To store the calibration constants, you may
use the hard disk drive, Disk 2 of your working disks, or a separate data disk.
When storing data on a new disk, be sure to format the disk before you begin
the utility.
Select the calibration constants entry in the test menu and follow the prompts.
3. Self-Test
Description
This utility is executed using the front panel emulation program. A full
self-test of the synthesizer will be executed and the results displayed on the
computer.
5-22 Automated Tests
HP 8360
4. Power Sensor Configuration and Calibration Factor File
Description
This utility is used for creating and editing the les that store power sensor
calibration factors. The power sensor calibration factors are used in the
\Power Flatness" and \Step Attenuator" performance tests and adjustment
procedures. This data can be stored to the directory or disk for future use.
The power meter/power sensor conguration utility is used to dene which
power sensors, by serial number, are actually used when the automated test is
run. Although you may enter and store calibration factors for several power
sensors, the program will use only the power sensors that you have identied by
serial number in the conguration utility.
Loading Sensor Calibration Factors
The service software program for loading sensor calibration factors is
unfriendly. Following the steps outlined should result in a successful entry.
Do not hurry or skip steps.
To Load Sensor Cal Factors:
1. Load the HP 8360 Service Software and run.
2. At the \Test Menu" selected one of the following: \Power Flatness and
Accuracy Test", \Step Attenuator Flatness Test", \Power Flatness
Adjust", or \Step Attenuator Flatness Adjust".
3. Press the \Help" key (F2) when it appears on the function keys to get to
the \Help Menu" where the \Pmtr Cong" (Power Meter Conguration)
and \Pmtr Cal Factors" selections are located.
4. Scroll down to and select [2] \Pmtr Cong". The power meter
conguration routine is only used to select sensor serial numbers (model
numbers are xed). After selecting \Pmtr Cong" the screen will display a
list of model and serial numbers the program will use during the test.
Important Notes for Editing the Selections:
No new model numbers can be added. The program only recognizes the
model numbers listed and will stop if other model numbers are entered.
HP 8360
Automated Tests 5-23
Model numbers can not be changed. Only the serial numbers can be
changed in this menu. Use serial numbers to track dierent sensor model
numbers.
Only edit sensor serial numbers in this menu.
Always exit the program by selecting [17] \Save Conguration" and,
then, pressing \Done". A bug in the program may erase model numbers
if this is not done. If a model number is missing create a new working
disk number 2 using the master disk or purge \PMTRCONF" le from
the working disk and copy the \PMTRCONF" le back to the working
disk from the master disk.
The frequency range of the instrument determined which sensor
model numbers listed will be used during the test. The serial number
determines which cal factors will be used. The following list explains
which model numbers are used when.
For instruments with a maximum frequency of 26.5 GHz, the following
sensors are used:
8485D + 10 dB pad
8485D
8485A
8482A
For instrument with a maximum frequency above 26.5 GHz, the following
sensors are used:
8487D + 10 dB pad
8487D
8487A
8482A
After Selection, Continue with Cal Sensor Procedures:
5. If the sensor serial numbers are correct, scroll down to [17] \Save Power
Meter Conguration", and press \Select".
6. If a dierent sensor serial number needs to be entered or a new sensor
serial number added, scroll to the model number to be edited and press
\Select" to get to the \Edit Sensor #1" screen.
5-24 Automated Tests
HP 8360
7. To change the serial number in the \Edit Sensor" screen, scroll to the
Serial Number selection [4] and press \Select". Once \Select" has been
pressed, a number must be entered.
8. After \Edit Sensor" is selected, \Enter Text" should be displayed. Enter
the serial number and press \Return", then \Done". The model and new
serial number should be listed in the table.
9. Repeat steps 6 through 8 until all the correct serial numbers are displayed.
10. Now save the new serial numbers in the Power Meter Conguration le by
scrolling to [17] \Save Power Meter Conguration" and pressing \Select"
then \Done" to exit the routine.
11. If the cal factors need to be loaded for new serial numbers or changed for
existing serial numbers, scroll to \Pmtr Cal Factor" selection [3], and press
\Select". A list of serial numbers and sensor model numbers should be
displayed.
12. Scroll down to the serial number to be edited and press \Select". If
the correct serial number is not displayed, return to the \Pmtr Cong"
program and repeat entering the correct serial number.
When entering cal factors for a new serial number, the message \Failed
attempt to access le . . . " will appear. Press \Abort". Read the message
displayed and then press \OK".
13. The \Cal Factor Edit Menu" should now be displayed. This menu has 6
options. Here is an explanation of each selection.
[1] Edit Cal Factors: Select \Edit Cal Factors" to edit the cal-factors for
the serial number selected. After \Select" is pressed the cal factors are
displayed. Scroll to the line to be edited and press \Select". There are
four choices for editing the cal factors.
Value - Value is used to edit a cal factor. Enter the new value by
typing over the old data. Do not use the delete key.
Frequency - Frequency is used to edit the frequency. Enter the new
value by typing over the old data. Do not use the delete key.
Insert - Inserts a line in the table at the location of the pointer.
Delete - Deletes the line in the table at the location of the pointer.
HP 8360
Automated Tests 5-25
[2] Edit Sensor Information: Not used.
[3] Load Cal Factors: This selection loads the calibration factor data le
for the selected sensor form disk or the directory specied in the MSI
command.
[4] Store Cal Factors: This stores the cal factors for the selected power
sensor to disk or the directory specied by the MSI command.
[5] Current: Displays the current sensor serial and model number.
[6] Serial Entry: This selection is used to create a new cal factor data
table for the selected power sensor.
To enter frequency and correction factors for the sensor, enter the
frequency, a comma, and then the correction factor (Frequency,
Correction). The frequency must be entered in GHz (.01 = 10 MHz).
Correction factors must be entered in % (97.0 = 97.0%). Enter
frequencies in ascending order (lowest to highest).
The rst frequency point must be below the start frequency the sensor
is used at: For rst frequency points enter:
8485A/D
<0.05 GHz
8482A, 8485A/D
<0.01 GHz
There must be a calibration factor at 50 MHz. The test software
requires this 50 MHz calibration factor for the power sensor.
The last frequency point must be greater than the highest frequency
the sensor is used at. The last frequency points entered:
8487A/D
50.0 GHz
8482A
>4.2 GHz
8485A/D, 8487A/D
>26.5 GHz
To end serial entry enter \0,0".
Select \Store Cal Factors".
14. To exit the \Cal Factor Edit Menu" press \Done".
15. If all entries are complete, press \Done". If additional editing is required
scroll to the desired choice and select
5-26 Automated Tests
HP 8360
After all data is entered and \Done" has been selected the program should
continue running. If a \Time Out" error occurs, check the setup and press
\Retry". If \Retry" fails to start the program press \Abort" and start the
program over.
Menu Overview
The following menu choices are displayed:
Calco Utility
This is the instrument calibration factors utility. Use it to store and retrieve
instrument calibration factors. The following menu choices will allow you to
enter and store calibration factors:
[1] Review CALS in Disk File
[2] Review CALS from UUT Working CALS
[3] Store UUT Working CALS to Disk File
[4] Load CALS From a Disk File to UUT Working CALS
[5] Copy UUT Working CALS to UUT Protected CALS
[6] Copy UUT Protected CALS to UUT Working CALS
Pmtr Cong
This is the power meter conguration utility. Use it to enter serial numbers
for the power sensors which are listed in the \Sensor ID" column. For
example, when the program requires an HP 8487D power sensor, it will use
the calibration factor data that is stored for whichever power sensor has been
listed in the \Serial" column. If HP 8487A/D power sensors are used to test
synthesizers with maximum stop frequencies of 26.5 GHz, enter their serial
numbers for the HP 8485A/D choices. The \Sensor ID" and \Name" columns
identify the frequency range and power level over which the power sensor is
used. The HP 8487A/D can substitute for an HP 8485D; however, the reverse
is not true.
After you select a power sensor, move the arrow to \Serial Number" and enter
the new serial number. Then select DONE .
When the power meter conguration is correct, scroll down to selection 17 and
save the conguration data.
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN
HP 8360
Automated Tests 5-27
Pmtr Cal Factors
This is the power meter calibration factor utility. Use it to enter and store
calibration factors for each power sensor. Notice that the test software requires
calibration factors at 50 MHz and at one frequency higher than the specied
stop frequency of the synthesizer under test.
To edit or enter new calibration factors, select the serial number for the power
sensor from the displayed list. (This list is derived from the power meter
conguration utility and the power sensor must already be entered in the
conguration.) The calibration factors which were previously stored will be
loaded and the editing menu will be displayed.
5-28 Automated Tests
HP 8360
6
Menu Maps
HP 8360
Menu Maps 6-1
6-2 Menu Maps
HP 8360
1
2
3
5
6
7
8
9
7
Disassembly and Replacement Procedures
Introduction
This chapter provides the following disassembly and reassembly procedures.
Use these procedures while repairing or replacing an assembly.
\Front Panel Disassembly and Reassembly"
\Rear Panel Disassembly and Reassembly"
\RF Deck Disassembly and Reassembly"
\Motherboard Disassembly and Reassembly"
HP 8360
Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-1
WARNING
These servicing instructions are for use by qualified personnel
only. To avoid electrical shock, do not perform any servicing
unless you are qualified to do so.
The opening of covers or removal of parts is likely to expose
dangerous voltages. Disconnect the instrument from all
voltage sources while it is being opened.
The detachable power cord is the instrument disconnecting
device. It disconnects the mains circuits from the mains
supply before other parts of the instrument. The front panel
switch is only a standby switch and is not a LINE switch.
The power cord is connected to internal capacitors that may
remain live for 5 seconds after disconnecting the plug from its
power supply.
This is a Safety Class I product (provided with a protective
earthing ground incorporated in the power cord). The mains
plug shall only be inserted in a socket outlet provided with a
protective earth contact. Any interruption of the protective
conductor, inside or outside the instrument, is likely to
make the instrument dangerous. Intentional interruption is
prohibited.
For continued protection against fire hazard replace line fuse
only with same type and rating (F 5A/250V). The use of other
fuses or material is prohibited.
CAUTION
Perform the following procedures only at a static safe work
station. The attenuators and printed circuit assemblies in
this instrument are very sensitive to static electricity damage.
Wear an anti-static wrist strap that is connected to earth
ground.
When reassembling the instrument, the cables shown in
Figure 7-1 must be routed through the instrument as shown
or instrument performance may be aected.
7-2 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures
HP 8360
Figure 7-1. Cable Routing Locations
Tools Required
Each procedure lists the required tools at the beginning of that section. See
Chapter 9 for the associated part numbers.
HP 8360
Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-3
Front Panel Disassembly and Reassembly
Tools Required
T-10 Torx Screwdriver (torque 10 in-lb)
0.050 Hex Driver
9/16 in. Nut Driver
5/16 in. Open End Wrench
Coax Extractor Tool{Submin D Connector
Description and Procedure
Some steps in this procedure may not apply to all option congurations. If a
particular step does not apply, continue with the next appropriate step.
To disassemble the front panel, follow this procedure in the order given.
To reassemble the front panel, follow this procedure in the reverse order.
Refer to the owchart in Figure 7-2 to determine the necessary disassembly
steps for a given assembly.
7-4 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures
Front Panel
HP 8360
Figure 7-2. Front Panel Disassembly Flowchart
HP 8360
Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-5
Front Panel
1. Preliminary Steps
CAUTION
1.
2.
3.
4.
You can easily blow the fuse for the 13.5V supply on the
preregulator assembly if you do not disconnect the AC power
cord. Also, the danger of shock is increased if the power cord is
connected.
Disconnect the AC power line cord.
Remove the screw from each of the top two feet on the rear panel.
Remove the top two feet.
Remove the instrument top cover.
Note
An RF braid is in each of the side channels on the top of the
instrument. When you reassemble the instrument, be sure this
braid remains in the channel.
5. Remove the vinyl trim strip from the top front edge of the instrument.
(Place a at screwdriver in either slot in the trim strip and lift to remove,
see Figure 7-3.)
7-6 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures
Front Panel
HP 8360
Figure 7-3. Front Edge Trim Strip
HP 8360
Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-7
Front Panel
2. Front Panel Removal
Refer to Figure 7-4.
1. Complete \1. Preliminary Steps" before continuing.
2. Remove three of the four screws under the trim strip.
3. Remove two of the three screws on the lower front frame edge.
4. Gently pry the front panel and display from the frame.
Note
If you are removing the front panel only so that you can lift
up the RF deck and if you have a at surface in front of the
synthesizer on which to lay the front panel, let the front panel
lie in front of the synthesizer with all the cables connected and
continue with step 1 of \2. Lift Up the RF Deck". If you do
not have a at surface for the front panel, disconnect ribbon
cables W2 and W3 from the motherboard and lay the front
panel on top of the synthesizer.
7-8 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures
Front Panel
HP 8360
Figure 7-4. Front Panel Screw Locations
HP 8360
Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-9
Front Panel
Refer to Figure 7-5.
Note
Instruments with Option 004 do not have all the cables shown.
5. Cut the tie wraps holding the cables.
6. From the A9, A10, and A11 assemblies (or the A8 assembly for instruments
with Option 002), disconnect the four coaxial cables (W6, W7, W8, and
W9) attached to the BNC connectors.
7. Disconnect the source module interface cable, W10.
8. Disconnect ribbon cables W2 and W3 from the motherboard.
Figure 7-5. Front Panel Coaxial and Ribbon Cable Locations
7-10 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures
Front Panel
HP 8360
3. A3 Front Panel Processor Removal
Refer to Figure 7-6.
1. Complete \1. Preliminary Steps" and \2. Front Panel Removal" before
continuing.
2. Disconnect the three ribbon cables (W3, W4, and W5), the rotary pulse
generator (RPG) cable, and the six-wire display cable W1.
3. Remove the eight screws from the PC assembly.
4. Lift o the front panel processor assembly.
Figure 7-6. Front Panel Processor Cables
HP 8360
Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-11
Front Panel
4. A21 Alphanumeric Display Removal
Refer to Figure 7-7.
1. Complete \1. Preliminary Steps" and \2. Front Panel Removal" before
continuing.
2. Disconnect the six-wire display cable W1 and ribbon cable W4.
3. Remove the four outer-most screws around the edge of the bracket.
4. Lift o the display.
Figure 7-7. Display Removal
7-12 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures
Front Panel
HP 8360
5. A2 Source Module Interface Removal
Refer to Figure 7-8.
1. Complete \1. Preliminary Steps", \2. Front Panel Removal", and \3. A3
Front Panel Processor Removal" before continuing.
2. Remove the source module interface cable (W10).
3. Remove the four screws.
4. Remove the source module interface assembly.
5. Disconnect ribbon cable W2 from the source module interface assembly.
6. Remove the A2 source module interface assembly.
Figure 7-8. Source Module Interface Removal
HP 8360
Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-13
Front Panel
6. RPG1 Rotary Pulse Generator Removal
Refer to Figure 7-9.
1. Complete \1. Preliminary Steps", \2. Front Panel Removal", and \3. A3
Front Panel Processor Removal" before continuing.
2. Loosen the two hex screws and remove the rotary knob.
Figure 7-9. RPG Removal
7-14 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures
Front Panel
HP 8360
7. J1 RF Output Connector Removal
Refer to Figure 7-10 for front panel output.
CAUTION
To avoid damaging the connector, do not disassemble the RF
output connector assembly. Only unscrew the connector on the
end of the cable.
1. Complete \1. Preliminary Steps" and \2. Front Panel Removal" before
continuing.
2. On the lower front frame edge, remove the two RF output screws that hold
the RF output assembly.
3. Remove the RF connector with cable W43.
Figure 7-10. Removing RF Output Connector (Front Panel)
HP 8360
Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-15
Front Panel
Note
When you re-attach the connector and cable to the synthesizer,
rst, loosen the nut between cable W43 and the connector.
Then reverse steps 1 and 2. Finally, tighten the nut between
cable W43 and the connector to 10 in-lb.
7-16 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures
Front Panel
HP 8360
8. Front Panel BNC Connectors Removal
Refer to Figure 7-11.
1. Complete \1. Preliminary Steps", \2. Front Panel Removal", \3. A3 Front
Panel Processor Removal" and \5. A2 Source Module Interface Removal"
before continuing.
2. Remove the two screws on each of the four PC assemblies attached to the
back of the front panel.
3. Slide out the connectors.
If the washer on the front of the connector is not centered
Note
properly, loosen the nut to slide the connector out.
Figure 7-11. Front Panel BNC Locations
HP 8360
Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-17
Front Panel
9. A1 Keyboard Removal
Refer to Figure 7-12.
1. Complete \1. Preliminary Steps", \2. Front Panel Removal", \3. A3 Front
Panel Processor Removal", \4. A21 Alphanumeric Display Removal" and
\5. A2 Source Module Interface Removal" before continuing.
2. Remove the nine screws from the keyboard assembly.
3. Lift o the keyboard assembly.
Note
It is important that the top of the keyboard be kept clean. Dirt
on the contacts will aect the performance of the keypad.
4. Disconnect ribbon cable W5 from the keyboard.
7-18 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures
Front Panel
HP 8360
Figure 7-12. Keyboard Assembly Removal
Refer to Figure 7-13.
CAUTION
The following steps can degrade keypad performance. If you
separate the anti-rock sheets from the keypad, you must replace
both the anti-rock sheets and the keypad.
5. Remove the keypad.
6. Remove the anti-rock sheets.
HP 8360
Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-19
Front Panel
Figure 7-13. Keypad and Anti-rock Sheets
7-20 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures
Front Panel
HP 8360
10. Display Filter Removal
Refer to Figure 7-14.
1. Complete \1. Preliminary Steps", \2. Front Panel Removal", \3. A3 Front
Panel Processor Removal", \4. A21 Alphanumeric Display Removal", \5.
A2 Source Module Interface Removal" and \9. A1 Keyboard Removal"
before continuing.
2. With all other assemblies removed, lift out the display lter.
Figure 7-14. Display Filter
HP 8360
Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-21
Front Panel
11. A1 Keyboard Reassembly
Refer to Figure 7-15.
1. With the front panel frame supported on the edges so it is elevated o the
table by at least one inch, place the frame face down.
2. Clean the display lter and place it on the frame.
3. Carefully lining up the press-t holes, place the anti-rock sheets over the
keypad. Press into place.
4. Place the keypad face down and press each key into place.
5. Inspect the front panel to be sure all keys protrude through the front panel,
and are all the same height.
7-22 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures
Front Panel
HP 8360
Figure 7-15. Keyboard Reassembly
Refer to Figure 7-16
6. Connect ribbon cable W5 to the A1 keyboard assembly.
7. Replace the A1 keyboard assembly.
8. Replace the nine screws that hold in the assembly.
HP 8360
Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-23
Front Panel
Figure 7-16. Keyboard Assembly Screw Locations
7-24 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures
Front Panel
HP 8360
12. Front Panel Reassemblies
Follow the owchart, Figure 7-2, in reverse order to perform the reassembly of
the following assemblies:
J1 RF Output Connector
A3 Front Panel Processor
A21 Alphanumeric Display
A2 Source Module Interface Assembly
RPG1 Rotary Pulse Generator (RPG)
BNC Connectors
Display Filter
HP 8360
Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-25
Front Panel
Rear Panel Disassembly and Reassembly
Tools Required
9/16 in. Socket
T-10 Torx Screwdriver
T-15 Torx Screwdriver
5.5 mm Nut Driver
5/16 in. Open End Wrench
14 mm Open End Wrench
7 mm Nut Driver
#1 x 3 1/8 in. Pozidriv Screwdriver
#2 x 4 in. Pozidriv Screwdriver
Coax Extractor Tool{Submin D Connector
Description and Procedure
Some steps in this procedure may not apply to all option congurations. If a
particular step does not apply, continue with the next appropriate step.
To disassemble the rear panel and associated assemblies, follow this procedure
in the order given.
To reassemble the rear panel and associated assemblies, follow this procedure in
the reverse order.
CAUTION Cable routing may aect instrument performance. Refer to
Figure 7-1 for a diagram of the instrument cable routing.
Refer to the owchart in Figure 7-17 to determine the necessary disassembly
steps for a given assembly.
7-26 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures
Rear Panel
HP 8360
Figure 7-17. Rear Panel Disassembly Flowchart
HP 8360
Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-27
Rear Panel
1. Preliminary Steps
CAUTION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
You can easily blow the fuse for the 13.5V supply on the
preregulator assembly if you do not disconnect the AC power
cord. Also, the danger of shock is increased if the power cord is
connected.
Disconnect the AC power line cord.
Remove the screw from each of the four feet on the rear panel.
Remove the four feet.
To remove the side straps, remove the two screws on each side panel.
Remove the instrument top, bottom, and side covers.
Note
An RF braid is in each of the side channels on the top
and bottom of the instrument. When you reassemble the
instrument, be sure the braids remain in the side cover
channels.
7-28 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures
Rear Panel
HP 8360
2. B1 Fan Removal
Refer to Figure 7-18.
1. Complete \1. Preliminary Steps" before continuing.
2. Remove both screws (item 1) from the fan shroud.
3. Remove items 2 through 5.
4. Remove the four screws (item 7) from the rear panel/fan brackets.
5. Unplug the fan harness.
6. Tip the fan and angle it out through the opening in the rear panel.
7. Remove the four screws (item 7) attaching the two brackets to the fan and
remove the brackets (item 10).
HP 8360
Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-29
Rear Panel
Figure 7-18. B1 Rear Panel Fan Assembly
7-30 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures
Rear Panel
HP 8360
3. Rear Panel BNC Connectors Removal and Aux Output
Disconnection
Refer to Figure 7-19.
1. Complete \1. Preliminary Steps" before continuing.
2. Remove the nuts and washers on the four BNC connectors, 10 MHz REF
INPUT, 10 MHz REF OUTPUT, VOLTS/GHz, and TRIGGER OUTPUT.
3. Slide out the four connectors.
4. If you have Option 002, repeat steps 1 and 2 for the following connectors:
AM/FM OUTPUT, PULSE SYNC OUT, and PULSE VIDEO OUT.
5. Disconnect W48 at rear panel SMA connector J14 AUX OUTPUT.
Figure 7-19. Rear Panel BNC Connector Locations
HP 8360
Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-31
Rear Panel
4. J1 RF Output Connector Removal (Option 004)
Refer to Figure 7-20.
CAUTION
To avoid damaging the connector, do not disassemble the RF
output connector assembly. Only unscrew the connector on the
end of the cable.
1. Complete \1. Preliminary Steps" before continuing.
2. Disconnect cable W43 at the directional coupler A30 (or at the step
attenuator A31 for instruments with Option 001).
3. Remove the two screws from the RF output connector plate on the rear
panel.
4. Remove the RF connector with cable W43 attached.
Figure 7-20. Removing RF Output Connector
7-32 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures
Rear Panel
HP 8360
Note
HP 8360
When you re-attach the connector and cable to the synthesizer,
rst, loosen the nut between cable W43 and the connector.
Then perform the disassembly steps in reverse order. Finally,
torque the nut between cable W43 and the connector J1 to
10 in-lb (112 N-cm).
Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-33
Rear Panel
5. Rear Panel Removal
Refer to Figure 7-21.
1. Complete \1. Preliminary Steps" and \7. J1 RF Output Connector
Removal" before continuing.
2. Remove the four screws on the top back edge.
3. Remove the four screws on the bottom back edge.
4. Slide the rear panel out of the casting.
Figure 7-21. Rear Panel Removal
7-34 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures
Rear Panel
HP 8360
Refer to Figure 7-22.
5. Disconnect ribbon cable W31 from the motherboard.
6. Disconnect the 8-pin line switch connector.
7. Disconnect the fan harness.
8. Cut the tie wraps holding the coaxial cables to the four BNC connectors and
the source module interface.
9. Disconnect the coaxial cables from the A7, A12, and A14 assemblies and
disconnect the source module interface cable from the A19 assembly.
Figure 7-22. Rear Panel Cable Locations
HP 8360
Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-35
Rear Panel
6. A23 10 MHz Reference Standard Removal
Refer to Figure 7-23.
1. Complete \1. Preliminary Steps", \7. J1 RF Output Connector Removal",
and \5. Rear Panel Removal" before continuing.
2. Disconnect cable W17 and the pin-locking tab, W30.
3. Without removing the screws, press the shock-mount pads through the sheet
metal holes.
4. Slide the reference standard out.
Figure 7-23. Reference Standard Mountings
7-36 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures
Rear Panel
HP 8360
7. T1 Transformer Removal
Refer to Figure 7-24.
1. Complete \1. Preliminary Steps", \7. J1 RF Output Connector Removal",
and \5. Rear Panel Removal" before continuing.
2. Remove the six-wire pin-locking tab.
3. Remove the center screw, plastic washer, two insulators, and plate.
4. Remove the toroidal transformer.
Figure 7-24. Transformer Removal
HP 8360
Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-37
Rear Panel
8. A19 Rear Panel Interface Removal
Refer to Figure 7-25.
1. Complete \1. Preliminary Steps", \7. J1 RF Output Connector Removal",
and \5. Rear Panel Removal" before continuing.
2. Disconnect the source module interface cable W23 from SMB connector
A10J3 on the A10 ALC assembly. (W23 is not included with replacement
A19 assemblies.)
3. Remove the ve screws.
4. Remove A19 from the rear panel.
5. To remove the shield from the rear panel interface, rst remove W23 using
the coax extractor tool and then remove the two screws holding the shield to
the rear panel interface.
7-38 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures
Rear Panel
HP 8360
Figure 7-25. A19 Rear Panel Interface Removal
HP 8360
Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-39
Rear Panel
9. Voltage Selector Switch Removal
Refer to Figure 7-26.
1. Complete \1. Preliminary Steps", \7. J1 RF Output Connector Removal",
and \5. Rear Panel Removal" before continuing.
2. Cut the tie wraps holding the wires.
3. Disconnect the 8-pin connector from the motherboard.
4. Remove the two nuts, bolts, and washers holding in the voltage selector
switch.
Figure 7-26. Voltage Selection Switch Removal
7-40 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures
Rear Panel
HP 8360
Refer to Figure 7-27.
5. Unsolder the white/brown/grey wire from the fuse.
6. Unsolder the white/grey wire from the line lter.
7. Unscrew the green/white ground wire from the back panel.
Figure 7-27. Fuse, Line Filter, and Ground Wires
Note
HP 8360
To reassemble, add 3/8 in. shrink tubing to each wire before
soldering. Then perform the above steps in reverse order.
Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-41
Rear Panel
10. Fuse Housing Removal
Refer to Figure 7-28.
1. Complete \1. Preliminary Steps", \7. J1 RF Output Connector Removal",
and \5. Rear Panel Removal" before continuing.
2. Remove the two nuts, bolts, and washers holding the voltage selector switch,
and remove the switch (this provides clearance for the wrench to remove the
fuse holder).
3. Unsolder the two fuse holder wires.
4. Unscrew the nut holding the fuse housing.
5. Slide the fuse housing out of the back panel.
Figure 7-28. Rear Panel Fuse Housing
Note
To reassemble, add 3/8 in. shrink tubing to each wire before
soldering. Then perform the above steps in reverse order.
7-42 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures
Rear Panel
HP 8360
11. FL1 Line Filter Removal
Refer to Figure 7-29.
1. Complete \1. Preliminary Steps", \7. J1 RF Output Connector Removal",
and \5. Rear Panel Removal" before continuing.
2. Unsolder the three wires attached to the line lter.
3. Remove the two screws on the rear panel.
4. Slide out the line lter from the rear panel.
Figure 7-29. Line Filter Removal
Note
HP 8360
To reassemble, add 3/8 in. shrink tubing to each wire before
soldering. Then perform the above steps in reverse order.
Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-43
Rear Panel
12. Option 004 BNC Connectors Removal
Refer to Figure 7-30.
1. Complete \1. Preliminary Steps" before continuing.
2. Remove the ve screws holding the A34 RP oating BNC board assembly to
the rear panel.
3. Slide out the board with the connectors.
4. Remove the nut and washer attaching the pulse input BNC connector to the
rear panel.
5. Slide out the pulse input BNC connector.
Figure 7-30. Option 004 BNC Connectors Removal
7-44 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures
Rear Panel
HP 8360
RF Deck Disassembly and Reassembly
Tools Required
#1 x 3 1/8 in. Pozidriv Screwdriver
T-10 Torx Screwdriver
5/16 in. Torque Wrench
5 mm Ball and Socket Driver
On the RF deck, all Pozidriv screws have English threads and
Note
all Torx screws have metric threads.
Description and Procedure
To disassemble the RF deck and associated assemblies, follow this procedure in
the order given.
To reassemble the RF deck and associated assemblies, follow this procedure in
the reverse order.
Refer to the owchart in Figure 7-31 to determine the necessary disassembly
steps for a given assembly.
HP 8360
Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-45
RF Deck
Figure 7-31. RF Deck Disassembly Flowchart
7-46 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures
RF Deck
HP 8360
1. Preliminary Steps
CAUTION
1.
2.
3.
4.
You can easily blow the fuse for the 13.5V supply on the
preregulator assembly if you do not disconnect the AC power
cord. Also, the danger of shock is increased if the power cord is
connected.
Disconnect the AC power line cord.
Remove the screw from each of the top two feet on the rear panel.
Remove the top two feet.
Remove the instrument top cover.
Note
An RF braid is in each of the side channels on the top of the
instrument. When you reassemble the instrument, be sure this
braid remains in the channel.
2. Lift Up the RF Deck
If your instrument has front panel RF output, remove the front panel. (See
\Front Panel Disassembly and Reassembly", step 2.)
If your instrument has rear panel RF output (Option 004), see step 4 of
\Rear Panel Disassembly and Reassembly" then continue with step 4 of this
procedure.
CAUTION
To avoid damaging the connector, do not disassemble the RF
output connector assembly. Only unscrew the connector on the
end of the cable.
1. Complete \1. Preliminary Steps" before continuing.
2. On the lower front frame edge, remove the two screws that hold the RF
output assembly.
3. Remove the RF connector with cable W43 still connected.
HP 8360
Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-47
RF Deck
Figure 7-32. Removing RF Output Connector
Note
When you re-attach the connector and cable to the synthesizer,
rst loosen the nut between cable W43 and the connector.
Then reverse steps 1 through 3. Finally, torque the nut
between cable W43 and connector J1 to 10 in-lb (112 N-cm).
4. Reinstall the front panel.
5. Carefully disconnect cable W48 from the rear panel SMA connector W14
(it's a close t { watch out that you do not damage the cable center
conductor).
6. Disconnect cable W51 (see Figure 7-33) from the low pass lter FL2
(you may need to loosen the other end of W51 also).
7. Remove the two hex screws from the RF deck.
7-48 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures
RF Deck
HP 8360
Figure 7-33. W51 RF Cable Location
CAUTION
Avoid damage to the various ribbon cables and their connectors
attached to the RF deck assembly when removing that
assembly in the next step. Move all exible coaxial cables out
of the way of the RF deck assembly components.
8. Carefully pull out the RF deck and rest it on the side of the instrument.
HP 8360
Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-49
RF Deck
Note
Some exible cables will still be attached preventing the RF
deck from being completely removed from the instrument.
Refer to Figure 7-34.
Note
The analog extender board and coax extender cable mentioned
in the following steps are part of the service tool kit. Refer to
Chapter 9 for the part number of this kit.
9. For troubleshooting insert an analog extender board into the motherboard
connector for the RF deck. Place the RF deck on the extender board and
use the two hex screws to attach the deck to the synthesizer frame (service
position). If you are not troubleshooting and are lifting up the RF deck for
disassembly purposes, attach the deck to the synthesizer frame without
using the extender board.
10. For troubleshooting:
a. Attach a coax extender cable between W51 and the low pass lter FL2.
b. Reconnect the RF connector and W43.
i. Loosen the nut between cable W43 and the connector.
ii. Reconnect cable W43 at directional coupler A30 (or the attenuator
A31 for instruments with Option 001).
iii. Torque the nut between cable W43 and connector J1 to 10 in-lb
(112 N-cm).
7-50 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures
RF Deck
HP 8360
Figure 7-34. RF Deck in the Service Position
HP 8360
Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-51
RF Deck
3. A20 RF Interface Removal
Refer to Figure 7-35.
1. Complete \1. Preliminary Steps" and \2. Lift Up the RF Deck" before
continuing.
2. Disconnect the following ribbon cables. (You may need to loosen the two
hex screws attaching the deck to the synthesizer frame in order to remove
the cables on the lower edge of the RF deck.)
W36 (HP 83640A/50A only)
W37
W38
W39
W40 (Option 001 only)
W41
W42
W69 (All models except HP 83624A)
W73 (All models except HP 83623A/24A)
3. Remove the 3-wire pin-locking tab (HP 83623A/24A).
4. Remove the four corner screws that attach the board to the casting.
5. Remove the A20 RF interface assembly.
7-52 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures
RF Deck
HP 8360
Figure 7-35. A20 RF Interface
HP 8360
Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-53
RF Deck
4. Microcircuit Removal
Note
For the following procedures, refer to Figure 7-36 through
Figure 7-50 for cable locations and for screw locations.
1. Complete \1. Preliminary Steps" and \2. Lift Up the RF Deck" before
continuing.
2. With the RF deck up in the service position, any microcircuit can be
removed:
a. Most microcircuits have a cable connecting them to the A20 RF interface
assembly. Disconnect the cable from the A20 assembly (if you have
already removed the A20 assembly, this step is not necessary).
b. Disconnect all semi-rigid and exible cables from the microcircuit. Be
sure to loosen all semi-rigid cables at their other connections also. If you
do not, the cables may be damaged.
c. Remove the microcircuits by removing the screws that hold them to the
RF deck.
7-54 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures
RF Deck
HP 8360
RF Deck Cables
HP 83640A/50A
No Options
Figure 7-36. RF Deck Cable Locations { HP 83640A/50A
HP 8360
Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-55
RF Deck
RF Deck Cables
HP 83640A/50A
Option 001
Figure 7-37. RF Deck Cable Locations { HP 83640A/50A Option 001
7-56 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures
RF Deck
HP 8360
RF Deck Cables
HP 83640A/50A
Option 006
Figure 7-38. RF Deck Cable Locations { HP 83640A/50A Option 006
HP 8360
Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-57
RF Deck
RF Deck Cables
HP 83640A/50A
Options 001 and 006
Figure 7-39. RF Deck Cable Locations { HP 83640A/50A Options 001 and 006
7-58 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures
RF Deck
HP 8360
RF Deck Cables
HP 83620A/22A/30A
No Options
Figure 7-40. RF Deck Cable Locations { HP 83620A/22A/30A
HP 8360
Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-59
RF Deck
RF Deck Cables
HP 83620A/22A/30A
Option 001
Figure 7-41. RF Deck Cable Locations { HP 83620A/22A/30A Option 001
7-60 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures
RF Deck
HP 8360
RF Deck Cables
HP 83620A/22A/30A
Option 006
Figure 7-42. RF Deck Cable Locations { HP 83620A/22A/30A Option 006
HP 8360
Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-61
RF Deck
RF Deck Cables
HP 83620A/22A/30A
Options 001 and 006
Figure 7-43.
RF Deck Cable Locations { HP 83620A/22A/30A Options 001 and 006
7-62 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures
RF Deck
HP 8360
RF Deck Cables
HP 83623A
No Options
Figure 7-44. RF Deck Cable Locations { HP 83623A
HP 8360
Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-63
RF Deck
RF Deck Cables
HP 83623A
Option 001
Figure 7-45. RF Deck Cable Locations { HP 83623A Option 001
7-64 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures
RF Deck
HP 8360
RF Deck Cables
HP 83624A
No Options
Figure 7-46. RF Deck Cable Locations { HP 83624A
HP 8360
Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-65
RF Deck
RF Deck Cables
HP 83624A
Option 001
Figure 7-47. RF Deck Cable Locations { HP 83624A Option 001
7-66 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures
RF Deck
HP 8360
RF Deck Cables
HP 83623A/24A
Option 006
Figure 7-48. RF Deck Cable Locations { HP 83623A/24A Option 006
HP 8360
Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-67
RF Deck
RF Deck Cables
HP 83623A/24A
Options 001 and 006
Figure 7-49. RF Deck Cable Locations { HP 83623A/24A Options 001 and 006
7-68 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures
RF Deck
HP 8360
Figure 7-50. RF Deck Screw Locations
HP 8360
Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-69
RF Deck
Motherboard Disassembly and Reassembly
Tools Required
T-15 Torx Screwdriver
#2 x 4 Pozidriv Screwdriver
5/16 in. Open End Wrench
5mm Ball and Socket Driver
Description and Procedure
To disassemble the motherboard, follow this procedure in the order given.
To reassemble the motherboard, follow this procedure in the reverse order.
CAUTION
Cable routing may aect instrument performance. Refer to
Figure 7-1 for a diagram of the instrument cable routing.
Refer to the owchart in Figure 7-51 to determine the necessary disassembly
steps for a given assembly.
7-70 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures
Motherboard
HP 8360
Figure 7-51. Motherboard Disassembly Flowchart
HP 8360
Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-71
Motherboard
1. Preliminary Steps
CAUTION
You can easily blow the fuse for the 13.5V supply on the
preregulator assembly if you do not disconnect the AC power
cord. Also, the danger of shock is increased if the power cord is
connected.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Disconnect the AC power line cord.
Remove the screw from each of the four feet on the rear panel.
Remove the four rear feet.
Remove the four bottom feet.
To remove the side straps, remove the two screws on each side panel.
Remove the vinyl trim strip from the top, front edge of the instrument.
(Place a at screwdriver in either slot in the trim strip and lift to remove,
see Figure 7-52).
7. Remove the instrument top, bottom, and side covers.
Note
An RF braid is in each of the side channels on the top
and bottom of the instrument. When you reassemble the
instrument, be sure the braids remain in the side cover
channels.
7-72 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures
Motherboard
HP 8360
Figure 7-52. Front Edge Trim Strip
HP 8360
Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-73
Motherboard
2. Front Panel Removal
Refer to Figure 7-53.
1. Complete \1. Preliminary Steps" before continuing.
2. Remove three of the four screws under the trim strip.
3. Remove two of the three screws on the lower, front frame edge.
4. Gently pry the front panel and display from the frame.
Figure 7-53. Front Panel Screw Locations
7-74 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures
Motherboard
HP 8360
Refer to Figure 7-54.
Note
Instruments with Option 004 do not have all the cables shown.
5. Cut the tie wraps holding the cables.
6. From the A9, A10, and A11 assemblies (or the A8 assembly for instruments
with Option 002), disconnect the four coaxial cables (W6, W7, W8, and
W9) attached to the BNC connectors, and the source module interface cable
(W10).
7. Disconnect ribbon cables W2 and W3 from the motherboard.
Figure 7-54. Front Panel Coaxial and Ribbon Cable Locations
HP 8360
Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-75
Motherboard
3. J1 RF Output Connector Removal (Front Panel)
Refer to Figure 7-55.
CAUTION
To avoid damaging the connector, do not disassemble the RF
output connector assembly. Only unscrew the connector on the
end of the cable.
1. Complete \1. Preliminary Steps" and \2. Front Panel Removal" before
continuing.
2. On the lower front frame edge, remove the two RF output screws that hold
the RF output assembly.
3. Remove the RF connector with cable W43.
Figure 7-55. Removing RF Output Connector (Front Panel)
7-76 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures
Motherboard
HP 8360
Note
HP 8360
When you re-attach the connector and cable to the synthesizer,
rst, loosen the nut between cable W43 and the connector.
Then reverse the steps above. Finally, torque the nut between
cable W43 and the connector J1 to 10 in-lb (112 N-cm).
Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-77
Motherboard
4. J1 RF Output Connector Removal (Option 004)
Refer to Figure 7-56.
CAUTION
To avoid damaging the connector, do not disassemble the RF
output connector assembly. Only unscrew the connector on the
end of the cable.
1. Complete \1. Preliminary Steps" and \2. Front Panel Removal" before
continuing.
2. Unscrew the RF output connector plate from the rear panel.
3. Remove the RF connector with cable W43.
Figure 7-56. Removing RF Output Connector (Option 004)
7-78 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures
Motherboard
HP 8360
5. Rear Panel Removal
Refer to Figure 7-57.
1. Complete \1. Preliminary Steps" and \7. J1 RF Output Connector
Removal" before continuing.
2. Remove the four screws on the top back edge.
3. Remove the four screws on the bottom back edge.
4. Slide the rear panel out of the casting.
Figure 7-57. Rear Panel Removal
HP 8360
Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-79
Motherboard
Refer to Figure 7-58.
5. Disconnect ribbon cable W31 from the motherboard.
6. Disconnect the 8-pin line switch connector.
7. Disconnect the fan harness.
8. Cut the tie wraps holding the coaxial cables to the four BNC connectors and
the source module interface.
9. Disconnect the coaxial cables from the A7, A10, A12, and A14 assemblies
and disconnect the source module interface cable from the A19 assembly.
Figure 7-58. Rear Panel Cable Locations
7-80 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures
Motherboard
HP 8360
6. Major Assemblies Removal
Refer to Figure 7-59.
1. Complete \1. Preliminary Steps", \2. Front Panel Removal",
\7. J1 RF Output Connector Removal", and \5. Rear Panel Removal"
before continuing.
2. Remove the six screws from the regulator shield.
3. Remove the shield.
4. Cut the tie wraps holding the cables attached to the PC assemblies.
5. Disconnect all cables attached to the PC assemblies.
6. Disconnect semi-rigid cable W54 from the A6 assembly.
Note
All cables are labeled for easy reassembly. For identication
purposes, the extractors on the PC assemblies are color-coded
to indicate their assembly number.
7. Pull out all PC assemblies.
HP 8360
Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-81
Motherboard
Figure 7-59. Major Assemblies
7-82 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures
Motherboard
HP 8360
7. RF Deck Removal
Refer to Figure 7-60.
1. Complete \1. Preliminary Steps" and \7. J1 RF Output Connector
Removal" before continuing.
2. Disconnect cable W51 from the attenuator.
3. Remove the two hex screws from the RF deck.
Figure 7-60. W51 Location
HP 8360
Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-83
Motherboard
CAUTION
Avoid damage to the various ribbon cables and their connectors
attached to the RF deck assembly when removing that
assembly in the next step. Move all exible coaxial cables out
of the way of the RF deck assembly components.
4. Carefully pull out the RF deck and rest it on the side of the instrument.
5. Remove exible cables W32, W33, W34, and W35 from the motherboard.
6. Remove the hex screws from the RF deck and set the RF deck aside.
7-84 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures
Motherboard
HP 8360
8. Motherboard Removal
Refer to Figure 7-61.
1. Complete \1. Preliminary Steps", \2. Front Panel Removal",
\7. J1 RF Output Connector Removal", \5. Rear Panel Removal", \6.
Major Assemblies Removal", and \7. RF Deck Removal" before continuing.
2. Disconnect the transformer pin-locking tab and the reference oscillator
pin-locking tab.
Figure 7-61. Motherboard Cables
HP 8360
Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-85
Motherboard
3. Remove the 16 screws from the bottom side of the motherboard bottom side
Figure 7-62.
4. Lift o the motherboard.
Figure 7-62. Motherboard Screws
7-86 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures
Motherboard
HP 8360
8
Post{Repair
Table 8-1.
Adjustments and Performance Tests Required After Repair or
Replacement of an Assembly
Assembly
Adjustment
Performance Test
A1 Front Panel Keyboard
None
Full Self{Test
Front Panel Self{Test
A2 Source Module Interface
None
Full Self{Test
A3 Front Panel Processor
None
Full Self{Test
Front Panel Self{Test
A4 Fractional{N1
Fractional{N VCO
Fractional{N Reference
and API Spurs
Full Self{Test
Frequency Switching Time
Spurious Signals
(Non-Harmonics)
A5 YO Phase Detector
YO Loop Gain
Full Self{Test
Frequency Switching Time
Spurious Signals
(Non-Harmonics)
Single Sideband Phase Noise
A6 Sampler
Sampler Assembly
Full Self{Test
Frequency Switching Time
Spurious Signals
(Non-Harmonics)
Single Sideband Phase Noise
1 The adjustments listed are required only after repair of the assembly. The replacement assembly is
adjusted at the factory and is not instrument-dependent.
HP 8360
Post{Repair 8-1
Table 8-1.
Adjustments and Performance Tests Required After Repair or
Replacement of an Assembly (continued)
Assembly
Adjustment
Performance Test
A7 Reference
None
Full Self{Test
Frequency Switching Time
Spurious Signals
(Non-Harmonics)
Spurious Signals
(Line-Related)
Single Sideband Phase Noise
A8 Modulation Generator
AM/FM DAC Oset and Gain
Modulation Generator Flatness
Full Self{Test
Pulse Performance
AM Accuracy
FM Accuracy
Internal Pulse Accuracy
Modulation Meter
A9 Pulse
Amp/Mult Adjustments
Amp/Filt Adjustments
Low Power SRD Bias
AM Delay
Full Self{Test
Maximum Leveled Power
Pulse Performance
A10 ALC
Modulator Oset and Gain
ALC Power Level Accuracy
Power Flatness
AM Accuracy
Full Self{Test
Power Accuracy
Maximum Leveled Power
External Leveling
AM Accuracy
AM Bandwidth
AM Dynamic Range
A11 FM Driver
FM Gain
Full Self{Test
FM Accuracy
FM Bandwidth
Maximum FM Deviation
A12 Multiplier/Filter Driver
Amp/Mult Adjustments
Amp/Filt Adjustments
Full Self{Test
Maximum Leveled Power
8-2 Post{Repair
HP 8360
Table 8-1.
Adjustments and Performance Tests Required After Repair or
Replacement of an Assembly (continued)
Assembly
Adjustment
Performance Test
A13 YO Driver
YO Driver +10V Reference
YO Driver Gain and Linearity
YO Delay (automated)
Full Self{Test
Swept Frequency Accuracy
Frequency Switching Time
Single Sideband Phase Noise
Maximum FM Deviation
A14 Sweep Generator
Sweep Ramp
Full Self{Test
Swept Frequency Accuracy
A15 CPU
ADC (automated)
Full Self{Test
HP{IB Self{Test
A16 Postregulator
None
Full Self{Test
A17 Rectier/Filter
None
Full Self{Test
A18 Switching Regulator
None
Full Self{Test
A19 Rear Panel Interface
None
Full Self{Test
HP{IB Self{Test
A20 RF Interface
None
Full Self{Test
Operation Verication
A21 Alphanumeric Display
None
Full Self{Test
HP{IB Self{Test
A22 Motherboard
None
Full Self{Test
Operation Verication
A23 10 MHz Reference1
10 MHz Standard
Full Self{Test
Internal Timebase: Aging
Rate
Single Sideband Phase Noise
1 The adjustments listed are required only after repair of the assembly. The replacement assembly is
adjusted at the factory and is not instrument-dependent.
HP 8360
Post{Repair 8-3
Table 8-1.
Adjustments and Performance Tests Required After Repair or
Replacement of an Assembly (continued)
Assembly
Adjustment
Performance Test
A24 Low Band
Modulator Oset and Gain
ALC Power Level Accuracy
Power Flatness
Full Self{Test
Power Accuracy
Power Flatness
Maximum Leveled Power
Spurious Signals (Harmonics)
Spurious Signals
(Non-Harmonics)
Single Sideband Phase Noise
Pulse Modulation On/O
Ratio
Pulse Performance
Pulse Modulation Video
Feedthrough
AM Accuracy
AM Bandwidth
AM Dynamic Range
A26 YIG Oscillator
YO Driver Gain and Linearity
YO Delay (Automated)
FM Gain
Full Self{Test
Swept Frequency Accuracy
Frequency Switching Time
Maximum Leveled Power
Spurious Signals (Harmonics)
Single Sideband Phase Noise
FM Accuracy
FM Bandwidth
Maximum FM Deviation
A28 Amp/Mult
Amp/Mult Adjustments
Amp/Filt Adjustments
Full Self{Test
Maximum Leveled Power
Spurious Signals (Harmonics)
FM Bandwidth
A29 Amp/Filter
Amp/Filter Adjustments
Full Self{Test
Maximum Leveled Power
Spurious Signals (Harmonics)
Pulse Performance
FM Bandwidth
A30 Directional Coupler
ALC Power Level Accuracy
Power Flatness
Full Self{Test
Power Accuracy
Maximum Leveled Power
8-4 Post{Repair
HP 8360
Table 8-1.
Adjustments and Performance Tests Required After Repair or
Replacement of an Assembly (continued)
Assembly
Adjustment
Performance Test
A30 Bridge Detector
ALC Power Level Accuracy
Power Flatness
Full Self{Test
Power Accuracy
Maximum Leveled Power
A31 Step Attenuator
ALC Power Level Accuracy
Step Attenuator Flatness
(automated)
Full Self{Test
Maximum Leveled Power
Attenuator Verication
(only if data is required)
A32 Doubler
Power Flatness
Full Self{Test
Power Accuracy
Power Flatness
Maximum Leveled Power
Spurious Signals (Harmonics)
A33 Amplier/Switch
Power Flatness
Full Self{Test
Maximum Leveled Power
Spurious Signals (Harmonics)
Pulse Modulation On/O
Ratio
A33 Amplier
Power Flatness
Full Self{Test
Maximum Leveled Power
Spurious Signals (Harmonics)
Pulse Modulation On/O
Ratio
A34 Rear Panel BNC
None
Full Self{Test
A38 Dual Modulator
Amp/Filter Adjustments1
Modulator Oset and Gain
ALC Power Level Accuracy
Power Flatness
AM Accuracy
Maximum leveled Power
Spurious Signals (Harmonics)
Pulse Modulation On/O
Ratio
Pulse Performance
Pulse Modulation Video
Feedthrough
AM Accuracy
AM Bandwidth
AM Dynamic Range
1 The entire amplier/lter adjustment procedure does not need to be performed. Perform only the
squegging clamp portions of this adjustment.
HP 8360
Post{Repair 8-5
Table 8-1.
Adjustments and Performance Tests Required After Repair or
Replacement of an Assembly (continued)
Assembly
Adjustment
Performance Test
A39 Directional Coupler
None
Full Self{Test
Maximum Leveled Power
A41 Diode Switch
None
Full Self{Test
Maximum Leveled Power
A42 Pulse Mod Switched Filter
Modulator Oset and Gain
Maximum Leveled Power
Spurious Signals (Harmonics)
Pulse Modulation On/O
Ratio
Pulse Performance
Pulse Modulation Video
Feedthrough
AM Bandwidth
AM Dynamic Range
B1 Fan
None
Spurious Signals
(Non-Harmonics)
CR1 Detector
ALC Power Level Accuracy
Power Flatness
Full Self{Test
Power Accuracy
Maximum Leveled Power
FL1 Line Module
None
Spurious Signals
(Line-Related)
FL2 8 GHz LPF
Sampler Assembly
Full Self{Test
J1 RF Output Connector
Power Flatness (automated)
Step Attenuator (automated)
Full Self{Test
Maximum Leveled Power
RPG1 Rotary Pulse Generator
None
Full Self{Test
Front Panel Self{Test
T1 Toroid Power Transformer
None
Full Self{Test
8-6 Post{Repair
HP 8360
9
Replaceable Parts
Introduction
Replaceable parts include major assemblies and all chassis hardware. Table 9-1
lists reference designations and abbreviations used in this chapter.
For information on removing and replacing assemblies, see Chapter 7,
\Disassembly and Replacement Procedures".
Module{Exchange Program
Many major assemblies are covered by the module{exchange program.
Under the terms of the program, factory{repaired and tested assemblies are
available on a trade{in basis (a defective assembly must be returned for
credit). Exchange assemblies meet all new assembly specications, but are less
expensive. Figure 9-1 illustrates the module exchange procedure.
In order to prevent damage when returning products to Hewlett-Packard, use
original or comparable packaging.
Order spare assembly stock using the new assembly part number.
If you have any questions, contact your Hewlett{Packard customer engineer for
the latest information about this program.
HP 8360
Replaceable Parts 9-1
Replacement Information
The following information is given in the tables in this chapter:
Hewlett{Packard part number.
Part quantity for that gure. There may be more of that part in other
gures.
Part description (see Table 9-1 for abbreviations).
Ordering Information
For any listed part, request the Hewlett{Packard part number and quantity
required from the nearest Hewlett{Packard oce.
How to Order Parts Fast!
Hewlett{Packard parts specialists have direct on{line access to the replaceable
parts listed in this manual. Four{day delivery is standard; there is a charge for
hotline (one{day) delivery.
In the United States, call the following toll{free number: (800) 227{8164
...
Monday through Friday, 6 am to 5 pm (Pacic Standard Time)
Outside the United States, contact your nearest Hewlett{Packard oce.
9-2 Replaceable Parts
HP 8360
Table 9-1. Reference Designations and Abbreviations
A
Amperage; Assembly
LG
Long; Length
AT
Termination
LK
Lock
AX
Axial Lead
LPF
Low Pass Filter
AY
Assembly
M
Male; Maximum; Meter; Mil; Milli
B
Fan; Motor
MTG
Mounting
BI
Bipin
NTD
Non-Time Delay
BT
Battery
NYL
Nylon
CHAM
Chamfer
PAN{HD
Pan Head
CMPNT
Component
RF
Rear Panel
CONN
Connector
RPG
Rotary Pulse Generator
CR
Detector
SKT
Socket
CU
Copper
SN{PL
Tin Plated
D
Diameter
SRD
Step Recovery Diode
DEG
Degree
STD
Standard
F
Fuse
STL
Steel
FE
Ferrule
SW
Switch
FL
Filter
T
FLH
Flat Head
Transformer Thickness; Taper;
Tooth
FLTG
Floating
TD
Time Delay
FP
Front Panel
THD
Thread; Threaded
FR
Front
THK
Thick
HD
Hand; Hard; Heavy Duty; Head
TPG
Tapping
HEX
Hexadecimal; Hexagon; Hexagonal
TR{HD
Truss Head
ID
Inside Diameter
UL
Underwriters Laboratories
IN
Inch
W
Cable; Wire
INTL
Internal; International
WD
Width
J
Electrical Connector (Stationary
Position); Jack
YIG
Yttrium Iron Garnate
YO
YIG Oscillator
LBL
Label
HP 8360
Replaceable Parts 9-3
Figure 9-1. Module Exchange Program
9-4 Replaceable Parts
HP 8360
Major Assemblies{Top View
Figure 9-2. Major Assemblies (1 of 4)
HP 8360
Replaceable Parts 9-5
Major Assemblies{RF Deck
Figure 9-2. Major Assemblies (2 of 4)
9-6 Replaceable Parts
HP 8360
Major Assemblies{RF Deck
Figure 9-2. Major Assemblies (3 of 4)
HP 8360
Replaceable Parts 9-7
Major Assemblies{RF Deck
Figure 9-2. Major Assemblies (4 of 4)
9-8 Replaceable Parts
HP 8360
Table 9-2. Major Assemblies
Ref.
Desig.
HP Part
Number
Qty
Description
A1
08360-60001
1
FRONT PANEL KEYBOARD ASSEMBLY
A2
08360-60002
1
SOURCE MODULE INTERFACE ASSEMBLY
A3
06360-60003
1
FRONT PANEL PROCESSOR ASSEMBLY
A4
08360-60010
1
FRACTIONAL{N ASSEMBLY
A4
08360-69010
A5
08360-60209
1
YO LOOP ASSEMBLY
A5
08360-69209
A6
08360-60214
A6
08360-69214
A7
08360-60008
A7
08360-69008
A8
08360-60166
A8
08360-69166
A8W1
1258-0124
1
JUMPER{AM INPUT IMPEDANCE
A8W2
1258-0124
1
JUMPER{FM INPUT IMPEDANCE
A9
08360-60232
1
PULSE ASSEMBLY
A10
08360-60222
1
ALC ASSEMBLY (HP 83620A/22A/23A/24A/30A)
A10
08360-69222
A10
08360-60206
A10
08360-69206
A10W1
1258-0124
1
JUMPER{AM INPUT IMPEDANCE
A11
08360-60011
1
FM DRIVER ASSEMBLY
A11W1
8159-0005
1
ZERO OHM RESISTOR{FM INPUT IMPEDANCE
A12
08360-60212
1
MULTIPLIER/FILTER DRIVER ASSEMBLY
A12
08360-69212
HP 8360
FRACTIONAL{N ASSEMBLY (n)
YO LOOP ASSEMBLY (Rebuilt{Exchange)
1
SAMPLER ASSEMBLY
SAMPLER ASSEMBLY (Rebuilt{Exchange)
1
REFERENCE ASSEMBLY
REFERENCE ASSEMBLY (Rebuilt{Exchange)
1
MODULATION GENERATION ASSEMBLY (Option 002)
MODULATION GENERATION ASSEMBLY (Rebuilt{Exchange)
ALC ASSEMBLY (Rebuilt{Exchange)
1
ALC ASSEMBLY (HP 83640A/50A)
ALC ASSEMBLY (Rebuilt{Exchange)
MULTIPLIER/FILTER DRIVER ASSEMBLY (Rebuilt{Exchange)
Replaceable Parts 9-9
Table 9-2. Major Assemblies (continued)
Ref.
Desig.
HP Part
Number
Qty
1
Description
A13
08360-60207
A13
08360-69207
YO DRIVER ASSEMBLY
A14
08360-60014
A14
08360-69014
A15
08360-60264
A15
08360-69264
08360-60201
1
FIRMWARE UPGRADE KIT
A15BT1
1420-0516
1
BATTERY (Used with CPU Assembly 08360-60015)
YO DRIVER ASSEMBLY (Rebuilt{Exchange)
1
SWEEP GENERATOR ASSEMBLY
SWEEP GENERATOR ASSEMBLY (Rebuilt{Exchange)
1
CPU ASSEMBLY
CPU ASSEMBLY (Rebuilt{Exchange)
A15BT1
1420-0275
1
BATTERY (Used with CPU Assembly 08360-60215)
A15BT1
1420-0394
1
BATTERY (Used with CPU Assembly 08360-60264)
A16
08360-60016
1
POSTREGULATOR ASSEMBLY
A16
08360-69016
POSTREGULATOR ASSEMBLY (Rebuilt-Exchange)
0400-0018
1
GROMMET-CHAN .052 TH (Part of A16)
A16F1
2110-0047
1
FUSE (INCH) 1A 125V NTD BI
A16F2
2110-0618
3
FUSE (INCH) 5A 125V NTD BI
A16F3
2110-0713
2
A16F4
2110-0713
FUSE{SUBMINIATURE 10A 125V NTD AX
A16F5
2110-0618
FUSE (INCH) 5A 125V NTD BI
A16F6
2110-0618
FUSE (INCH) 5A 125V NTD BI
A16F7
2110-0425
A16F8
2110-0425
A17
08360-60017
2
FUSE{SUBMINIATURE 10A 125V NTD AX
FUSE (INCH) 2A 125V NTD BI
FUSE (INCH) 2A 125V NTD BI
1
RECTIFIER/FILTER ASSEMBLY
A17
08360-69017
A17F1
2110-0303
1
FUSE (INCH) 2A 250V TD FE UL
RECTIFIER/FILTER ASSEMBLY (Rebuilt{Exchange)
A18
08360-60198
1
SWITCHING REGULATOR ASSEMBLY
A18
08360-69198
A18F1
2110-0201
1
FUSE (INCH) 0.25A 250V TD FE UL
A19
08360-60019
1
REAR PANEL INTERFACE ASSEMBLY
9-10 Replaceable Parts
SWITCHING REGULATOR ASSEMBLY (Rebuilt{Exchange)
HP 8360
Table 9-2. Major Assemblies (continued)
Ref.
Desig.
HP Part
Number
Qty
Description
A20
08360-60266
1
RF INTERFACE ASSEMBLY
A20F1
2110-0425
1
FUSE (INCH) 2A 125V NTD BI
A21
1990-1295
1
ALPHANUMERIC DISPLAY ASSEMBLY
A22
08360-60196
1
MOTHERBOARD ASSEMBLY
A23
10811E
1
10 MHZ REFERENCE STANDARD (Includes W30)
A24
5086-7463
1
LOWBAND ASSEMBLY (All models except HP 83624A)
A24
5086-6463
LOWBAND ASSEMBLY (Rebuilt{Exchange)
A25
NOT USED
A26
5086-7515
A26
5086-6515
1
YIG OSCILLATOR (2.0{7.5 GHz)
YIG OSCILLATOR (2.0{7.5 GHz) (Rebuilt{Exchange)
A27
NOT USED
A28
5086-7622
A28
5086-6622
A29
5086-7616
A29
5086-6616
A29
5086-7623
A29
5086-6623
A29
5086-7636
A29
5086-6636
A30
5086-7645
1
A30
0955-0148
1
WAVE DIRECTIONAL COUPLER 20 GHZ MAX (HP 3623A/24A)
A30
5086-7644
1
BRIDGE DETECTOR (HP 83640A/50A)
A30
5086-7656
1
BRIDGE DETECTION (HP 83620A/22A/30A Option 006)
A31
33326-60003
A31
33326-60002
1
STEP ATTENUATOR (HP 83640A)
A31
33326-60005
1
STEP ATTENUATOR (HP 83650A)
HP 8360
1
AMPLIFIER/MULTIPLIER
AMPLIFIER/MULTIPLIER (Rebuilt{Exchange)
1
FILTER (HP 83620A/22A/23A/24A)
FILTER (Rebuilt{Exchange)
1
AMPLIFIER/FILTER (HP 83630A/40A/50A)
AMPLIFIER/FILTER (Rebuilt{Exchange)
1
AMPLIFIER/FILTER (HP 83630A/40A/50A Option 006)
AMPLIFIER/FILTER (Rebuilt{Exchange)
BRIDGE DETECTOR (HP 83620A/22A/30A)
STEP ATTENUATOR (HP 83620A/22A/23A/24A/30A)
Replaceable Parts 9-11
Table 9-2. Major Assemblies (continued)
Ref.
Desig.
HP Part
Number
A32
5086-7607
A32
5086-6607
A32
5086-7604
A32
5086-6604
Qty
1
Description
DOUBLER (HP 83640A)
DOUBLER (Rebuilt{Exchange)
1
DOUBLER (HP 83650A)
DOUBLER (Rebuilt{Exchange)
A33
5086-7465
1
AMPLIFIER/SWITCH (HP 83623A)
A33
5086-7665
1
AMPLIFIER/SWITCH (Rebuilt{Exchange)
A33
5086-7510
1
AMPLIFIER (2{20 GHz) (HP 83624A)
A33
5086-7610
1
AMPLIFIER (2{20 GHz) (Rebuilt{Exchange)
A34
08360-60061
1
RP FLOATING BNC ASSEMBLY (Option 004)
A34W1
08360-60099
1
EXTERNAL LEVELING A34J3/A10J4 (Option 004)
A34W2
08360-60100
1
AM INPUT A34J1/A10J8 (Option 004)
A34W3
08360-60101
1
FM INPUT A34J2/A11J1 (Option 004)
A34
08360-60186
1
RP FLOATING BNC ASSEMBLY (Option 002 and 004)
A34W1
08360-60099
1
EXTERNAL LEVELING A34J3/A10J4 (Option 002 and 004)
A34W2
08360-60178
1
AM INPUT A34J1/A8J7 (Option 002 and 004)
A34W3
08360-60179
1
FM INPUT A34J2/A8J10 (Option 002 and 004)
A35
NOT USED
A36
NOT USED
A38
5086-7602
1
DUAL MODULATOR
A38
5086-7634
1
AM MODULATOR (Option 006)
A39
0955-0098
1
COUPLER (2.0 - 8.4 GHZ)
A41
5086-7327
1
DIODE SWITCH (All models except HP 83624A)
A42
5086-7628
1
PULSE MODULATION SWITCHED FILTER (HP 83620A/22A
Option 006)
A42
5086-7629
1
PULSE MODULATION SWITCHED FILTER (HP 83623A/24A
Option 006)
A42
5086-7630
1
PULSE MODULATION SWITCHED FILTER (HP 83630A Option 006)
A42
5086-7631
1
PULSE MODULATION SWITCHED FILTER (HP 83640A/50A
Option 006)
AT2
1810-0118
1
TERMINATION SMA MALE 50
(HP 83623A/24A/40A/50A and
Option 006)
AT3
0955-0216
1
ATTENUATOR 20 DB
9-12 Replaceable Parts
HP 8360
Table 9-2. Major Assemblies (continued)
Ref.
Desig.
HP Part
Number
Qty
Description
B1
08360-80026
1
FAN
CR1
08360-60147
1
DETECTOR REPLACEMENT KIT (HP 83623A/24A)
F1
2110-0227
1
FUSE (INCH) 5A 250V NTD FE UL (See Table 9-7)
F1
2110-0003
1
FUSE (INCH) 3A 230V NTD FE UL (See Table 9-7)
FL1
9135-0242
1
LINE MODULE { FILTERED
FL2
0955-0485
1
8 GHZ LOW PASS FILTER
J1
08673-60040
1
RF OUTPUT CONNECTOR (HP 83620A/22A/23A/24A/30A)
J1
5062-6610
1
RF OUTPUT CONNECTOR (HP 83640A/50A)
T1
9100-4781
1
TOROID POWER TRANSFORMER
HP 8360
Replaceable Parts 9-13
Cables{Front Panel
Figure 9-3. Cables (1 of 17)
9-14 Replaceable Parts
HP 8360
Cables{Top View
Figure 9-3. Cables (2 of 17)
HP 8360
Replaceable Parts 9-15
Cables{Top View
Option 002
Figure 9-3. Cables (3 of 17)
9-16 Replaceable Parts
HP 8360
Cables{HP 83640A/50A RF Deck
No Options
Figure 9-3. Cables (4 of 17)
HP 8360
Replaceable Parts 9-17
Cables{HP 83640A/50A RF Deck
Option 001
Figure 9-3. Cables (5 of 17)
9-18 Replaceable Parts
HP 8360
Cables{HP 83640A/50A RF Deck
Option 006
Figure 9-3. Cables (6 of 17)
HP 8360
Replaceable Parts 9-19
Cables{HP 83640A/50A RF Deck
Options 001 and 006
Figure 9-3. Cables (7 of 17)
9-20 Replaceable Parts
HP 8360
Cables{HP 83620A/22A/30A RF Deck
No Options
Figure 9-3. Cables (8 of 17)
HP 8360
Replaceable Parts 9-21
Cables{HP 83620A/22A/30A RF Deck
Option 001
Figure 9-3. Cables (9 of 17)
9-22 Replaceable Parts
HP 8360
Cables{HP 83620/22A/30A RF Deck
Option 006
Figure 9-3. Cables (10 of 17)
HP 8360
Replaceable Parts 9-23
Cables{HP 83620A/22A/30A RF Deck
Options 001 and 006
Figure 9-3. Cables (11 of 17)
9-24 Replaceable Parts
HP 8360
Cables{HP 83623A RF Deck
No Options
Figure 9-3. Cables (12 of 17)
HP 8360
Replaceable Parts 9-25
Cables{HP 83623A RF Deck
Option 001
Figure 9-3. Cables (13 of 17)
9-26 Replaceable Parts
HP 8360
Cables{HP 83624A RF Deck
No Options
Figure 9-3. Cables (14 of 17)
HP 8360
Replaceable Parts 9-27
Cables{HP 83624A RF Deck
Option 001
Figure 9-3. Cables (15 of 17)
9-28 Replaceable Parts
HP 8360
Cables{HP 83623A/24A RF Deck
Option 006
Figure 9-3. Cables (16 of 17)
HP 8360
Replaceable Parts 9-29
Cables{HP 83623A/24A RF Deck
Options 001 and 006
Figure 9-3. Cables (17 of 17)
9-30 Replaceable Parts
HP 8360
Table 9-3. Cables
Ref.
Desig.
HP Part
Number
Qty
Description
W1
08360-60062
1
DISPLAY POWER A3J1/A21J1
W2
08360-60056
1
SMI/MOTHERBOARD{A2J1/A22J1
W3
08360-60057
1
F.P. PROCESSOR/MOTHERBOARD A3J2/A22J2
W4
08360-60055
1
F.P. PROCESSOR/DISPLAY A3J3/A21J2
W5
08360-60054
1
KEYBOARD/F.P. PROCESSOR A1J1/A3J4
W6
08360-60070
1
EXTERNAL PULSE J2/A9J4
W6
08360-60094
1
EXTERNAL PULSE J8/A9J4 (Option 004)
W6
08360-60172
1
EXTERNAL PULSE J2/A8J3 (Option 002)
W6
08360-60175
1
EXTERNAL PULSE J8/A8J3 (Option 002 and 004)
W7
08360-60068
1
AM INPUT J3/A10J8
W7
08360-60173
1
AM INPUT J3/A8J7 (Option 002)
W8
08360-60069
1
FM INPUT J4/A11J1
W8
08360-60174
1
FM INPUT J4/A8J10 (Option 002)
W9
08360-60051
1
EXTERNAL LEVELING J5/A10J4
W10
08360-60092
1
FP SMI LEVELING{A2J2/A10J2
W11
08360-60074
1
125 KHZ REF{A7J3/A4J1
W12
08360-60075
1
30{60 MHZ{A4J2/A5J2
W13
08360-60076
1
SAMPLER IF{A6J2/A5J1
W14
08360-60083
1
HIGH FREQ PLL{A5J3/A26J2
W15
08360-60072
1
40 MHZ REF{A7J6/A6J1
W15
08360-60182
1
40 MHz REF{A7J6/A8J1 (Option 002)
W16
08360-60095
1
EXTERNAL STD{J6/A7J1
W17
08360-60071
1
OVEN STD{A23J1/A7J2
W18
08360-60073
1
1 MHZ{A7J4/A14J1
W19
08360-60096
1
10 MHZ REAR PANEL {A7J5/J7
W20
08360-60082
1
100 MHZ REF{A7J7/A24J2
HP 8360
Replaceable Parts 9-31
Table 9-3. Cables (continued)
Ref.
Desig.
HP Part
Number
Qty
W21
Description
NOT USED
W22
08360-60228
1
PRE-PULSE LEVELING DET{A38J13/A10J6
W22
08360-60245
1
PRE-PULSE LEVELING DET{A42J4/A10J6 (Option 006)
W23
08360-60093
1
RP SMI LEVELING{A19J2/A10J3
W24
08360-60107
1
LOWBAND DETECTOR{A24J3/A10J5
W25
08360-60106
1
HI BAND DETECTOR{CR1/A10J7
W26
08360-60079
1
YO FM SIGNAL A11J2/A26J3
W27
08360-60097
1
V/GHZ{A12J1/J10
W28
08360-60098
1
TRIGGER OUTPUT{A14J2/J9
W29
08360-60031
1
PREREG IN/PREREG OUT{A18J1/A17J1
W30
08360-60063
1
MOTHERBOARD/10MHZ STD{A22J7/A23J2
W31
08360-60037
1
REAR PANEL/MOTHERBOARD{A19J1/A22J8
W32
08360-60226
1
PULSE MOD HI{A22J3/A38J3
W32
08360-60247
1
SLOW PULSE{A22J3/A42J3 (Option 006)
W33
08360-60088
1
PULSE MOD LO{A22J4/A24J6
W34
08360-60087
1
ALC MOD LOW{A22J5/A24J7
W35
08360-60225
1
ALC MOD HI{A22J6/A38J2
W36
08360-60230
1
RF INTERFACE/AMP SWITCH{A20J14/A33J1 (HP 83623A)
W36
08360-60230
1
RF INTERFACE/AMPLIFIER{A20J14/A33J1 (HP 83624A)
W36
08360-60191
1
RF INTERFACE/DOUBLER{A20J5/A32J1 (HP 83640A/50A)
W37
08360-60189
1
RF INTERFACE/AMP MULT{A20J9/A28J1
W38
08360-60227
1
RF INTERFACE/DUAL MOD{A20J1/A38J1
W38
08360-60227
1
RF INTERFACE/AM MOD{A20J1/A38J1 (Option 006)
W39
08360-60046
1
RF INTERFACE/LOWBAND{A20J4/A24J1
W40
08360-60045
1
RF INTERFACE/ATTEN A20J6/A31J1 (Option 001)
9-32 Replaceable Parts
HP 8360
Table 9-3. Cables (continued)
Ref.
Desig.
HP Part
Number
Qty
Description
W41
08360-60190
1
RF INTERFACE/AMP FILTER{A20J8/A29J1
W42
08360-60040
1
RF INTERFACE/YO{A20J10/A26J1
W43
08360-20072
1
DIR COUPLER/RF OUT{A30J2/J1 (HP 83620A/22A/23A/24A/30A)
W43
08360-20072
1
ATTEN/RF OUT{A31J2/J1 (HP 83620A/22A/23A/24A/30A
Option 001)
W43
08360-20073
1
DIR COUPLER/RF OUT{A30J2/J1 (HP 83620A/22A/23A/24A/30A
Option 004)
W43
08360-20073
1
ATTEN/RF OUT{A31J2/J1 (HP 83620A/22A/23A/24A/30A
Option 014)
W43
08360-20082
1
DIR COUPLER/RF OUT{A30J2/J1 (HP 83640A/50A)
W43
08360-20082
1
ATTEN/RF OUT{A31J2/J1 (HP 83640A/50A Option 001)
W43
08360-20083
1
DIR COUPLER/RF OUT{A30J2/J1 (HP 83640A/50A Option 004)
W43
08360-20083
1
ATTEN/RF OUT{A31J2/J1 (HP 83640A/50A Option 014)
W44
08360-20191
1
BRIDGE DET/ATTEN A30J5/A31J1 (HP 83620A/22A/30A
Options 001 and 006)
W44
08360-20071
1
DIR COUPLER/ATTEN A30J2/A31J1 (HP 83623A/24A Options 001
and 006)
W44
08360-20193
1
BRIDGE DET/ATTEN A30J5/A31J1 (HP 83640A/50A Option 001)
W45
08360-20185
1
AMP FILTER/BRIDGE DET{A29J3/A30J4 (HP 83620A/22A/30A)
W45
08360-20190
1
AMP FILTER/BRIDGE DET{A29J3/A30J4 (HP 83620A/22A/30A
Option 001)
HP 8360
Replaceable Parts 9-33
Table 9-3. Cables (continued)
Ref.
Desig.
HP Part
Number
Qty
W46
Description
NOT USED
W47
08360-20075
1
LOWBAND/AMP SWITCH{A24J4/A33J3 (HP 83623A)
W47
08360-20163
1
LOWBAND/AMP FILTER{A24J4/A29J2 (HP 83620A/22A/30A)
W47
08360-20139
1
LOWBAND/DOUBLER{A24J4/A32J3 (HP 83640A/50A)
W47
08360-20246
1
LOWBAND/PLS MOD SW FILT{A24J4/A42J7 (HP 83620A/23A/30A
Option 006)
W48
08360-20235
1
AMP MULT/AUX OUTPUT{A28J4/J14
W48
08360-20236
1
AMP MULT/AUX OUTPUT{A28J4/J14 (Option 004)
W49
08360-20171
1
DIODE SWITCH/AMP MULT{A41J3/A28J5 (All models except
HP 83624A)
W49
08360-20230
1
COUPLER/AMP MULT{A39J2/A28J5 (HP 83624A)
W50
08360-20169
1
DIODE SWITCH/LOWBAND{A41J2/A24J5 (All models except
HP 83624A)
W51
08360-20173
1
ATTENUATOR/LPF{AT3J2/FL2J1
W51
08360-20172
1
ATTENUATOR/LPF{AT3J2/FL2J1 (Option 004)
W52
08360-20147
1
YO/DIR COUPLER{A26J4/A39J1
W54
08360-20087
1
LPF/SAMPLER{FL2J2/A6J3
W55
1250-1159
1
DIR COUPLER/DIODE SWITCH{A39J2/A41J1 (All models except
HP 83624A)
W53
NOT USED
9-34 Replaceable Parts
HP 8360
Table 9-3. Cables (continued)
Ref.
Desig.
HP Part
Number
Qty
Description
W56
08360-20208
1
AMP MULT/DUAL MOD{A28J3/A38J15
W56
08360-20258
1
AMP MULT/AM MOD{A28J3/A38J8 (Option 006)
W57
08360-20203
1
DUAL MOD/AMP FILTER{A38J16/A29J2
W57
08360-20203
1
AM MOD/AMP FILTER{A38J9/A29J2 (Option 006)
W58
08360-20218
1
FILTER/AMP SWITCH{A29J3/A33J2 (HP 83623A)
W58
08360-20221
1
FILTER/AMPLIFIER{A29J3/A33J2 (HP 83624A)
W58
08360-20137
1
AMP FILTER/DOUBLER{A29J3/A32J2 (HP 83640A/50A)
W58
08360-20250
1
AMP FILTER/PLS MOD SW FILT{A29J3/A42J5 (Option 006)
W59
08360-20078
1
AMP SWITCH/DIR COUPLER{A33J4/A30J1 (HP 83623A)
W59
08360-20070
1
AMP SWITCH/DIR COUPLER{A33J4/A30J1 (HP 83623A Option 001)
W59
08360-20107
1
AMPLIFIER/DIR COUPLER{A33J3/A30J1 (HP 83624A Option 001)
W59
08360-20108
1
AMPLIFIER/DIR COUPLER{A33J3/A30J1 (HP 83624A)
W59
08360-20194
1
DOUBLER/BRIDGE DET{A32J4/A30J4 (HP 83640A/50A)
W59
08360-20192
1
DOUBLER/BRIDGE DET{A32J4/A30J4 (HP 83640A/50A Option 001)
W60
NOT USED
W61
NOT USED
W62
08360-60176
1
PULSE VIDEO OUT{A8J4/J13 (Option 002)
W63
08360-60177
1
PULSE SYNC OUT{A8J6/J12 (Option 002)
W64
08360-60180
1
AM/FM OUTPUT{A8J11/J11 (Option 002)
W65
08360-60181
1
40 MHZ OUT{A8J21/A6J1 (Option 002)
HP 8360
Replaceable Parts 9-35
Table 9-3. Cables (continued)
Ref.
Desig.
HP Part
Number
Qty
Description
W66
08360-60183
1
W67
08360-60184
1
PULSE OUT{A8J5/A9J4 (Option 002)
AM OUT{A8J8/A10J1 (Option 002)
W68
08360-60185
1
FM OUT{A8J9/A11J1 (Option 002)
W69
08360-60224
1
RF INTERFACE/DIODE SWITCH{A20J12/A41J1 (All models except
HP 83624A)
W70
08360-60248
1
FAST PULSE HI{A9J3/A42J1 (Option 006)
W71
08360-20247
1
PLS MOD SW FILT/DOUBLER{A42J6/A32J2
(HP 83640A/50A Option 006)
W71
08360-20252
1
PLS MOD SW FILT/BRIDGE DET{A42J6/A30J4
(HP 83620A/22A/30A Option 006)
W71
08360-20249
1
PLS MOD SW FILT/COUPLER{A42J6/A30J1 (HP 83623A/24A
Options 001 and 006)
W71
08360-20251
1
PLS MOD SW FILT/BRIDGE DET{A42J6/A30J4
(HP 83620A/22A/30A Options 001 and 006)
W71
08360-20248
1
PLS MOD SW FILT/COUPLER{A42J6/A30J1 (HP 83623A/24A
Option 006)
W72
08360-60191
1
RF INTERFACE/PLS MOD SW FILT{A20J11/A42J8 (Option 006)
W73
08360-60250
1
RF INTERFACE/BRIDGE DETECTOR{A20J13/A30J3
9-36 Replaceable Parts
HP 8360
Front Panel Hardware
Figure 9-4. Front Panel Hardware
HP 8360
Replaceable Parts 9-37
Table 9-4. Front Panel Hardware
Ref.
Desig.
HP Part
Number
Qty
Description
1
0515-2043
7
SCREW-MACH. M4 x 0.7 8MM-LG 90-DEG-FLH-HD
2
0515-0943
2
SCREW-MACH. M4 x 0.7 12MM-LG
NUT-SPECIALTY M3.5 x 1.27 THD; 8.44MM
0535-0082
2
3
0370-3033
1
4
0515-2043
5
0515-0943
0535-0082
6
ROTARY KNOB
SCREW-MACH. M4 x 0.7 8MM-LG 90-DEG-FLH-HD
SCREW-MACH. M4 x 0.7 12MM-LG
2
NUT-SPECIALTY M3.5 x 1.27 THD; 8.44MM
4
J2 FLTG BNC PLS GRD
4
(Includes the following)
2190-0102
WASHER-LK INTL T 15/32 IN .472-IN-ID
0590-1251
NUT-SPCLY 15/32-32-THD .1-IN-THK .562-WD
7
J3 FLTG BNC AY-FM
(Includes the following)
2190-0102
WASHER-LK INTL T 15/32 IN .472-IN-ID
0590-1251
NUT-SPCLY 15/32-32-THD .1-IN-THK .562-WD
8
J4 FLTG BNC AY-AM
(Includes the following)
2190-0102
WASHER-LK INTL T 15/32 IN .472-IN-ID
0590-1251
NUT-SPCLY 15/32-32-THD .1-IN-THK .562-WD
9
J5 FLTG BNC AY-EXT
(Includes the following)
2190-0102
WASHER-LK INTL T 15/32 IN .472-IN-ID
0590-1251
NUT-SPCLY 15/32-32-THD .1-IN-THK .562-WD
10
08360-40007
1
DISPLAY FILTER
11
1251-5436
4
SCREW LOCK KIT-AMP HD CONN
J1
RF OUTPUT CONNECTOR - See Table 9-2
RPG1
ROTARY PULSE GENERATOR (RPG)
(Includes the following)
2190-0016
1
WASHER-LK INTL T 3/8 IN .377-IN-ID
2950-0043
1
NUT-HEX-DBL-CHAM 3/8-32-THD .094-IN-THK
9-38 Replaceable Parts
HP 8360
Front Panel, Casting and Keypad
Figure 9-5. Front Panel, Casting and Keypad
Table 9-5. Front Panel, Casting and Keypad
Ref.
Desig.
HP Part
Number
Qty
Description
1
08360-60146
1
KEYPAD REPLACEMENT KIT
2
08360-20051
1
FRONT PANEL CASTING - FEEDS
3
06360-20050
1
FRONT PANEL CASTING - NO FEEDS (Option 004)
4
08360-40004
1
RFI SEAL (BLACK RUBBER GASKET)
5
06360-20052
1
FRONT PANEL CASTING - SHEET MTL/NO FEEDS (Options 003
and 004)
6
06360-20053
1
FRONT PANEL CASTING - SHEET MTL/FEEDS (Option 003)
Also order front panel nameplate in \Miscellaneous Replaceable
Accessories"
HP 8360
Replaceable Parts 9-39
Front Panel, Attaching Hardware
Figure 9-6. Front Panel, Attaching Hardware (1 of 3)
Table 9-6. Front Panel, Attaching Hardware
Ref.
Desig.
HP Part
Number
Qty
Description
1
0515-0372
27
SCREW-MACHINE ASSEMBLY M3 x 0.5 8MM-LG
2
0515-0664
2
SCREW-MACHINE ASSEMBLY M3 x 0.5 12MM-LG
2
3
08360-00034
4
0515-0372
SCREW-MACHINE ASSEMBLY M3 X 0.5 8MM-LG
5
0515-0372
SCREW-MACHINE ASSEMBLY M3 X 0.5 8MM-LG
9-40 Replaceable Parts
MOUNTING BRACKET - DISPLAY
HP 8360
Front Panel, Attaching Hardware
Figure 9-6. Front Panel, Attaching Hardware (2 of 3)
HP 8360
Replaceable Parts 9-41
Front Panel, Attaching Hardware
Figure 9-6. Front Panel, Attaching Hardware (3 of 3)
9-42 Replaceable Parts
HP 8360
Rear Panel Hardware
Figure 9-7. Rear Panel Hardware
HP 8360
Replaceable Parts 9-43
Rear Panel Hardware
Table 9-7. Rear Panel (1 of 2)
Ref.
Desig.
HP Part
Number
Qty
Description
1
08360-00001
1
REAR PANEL
2
0515-1372
5
SCREW-MACHINE ASSEMBLY M3 x 0.5 8MM-LG
6960-0027
4
PLUG-HOLE TR-HD FOR .625-D-HOLE NYL
08360-60094
1
J8 - CA AY-PLS INPUT (Option 004)
6960-0041
1
PLUG-HOLE TR-HD FOR .5-D-HOLE NYL (Standard)
3
4
BNC CONNECTORS (Order A34 of Table 9-2)
5
J6 - CA AY-10MHZ IN-See Table 9-3
(Includes the following)
2950-0035
4
NUT-HEX DBL-CHAM 15/32-32-THD
2190-0102
4
WASHER LK INTL T 15/32 IN .472-IN-ID
6
J10 - CA AY-VOLTS/GHZ-See Table 9-3
(Includes the following)
2950-0035
NUT-HEX DBL-CHAM 15/32-32-THD
2190-0102
WASHER LK INTL T 15/32 IN .472-IN-ID
7
J7 - CA AY-10MHZ OUT-See Table 9-3
(Includes the following)
2950-0035
NUT-HEX DBL-CHAM 15/32-32-THD
2190-0102
WASHER LK INTL T 15/32 IN .472-IN-ID
8
J9 - CA AY-ANAL INTFC-See Table 9-3
(Includes the following)
2950-0035
NUT-HEX DBL-CHAM 15/32-32-THD
2190-0102
WASHER LK INTL T 15/32 IN .472-IN-ID
9
0515-0380
8
SCREW-MACHINE ASSEMBLY M4 x 0.7 10MM-LG
10
0380-0643
2
STANDOFF HEX .255-IN-LG 6/32-THD
11
1251-5436
4
SCREW LOCK KIT-AMP HD CONN
12
0515-1037
2
SCREW-MACHINE ASSEMBLY M3 x 0.5 45MM-LG
13
0515-0372
9
SCREW-MACHINE ASSEMBLY M3 x 0.5 8MM-LG
08360-60032
1
14
15
LINE MODULE - FILTERED (See Table 9-2)
9-44 Replaceable Parts
AC VOLTAGE SELECTION SWITCH/HARNESS
HP 8360
Table 9-7. Rear Panel (2 of 2)
Ref.
Desig.
HP Part
Number
Qty
16
17
Description
FAN (see Table 9-2)
08360-00025
1
6960-0027
4
PLUG-HOLE TR-HD FOR .625-D-HOLE NYL
1
J11-CA AY-AM/FM OUTPUT (Option 002)
18
PLATE - REAR BLANK
(Includes the following)
2950-0035
NUT-HEX DBL-CHAM 15/32-32-THD
2190-0102
6960-0041
19
WASHER LK INTL T 15/32 IN .472-IN-ID
1
PLUG-HOLE TR-HD FOR .5-D-HOLE NYL (Standard)
1
J12-CA AY-PULSE SYNC OUT (Option 002)
(Includes the following)
2950-0035
NUT-HEX DBL-CHAM 15/32-32-THD
2190-0102
WASHER LK INTL T 15/32 IN .472-IN-ID
6960-0041
20
1
PLUG-HOLE TR-HD FOR .5-D-HOLE NYL (Standard)
1
J13-CA AY-PULSE VIDEO OUT (Option 002)
(Includes the following)
2950-0035
NUT-HEX DBL-CHAM 15/32-32-THD
2190-0102
WASHER LK INTL T 15/32 IN .472-IN-ID
6960-0041
1
PLUG-HOLE TR-HD FOR .5-D-HOLE NYL (Standard)
21
1250-1753
1
J14-CONNECTOR-AUX OUTPUT
22
08360-20245
1
REAR PANEL INTERFACE SHIELD
23
0515-2032
2
SCREW-MACH M3 x 0.5 8MM-LG 90-DEG-FLH-HD
AT1
1810-0118
1
TERMINATION SMA MALE 50
F1
2110-0227
1
FUSE (INCH) 5A 250V NTD FE UL
2110-0003
1
FUSE (INCH) 3A 230V NTD FE UL
2110-0564
1
FUSEHOLDER BODY
2110-0565
1
FUSEHOLDER CAP
2110-0569
1
FUSEHOLDER NUT
HP 8360
Replaceable Parts 9-45
Rear Panel Fan Assembly
Figure 9-8. Rear Panel Fan Assembly
9-46 Replaceable Parts
HP 8360
Rear Panel Fan Assembly
Table 9-8. Rear Panel Fan Assembly
Ref.
Desig.
HP Part
Number
Qty
Description
1
0515-0430
2
SMM 3.0 6 PM TX
2
08360-00059
1
FAN SHROUD
3
08360-20254
1
FOAM
4
08360-00058
1
HEXCELL HONEYCOMB
5
08360-40011
1
GROUND HEX SHROUD
6
08360-00060
1
REAR PANEL
7
0515-2011
8
SCREW-MACHINE ASSY M3.5 x 0.6
8
0400-0356
4
GROMMET
9
08360-00057
2
BRACKET FAN/REAR PANEL
10
08360-00061
2
BRACKET FAN
11
08360-80026
1
FAN
HP 8360
Replaceable Parts 9-47
Bottom View, Attaching Hardware
Figure 9-9. Bottom View, Attaching Hardware
Table 9-9. Bottom View, Attaching Hardware
Ref.
Desig.
1
HP Part
Number
Qty
6960-0016
2
2
Description
PLUG-HOLE TR-HD FOR .125-D HOLE NYL
SCREW-MACHINE (See Table 9-7)
3
0624-0518
3
SCREW-TPG 6-19 .25-IN-LG PAN-HD-TORX T15
4
08360-40002
1
HIGH VOLTAGE COVER
5
0515-0382
16
SCREW-MACHINE ASSEMBLY M4 x 0.7 12MM-LG
6
SCREW-MACHINE (See Table 9-4)
7
SCREW-MACHINE (See Table 9-4)
9-48 Replaceable Parts
HP 8360
Top View, Attaching Hardware
Figure 9-10. Top View, Attaching Hardware
HP 8360
Replaceable Parts 9-49
Table 9-10. Top View, Attaching Hardware
Ref.
Desig.
1
HP Part
Number
Qty
Description
08360-00015
1
POWER SUPPLY HOUSING
3
08360-20044
1
END SUPPORT
4
0515-0501
2
SCREW-SKT-HD-CAP M6 x 1.0 12MM-LG
5
5021-7872
1
MOUNTING BRACKET BRIDGE DETECTOR
(HP 83620A/22A/30A/40A/50A)
5
08360-00008
1
MOUNTING BRACKET COUPLER/DETECTOR (HP 83623A/24A)
6
0515-0372
2
SCREW-MACHINE ASSEMBLY M3 x 0.5 8MM-LG (Quantity is 4 in
instruments with Option 001)
7
0520-0173
2
SCREW-MACH 256 .188 PNPD
8
0515-0430
2
SMM 3.0 6 PN TX
9
08360-00035
1
SUPPORT CONNECTORS
10
08360-20237
1
EXTRUSION-FILTER MOUNT
0515-0383
1
SCREW-MACHINE ASSEMBLY M4 x 0.7 16MM-LG
08360-20042
1
CARD CAGE SUPPORT
2
11
SCREW-MACHINE (See Table 9-8)
12
SCREW-MACHINE (See Table 9-4)
13
14
SCREW-MACHINE (See Table 9-4)
08360-20043
15
8160-0539
16
0515-0382
17
08360-40004
3
DIVIDERS
6
SCREW-MACHINE ASSEMBLY M4 x 0.7 12MM-LG
RFI ROUND STRIP CU-CLD-STL SN-PL (2.56 FT)
RFI SEAL (3 FT)
18
08360-20045
1
POWER SUPPLY COVER
19
2200-0103
2
SCREW-MACH. 4-40 .25-IN-LG PAN-HD-POZI
2190-0105
2
WASHER-LK HLCL NO. 6 .141-IN-ID
1520-0205
3
SHOCK MOUNT .31-EFF-HGT
20
0515-1539
4
SCREW-MACHINE M3 x0.5 16MM-LG
21
08360-00052
1
MOUNTING BRACKET COUPLER/DIODE SWITCH
22
08360-00031
1
MOUNTING BRACKET STEP ATTENUATOR
23
0515-0430
2
SMM 3.0 6 PN TX
9-50 Replaceable Parts
HP 8360
Left Side View, Attaching Hardware
Figure 9-11. Left Side View, Attaching Hardware
Table 9-11. Left Side View, Attaching Hardware
Ref.
Desig.
HP Part
Number
Qty
Description
1
0515-2086
4
SCREW-SPCL M4 x 0.7 7MM-LG 90-DEG-FLH-HD
2
0515-0382
15
SCREW-MACHINE ASSEMBLY M4 x 0.7 12MM-LG
3
0515-2086
HP 8360
SCREW-SPCL M4 x 0.7 7MM-LG 90-DEG-FLH-HD
Replaceable Parts 9-51
Right Side View, Attaching Hardware
Figure 9-12. Right Side View, Attaching Hardware
Table 9-12. Right Side View, Attaching Hardware
Ref.
Desig.
HP Part
Number
Qty
Description
1
0515-0382
33
SCREW-MACHINE ASSEMBLY M4 x 0.7 12MM-LG
2
0515-2086
8
SCREW-SPCL M4 x 0.7 7MM-LG 90-DEG-FLH-HD
2
3
0515-0433
4
0515-0382
SCREW-MACHINE ASSEMBLY M4 x 0.7 12MM-LG
5
0515-2086
SCREW-SPCL M4 x 0.7 7MM-LG 90-DEG-FLH-HD
9-52 Replaceable Parts
SCREW-MACHINE ASSEMBLY M4 x 0.7 8MM-LG
HP 8360
RF Deck Right Side View, Attaching Hardware
Figure 9-13. RF Deck Right Side View, Attaching Hardware
HP 8360
Replaceable Parts 9-53
RF Deck Right Side View, Attaching Hardware
Table 9-13. RF Deck Right Side View, Attaching Hardware
Ref.
Desig.
HP Part
Number
Qty
Description
1
0515-0372
17
SCREW-MACHINE ASSEMBLY M3 x 0.5 8MM-LG
2
3050-0169
4
WASHER-SPR CRVD NO.6 .143-IN-ID
3
0515-2011
4
SCREW-MACHINE ASSEMBLY M3.5 x 0.060 12MM-LG
4
2360-0370
4
SCREW-MACH 6-32 .375-IN-LG PAN-HD-POZI
5
0515-0372
6
08360-20141
7
0515-0372
8
9
SCREW-MACHINE ASSEMBLY M3 x 0.5 8MM-LG
1
RF DECK CASTING
0515-0458
2
SCREW-MACHINE ASSEMBLY M3 x 0.6 8MM-LG (Option 006)
0515-0430
2
SMM3.0 6 PN TX (Used for bridge detector regardless of its position on
the RF deck)
9-54 Replaceable Parts
SCREW-MACHINE ASSEMBLY M3 x 0.5 8MM-LG
HP 8360
RF Connector and Attaching Hardware
Figure 9-14. RF Connector and Attaching Hardware
Table 9-14. RF Connector and Attaching Hardware
Ref.
Desig.
1
HP Part
Number
Qty
Description
08360-20095
1
FRONT MOUNTING BRACKET 3.5 MM CONNECTOR
08360-20096
1
FRONT MOUNTING BRACKET 2.4 MM CONNECTOR
2
08360-20088
1
SPACER FOR 3.5 MM CONNECTOR
3
2950-0001
1
NUT-HEX-DBL-CHAM 3/8-32-THD (3.5 mm connector)
08360-20133
1
NUT-HEX-DBL-CHAM M10 X1 (2.4 mm connector)
4
2190-0016
1
WASHER-LK INTL 3/8 IN
5
08360-00004
1
PL-RR CONN 3.5 (Option 004)
08360-00024
1
PL-RR CONN 2.4 (Option 004)
J1
HP 8360
RF CONNECTOR (See Table 9-2)
Replaceable Parts 9-55
Chassis Parts
Figure 9-15. Chassis Parts
9-56 Replaceable Parts
HP 8360
Table 9-15. Chassis Parts
Ref.
Desig.
HP Part
Number
Qty
Description
1
5062-3736
1
COVER-TOP
2
0515-1245
1
SCREW - COVER
3
5021-5838
2
SIDE RAILS
4
5041-8802
1
TRIM STRIP
5
5021-8405
1
FRONT FRAME
6
5062-3800
2
HANDLE ASSEMBLY
7
0515-0943
4
HANDLE SCREWS
8
5021-8497
2
TRIM FRONT HANDLE
9
5041-8801
4
FOOT -FM .5M
10
5062-3748
1
COVER-BOTTOM
11
1460-1345
2
TILT STAND
12
5062-3843
2
COVER-SIDE
13
5041-8819
2
CAP-FRONT
14
0515-0707
4
STRAP SCREW
15
5041-8820
2
CAP-REAR
16
5062-3705
2
STRAP HANDLE
17
08360-20040
1
SIDE FRAME
18
5021-5806
1
REAR FRAME
19
54110-40502
4
FOOT REAR
20
0515-1444
4
SCREW - REAR FOOT
21
08360-20253
1
INSULATED BOTTOM COVER
HP 8360
Replaceable Parts 9-57
Table 9-16. Miscellaneous Replaceable Accessories
Ref.
Desig.
HP Part
Number
Qty
Description
LABELS
7120-3737
1
LBL WRN HI VOLT
83620-80001
1
NAMEPLATE 83620A
83622-80001
1
NAMEPLATE 83622A
83630-80001
1
NAMEPLATE 83630A
83640-80001
1
NAMEPLATE 83640A
83642-80001
1
NAMEPLATE 83642A
83650-80001
1
NAMEPLATE 83650A
SERVICE TOOLS
T-10 TORX SCREWDRIVER
T-15 TORX SCREWDRIVER
#1 x 3 1/8 IN. POZIDRIV SCREWDRIVER
#2 x 4 IN. POZIDRIV SCREWDRIVER
5.5 MM NUT DRIVER
7 MM NUT DRIVER
.050 HEX DRIVER
9/16 IN. NUT DRIVER
5/16 IN OPEN END WRENCH
14MM OPEN END WRENCH
1251-2170
COAX EXTRACTOR TOOL-SUBMIN D CONNECTOR
08360-60065
SUBSTITUTE FRONT PANEL
9-58 Replaceable Parts
HP 8360
Table 9-16. Miscellaneous Replaceable Accessories (continued)
Ref.
Desig.
HP Part
Number
Qty
08360-60060
Description
TOOL KIT
(Includes the following)
08360-60086
EXTENDER BOARD-DIGITAL BOARDS
08360-60085
EXTENDER BOARD-ANALOG BOARDS
08360-60081
EXTENDER BOARD-POST REGULATOR
08360-60077
EXTENDER BOARD-SWITCHING REGULATOR
08360-60030
EXTENDER BOARD-RECTIFIER/FILTER
08360-60084
EXTENDER BOARD-RF DECK
08360-20105
EXTENDER CABLE-SMA (RF DECK) (Prex
08360-20286
RF TEST CABLE-FILTER TO DIRECTIONAL COUPLER
(Prex 3145A)
08360-60108
EXTENDER CABLE-POWER SUPPLY
8710-1787
5 MM HEX BALL DRIVER
< 3145A)
ACCESSORIES
TOUCH-UP PAINT
6010-1146
DOVE GRAY - FOR FRAME AROUND FRONT PANEL & PAINTED
PORTIONS OF FRONT HANDLES
6010-1147
FRENCH GRAY - FOR SIDE, TOP, & BOTTOM COVERS
6010-1148
PARCHMENT GRAY - FOR RACK MOUNT FLANGES, RACK
SUPPORT SHELVES, & FRONT PANEL
5041-9148
PC BOARD EXTRACTORS
ADAPTERS
1250-2187
ADAPTER 2.4 MM (F) TO K (F)
1250-2188
ADAPTER 2.4 MM (F) TO 2.4 MM (F)
1250-1745
ADAPTER TYPE-N TO 3.5 MM (F)
5061-5311
ADAPTER 3.5 MM (F) TO 3.5 MM (F)
SOFTWARE
08360-10001
HP 8360
1
DISK - SERVICE SUPPORT SOFTWARE
Replaceable Parts 9-59
Table 9-16. Miscellaneous Replaceable Accessories (continued)
Ref.
Desig.
HP Part
Number
Qty
Description
Documentation For Serial Prexes Listed on the Title Page of This Manual
08360-90055
HP 8360 SERIES MANUAL SET {
For HP 83620A/22A/23A/24A/30A/40A/50A
(This includes the following manuals:)
08360-90069
TROUBLESHOOTING MANUAL
08360-90049
SERVICE MANUAL
08360-90070
USER'S HANDBOOK
08360-90071
QUICK REFERENCE GUIDE
5954-1566
CONNECTOR CARE APPLICATION NOTE
08360-90077
8360 SERIES COMPONENT-LEVEL REPAIR MANUAL
Documentation For Serial Prexes Prior To Those Listed on the Title Page of This Manual
83620-90007
HP 83620A DOCUMENTATION SET
This includes the following manuals:
08360-90070 User's Handbook
08360-90071 Quick Reference Guide
08360-90024 Calibration
08360-90060 Assembly Level Repair
83622-90007
HP 83622A DOCUMENTATION SET
This includes the following manuals:
08360-90070 User's Handbook
08360-90071 Quick Reference Guide
08360-90024 Calibration
08360-90060 Assembly Level Repair
83623-90007
HP 83623A DOCUMENTATION SET
This includes the following manuals:
08360-90070 User's Handbook
08360-90071 Quick Reference Guide
08360-90025 Calibration
08360-90060 Assembly Level Repair
83624-90007
HP 83624A DOCUMENTATION SET
This includes the following manuals:
08360-90070 User's Handbook
08360-90071 Quick Reference Guide
08360-90025 Calibration
08360-90060 Assembly Level Repair
9-60 Replaceable Parts
HP 8360
Table 9-16. Miscellaneous Replaceable Accessories (continued)
Ref.
Desig.
HP Part
Number
Qty
Description
83640-90007
HP 83640A DOCUMENTATION SET
This includes the following manuals:
08360-90070 User's Handbook
08360-90071 Quick Reference Guide
08360-90040 Calibration
08360-90060 Assembly Level Repair
83642-90007
HP 83642A DOCUMENTATION SET
This includes the following manuals:
08360-90070 User's Handbook
08360-90071 Quick Reference Guide
08360-90040 Calibration
08360-90060 Assembly Level Repair
Documentation For HP 83621A/31A
08360-90054
HP 83621A/31A/51A MANUAL SET
(This includes the following manuals:)
08360-90048
TROUBLESHOOTING MANUAL
08360-90052
SERVICE MANUAL
Documentation For HP 83621A/31A with Serial Prexes Prior To 3103A
HP 8360
83621-90007
HP 83621A DOCUMENTATION SET
This includes the following manuals:
08360-90024 Calibration and Installation
83621-90060 Assembly Level Repair
83631-90007
HP 83631A DOCUMENTATION SET
This includes the following manuals:
08360-90024 Calibration and Installation
83621-90060 Assembly Level Repair
Replaceable Parts 9-61
Table 9-16. Miscellaneous Replaceable Accessories (continued)
Ref.
Desig.
HP Part
Number
Qty
Description
OPTION RETROFIT KITS
08360-60218
ADD OPTION 001 RETROFIT KIT - HP 83620A/22A/23A/24A/30A
08360-60220
ADD OPTION 001 RETROFIT KIT - HP 83640A/50A
08360-60129
DEL OPTION 001 RETROFIT KIT - HP 83620A/22A/23A/24A/30A
08360-60221
DEL OPTION 001 RETROFIT KIT - HP 83640A/50A
83602A
ADD OPTION 002 RETROFIT KIT
08360-60132
ADD OPTION 003 RETROFIT KIT
08360-60131
DEL OPTION 003 RETROFIT KIT
08360-60236
ADD OPTION 004 RETROFIT KIT - HP 83620A/22A/23A/24A/30A
08360-60237
ADD OPTION 004 RETROFIT KIT - HP 83640A/50A
08360-60235
DEL OPTION 004 RETROFIT KIT (w/o Option 003) HP 83620A/22A/23A/24A/30A
08360-60238
DEL OPTION 004 RETROFIT KIT - (w/o Option 003)
HP 83640A/50A
08360-60239
DEL OPTION 004 RETROFIT KIT (w/ Option 003) HP 83620A/22A/23A/24A/30A
08360-60240
DEL OPTION 004 RETROFIT KIT - 40 GHz (w/ Option 003) HP 83640A/50A
08360-60141
ADD OPTION 008 RETROFIT KIT
08360-60142
ADD OPTION 700 RETROFIT KIT
08360-60143
ADD OPTION 806 RETROFIT KIT
08360-60144
ADD OPTION 908 RETROFIT KIT
08360-60145
ADD OPTION 913 RETROFIT KIT
9-62 Replaceable Parts
HP 8360
10
Preventive Maintenance
Introduction
This chapter contains the following information on care and maintenance of the
synthesizer:
How to Clean the Fan Filter
How to Clean the Display Filter
How to Replace the Line Fuse
How to Replace the CPU Battery
Connector Care
WARNING
HP 8360
This is a Safety Class I product (provided with a protective
earthing ground incorporated in the power cord). The mains
plug shall only be inserted in a socket outlet provided with a
protective earth contact. Any interruption of the protective
conductor, inside or outside the instrument, is likely to make the
instrument dangerous. Intentional interruption is prohibited.
Preventive Maintenance 10-1
How to Clean the Fan Filter
The cooling fan, located on the rear panel, has a thin foam lter. How often
the lter must be cleaned depends on the environment in which the synthesizer
operates. As the lter collects dust, the fan speed increases to maintain airow
(as the fan speed increases, so does the fan noise). If the lter continues to
collect dust after the fan reaches maximum speed, airow is reduced and
the synthesizer's internal temperature increases. If the internal temperature
reaches 90C, the synthesizer automatically turns o and the amber standby
LED turns on.
WARNING
The detachable power cord is the instrument disconnecting
device. It disconnects the mains circuits from the mains supply
before other parts of the instrument. The front panel switch is
only a standby switch and is not a LINE switch.
Clean the fan lter as follows:
1. Turn o the synthesizer.
2. Remove the AC line cord.
3. Remove the two screws holding the fan shroud to the rear panel. (See
Figure 10-1.)
4. Separate the fan shroud, the foam, and the honeycomb from the ground hex
shroud.
5. Rinse the foam and honeycomb in warm water, then dry.
6. Reverse the removal procedure to reassemble the synthesizer.
10-2 Preventive Maintenance
HP 8360
Figure 10-1. Removing the Fan Filter
HP 8360
Preventive Maintenance 10-3
How to Clean the Display Filter
The synthesizer's display is protected by a plastic display lter. To clean the
display lter, use mild soap or detergent and water, or a commercial window
cleaner (ammonia does not hurt the plastic surface). Use a soft, lint-free cloth.
Do not use abrasive cleaners, tissues, or paper towels which can scratch the
plastic.
Under normal operation, you will need to clean only the front side of the
display lter. Occasionally, depending on the environment in which the
synthesizer operates, you may wish to clean the back side of the lter as
follows:
1. Turn the synthesizer to standby (yellow LED on).
2. Remove the AC line cord.
WARNING
The detachable power cord is the instrument disconnecting
device. It disconnects the mains circuits from the mains supply
before other parts of the instrument. The front panel switch is
only a standby switch and is not a LINE switch.
CAUTION
When you remove the front panel, if you do not disconnect the
AC line cord you can easily blow the fuse on the preregulator
assembly.
3. Refer to Chapter 7 and remove the front panel, front panel processor,
alphanumeric display, and the source module interface.
4. Clean the back side of the display lter and reassemble the instrument.
10-4 Preventive Maintenance
HP 8360
How to Replace the Line Fuse
The line fuse is located on the instrument rear panel. Replace this fuse as
follows:
1. Turn the synthesizer to standby (yellow LED on).
2. Remove the AC line cord.
WARNING
The detachable power cord is the instrument disconnecting
device. It disconnects the mains circuits from the mains supply
before other parts of the instrument. The front panel switch is
only a standby switch and is not a LINE switch.
3. Refer to Figure 10-2. Using a small at{blade screwdriver, rotate the fuse
cap counterclockwise, and remove the fuse holder.
4. Replace the original fuse.
WARNING
For continued protection against fire hazard replace line fuse
only with same type and rating (refer to Figure 10-2). The use of
other fuses or material is prohibited.
5. Replace the fuse holder in the rear panel. Using the screwdriver, rotate the
fuse cap clockwise to secure the fuse holder in place.
6. Reconnect the synthesizer to line power.
HP 8360
Preventive Maintenance 10-5
Figure 10-2. Replacing the Line Fuse
10-6 Preventive Maintenance
HP 8360
How to Replace the CPU Battery (A15BT1)
WARNING
Danger of explosion if the battery is incorrectly replaced.
Replace only with the same or equivalent type recommended.
Battery A15BT1 contains lithium iodide. Do not incinerate or
puncture this battery. Dispose of the discharged battery in a
safe manner.
Do not throw batteries away but collect as small chemical waste.
CAUTION
The A15 CPU Assembly may be damaged if it is placed on a
conductive surface. Use a static-safe work station. Ensure that
the CPU Assembly is not placed on any conductive material.
Removal/Replacement
1. Remove the A15 CPU Assembly. Refer to the \6. Major Assemblies
Removal" in Chapter 7 procedure in Chapter 7.
Figure 10-3. A15BT1 Battery Location
CAUTION
HP 8360
Placing the bottom side of the A15 assembly on a conductive
work surface without an insulator can result in loss of
correction data stored in RAM. Protect the A15 assembly from
contact with any conductive surface.
Preventive Maintenance 10-7
2. Locate the battery leads on the A15 assembly, unsolder them, and remove
the old battery.
3. Replace and solder the leads on the new battery, ensuring proper polarity as
silkscreened on the A15 assembly.
4. Record the battery-replacement date on the battery label.
5. Replace the A15 CPU Assembly. Refer to \6. Major Assemblies Removal"
in Chapter 7.
10-8 Preventive Maintenance
HP 8360
Connector Care
Clean and gage the synthesizer's output connector periodically. For details,
refer to Application Note 326 , which documents the principles of microwave
connector care.
HP 8360
Preventive Maintenance 10-9
11
Option Retrofits
Introduction
This chapter provides option retrot information. Each option and the
complexity of the retrot procedure are briey described. Some options cannot
be retrotted and so are not mentioned in this chapter. Where applicable,
kit part numbers are provided for both adding and deleting the option. The
specic details of the retrot, including any adjustments and performance
tests required after an assembly is replaced, are discussed in the installation
note included in each retrot kit. The retrot kit number depends on the
instrument model number.
HP 8360
Option Retrofits 11-1
Option Retrofits
Option Number
001
002
Option Name
Add Attenuator
Add Modulation/Generator
003
Delete Keyboard/Display
004
Rear Panel RF Output
008
1 Hz Capability
700
MATE Compatibility
806
Rack Mount Side Kit
908
Rack Flange Kit Without Handles
910
Extra Manual Set
913
Rack Flange Kit With Handles
11-2 Option Retrofits
HP 8360
Add Attenuator (Add Option 001)
Option 001 adds an attenuator to the RF deck to provide the capability
of setting a wider range of output power. To add the attenuator, the RF
deck must be recongured. Adjustments and performance tests that are
required after installation of the attenuator are listed in Chapter 8 and in
the installation note. Because the step attenuator atness test requires very
specic test equipment that is not part of the standard microwave test system,
and because several expensive microcircuits must be handled in the procedure,
it is recommended that the instrument be returned to an HP service center for
retrotting.
HP Model Number
83620A
83622A
Retrot Kit Part Number
08360-60218
83623A
83624A
83630A
83640A
83650A
HP 8360
08360-60220
Option Retrofits 11-3
Delete Attenuator (Delete Option 001)
HP Model Number
83620A
83622A
Retrot Kit Part Number
08360-60129
83623A
83624A
83630A
83640A
83650A
11-4 Option Retrofits
08360-60221
HP 8360
Add Modulation/Generator (Add Option 002)
Option 002 adds a digitally-synthesized internal modulation source and
AM depth and FM deviation meters. Because this is a complex procedure, it
is recommended that the instrument be returned to an HP service center for
retrotting. Purchase of the retrot kit includes installation at an HP service
center.
HP 8360
HP Model Number
Retrot Kit Model Number
All models
83602A
Option Retrofits 11-5
Delete Keyboard/Display (Add Option 003)
Option 003 deletes the front panel keyboard and display, which can be
desirable in an ATE environment (all instruments controls are sent over the
HP-IB). This retrot requires that you remove all front panel assemblies and
the front panel casting, and attach the source module interface assembly (the
only board required) to the new front panel casting. This retrot does not
move the front panel connectors to the rear panel. If you want the front panel
connectors moved to the rear panel, order Option 004 along with Option 003.
No adjustments or performance tests are required.
HP Model Number
Retrot Kit Part Number
All models
08360-60132
Add Keyboard/Display (Delete Option 003)
HP Model Number
Retrot Kit Part Number
All models
08360-60131
11-6 Option Retrofits
HP 8360
Rear Panel RF Output (Add Option 004)
Option 004 moves the RF output, external ALC input, pulse input/output,
AM input, and FM input connectors from the front panel to the rear panel.
Due to the unique design of the RF deck, there is no loss of output power with
the rear output option. Adjustments and performance tests that are required
after installation are listed in Chapter 8 and in the installation note included in
the retrot kit.
HP Model Number
83620A
83622A
Retrot Kit Part Number
08360-60236
83623A
83624A
83630A
83640A
83650A
HP 8360
08360-60237
Option Retrofits 11-7
Front Panel RF Output (Delete Option 004)
HP Model Number
83620A
83622A
Retrot Kit Part Number
08360-60235
83623A
83624A
83630A
83620A Opt. 003
83622A Opt. 003
08360-60239
83623A Opt. 003
83624A Opt. 003
83630A Opt. 003
83640A
83650A
83640A Opt. 003
83650A Opt. 003
11-8 Option Retrofits
08360-60238
08360-60240
HP 8360
1 Hz Capability (Add Option 008)
Option 008 provides 1 Hz frequency resolution (1 kHz resolution is standard).
HP BASIC 5.1 and an HP 9000 series 200 or 300 computer are required to run
the software to retrot the instrument.
HP Model Number
Retrot Kit Part Number
All models
08360-60141
MATE Compatibility (Add Option 700)
Option 700 adds CIIL program commands to the instrument for MATE system
compatibility. HP BASIC 5.1 and an HP 9000 series 200 or 300 computer are
required to run the software to retrot the instrument.
HP 8360
HP Model Number
Retrot Kit Part Number
All models
08360-60142
Option Retrofits 11-9
Rack Mount Slide Kit (Add Option 806)
Option 806 contains the necessary hardware to mount sliding rack mounts on
the synthesizer. This allows easier access to the synthesizer when it is mounted
in an equipment rack. You must remove the instrument side panels to install
the kit. Instructions for installation are in the installation note included in the
retrot kit.
HP Model Number
Retrot Kit Part Number
All models
08360-60143
Rack Flange Kit Without Handles (Add Option 908)
Option 908 contains a pair of anges and the necessary hardware to mount the
synthesizer (without handles ) in an equipment rack with 482.6 mm (19 in.)
horizontal spacing. Instructions for installation are in the installation note
included in the retrot kit.
HP Model Number
Retrot Kit Part Number
All models
08360-60144
11-10 Option Retrofits
HP 8360
Extra Manual Set (Add Option 910)
All instruments are supplied with one complete manual set which documents
operation and service. Each Option 910 (available only with the initial order)
provides one additional complete manual set. To order additional manuals after
initial shipment, order the individual manual part numbers, or the manual set
part numbers listed in Chapter 9.
Rack Flange Kit With Handles (Add Option 913)
Option 913 contains a pair of anges and the necessary hardware to mount the
synthesizer (with handles attached ) in an equipment rack with 482.6 mm
(19 in.) horizontal spacing. Instructions for installation are in the installation
note included in the retrot kit.
HP 8360
HP Model Number
Retrot Kit Part Number
All models
08360-60145
Option Retrofits 11-11
12
Instrument History
How to Use Instrument History
This manual documents the current production versions of the \standalone"
HP 8360 series synthesized sweepers which include the HP 83620A/22A,
HP 83623A/24A, and HP 83630A/40A/50A.
This manual will be modied to apply to future versions of these instrument
models. Information provided in this chapter will then allow you to adapt this
manual to the earlier versions. If your instrument is one of the earlier versions,
you may have to modify your manual using the information in this chapter.
Check the serial number prex attached to your synthesizer's rear panel and
then locate it in the following tables. The tables tell you which changes to
make. Incorporate the changes in reverse alphabetical order.
HP 8360
Service
Instrument History 12-1
Instrument History Changes
Serial Prex
Required
Number
Changes
HP 83620A/22A
Serial Prex
Required
Number
Changes
HP 83630A
No Change
3420A
No Change
3250A
No Change
3250A
No Change
3245A
No Change
3245A
No Change
3213A
E, D, C
3213A
E, D, C
3145A
E, D, C, B
3145A
E, D, C, B
3143A
E, D, C, B, A
3101A
E, D, C, B, A
No Change
3420A
HP 83623A
3420A
No Change
3339A
No Change
HP 83640A
3250A
No Change
3420A
3245A
No Change
3339A
No Change
3213A
D
3250A
No Change
D, B
3245A
No Change
3145A
HP 83624A
3213A
F, D, C
3145A
F, D, C, B
3420A
No Change
3250A
No Change
3245A
No Change
3420A
No Change
3213A
D
3250A
No Change
3145A
D, B
3245A
No Change
3213A
F, D, C
HP 83650A
3145A
F, D, C, B
3143A
F, D, C, B, A
3052A
F, D, C, B, A
HP Internal Use Only
PCO 3143:10492/3145:10497/3213A:10258/3245A:10795,10825/
3250A:11096/3339A:08005/3420A:08174
12-2 Instrument History
HP 8360
Service
Change F
A10 ALC Assembly
HP 83640A/50A instruments with serial prex numbers 3213A and below
have an ALC assembly with part number 08360-60222. This part number, or
the rebuilt{exchange part number 08360-69222, must be used for replacement
purposes. The part number documented in the \Replaceable Parts" chapter is
not compatible with these instruments.
HP 8360
Service
Change F 12-3
Change E
Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough
HP 83620A/22A/30A instruments without Option 006 with serial prex
numbers 3213A and below have a pulse modulation video feedthrough
specication of 0.01% at frequencies 2 GHz. Replacement pages for the test
records for these instruments are supplied following these instructions. Discard
the equivalent pages in the \Performance Tests" chapter and replace them with
the ones provided here.
HP 8360
Service
Change E 12-5
Table 2-33. Test Record for HP 83620A and 83622A (6 of 8)
Model
Test
No.
12.
Test Description
Date
80 dB
61 dB
Minimum
Maximum Measurement
Spec.
Results
Spec.
Uncertainty
Pulse Modulation On/O
Ratio
12. On/O Ratio
13.
Report No.
Pulse Performance
Standard:
10. Risetime
25 ns
60.9 ns
10. Falltime
25 ns
60.9 ns
21. Level Accuracy
60.3 dB
60.1 dB
Option 006:
14.
10. Risetime
10 ns
60.4 ns
10. Falltime
10 ns
60.4 ns
21. Level Accuracy
60.3 dB
60.1 dB
Pulse Performance (Alternate)
12. Risetime
15.
25 ns
12. Falltime
25 ns
24. Level Accuracy
60.3 dB
Pulse Modulation Video
Feedthrough
21.
< 2 GHz
10 dBm
> 10 dBm
HP 8360
Service
2%
60.22%
5%
60.4%
Change E 12-7
Table 2-33. Test Record for HP 83620A and 83622A (7 of 8)
Model
Date
Report No.
Test
No.
Test Description
Minimum
Maximum Measurement
Spec. Results
Spec.
Uncertainty
26. 2 and 20.0 GHz
16.
Standard:
0.1%
60.02%
Option 006:
1%
60.07%
AM Accuracy
< 2 GHz:
8.
28.5%
31.5%
60.76%
28.5%
31.5%
60.76%
18. AM Depth
28.5%
31.5%
60.76%
21. AM Depth Opt. 002
28.5%
31.5%
60.76%
AM Depth
11. AM Depth Opt. 002
> 2 and < 20 GHz:
17.
AM Bandwidth
10. 3 dB Bandwidth
18.
19.
20.
100 kHz
610.31 kHz
AM Dynamic Range
12. Normal
020 dBm
60.4 dB
23. Deep
037 dBm
61.66 dB
FM Accuracy
13. Maximum FM Error
010%
+10%
63.7%
23. Maximum FM Error Opt. 002
010%
+10%
63.7%
FM Bandwidth
16. 3 dB Bandwidth
12-8 Change E
8 MHz
6320 kHz
HP 8360
Service
Table 2-35. Test Record for HP 83630A (6 of 8)
Report No.
Date
100 Hz to
060 dBc
62 dB
1 kHz to
068 dBc
62 dB
076 dBc
62 dB
097 dBc
62 dB
80 dB
61 dB
Model
Test
No.
Test Description
7.
Osets at 18.0 GHz:
< 1 kHz
< 10 kHz
10 kHz to < 100 kHz
100 kHz
12.
Pulse Modulation On/O
Ratio
12. On/O Ratio
13.
Minimum
Maximum Measurement
Spec.
Results
Spec.
Uncertainty
Pulse Performance
Standard:
10. Risetime
25 ns
60.9 ns
10. Falltime
25 ns
60.9 ns
21. Level Accuracy
60.3 dB
60.1 dB
10 ns
60.4 ns
Option 006:
10. Risetime
14.
10. Falltime
10 ns
60.4 ns
21. Level Accuracy
60.3 dB
60.3 dB
Pulse Performance (Alternate)
29. Risetime
15.
25 ns
29. Falltime
25 ns
37. Level Accuracy
60.3 dB
Pulse Modulation Video
Feedthrough
21.
< 2 GHz
10 dBm
2%
60.22%
5%
60.4%
Standard:
0.1%
60.02%
Option 006:
1%
60.07%
> 10 dBm
26. 2 and 26.5 GHz
HP 8360
Service
Change E 12-9
Table 2-35. Test Record for HP 83630A (7 of 8)
Model
Test
No.
16.
Test Description
< 2 GHz:
8.
AM Depth
> 2 and < 20 GHz:
19.
20.
28.5%
31.5%
60.76%
28.5%
31.5%
60.76%
18. AM Depth
28.5%
31.5%
60.76%
21. AM Depth Opt. 002
28.5%
31.5%
60.76%
AM Bandwidth
10. 3 dB Bandwidth
18.
Minimum
Maximum Measurement
Spec. Results
Spec.
Uncertainty
AM Accuracy
11. AM Depth Opt. 002
17.
Date
Report No.
100 kHz
610.31 kHz
AM Dynamic Range
12. Normal
< 20 GHz
020 dBm
60.45 dB
23. Deep
037 dBm
61.65 dB
23. Deep 20 GHz
040 dBm
61.35 dB
FM Accuracy
13. Maximum FM Error
010%
+10%
63.7%
23. Maximum FM Error Opt. 002
010%
+10%
63.7%
FM Bandwidth
16. 3 dB Bandwidth
12-10 Change E
8 MHz
6320 kHz
HP 8360
Service
Change D
A20 RF Interface Assembly
Instruments with serial prex numbers 3213A and below have an RF interface
assembly that is dierent than the one documented in this manual. For
replacement purposes, however, use the part number documented in the
\Replaceable Parts" chapter; it is the recommended replacement for your
instrument.
Rear Panel Fan Assembly
Instruments with serial prex numbers 3213A and below have a fan that is
dierent than is documented in this manual. The following gure shows the fan
on these instruments. Follow the instructions given here to disassemble and
reassemble the fan and use the part numbers given here for replacement. To
clean the fan, disassemble the fan according to the instructions given here and
rinse the fan cage, lter, and the lter retainer in warm water. When the parts
are dry, reassemble the fan.
HP 8360
Service
Change D 12-11
Rear Panel Fan Assembly
12-12 Change D
HP 8360
Service
Table 12-1. Rear Panel Fan Assembly
Ref.
Desig.
HP Part
Number
Qty
Description
1
08360-00016
2
FAN MOUNT
2
1520-0230
4
SHOCK MOUNT .27-EFF-HGT 2-LB-LOAD-CAP
3
08360-80006
1
FAN (B1)
1
FILTER RETAINER (Not available separately)
1
FOAM FILTER
1
FAN CAGE (Not available separately)
4
5
08360-20109
6
7
0515-0372
2
SCREW-MACHINE ASSY M3X 0.5 8MM-LG
8
08360-60123
1
KIT - FAN FILTER ASSEMBLY (Includes fan cage, foam
lter, and lter retainer)
B1 Fan Assembly Removal
WARNING
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
These servicing instructions are for use by qualified personnel
only. To avoid electrical shock, do not perform any servicing
unless you are qualified to do so.
The opening of covers or removal of parts is likely to expose
dangerous voltages. Disconnect the instrument from all
voltage sources while it is being opened.
The detachable power cord is the instrument disconnecting
device. It disconnects the mains circuits from the mains
supply before other parts of the instrument. The front panel
switch is only a standby switch and is not a LINE switch.
Remove the two fan cage screws (7).
Remove the fan cage (6), lter (5), and lter retainer (4).
Remove the four fan screws (9).
Slide the fan out of the opening in the rear panel.
Disconnect the two-wire fan harness.
HP 8360
Service
Change D 12-13
Change C
Amplifier/Filter Adjustment
Instruments with serial prex numbers 3213A and below should delete the
following steps from the amplier/lter adjustment:
14, 15, 16
26, 27, 28
39, 40, 41
55, 56
A30 Directional Coupler
Instruments with serial prex numbers 3213A and below (except models HP
83623A/24A) have a directional coupler instead of a bridge detector. The
following information documents the directional coupler and its associated RF
deck hardware and cables and includes drawings showing each RF deck with
the A30 directional coupler, A40 DC blocking capacitor, and CR1 detector.
HP 8360
Service
Change C 12-15
In the \Replaceable Parts" chapter, add the following parts:
Ref.
Desig.
HP Part
Number
Qty
Description
Major Assemblies
A30
0955-0148
1
WAVE DIRECTIONAL COUPLER 20 GHZ MAX
A30
0955-0125
1
WAVE DIRECTIONAL COUPLER 26.5 GHZ MAX
A30
0955-0523
1
WAVE DIRECTIONAL COUPLER 50 GHZ MAX
A40
11742A
1
DC BLOCKING CAPACITOR (HP 83620A/22A/30A)
CR1
08360-60147
1
DETECTOR REPLACEMENT KIT (HP 83620A/22A/30A)
CR1
08360-60148
1
DETECTOR REPLACEMENT KIT (HP 83640A)
CR1
08360-60203
1
DETECTOR REPLACEMENT KIT (HP 83650A)
W44
08360-20071
1
DIR COUPLER/ATTEN{A30J2/A31J1
(HP 83620A/22A/30A Option 001)
W44
08360-20079
1
DIR COUPLER/ATTEN{A30J2/A31J1
(HP 83640A/50A Option 001)
W45
08360-20189
1
DC BLOCK/DIR COUPLER{A40J2/A30J1
(HP 83620A/22A/30A)
W45
08360-20186
1
DC BLOCK/DIR COUPLER{A40J2/A30J1
(HP 83620A/22A/30A Option 001)
W59
08360-20138
1
DOUBLER/DIR COUPLER{A32J4/A30J1
(HP 83640A/50A)
W59
08360-20156
1
DOUBLER/DIR COUPLER{A32J4/A30J1
(HP 83640A/50A Option 001)
W71
08360-20249
1
PLS MOD SW FILT/COUPLER{A42J6/A30J1
(HP 83620A/22A/30A Option 006)
W71
08360-20248
1
PLS MOD SW FILT/COUPLER{A42J6/A30J1
(HP 83620A/22A/30A Options 001 and 006)
08360-00008
1
MOUNTING BRACKET (COUPLER/DETECTOR)
(HP 83620A/22A/30A)
08360-00009
1
MOUNTING BRACKET (COUPLER/DETECTOR)
(HP 83640A/50A)
0520-0173
2
SM 256 .188PNPD (Attaches coupler to mounting bracket HP 83620A/22A/30A)
2200-0103
2
SMM 3.0 6 PNH TX (Attaches coupler to mounting bracket HP 83640A/50A)
(HP 83620A/22A)
(HP 83630A)
(HP 83640A/50A)
Cables
Hardware
12-16 Change C
HP 8360
Service
In the \Replaceable Parts" chapter, delete the following parts:
Ref.
Desig.
HP Part
Number
Qty
Description
Major Assemblies
A30
5086-7645
1
BRIDGE DETECTOR (HP 83620A/22A/30A)
A30
5086-7644
1
BRIDGE DETECTOR (HP 83640A/50A)
W44
08360-20191
1
BRIDGE DET/ATTEN A30J5/A31J1 (HP 83620A/22A/30A
Options 001 and 006)
W44
08360-20193
1
BRIDGE DET/ATTEN A30J5/A31J1 (HP 83640A/50A Option 001)
W45
08360-20185
1
AMP FILTER/BRIDGE DET{A29J3/A30J4
(HP 83620A/22A/30A)
W45
08360-20190
1
AMP FILTER/BRIDGE DET{A29J3/A30J4
(HP 83620A/22A/30A Option 001)
W59
08360-20194
1
DOUBLER/BRIDGE DET{A32J4/A30J4 (HP 83640A/50A)
W59
08360-20192
1
DOUBLER/BRIDGE DET{A32J4/A30J4 (HP 83640A/50A Option 001)
W71
08360-20252
1
PLS MOD SW FILT/BRIDGE DET{A42J6/A30J4
(HP 83620A/22A/30A Option 006)
W71
08360-20251
1
PLS MOD SW FILT/BRIDGE DET{A42J6/A30J4
(HP 83620A/22A/30A Options 001 and 006)
W73
08360-60250
1
RF INTERFACE/BRIDGE DETECTOR{A20J13/A30J3
5021-7872
1
MOUNTING BRACKET BRIDGE DETECTOR
(HP 83620A/22A/30A/40A/50A)
0515-0430
2
SMM 3.0 6 PNH TX
(Attaches bridge detector to mounting bracket)
Cables
Hardware
HP 8360
Service
Change C 12-17
Cables{HP 83640A/50A RF Deck
No Options
12-18 Change C
HP 8360
Service
Cables{HP 83640A/50A RF Deck
Option 001
HP 8360
Service
Change C 12-19
Cables{HP 83640A/50A RF Deck
Option 006
12-20 Change C
HP 8360
Service
Cables{HP 83640A/50A RF Deck
Options 001 and 006
HP 8360
Service
Change C 12-21
Cables{HP 83620A/22A/30A RF Deck
No Options
12-22 Change C
HP 8360
Service
Cables{HP 83620A/22A/30A RF Deck
Option 001
HP 8360
Service
Change C 12-23
Cables{HP 83620A/22A/30A RF Deck
Option 006
12-24 Change C
HP 8360
Service
Cables{HP 83620A/22A/30A
Options 001 and 006
HP 8360
Service
Change C 12-25
Change B
1. In the \Replaceable Parts" chapter, table 9-2, the part number for A6 that
was shipped in instruments with serial prex numbers lower than 3213A
was 08360-60007 (unless the instrument was congured with Option 002).
However, for replacement purposes, use the existing part number in this
manual.
2. In the \Replaceable Parts" chapter, gure 9-9, replace the two part numbers
given for item 10 with part number 1400-0755.
HP 8360
Service
Change B 12-27
Change A
1. Instruments with serial prexes 3143A and below do not have the auxiliary
output on the amplier/multiplier nor do they have cable W48 which
connects this output to J14 on the rear panel.
a. Delete all references to the auxiliary output and to W48.
b. AT1 (50
SMA male termination) is located on A28J4 rather than on
the rear panel J14 connector.
2. In the \Performance Tests" chapter:
a. Replace the \Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough" test with the one
provided after these instructions marked \Change A".
b. In the \FM Bandwidth" test:
i. Set the spectrum analyzer start frequency to 50 kHz.
ii. Set the spectrum analyzer stop frequency to 12 MHz.
iii. Use the spectrum analyzer markers to nd a 6 dB bandwidth.
c. Replace the HP 83630A and 83650A test records with the test records
provided after these instructions marked \Change A".
3. In the \Adjustments" chapter:
a. Instead of the test setup shown in the \Amplier/Multiplier
Adjustments", use the one provided after these instructions marked
\Change A".
HP 8360
Service
Change A 12-29
15. Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough
Description and Procedure
In CW, at specied maximum leveled power, the synthesizer is pulse modulated
using a pulse generator. The synthesizer's RF output is ltered (only the video
feedthrough passes), amplied, and displayed on an oscilloscope. Because of
the low amplitude of the video feedthrough, a preamplier is used in the test
setup; system gain must be considered when making this measurement.
When video feedthrough is expressed as a percentage, the following equation is
used:
Video feedthrough (%) = [(video Vp/carrier Vp) x 100]/video gain
1. Preset all the instruments shown in Figure 2-21 and let them warm up for
at least one hour.
2. To achieve peak power, turn on RF peaking:
4USER CAL5 Tracking Menu Peak RF Always (asterisk on)
3. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-21 with the pulse generator
connected directly to channel 1 of the oscilloscope (A).
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
12-30 Performance Tests
Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough
Change A
Figure 2-21. Video Feedthrough Test Setup
Equipment
Pulse Generator
Digitizing Oscilloscope
Preamplier
130 MHz Filter
3.7 GHz Filter
Attenuator 6 dB
HP 8116A
HP 54111D
HP 8447F
K & L Microwave
5LL30-130/BT2400/BP
HP P/N 9135-0191
HP 8493C Option 006
System Calibration
Note
Change A
The pulse generator output level can be aected by loading.
Leave the pulse generator connected to the oscilloscope's
channel 2 (through the BNC tee) as you set the output level.
Performance Tests 12-31
Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough
4. On the oscilloscope, set:
Channel 1:
Display
Volts/Division
Offset
Input Coupling
Input Impedance
On
50 mV
0V
dc
50
Channel 2:
Display
Input Impedance
Off
50
Timebase:
Time/Division
Delay
Delay Reference
20 ns
0s
At center
Trigger:
Trigger
Trigger
Trigger
Trigger
Edge
Channel 1
0.05V
Positive
Mode
Source
Level
Slope
Display:
Display Mode
Repetitive
Averaging
On
Number of Averages 16
5. On the pulse generator, set:
Pulse:
Pulse width:
Frequency:
Offset:
Selected
10 ns
2 MHz (500 ns)
0V
6. On the pulse generator, set the pulse amplitude for a reading of 0.1V on
the oscilloscope.
12-32 Performance Tests
Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough
Change A
Video Gain
7. Connect the pulse generator to the oscilloscope's channel 1 through the
attenuator, lters, and amplier (B).
8. On the oscilloscope, set:
Channel 1:
Volts/Division 0.2V
Offset
0.3V
Input Coupling dc
Input Impedance 50
0
Trigger:
Trigger
Trigger
Trigger
Trigger
Mode
Source
Level
Slope
Edge
Channel 1
0.4V
Negative
0
Vp
9. On the oscilloscope, note the pulse amplitude:
10. Calculate the video gain:
Vp (from step 9)
Video gain = system
pulse generator Vp
Vp
= system
0:1 Vp
Video Gain =
Low Band Video Feedthrough
Disregard if beyond your synthesizer's capability.
11. Connect the pulse generator output to the synthesizer's pulse input (C).
12. Connect the synthesizer to the oscilloscope's channel 1 through the
attenuator, lters, and amplier (D).
13. On the synthesizer, press:
4CW5 First CW frequency in Table 2-21.
4ALC5 Leveling Mode Search .
4POWER LEVEL5 Maximum specied leveled power
4MOD5 Pulse On/Off Extrnl (asterisk on)
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Change A
Performance Tests 12-33
Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough
or, for synthesizers with Option 002, instead press:
4MOD5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Pulse Menu Pulse On/Off Ext
Table 2-21. Low Band Video Feedthrough Frequencies
Synthesizer CW
Video
Frequency (GHz) Feedthrough (%)
0.4
0.7
1.0
1.3
1.6
1.9
14. On the oscilloscope, set:
Channel 1:
Display
Volts/Division
Offset
Input Coupling
Input Impedance
On
0.01 V
0V
dc
50
Channel 2:
Display
Volts/Division
Offset
Off
1V
2V
Timebase:
Time/Division
Delay
Delay Reference
200 ns
400 ns
At center
12-34 Performance Tests
Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough
Change A
Trigger:
Trigger
Trigger
Trigger
Trigger
Mode
Source
Level
Slope
Display:
Display Mode
Averaging
Number of averages
15. On the pulse generator, set:
Pulse width:
Frequency:
Offset:
Amplitude:
Edge
Channel 2
1V
Positive
Repetitive
On
64
500 ns
200 kHz (5
0V
5V
s)
16. On the oscilloscope, note the maximum voltage from the baseline (see
Vp
Figure 2-22). Video feedthrough (Vp) =
Figure 2-22. Measuring Maximum Voltage from the Baseline Video Feedthrough
Change A
Performance Tests 12-35
Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough
17. Using the video gain from step 10, the video feedthrough (Vp) from step
16, and the carrier voltage from Table 2-22, calculate the video feedthrough
as a percent of carrier power:
Video feedthrough (%) = [(video Vp/carrier Vp)x100]/video gain
Table 2-22. Power Level Conversions to Volts Peak
Synthesizer Maximum Peak Carrier
Specied Power (dBm) Voltage1 (V)
Into 50
0
0.316
0.5
0.335
2.0
0.398
3.0
0.447
4.0
0.501
5.5
0.596
7.0
0.707
10.0
1.000
10.5
1.059
12.0
1.259
13.0
1.413
17.0
2.239
20.0
3.162
1
PdBm010
Peak Carrier Voltage = 10
20
18. Record the video feedthrough (in Table 2-21).
19. Repeat steps 16 through 18 for the remaining CW frequencies in Table
2-21.
20. Record the worst case value from Table 2-21 on the test record.
12-36 Performance Tests
Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough
Change A
High Band Video Feedthrough
Note
Typically, high band video feedthrough is so small that it is
dicult to measure. Use the following procedure to verify that
the video feedthrough is negligible.
21. On the oscilloscope, set channel 1 to 1 mV/div.
22. On the synthesizer, set the rst CW frequency in Table 2-23.
Table 2-23. High Band Video Feedthrough Frequencies
Frequency
Video
(GHz) Feedthrough (Vp)
5.0
10.0
15.0
20.0
23.0
23. On the oscilloscope, note the maximum voltage from the baseline. Video
feedthrough (Vp) =
Vp. Record this value in Table 2-23..
24. Repeat steps 22 and 23 for each value in Table 2-23.
25. Using the worst case voltage (largest value) from (Table 2-23), calculate the
video feedthrough as follows using the video gain from step 10:
Video Feedthrough (Vp) = Video Vp/Video Gain
Record this value on the test record.
Millimeter Band Video Feedthrough > 20 GHz
Disregard if beyond your synthesizer's capability.
26. Remove the 130 MHz lter from the test setup.
27. Repeat steps 7 through 10 to check video gain once more.
Change A
Performance Tests 12-37
Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough
28. On the oscilloscope, reset channel 1 to 0.01 volts/division.
29. Repeat steps 13 and 16 through 17 (the oscilloscope and pulse generator
are already set up) for the CW frequencies in Table 2-24. Do not exceed
the maximum frequency of your synthesizer. Record the video feedthrough
(in Table 2-24).
Table 2-24. Millimeter Band Video Feedthrough Frequencies
Frequency
Video
(GHz) Feedthrough (%)
23.0
28.0
35.0
45.0
30. Record the worst case value in Table 2-24 on the test record.
Related Adjustments
None
In Case of Difficulty
Refer to the Troubleshooting manual.
12-38 Performance Tests
Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough
Change A
Table 2-36. Test Record for HP 83630A (1 of 8)
Test Facility:
Report Number
Date
Customer
Tested by
Model
Ambient temperature
Serial Number
Relative humidity
Options
Line frequency
C
%
Hz (nominal)
Firmware Revision
Special Notes:
Change A
Performance Tests 12-39
HP 83630A Test Record
Table 2-36. Test Record for HP 83630A (2 of 8)
Model
Report Number
Test Equipment Used
Model Number
Date
Trace Number
Cal Due Date
1. Digital Oscilloscope
2. Measuring Receiver
3. Power Sensor
4. Power Meter
5. Microwave Spectrum Analyzer
6. Function Generator
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
12-40 Performance Tests
HP 83630A Test Record
Change A
Table 2-36. Test Record for HP 83630A (3 of 8)
Model
Test
No.
Test Description
1.
Internal Timebase: Aging Rate
7.
2.
Date
Report No.
Minimum
Maximum Measurement
Spec.
Results
Spec.
Uncertainty
5x10 010 /day
Calculated Rate
Swept Frequency Accuracy
Worst Case Value:
0.1% of
10. Start Freq
Stop Freq
3.
Frequency Switching Time
8.
4.
sweep
70 ms
CW Step
16. Stepped Sweep
5 ms
25. Frequency List
70 ms
Power Accuracy
>010 dBm
< 2 GHz
00.6 dB
+0.6 dB
2 and 20 GHz
00.7 dB
+0.7 dB
00.9 dB
+0.9 dB
< 2 GHz
00.5 dB
+0.5 dB
2 and 20 GHz
00.6 dB
+0.6 dB
00.8 dB
+0.8 dB
14. Power
> 20 and 26.5 GHz
5.
Power Flatness
5.
> 20 and 26.5 GHz
6.
Maximum Leveled Power
6.
Standard:
0.01 to 26.5 GHz
+4.0 dBm
0.01 to 20 GHz
+13.0 dBm
Option 001:
Change A
0.01 to 26.5 GHz
+2.0 dBm
0.01 to 20 GHz
+11.5 dBm
Performance Tests 12-41
HP 83630A Test Record
Table 2-36. Test Record for HP 83630A (4 of 8)
Model
Test
No.
7.
Test Description
Minimum
Maximum Measurement
Spec. Results
Spec.
Uncertainty
External Leveling
7.
Minimum Power
10. Maximum Power
8.
Date
Report No.
00.2 mV
00.5 V
Spurious Signals: Harmonic
Harmonics
8.
0.01 to
< 1.8 GHz
21. 1.8 and 26.5 GHz
035 dBc
0 50 dBc
Subharmonics
9.
12. 7 and 20 GHz
050 dBc
21.
050 dBc
> 20 and 26.5 GHz
Spurious Signals:
Non-harmonic
11. Spur Frequency:
060 dBc
060 dBc
060 dBc
060 dBc
125 kHz
060 dBc
500 kHz
060 dBc
16. Spur Frequency:
100 MHz Fixed
060 dBc
100 MHz Oset
060 dBc
LO Feedthrough
060 dBc
20. Low Band Mixer Spur
12-42 Performance Tests
HP 83630A Test Record
060 dBc
Change A
Table 2-36. Test Record for HP 83630A (5 of 8)
Model
Report No.
Test
No.
Test Description
10.
Spurious Signals: Line Related
Date
Minimum
Maximum Measurement
Spec.
Results
Spec.
Uncertainty
10. At 6.99 GHz:
120 Hz Spur
055 dBc
180 Hz Spur
055 dBc
240 Hz Spur
055 dBc
10. At 1.9 GHz:
11.
120 Hz Spur
055 dBc
180 Hz Spur
055 dBc
240 Hz Spur
055 dBc
Single Sideband Phase Noise
7.
Osets at 6.99 GHz:
< 1 kHz
< 10 kHz
10 kHz to < 100 kHz
100 Hz to
070 dBc
1 kHz to
078 dBc
100 kHz
7.
0107 dBc
Osets at 1.97 GHz:
< 1 kHz
1 kHz to < 10 kHz
10 kHz to < 100 kHz
100 Hz to
100 kHz
7.
086 dBc
070 dBc
078 dBc
086 dBc
0107 dBc
Osets at 18.0 GHz:
< 1 kHz
1 kHz to < 10 kHz
10 kHz to < 100 kHz
076 dBc
100 kHz
097 dBc
100 Hz to
Change A
060 dBc
068 dBc
Performance Tests 12-43
HP 83630A Test Record
Table 2-36. Test Record for HP 83630A (6 of 8)
Model
Test
No.
12.
Test Description
14.
Minimum
Maximum Measurement
Spec. Results
Spec.
Uncertainty
Pulse Modulation On/O
Ratio
12. On/O Ratio
13.
80 dB
Pulse Performance
10. Risetime
25 ns
10. Falltime
25 ns
21. Level Accuracy
60.3 dB
Pulse Performance (Alternate)
29. Risetime
15.
Date
Report No.
25 ns
29. Falltime
25 ns
37. Level Accuracy
60.3 dB
Pulse Modulation Video
Feedthrough
20.
< 2 GHz
2%
2 mV
25. 2 and 26.5 GHz
16.
AM Accuracy
< 2 GHz:
8.
AM Depth
28.5%
31.5%
11. AM Depth
28.5%
31.5%
18. AM Depth
28.5%
31.5%
21. AM Depth
28.5%
31.5%
> 2 and < 20 GHz:
12-44 Performance Tests
HP 83630A Test Record
Change A
Table 2-36. Test Record for HP 83630A (7 of 8)
Model
Test
No.
17.
Test Description
Minimum
Maximum Measurement
Spec.
Results
Spec.
Uncertainty
AM Bandwidth
10. 3 dB Bandwidth
18.
Date
Report No.
100 kHz
AM Dynamic Range
12. Normal
19. Normal Internal
< 20 GHz
020 dBm
30. Deep
037 dBm
30. Deep 20 GHz
040 dBm
< 20 GHz
037 dBm
38. Deep Internal 20 GHz
040 dBm
37. Deep Internal
19.
20.
020 dBm
FM Accuracy
13. Maximum FM Error
010%
+10%
23. Maximum FM Error
010%
+10%
FM Bandwidth
17. 6 dB Bandwidth
21.
10 MHz
Maximum FM Deviation
12. DC FM Unlocked 100 Hz:
> 675 MHz Deviation
Pass/Fail
24. AC FM Locked 100 kHz:
Modulation Index 5
Change A
1 GHz
500 kHz
5 GHz
500 kHz
9 GHz
1 MHz
17 GHz
1.5 MHz
22 GHz
2 MHz
Performance Tests 12-45
HP 83630A Test Record
Table 2-36. Test Record for HP 83630A (8 of 8)
Model
Date
Report No.
Test
No.
Test Description
Minimum
Maximum Measurement
Spec. Results
Spec.
Uncertainty
24. AC FM Locked 1 MHz:
Modulation Index 5
1 GHz
5 MHz
5 GHz
5 MHz
24. AC FM Locked 3 MHz:
>68 MHz deviation
22.
23.
1 GHz
8 MHz
5 GHz
8 MHz
Internal Pulse Accuracy (Opt.
002)
5.
Pulse Width
20 ns
30 ns
7.
Pulse Width
45 ns
55 ns
Modulation Meter (Opt. 002)
5.
AM Meter
25%
35%
7.
AM Meter
25%
35%
11. FM Meter
4.95 MHz
5.05 MHz
13. FM Meter
950 kHz
1.05 MHz
12-46 Performance Tests
HP 83630A Test Record
Change A
Table 2-38. Test Record for HP 83650A (1 of 8)
Test Facility:
Report Number
Date
Customer
Tested by
Model
Ambient temperature
Serial Number
Relative humidity
Options
Line frequency
C
%
Hz (nominal)
Firmware Revision
Special Notes:
Change A
Performance Tests 12-47
HP 83650A Test Record
Table 2-38. Test Record for HP 83650A (2 of 8)
Model
Report Number
Test Equipment Used
Model Number
Date
Trace Number
Cal Due Date
1. Digital Oscilloscope
2. Measuring Receiver
3. Power Sensor
4. Power Meter
5. Microwave Spectrum Analyzer
6. Function Generator
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
12-48 Performance Tests
HP 83650A Test Record
Change A
Table 2-38. Test Record for HP 83650A (3 of 8)
Model
Test
No.
Test Description
1.
Internal Timebase: Aging Rate
7.
2.
Date
Report No.
Minimum
Maximum Measurement
Spec.
Results
Spec.
Uncertainty
5x10 010 /day
Calculated Rate
Swept Frequency Accuracy
Worst Case Value:
0.1% of
10. Start Freq
Stop Freq
3.
Frequency Switching Time
8.
4.
16. Stepped Sweep
5 ms
70 ms
Power Accuracy
> 010 dBm:
< 2 GHz
00.6 dB
0.6 dB
2 and 20 GHz
00.7 dB
0.7 dB
00.9 dB
0.9 dB
01.7 dB
1.7 dB
< 2 GHz
00.5 dB
0.5 dB
2 and 20 GHz
00.6 dB
0.6 dB
00.8 dB
0.8 dB
01.5 dB
1.5 dB
> 20 and 40 GHz
> 40 GHz
Power Flatness
5.
> 20 and 40 GHz
> 40 GHz
6.
70 ms
CW Step:
25. Frequency List
14.
5.
sweep
Maximum Leveled Power
10. Standard:
0.01 to 50 GHz
0 dBm
0.01 to
+3.0 dBm
< 40 GHz
0.01 to < 26.5 GHz
0.01 to < 20 GHz
Change A
+4.0 dBm
+7.0 dBm
Performance Tests 12-49
HP 83650A Test Record
Table 2-38. Test Record for HP 83650A (4 of 8)
Model
Date
Report No.
Test
No.
Test Description
Minimum
Maximum Measurement
Spec. Results
Spec.
Uncertainty
Option 001:
0.01 to 50 GHz
02.5 dBm
0.01 to
+1.0 dBm
0.01 to
+2.0 dBm
< 40 GHz
< 26.5 GHz
0.01 to < 20 GHz
7.
External Leveling
7.
00.2 mV
Minimum Power
10. Maximum Power
8.
+5.5 dBm
00.5 V
Spurious Signals: Harmonic
Harmonics:
8.
< 50 MHz
8.
50 MHz and
< 1.8 GHz
29. 1.8 to 50 GHz
030 dBc
035 dBc
045 dBc
Subharmonics;
12. 7 and 20 GHz
050 dBc
29.
040 dBc
37.
9.
> 20 and 40 GHz
> 40 and 50 GHz
035 dBc
Spurious Signals:
Non-harmonic
11. Spur Frequency:
060 dBc
060 dBc
060 dBc
060 dBc
125 kHz
060 dBc
500 kHz
060 dBc
16. Spur Frequency:
100 MHz Fixed
060 dBc
100 MHz Oset
060 dBc
LO Feedthrough
060 dBc
12-50 Performance Tests
HP 83650A Test Record
Change A
Table 2-38. Test Record for HP 83650A (5 of 8)
Model
Report No.
Test
No.
Test Description
20. Low Band Mixer Spur
10.
Date
Minimum
Maximum Measurement
Spec.
Results
Spec.
Uncertainty
060 dBc
Spurious Signals: Line Related
10. At 6.99 GHz:
120 Hz Spur
055 dBc
180 Hz Spur
055 dBc
240 Hz Spur
055 dBc
At 1.9 GHz:
11.
120 Hz Spur
055 dBc
180 Hz Spur
055 dBc
240 Hz Spur
055 dBc
Single Sideband Phase Noise
7.
Osets at 6.99 GHz:
< 1 kHz
1 kHz to < 10 kHz
10 kHz to < 100 kHz
100 Hz to
100 kHz
7.
078 dBc
086 dBc
0107 dBc
Osets at 1.97 GHz:
< 1 kHz
< 10 kHz
10 kHz to < 100 kHz
100 Hz to
070 dBc
1 kHz to
078 dBc
100 kHz
7.
070 dBc
086 dBc
0107 dBc
Osets at 18.0 GHz:
< 1 kHz
1 kHz to < 10 kHz
10 kHz to < 100 kHz
068 dBc
100 kHz
097 dBc
100 Hz to
Change A
060 dBc
076 dBc
Performance Tests 12-51
HP 83650A Test Record
Table 2-38. Test Record for HP 83650A (6 of 8)
Model
Test
No.
12.
Test Description
14.
Minimum
Maximum Measurement
Spec. Results
Spec.
Uncertainty
Pulse Modulation On/O
Ratio
80 dB
12. On/O Ratio
13.
Pulse Performance
10. Risetime
25 ns
10. Falltime
25 ns
21. Level Accuracy
60.3 dB
Pulse Performance (Alternate)
33. Risetime
15.
Date
Report No.
25 ns
33. Falltime
25 ns
43. Level Accuracy
60.3 dB
Pulse Modulation Video
Feedthrough
20.
16.
< 2 GHz
2%
25. 2 and 26.5 GHz
2 mV
30.
0.3%
> 26.5 and 50 GHz
AM Accuracy
Low Band
8.
< 2 GHz:
AM Depth
28.5%
31.5%
11. AM Depth
28.5%
31.5%
18. AM Depth
28.5%
31.5%
21. AM Depth
28.5%
31.5%
29. AM Depth
28.5%
31.5%
32. AM Depth
28.5%
31.5%
High Band
> 2 and < 20 GHz:
Doubled High Band
> 20 GHz:
12-52 Performance Tests
HP 83650A Test Record
Change A
Table 2-38. Test Record for HP 83650A (7 of 8)
Model
Test
No.
17.
Test Description
Minimum
Maximum Measurement
Spec.
Results
Spec.
Uncertainty
AM Bandwidth
10. 3 dB Bandwidth
18.
Date
Report No.
100 kHz
AM Dynamic Range
12. Normal
19. Normal Internal
< 20 GHz
020 dBm
30. Deep
040 dBm
30. Deep 20 GHz
030 dBm
< 20 GHz
040 dBm
38. Deep Internal 20 GHz
030 dBm
37. Deep Internal
19.
20.
020 dBm
FM Accuracy
13. Maximum FM Error
010%
+10%
23. Maximum FM Error
010%
+10%
FM Bandwidth
17. 6 dB Bandwidth
21.
10 MHz
Maximum FM Deviation
12. DC FM Unlocked 100 Hz:
> 675 MHz Deviation
Pass/Fail
24. AC FM Locked 100 kHz:
Modulation Index 5
Change A
1 GHz
500 kHz
5 GHz
500 kHz
9 GHz
1 MHz
17 GHz
1.5 MHz
22 GHz
2 MHz
Performance Tests 12-53
HP 83650A Test Record
Table 2-38. Test Record for HP 83650A (8 of 8)
Model
Date
Report No.
Test
No.
Test Description
Minimum
Maximum Measurement
Spec. Results
Spec.
Uncertainty
24. AC FM Locked 1 MHz:
Modulation Index 5
1 GHz
5 MHz
5 GHz
5 MHz
24. AC FM Locked 3 MHz:
> 68 MHz deviation
22.
23.
1 GHz
8 MHz
5 GHz
8 MHz
Internal Pulse Accuracy (Opt.
002)
5.
Pulse Width
20 ns
30 ns
7.
Pulse Width
45 ns
55 ns
Modulation Meter (Opt. 002)
5.
AM Meter
25%
35%
7.
AM Meter
25%
35%
11. FM Meter
4.95 MHz
5.05 MHz
13. FM Meter
950 kHz
1.05 MHz
12-54 Performance Tests
HP 83650A Test Record
Change A
Figure 12-1. Amplifier/Multiplier Adjustments Setup
Change A
Adjustments 12-55
Amplifier/Multiplier Adjustments
Index
1
10 MHz reference standard removal,
7-36
10 MHz standard
adjustment interval, 3-9
10 MHz standard adjustment, 3-5
125 kHz reference spur, 3-13
A
ADC adjustment, 5-15
adjustments
10 MHz standard, 3-5
ALC power level accuracy, 3-91
AM accuracy, 3-102
AM delay, 3-106
AM/FM DAC oset and gain, 3-100
AM input impedance, 3-114
amplier lter, 3-49
external trigger edge selection, 3-123
FM gain, 3-109
FM input impedance, 3-117
fractional-N reference and API spurs,
3-13
fractional-N VCO, 3-11
low power SRD bias, 3-84
modulation generator atness, 3-120
modulator oset and gain, 3-86
power atness, 3-97
sampler assembly, 3-19
square wave symmetry, 3-112
sweep ramp, 3-18
volts/GHz, 3-125
YO driver +10V reference, 3-24
YO driver gain and linearity, 3-26
YO loop gain, 3-29
ALC power level accuracy adjustment,
3-91
alphanumeric display removal, 7-12
AM accuracy, 2-96
AM accuracy adjustment, 3-102
AM bandwidth, 2-104
AM delay adjustment, 3-106
AM dynamic range, 2-107
AM/FM DAC oset and gain adjustment,
3-100
AM input impedance adjustment, 3-114
amplier/lter adjustment, 3-49
amplier lter removal, 7-54
amplier multiplier removal, 7-54
amplier removal, 7-54
amplier switch removal, 7-54
API1 spur, 3-13
API2 spur, 3-13
automated adjustments
ADC adjustment, 5-15
power atness adjustment, 5-16
step attenuator atness, 5-12
YO delay adjustment, 5-14
automated performance tests
step attenuator atness, 5-7
automated tests
BASIC, 5-2
binaries, 5-2
copying disks, 5-3
Index-1
equipment, 5-2
software installation, 5-3
AUX OUTPUT disconnection, 7-31
B
BASIC
automated tests, 5-2
binaries
automated tests, 5-2
blocking capacitor removal, 7-50
BNC connectors
removal, 7-31
BNC connectors, Option 004
removal, 7-44
C
calibration constants, 4-1
changing, 4-6
default, 4-8
denition, 4-1
descriptions, 4-8
loading, 4-7
memory areas, 4-2
saving, 4-7
calibration constants utility, 5-22
checksum verication, 4-3
connector care, 10-9
coupler removal, 7-54
D
DC blocking capacitor removal, 7-50,
7-54
diode switch removal, 7-54
directional coupler removal, 7-54
disassembly
front panel, 7-4
motherboard, 7-70
rear panel, 7-26
RF deck, 7-45
display lter
cleaning, 10-4
Index-2
display lter removal, 7-21
display removal, 7-12
doubler removal, 7-54
dual modulator removal, 7-54
E
EEPROM storage
calibration constants, 4-2
external ALC input removal, 7-44
external leveling, 2-37
external trigger edge selection
adjustment, 3-123
F
fan
noise, 10-2
speed, 10-2
fan lter
cleaning, 10-2
fan removal, 7-29
lter
display, 10-4
lter removal, 7-54
FM accuracy, 2-114
FM bandwidth, 2-118
FM gain adjustment, 3-109
FM input impedance adjustment, 3-117
fractional-N reference and API apurs
adjustment, 3-13
fractional-N VCO adjustment, 3-11
frequency switching time, 2-22
front panel BNC connectors removal,
7-17
front panel disassembly, 7-4
front panel emulation, 5-19
front panel processor removal, 7-11
front panel removal, 7-8, 7-74
fuse
line fuse replacement, 10-5
rear panel, 10-5
fuse housing removal, 7-42
H
O
I
internal pulse accuracy, 2-131
internal timebase aging rate, 2-8
oces, xi
operation verication, 2-4
operation verication form, 2-6
Option 004 BNC connectors
removal, 7-44
J
P
Hewlett-Packard oces, xi
J10 removal, 7-31
J14 removal, 7-31
J1 RF output connector removal, 7-15,
7-32
J1 RF output connector removal, front
panel, 7-76
J1 RF output connector removal, Option
004, 7-78
J6 removal, 7-31
J7 removal, 7-31
K
keyboard reassembly, 7-22
keyboard removal, 7-18
L
line lter removal, 7-43
line fuse, 10-5
lowband assembly removal, 7-54
low power SRD bias adjustment, 3-84
M
maximum FM deviation, 2-124
maximum leveled power, 2-34
microcircuit removal, 7-54
modulation generator atness
adjustment, 3-120
modulation meter, 2-133
modulator oset and gain adjustment,
3-86
motherboard disassembly, 7-70
motherboard removal, 7-85
password, 4-3
bypassing, 4-5
disabling, 4-4
entering, 4-4
setting, 4-5
performance tests
AM accuracy, 2-96
AM bandwidth, 2-104
AM dynamic range, 2-107
external leveling, 2-37
FM accuracy, 2-114
FM bandwidth, 2-118
frequency switching time, 2-22
internal pulse accuracy, 2-131
internal timebase, 2-8
maximum FM deviation, 2-124
maximum leveled power, 2-34
modulation meter, 2-133
power accuracy, 2-28
power atness, 2-31
pulse modulation on/o ratio, 2-65
pulse modulation video feedthrough,
2-87
pulse performance, 2-68
pulse performance (alternate), 2-76
single sideband phase noise, 2-60
spurious signals (harmonics &
subharmonics), 2-40
spurious signals (line-related), 2-56
spurious signals (non-harmonic), 2-50
swept frequency accuracy, 2-12
power accuracy, 2-28
power atness, 2-31
Index-3
power atness adjustment, 3-97, 5-16
power sensor calibration factor, 5-23
power sensor conguration, 5-23
prex number, x
pulse modulation on/o ratio, 2-65
pulse modulation video feedthrough,
2-87
pulse performance, 2-68
pulse performance (alternate test), 2-76
R
RAM checksum, 4-3
RAM storage
calibration constants, 4-2
rear panel BNC connectors removal,
7-31
rear panel disassembly, 7-26
rear panel interface removal, 7-38
rear panel removal, 7-34, 7-79
reassembly
keyboard, 7-22
removal
10 MHz reference standard, 7-36
alphanumeric display, 7-12
connectors, front panel BNC, 7-17
connectors, Option 004 BNC, 7-44
connectors, rear panel BNC, 7-31
DC blocking capacitor, 7-50
display lter, 7-21
fan, 7-29
front panel, 7-8, 7-11, 7-74
front panel BNC connectors, 7-17
fuse housing, 7-42
keyboard, 7-18
line lter, 7-43
motherboard, 7-85
rear panel, 7-34, 7-79
rear panel interface, 7-38
RF deck, 7-83
RF output connector, 7-15, 7-32
RPG, 7-14
Index-4
source module interface, 7-13
transformer, 7-37
voltage selector switch, 7-40
replacement
front panel, 7-4
motherboard, 7-70
rear panel, 7-26
RF deck, 7-45
RF deck
lifting up, 7-47
RF deck disassembly, 7-45
RF deck removal, 7-83
RF output connector removal, 7-32
RF output connector removal, front
panel, 7-76
RF output connector removal, rear
panel, 7-78
RPG1 rotary pulse generator removal,
7-14
S
sales oces, xi
sampler assembly adjustment, 3-19
self-test utility, 5-22
serial number, x
service oces, xi
service position
RF deck, 7-47
single sideband phase noise, 2-60
software
loading, 5-4
software bugs, 5-6
source module interface removal, 7-13
spur adjustments, 3-13
spurious signals (Harmonics &
subharmonics), 2-40
spurious signals (line-related), 2-56
spurious signals (non-harmonic), 2-50
square wave symmetry adjustment,
3-112
step attenuator atness
adjustment, 5-12
step attenuator atness performance
test, 5-7
step attenuator removal, 7-54
storage
calibration constants, 4-2
sweep ramp adjustment, 3-18
swept frequency accuracy, 2-12
T
T1 transformer removal, 7-37
timebase oscillator adjustment, 3-5
transformer removal, 7-37
U
V
VCO tuning voltage, 3-11
voltage selector switch removal, 7-40
volts/GHz adjustment, 3-125
Y
YIG oscillator removal, 7-54
YO delay adjustment, 5-14
YO driver +10V reference adjustment,
3-24
YO driver gain and linearity adjustment,
3-26
YO loop gain adjustment, 3-29
UVEPROM
calibration constants, 4-2
Index-5